Great Disasters and Horrors in the World_s History Allen Howard Godbey 898 downloads.pdf

647 pages · Make another flipbook

Page 1

Page 2

Page 3

The Project Gutenberg eBook of Great Disasters and Horrors
in the World's History
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.

Title: Great Disasters and Horrors in the World's History

Author: Allen Howard Godbey

Release date: February 18, 2016 [eBook #51246]
Most recently updated: October 23, 2024

Language: English

Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/51246

Credits: Produced by Chris Curnow, Chuck Greif and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
file was produced from images generously made available
by The Internet Archive)

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GREAT
DISASTERS AND HORRORS IN THE WORLD'S HISTORY ***

Page 4

Table of Contents.
Some typographical errors have
been corrected; a list follows the
text.
List of Illustrations
(In certain versions of this etext [in
certain browsers] clicking on this
symbol , or directly on the
image, will bring up a larger
version of the illustration.)
(etext transcriber's note)

GREAT DISASTERS
AND

Horrors in the World’s History.
A GRAPHIC ACCOUNT OF THE NOTABLE CALAMITIES
WHICH HAVE BEFALLEN MANKIND

IN ALL AGES, BOTH UPON LAND AND SEA.
EMBRACING

THE LOUISVILLE TORNADO, FLOODS IN THE SOUTH, CHARLESTON
EARTHQUAKE,
JOHNSTOWN FLOOD, STORM ON THE COAST OF SAMOA, NOTED SHIPWRECKS,
GREAT FLOODS IN CHINA, HOLLAND AND JAPAN, AND OTHER NOTABLE
DISASTERS CAUSED BY STORM, FLOOD AND VOLCANIC ACTION,

AND OF THE LAWS OF THE

Page 5

NATURAL PHENOMENA THAT PRODUCE
THEM.
COMPRISING

THRILLING TALES OF HEROISM, GREAT DESTRUCTION OF TOWNS, CITIES,
HOMES
AND LIVES, HEART-RENDING SCENES OF AGONY, DREADFUL SUFFERINGS,
MIRACULOUS ESCAPES, DARING ADVENTURES, ETC., ETC.,

TOGETHER WITH

NOBLE RESPONSES OF AID.
TO WHICH IS ADDED

AN ACCOUNT OF METHODS OF
PREDICTION.
By A. H. GODBEY, A.M.,

Author of “Stanley in Africa,” “Light in Darkness,” “Missions and Missionary Heroes,” etc.
———
SUPERBLY ILLUSTRATED WITH 150 ENGRAVINGS.
———
PUBLISHED BY
ROYAL PUBLISHING CO.,
ST. LOUIS, MO.

Copyright.
1890,

Page 6

W. L. HOLLOWAY.

Page 7

PREFACE.
Whatever be the ideas of the public upon a glance at the title page of
this work, it is not intended to pander to the morbid desire for the
sensational or horrible, characteristic of weak minds. This volume is not a
literary morgue.
Mankind is constantly astonished by reports of mishaps and disasters of
manifold character, when there is seldom room for astonishment. A large
proportion of the calamities reported from day to day are directly due to the
haste, greed, and heedlessness of man himself, and need no comment.
But there is a large class of disasters, due solely to meteorological or
geological conditions, which surpass all others in magnitude and appalling
destruction. In such cases men insist on prating about “mysterious
visitations,” as though these occurrences were subject to the dominion of no
law. To an examination of such is this book devoted.
When in school, the writer was often struck by the persistence with
which even the most diligent students would call upon the teachers of
physics and chemistry to suspend the recitation and devote the time to
illustrative experiments. Physical Geography was constantly pronounced
“very dry,” because of the scarcity of opportunities for illustration.
The writer has endeavored to present in a form acceptable to the popular
palate the general principles of the storm and earthquake so far as they are
understood: and numerous narratives of great disturbances have been
inserted that a clearer conception of the magnitude of these agencies and
their relative importance may be attained by the reader.
Much care has been spent in “steering between Scylla and Charybdis.”
While it has been designed to avoid merely scientific data, there has been
the equally delicate task of avoiding prolix narration and mere sensational
tales. It is hoped that the result will be useful and interesting.
If the book shall lead the reader to higher views of the reign of
inexorable law in nature, and to a profounder reverence for the Author of
Law and his works, the labor of its compilation will not have been spent in
vain.
A. H. Godbey.

Page 8

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
CHAPTER I.
MYTHS OF THE WINDS.
PAGE.
Old Greek fancies—Their modern traces—Man seeking
mysteries—Personifications—The “air-mothers” 17
CHAPTER II.
CONSTANT WINDS.
Comparative climate—Expansive force of heat—
Illustrations—The trade-winds—Effect of the earth’s
rotation—Return currents and calms 26
CHAPTER III.
PERIODIC WINDS.
Modified trade winds—The monsoons—Local winds—
Sea and land breezes—The simoom: its terrible effects—
The khamsin, and similar winds—Moisture in the air: its
effects—Rain and hail—Clouds: their varieties—
Mountain winds 34
CHAPTER IV.
TORNADOES AND CYCLONES.
Unheeded law—Peculiarities of storms—Cyclonic storms
—Theoretical Illustrations—A “cyclone hot-bed"—
Traveling of a cyclone—Its curves in accordance with law
—Features of the cyclone’s path—Great cyclone of
August, 1888—The planetary equinox theory—Objections
to it—Safe predictions—Sun-spots—Mysterious
providences 48
CHAPTER V.
THE LOUISVILLE TORNADO.
Perspective of news—Amusing conceits—Distress at the 65
door—The tornado—Warning of the Signal Service—The
storm strikes Louisville—Its course—Wreck of Falls City

Page 9

Hall—Rescuing the victims—Fire breaks out—Personal
narratives—At the Union Depot
CHAPTER VI.
INCIDENTS OF THE TORNADO.
The poor to be remembered—Peddlers, publicans and
sinners—The freaks of “Providence"—Deaths in the storm
remarkably few—Wonderful escapes—Explosive effects
of confined air—Strange pranks of the wind—The storm
at Parkland—At Jeffersonville—The mammon worshiper
—Generosity and independence 87
CHAPTER VII.
OTHER TORNADOES.
The tornado in East Kansas—In Southeast Missouri—
Great damage in Illinois—Water-spout at Metropolis—
Many distinct whirlwinds—Effect of forest and prairie
fires—Tornado of Charleston, 1761—Tornadoes at
Natchez, 1840 and 1842—The Marshfield storm, 1880—
Remarkably small loss of life in tornadoes—Tornadoes in
foreign lands 114
CHAPTER VIII.
TROPICAL CYCLONES.
Cyclones on our eastern borders—The Nova Scotia
cyclone—St. Thomas cyclone and earthquake, 1837—
Cyclone of 1867—Barbadoes storm, 1831—Great storm
of 1780—Terrible cyclones and storm waves of India—
Typhoons in the China seas 141
CHAPTER IX.
PERILS OF THE SEA.
Songs of the sea—The ocean always admired—Its
treasures and dangers—Man’s greed a source of disaster—
Criminal disregard of life—Terrible fatalities in leaky
ships—The Arctic seas—The ship Rufus 159
CHAPTER X.
LIFE-SAVING MEASURES.
Great storm of 1703—Humaneness and inhumanity— 179
Diabolical wreckers—Hovellers—Desperate struggles

Page 10

without a life-boat illustrated by Dickens—The life-boat
invented—Its usefulness—Lighthouses and fog-bells
CHAPTER XI.
GREAT SAMOAN HURRICANE.
Germany and Samoa—Naboth’s vineyard—War breaks
out—The assembled navy—Situation of the harbor—The
hurricane—Fears of the natives—Vessels dragging
anchors—Sudden wreck of the Eber—Magnanimous
natives—The Adler overturned—Struggle of the Nipsic—
Fouled by the Olga, and run ashore—Crew rescued by the
natives—The Vandalia helpless—Bold feat of the Calliope
cheered—Vandalia stranded—Many Drowned—At the
last gasp—The Trenton drifts upon them—Defiance of the
storm—The flag triumphant 195
CHAPTER XII.
ELECTRIC STORMS.
Byron’s fire—Myths of the lightning—Causes of thunder
storms—Strange freaks of the lightning—Numerous
fatalities—Some curious cases—A lightning stroke a
Divine favor—Thunder—Peculiar incidents—Lightning
little to be feared—Foolish precautions—A “dysentery
conductor” wanted—St. Elmo’s fire—Electric halos—
Their part in history—The aurora—Popular myths—
Aurora described 220
CHAPTER XIII.
RAIN, HAIL AND SNOW.
Clouds and cloud shapes—The storm changes national
destinies—Cloud halos—Specter of the Brocken—The
“beautiful rain"—Amount of rainfall—Snow—Its ravages
—Remarkable showers of hail—Prodigies 246
CHAPTER XIV.
FLOODS IN THE SOUTH.
Rivers a universal problem—Character of the Mississippi 261
—Failure of the levee system—The building of levees—
Three great sections—Damage of overflows—Fighting for
the levee—Storm on the river—Scene at a crevasse—The

Page 11

flood in the rural districts—In the city—Closing a crevasse
—Refugees on the levee—Crooked streams
CHAPTER XV.
THE FLOOD OF 1890.
Floods of other years—Warning of the Signal Service—
The water rising—At Greenville, Mississippi—The fight
for the Morganza line—The waters win—Other crevasses
—Extent of the damage—Objections to levees—Levees
versus outlets—Terrible floods in China—A proposed
outlet—Reflection on present policy 296
CHAPTER XVI.
THE JOHNSTOWN FLOOD.
The dam system of India—American “cheap goods and
haste"—The Little Conemaugh Valley—Heavy rains—
Johnstown flooded—The artificial lake—A poor dam—No
uneasiness—How the water would move—The dam
breaks—Terrible rush of the flood—An engine chased—A
warning whistle—Locomotives hurled about like toys—
Flying for life—Escapes and losses 324
CHAPTER XVII.
INCIDENTS AT JOHNSTOWN.
Suddenness of the flood—It divides—A chaotic scene—
Fire breaks out—Faith of the perishing—Narratives: the
Hulbert House; Rev. D. M. Miller’s story; Mr. Calliver’s
escape; Dr. Beale and family—Morning: the stricken
multitude; Mr. Rose’s narrative; Talmage’s letter; the grief
of the survivors 343
CHAPTER XVIII.
RELIEF MEASURES.
The people in want—Johnstown after the flood—Human
ghouls—Relic hunters—Temporary government—A
dictatorship—Hospitals and morgues—Prompt response of
the public—Aid from various cities—Losses by the flood 367
CHAPTER XIX.
FAMINE AND PESTILENCE.

Page 12

Signs and omens—Natural causes—Bengal famine of
1866—Relief Measures—Results—Pestilence and
contagion—Black death—Its frequent ravages—Fright—
A romance of Florence 384
CHAPTER XX.
THE VOLCANO.
Erroneous views—Myths—Active principle in volcanoes
—Atmospheric pressure—Rain at eruptions—Lava,
pumice, ashes and tufa—Different phases of action—
Stromboli, the “lighthouse"—Lava bubbles—Thrilling
adventure—Lost!—Theory of a molten earth—Objections
to it—The earth cools slowly—Subsidence and chemical
action—Distribution of volcanoes—Their work and forms 394
CHAPTER XXI.
GREAT ERUPTIONS OF VESUVIUS.
Pompeii long buried—Excavations begun—A hermetically
sealed city—Scenes in the town—Pliny’s story—
Hundreds stifled—Finding the bodies—Subsequent
eruptions—Notable convulsion of 1538—The eruption of
1531, 1737 and 1793—Recent observations 421
CHAPTER XXII.
OTHER GREAT ERUPTIONS.
Destruction of Sodom—Arguments—The pitch lake of 440
Trinidad—Ætna: eruption of 1669—Thousands perish—
Catania destroyed—Other outbreaks—Iceland: Mt. Hecla
—Tremendous eruption of Skaptar Jokul—One-fifth of the
people perish—Millions of cubic yards of lava—
Disturbances in the sea—Jorullo: a mountain made in a
night—Fearful outburst of Sumbawa—Twenty-six people
out of twelve thousand escape—Explosions heard nine
hundred miles—Other Malaysian volcanoes—Geysers—
Terrible eruption of Cosequina—Heard one thousand
miles—Eruptions in South America—Force required to
send out lava—In the Sandwich Islands—Krakatoa: the
greatest eruption in history—A chorus of volcanoes—

Page 13

Awful destruction—Perceived around the world—
Unparalleled sea wave
CHAPTER XXIII.
EARTHQUAKES.
Myths of the earthquake—Ancient theories—Modern
research—Earthquakes and volcanic agency—Speed of a
shock—The atmospheric theory—Earthquakes at
particular seasons—The “planetary influence” theory—
Character of motions 481
CHAPTER XXIV.
EUROPEAN EARTHQUAKES.
Legends of the flood—Sparta Destroyed—Bura and
Helice engulfed—Numerous convulsions in Asia Minor—
Antioch repeatedly destroyed—North Africa suffers—
Calabrian earthquake of 1693—A tremendous convulsion
in 1783—Immense chasms—People swallowed up—Great
landslides—Terrible catastrophe at Scylla—Ruffians amid
the wreck—The great Lisbon earthquake—Its vast extent
—Awful destruction—Earthquake at Chio—In
Switzerland—In Ischia—Distressing scenes in the ruins—
Disastrous shocks in Spain 496
CHAPTER XXV.
EARTHQUAKES IN THE UNITED STATES AND
ENGLAND.
All nature uneasy—The terrifying character of an
earthquake—Signs and wonders—“El Gran Ruido,” of
Guanajuato—Frequency of earthquakes—Earthquake in
New England, 1638—A second in 1663—Shock of 1727
—Great convulsions of 1755—Damage and great alarm at
Boston—“The end of the world!"—Great disturbance in
the Mississippi Valley, 1811—Strange feats—The
Charleston earthquake—Numerous English earthquakes—
Comparatively small loss of life 535
CHAPTER XXVI.
EARTHQUAKES IN TROPICAL AMERICA.

Page 14

Shocks in Asia: lack of reliable information—The Andes
region—Great earthquake of Riobamba—Humboldt’s
description—Numerous shocks in Venezuela—
Catastrophe of Caracas—Effect on the survivors—
Frequent convulsions at San Salvador—Total destruction
in 1854—Ruffians on the scene—Sudden disaster of
Mendoza—Touching incidents—Faithful dogs—Shocks in
Peru and gigantic sea wave—Numerous great shocks—
The end of all things—The last man 563
CHAPTER XXVII.
PREDICTION AND PREVENTION.
Futile efforts to control the future—Law neglected for
superstition—Pretentious prophets—Humbugs—Laws of
weather changes—Actions of animals—Methods for
producing rain suggested—Earthquake indicators—A
force beyond control—Possibilities 589
CHAPTER XXVIII.
THE REIGN OF LAW.
Knowledge only from experience—Partial mastery by
faith—Natural law the ruling force—Good and bad results
of faith in the Supernatural—Sin punished—Ignorance
punished—Examples—Man slow to learn—Eternal
wisdom and goodness—Progress, past, present and future 600

Page 15

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
PAGE.
Cave of the Winds 18
The Simoom 40
Forms of Clouds 45
Path of Cyclones 54
Rotation of Storms 56
Water-spouts at Sea 60
Where the Storm entered Louisville 68
Baxter Park, Louisville 71
Falls City Hall 75
At Work in the Wreck 78
Main Street, between Eleventh and Twelfth, Louisville 82
Union Depot, Louisville 85
Eighth and Main, Louisville 90
Corner Main and Clinton, Louisville 94
Looking East from Tenth and Main, Louisville 96
Corner Jefferson and Twelfth, Louisville 99
On Ninth Street, Louisville 102
Ruined Tobacco Warehouses 104
View of Jeffersonville 108
Wall and Front Streets, Jeffersonville 109
Wreck at Jeffersonville 110
Tenth and Main, Louisville 112
Looking West from Tenth and Main, Louisville 115
View of the Residence District, Louisville 118
Ruined Dwellings 121
Path of Tornado, Olney, Ill. 124
Scene at Olney, Ill. 126
Whirlwind from Burnt Prairie 127
Tornado followed by Rain Storm 129
Instantaneous View of Tornado 130

Page 16

Tornado at Monville 132
Water-spout at Sea 135
Minnesota Tornado 137
Sand-spouts in the Desert 139
Cyclone, Fire and Earthquake, St. Thomas 145
“Drowning with its Terrible Roar” 147
Hurricane in the Tropics 151
Coast of India Submerged by a Storm 156
“He Sinks into Thy Depths” 160
Cast Ashore 163
Wreck of the Minotaur 167
Wrecked on a Rock 171
Castaways on a Raft 173
Sinking of the London 177
Storm on the Shoals, 1703 180
On a Lee Shore 184
Hovellers Relieving a Vessel 187
The Life-boat 190
The Life-boat at Work 193
Bow of the Eber Cast Ashore 201
The Adler on the Reef 204
Samoans Rescuing American Sailors 207
The Calliope Putting to Sea 210
Bow of the Sunken Vandalia 214
After the Storm 218
The Lyse Fiord 221
Ideal Subterranean Storm 225
Harvesters Killed by Lightning 232
Land of the Aurora 243
Field of Waterloo 249
Specter of the Brocken 252
Tropical Flood 264
Making Mats for Levee Fronts 266
Struggle to Hold the Levee 269

Page 17

A Mountain Torrent 271
“No Time for Prayin’!” 273
Funeral During the Flood 275
Breaking of the Levee 277
Surprised by the Water 279
Not so Romantic as it Looks 282
Telegraphing Under Difficulties 285
Rescuing People 288
Camps on the Levee 290
Waiting for a Steamer 292
The Search Light 293
Scene at High Water 297
Negroes Moving Out 301
Stock Raft 303
Picking Up Refugees 306
Deserted Farmhouse 308
Flood in China 312
Dykes of Holland 316
Relief of Leyden 318
Breaking of the Dykes, Holland 322
Map of Conemaugh Valley 325
The Broken Dam 334
Fleeing Engine 337
Wreck of the Trains 340
Mill Creek 345
At the Stone Bridge 349
Desperate Struggle 354
The Gorge at the Bridge 358
Battle with the Waters 362
Johnstown After the Flood 371
At the Morgue 376
Conemaugh Viaduct 381
At the Summit of Popocatepetl 397
View in Active Crater 401

Page 18

Crater of Orizaba 405
Eruption of Vesuvius 411
Coral Reefs 418
Destruction of Pompeii 424
Vesuvius in 1737 435
Destruction of Sodom 441
Destruction of Catania 446
Mt. Hecla 450
Jorullo 455
Geyser 457
The Yellowstone Park 462
Cattle in Volcanic Mud 473
Convulsion on the Coast of Sumatra 478
Effect of Earthquake on Masonry 484
The Deluge 497
Ruined Roman Colonnade 500
Antioch 502
Massive Architecture Wrecked, Asia Minor 504
Ruins Near Cairo 506
Ruins Near Nineveh 507
Remains of Ancient Hebrew Masonry 509
Great Earthquake in Calabria 511
Destruction of Messina 513
Disaster of Scylla 515
Lisbon 517
Earthquake at Lisbon 520
Ruined Cathedral 522
Scene at Chio 524
Panic at Casamicciola 529
Earthquake in Andalusia 532
Wreck of the Charleston Earthquake 538
Houses Thrown into Ravine 542
Wreck on King Street, Charleston 544
Scene at Charleston 548

Page 19

Old State House, Charleston 551
Charleston 554
Wreck of Factory 557
Ruined Dwelling 560
Earthquake in China 564
After the Shock 568
Scene at Caracas 571
Ruins of San Salvador 573
Fright at San Salvador 575
Shock at Lake in Honduras 577
Wreck at Mendoza 579
Great Sea Wave 583
Earthquake in Spain 586

GREAT DISASTERS
AND
HORRORS IN THE WORLD’S HISTORY.

Page 20

CHAPTER I.

MYTHS OF THE WINDS.

“Gray in his mossy cave Æolus stood
Gazing in reverie at the distant sails,
That skimmed the surface of the glassy deep,
Unvexed by blasts of Eurus’ boisterous whims.
The restless winds in leash about their lord
Full often murmuring, plucked his floating robe,
Or stirred his tangled tresses with their breath,
Impatient at the lack of wilder liberty.”

O sang the bard of the fabled cave of the winds. Thus the old Romans
and Greeks have taught us to think and to speak of the spirits of the air.
Thus the very name of “spirit” was originally identical with “breath” or
“wind.” Those poetic old Hellenes! They contrived to find something
delightfully human in all the phenomena of nature. The woods were
peopled with fauns and dryads. Around the bend of yonder rushy stream, a
wary woodsman found a bathing nymph. Beyond that rock Actæon saw the
chaste Diana sporting in the crystal pool. Here is the spot where baffled
Phœbus found his Daphne changed into a laurel tree.
See you those stately poplars by the side of Italy’s stream? There
Phaëthon’s mourning sisters changed their fleshly robes for those green
spires. From their waving boughs the cry of the kingfisher Alcyone reminds
us that

Page 21

CAVE OF THE WINDS.

halcyon days may yet be in store for the most unfortunate. The response
hurled back from yonder cliff warns us to drop a tear for the poor nymph
Echo, whose unrequited love caused her to pine away till only a voice was
left. To this day she answers every call, hoping to yet meet her love. That
flaunting yellow flower is sprung from that very Narcissus who was so
handsome he fell in love with himself. Ten thousand egotistic beauties of
later days have not met so happy a fate.
Hark! was that the sea-shell of Triton? Neptune approaches with his
Naiad train. You may see the plunge of his dolphin steeds. And see! what
vision of incomparable loveliness is that? It is Aphrodite, goddess of love—
sprung from the foam of the sea—as fragile as the fleecy mass from whence
she came; as inconstant as the tossing wave on which she dances. How can
love be otherwise, since she is its queen? In the sky above you see the
beautiful Andromeda with the radiant Perseus. There Hercules yet wields
his club and wears his lion-skin. And there—
It is vanished. The disenchantment is complete. Modern civilization has
replaced the nymph with the peasant, and the faun with the brigand. The
pipe of Pan is forever silent. Marsyas is revenged, for Apollo is no more.
Jupiter dethroned Saturn; Jupiter has long since been dethroned. Where are
the hands that penned those beauteous fancies; the bards that sung the deeds
of the gods? Dust and ashes these two thousand years.

Page 22

Their works live after them. Passing centuries have not improved upon
their lovely phantasies: it may be because they could not. Rome has named
the months of our year: Norway has aided to name the days of our week.
Easter preserves the name of Œstara, Teuton goddess of springtime, of new
life, new light. So the names of the winds remain. Auster, the south wind,
has his memorial in Australia. Zephyr, the gentle west wind, is still a theme
for poet’s song. Rude Boreas, “blustering railer,” will always find a home in
the north. Civilization has not driven him from his domain. Æolus, the
master spirit, most powerful because most delicate and beautiful, still stirs
our wind-harps with his breath. The spirits of the air are as boisterous and
untamed as in the days of Æneas.
And what figures would appeal more strongly to the imagination than
these simple personifications? How can too great importance be attached to
the part the winds perform in the economy of nature? Without them the land
would become a Sahara; the seas would be covered with a London fog. In
the rustle of the breeze, as well as in the roar of hurricane, there is purpose
and energy. The hand that guides one, controls the other. “He holdeth the
wind in his fists.”
In every age man’s imagination has been strongly influenced by the
mysterious or unknown. There is little play for poetic sentiment in the cold
practicality of science. That which is clearly comprehended, loses half its
charm. The botanist carefully plucks to pieces a flower; it is analyzed, and
all its mechanism understood—but it is no longer a flower. The alchemist
has produced the wonderful science of chemistry; but the philosopher’s
stone and the secret of producing gold are forever numbered among the
shadowy myths of the past. The explorer has roamed in countless climes
amid a myriad perils: a thousand treasures has he given to the world: but his
El Dorado and the Fountain of Perpetual Youth have become as a dream in
the night. And thus for aye will phantoms vanish as we grasp. Truth bears a
magic wand at whose touch the unreal dies as a snowflake in a flame. All
time has borne its legends of the risen departed, whose spirits roam the
earth by night; but we have not proved that the dead have done in six
thousand years so much evil as the living in a single day.
So one by one our cherished fables disappear. The steam-engine seems a
thing of life; but we do not find a hidden geni therein. Electricity, one of the
youngest of man’s practical discoveries, has become the most easily
controlled. The bolts of Jove are the prisoners of man. The river is

Page 23

harnessed to the mill and factory. But the winds roam as free as in the day
of creation “when the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God
shouted for joy.” Of all the forces of nature the wind and sea are least
beneath control of man. The command “Subdue and have dominion” has
not yet been fully obeyed.
Small wonder, then, that a glamour of mysticism remains about the
storm and its birth. Man finds himself in the presence of a power beyond his
comprehension. Of the various elements of nature, the wind, the sea and the
storm are more than ever the realm of fancy and awe. One often wonders at
many other ancient myths; but there seems nothing surprising in the
Grecian fancy that the winds were the spirit slaves of Æolus; or in the
Arabian thought, that storms were but the battles of wonderful genii, whose
weapons were fire, water, and their own powerful breath. In the crash of the
thunder the Arab heard their terrible strokes. The Northman beheld giants,
contending now with each other, now with the giants of frost or of fire; now
resting a moment in their cavern home—now chasing the clouds like
frightened sheep from their realm of Mistheim. Some day all these powers
would be arrayed in battle with the gods themselves, and Ragnarok, or
universal chaos would follow. God made man in his own image; man has
ever since endeavored to make all things in his own. So have the winds
become personified in every age and land.
Charles Kingsley has given us a beautiful picture of the “air mothers,”
and the part they play in the realm of nature. Compare the ancient with the
modern. We now know the laws and the work of the winds; but we have not
found a better manner of picturing them. They are still the beautiful spirits
of the air; the Peris of the upper deep, thoughtless in life, weeping repentant
tears in the hour of their death.
“Who are these who follow us softly over the moor in the autumn
evening? Their wings brush and rustle in the fir boughs, and they whisper
before and behind us, as if they called gently to each other, like birds
flocking homeward to their nests.
“The woodpecker on the pine stems knows them, and laughs aloud for
joy as they pass. The rooks above the pasture know them, and wheel around
and tumble in their play.
“The brown leaves on the oak-tree know them, and flutter faintly, and
beckon as they pass. In the chattering of the dry leaves there is a meaning,

Page 24

and a cry of weary things longing for rest.
“ ‘Take us home, take us home, you soft air-mothers, now our fathers,
the sunbeams, are grown dull. Our green summer beauty is all draggled, and
our faces are grown wan and thin; and the buds, the ungrateful children
whom we nourished, thrust us off from our seats. Waft us down, you soft
air-mothers, upon your wings, to the quiet earth, that we may go to our
home, as all things go, and become air and sunlight once again!’
“The bold young fir seeds know them, and rattle impatiently in their
cones. ‘Blow more strongly, blow more fiercely, slow air-mothers, and
shake us from our prisons of dead wood, that we may fly and spur away
northeastward, each on his horny wing. We will dive like arrows through
the heather, and drive our sharp beaks into the soil, and rise again, as green
trees, toward the sunlight, and spread out lusty boughs.’
“They never think, bold fools, of what is coming to bring them low in
the midst of their pride—of the reckless axe which will fell them, and saws
which will shape them into logs, and the trains which will roar and rattle
over them as they lie buried in the gravel of the way, till they are ground
and rattled into powder, and dug up and flung upon the fire, that they too
may return home, like all things, and become air and sunlight once again.
“The air-mothers hear their prayers, and do their bidding: but faintly, for
they themselves are tired and sad, and their garments rent and worn. Ah!
how different were those soft air-mothers, when, invisible to mortal eyes,
they started on their long sky journey, five thousand miles across the sea.
“Out of the blazing caldron which lies between the two New Worlds,
they leaped up, when the great sun called them, in whirls and spouts of
clear hot steam, and rushed to the northward, while the whirling earthball
whirled them east.
“So northeastward they rushed aloft, across the gay West Indian Isles,
having below the glitter of the flying-fish, and the sidelong eyes of cruel
sharks: above the canefields and the plantain gardens, and the cocoanut
groves which fringe the shores: above the rocks which throbbed with
earthquakes, and the peaks of old volcanoes, cinder-strewn: while far
beneath, the ghosts of their dead sisters hurried homeward on the northeast
breeze.
“Wild deeds they did, as they rushed onward, and struggled and fought
among themselves, up and down, and round and backward in the fury of

Page 25

their blind hot youth. They tired themselves by struggling with each other,
and by tearing the heavy water into waves; and their wings grew clogged
with sea-spray, and soaked more and more with steam.
“At last, the sea grew cold beneath them, and their clear steam sank to
mist; and they saw themselves and each other wrapped in dull, rain-laden
clouds. Then they drew their white cloud garments around them, and veiled
themselves for very shame: and they said, ‘We have been wild and
wayward: and alas, our pure youth is gone. But we will do one good deed,
yet, before we die, and so we shall not have lived in vain. We will glide
onward to the land and weep there, and refresh all things with warm, soft
rain, and make the grass grow, and the buds burst; we will quench the thirst
of man and beast, and wash the soiled world clean.’
“So they are wandering past us, the air-mothers, to weep the leaves into
their graves: to weep the seeds into their seed-beds, and to weep the soil
into the plains: to get the rich earth ready for the winter, and then creep
northward and die there. But will they live again, those chilled air-mothers?
Yes; they must live again. For all things move forever: and not even ghosts
can rest.
“The corpses of their sisters piling on them from above, press them
onward, press them southward toward the sun once more, across the floes,
and round the icebergs—weeping tears of snow and sleet—while men hate
their wild, harsh voices, and shrink before their bitter breath. They know
not that the cold bleak snow-storms, as they hurtle from the black northeast,
bear back the ghosts of the soft air-mothers, as penitents, to their father, the
great sun.
“But as they fly southward warm life thrills them, and they drop their
loads of sleet and snow, and meet their young live sisters from the south,
and greet them with flash and thunderpeal. Men call them the southwest
wind, those air-mothers: and their ghosts, the northeast trade; and value
them, and rightly; because they bear the traders out and back across the
sea.”
So they live, and so they die, those beautiful air-mothers—for life is
evermore fed by death. And in their wayward course they bring the early
and the latter rain: that so long as time shall be, seed-time and harvest and
summer and winter shall not fail. And men love them, and welcome each in
their turn, whether laden with the pure white snow, or the cooling moisture

Page 26

of the distant sea; for man is a fickle creature, and remains constant to none.
In summer he sings of the Arctic winds; and in winter, he longs for the
breath of the south; for like the air-mothers, his course is ever onward,
seeking that which he has not. Yet, sometimes in his discontent, he would
curse the soft air-mothers: but without them he could not live. But the bard
knows them all, and will sing of their deeds till the sun waxes cold with the
weight of years.

Page 27

CHAPTER II.

CONSTANT WINDS.

“Up from the sea I sprang, O voyager,
Ere Aphrodite rose from out its foam.
I am a banned, unresting wanderer,
Doomed o’er the surface of the deep to roam.
Without being aged, o’erwhelmed with days,
The end of being is my only dream.
I trod the earth ere man’s ephemeral race,
And onward flee long as yon sun shall beam,
Ever, forever,
Here, and wherever,
Turneth the earth, must I course forever!”

HE phenomena of climate and seasons are too familiar to need
especial comment or description. They are dependent, in the first
place, upon the annual journey of the earth about the sun, the
inclination of the earth’s axis to its orbit, and the distance of any particular
region in question, from the equator.
But the changes thus constantly made are greatly modified by other
factors. Chief among these agencies are the form and extent of the
continents, their position relative to each other and the water areas, and the
currents of the air and sea.
Men usually identify climate with atmospheric conditions. A warm
atmosphere is for them the whole of a warm climate: it is really but one of
its factors, at most: it is often to be considered as a result, rather than a
cause. On lofty plateaus, or in mountainous regions, the heat is not
oppressive, even in the tropics; but here the moderate temperature is due to
the elevation. France is as far north as Labrador; but there is no similarity
whatever in climatic conditions, as there should be, were climate dependent
only on the heating of the local atmosphere by the rays of the sun. Who
would think of instituting a comparison of sunny Rome or Madrid with the
city of New York? Yet the three are nearly on the same parallel: Rome
furthest north. So there is little resemblance between the warmth of sunny
Florida and the scorching heat of the Sahara: or between the climates in

Page 28

those portions of our own Pacific and Atlantic coasts that lie between the
same parallels. So we find that though there is a general relation between
the climate of a region and its distance from the equator, there are many
other conditions to be considered. First, let us note atmospheric currents and
disturbances.
“The wind bloweth where it listeth, and no man knoweth whence it
cometh, or whither it goeth.”
“The world do move.” The illustration so full of meaning two thousand
years since has lost much of its force. The truth of yesterday is the error of
to-day. The fact of to-day may be the phantasy of to-morrow. So it has come
to pass that in our day the origin and laws of air currents are believed to be
as well understood as those of any other forces in nature. Yet scientific
theorists are, after all, divided on not a few points.
Two general classes of winds are recognized: the constant, and variable.
Constant winds are those that blow all the year in the same direction. The
beautiful concept of Kingsley, in the preceding chapter, contains the leading
points of our knowledge concerning them.
All the various phenomena of air currents are dependent upon one
unchanging law: that gaseous bodies—and all but two others—always
greatly expand under the influence of heat. There are two noted partial
exceptions: one of these prevents our globe from becoming a complete
iceberg, and is as important as the law itself. Iron expands, till its melting
point; but in its liquid state it occupies less space than when solid. Water
contracts under the influence of cold, until the temperature of 39° is
reached; after that it expands: and when frozen occupies about one-eighth
more space than before. This wise provision of the Creator is second to
none in importance, as regards its influence upon the climate of the earth at
large. Had it been otherwise—did ice sink instead of float, our rivers and
seas would in time become solid masses of ice; for water is so poor a
conductor of heat, that its under-currents warm very slowly. Any one who
plunges into a lake in mid-summer may often find the water warm at the
surface, and of almost icy coldness a short distance beneath. The great Polar
current comes down from Baffin’s Bay, and off the coast of Newfoundland
it plunges beneath the warm, lighter current of the Gulf Stream; but it is not
warmed by it. Registering thermometers detect its icy coldness almost
unchanged in the realms of the tropics, far beneath the surface.

Page 29

Note some simple illustrations of the expansive force of freezing water.
Every housewife knows that a bottle left full of water will burst when the
water freezes. The same power is shown in the gradual disintegration of
rocks by alternate freezing and thawing. Water freezing in the crevices
bursts off small particles, or even large fragments; so that rocks long
exposed to the weather, crumble more or less. Every one is familiar with the
appearance presented by steep clay-banks, in late winter and early spring, of
ragged masses and fragments ready to fall at any time. Still another instance
of this destructive power is shown in the killing of vegetation by freezing.
Plants are built of myriads of tiny cells. The moisture within freezes and
bursts the cell-walls, destroying the plant life. Certain plants have cells
more elastic than others, which in consequence are not destroyed by
freezing. But as an expanded cell does not readily shrink to its former size,
subsequent freezings, when the cell contains more water than before, may
finally destroy it. So wheat is “winter-killed,” by too frequent freezing. So
globes of steel may be burst by this force.
To show the poor qualities of water as a conductor of heat, take a long
glass tube and fill with water. Then put a piece of ice in one end. The water
at the other end may now be brought to the boiling point by means of the
flame of a lamp, ere the ice at the other end is melted.
Every one is familiar with the fact that heated air rises; but not all
inquire why it does so. Take a foot-ball or bladder and partially inflate it;
then hold it near a hot fire, and it may be swollen almost to bursting. Now,
there is no more air in it than before; and if it be laid in a cold place, it will
shrink to its first inflation. This shows how great is the expansive power of
heat on the atmosphere. The same weight occupying a much larger bulk, we
perceive that heated air is much lighter, and must rise. This, then, is the
cause of what are known as constant winds.
As the earth revolves on its axis, the air is unequally heated, that nearest
the equator becoming the warmest, in consequence of its receiving the most
direct rays. Here, then, the air rises most rapidly; while the cooler air to the
north or south must flow southward or northward to fill the vacuum. Now,
the earth turning on its axis from west to east, whirls the northward and
southward currents to the westward, so that they appear to blow from the
northeast and southeast. The result of this loss of direction is gradual; so
that when first perceptible, they are almost from a due northerly or
southerly direction. As they near the equator, they are more rapid, and turn

Page 30

more decidedly to the west, never becoming violent, however; rarely
exceeding fifteen to eighteen miles per hour.
It would appear that at the point where these meet each other, or come in
contact with the ascending warm current, there must be a region of calms or
light, variable winds, and occasional tempests. Such, in fact, is the case.
This belt is from two hundred and eighty to four hundred miles in width,
and lies along the thermal equator, or line of greatest average heat. This is
not the same at the earth’s equator, properly so called; for, as the land has
greater capacity for absorbing and retaining heat than the sea, and as most
of the land lies in the northern hemisphere, it is evident the highest mean
temperature must be north of the equator. So this belt of calms must lie in
the same region; and, in fact, in the Atlantic ocean it lies between 3 and 9°
north latitude, and in the Pacific, between 4 and 8°. As the sun travels
northward during the first half of the year, this region of calms shifts
slightly, also, so as to always nearly coincide with belt of the greatest mean
heat.
At first sight, it appears curious that the motion of the earth should
deflect these winds to the west. It would appear that the earth, atmosphere
and all, must revolve as a unit about its axis; else, if the atmosphere lose
time, its speed to the westward should be constantly accelerated, and long
ago should have reached a velocity that would shake the mountains
themselves; while, in fact, there is no variation perceptible.
It should be remembered that at the equator the earth is about twenty-
four thousand miles in circumference; and as one complete revolution is
made every twenty-four hours, a point on the equator is carried eastward at
the rate of one thousand miles an hour. But if a circle be drawn around the
earth parallel to the equator, at some distance from it, it is at once seen that
any object in this circle, having a shorter distance to traverse, is carried
eastward at a slower rate; so that a point only a few yards from either pole
must necessarily advance but a few feet per hour. So then, a body of air
moving from either pole toward the equator, must needs advance very
slowly if the friction of the upper reverse currents and of the surface of the
globe are to have opportunity to overcome its relative inertia and give it the
same velocity as that of any point over which it may pass.
Now, in the case of these constant winds, the inertia is very nearly
overcome, as they start from a circle in which the velocity to the eastward is

Page 31

about 750 miles per hour. If the inertia were fully overcome, there would be
no perceptible wind; as the velocity is actually but fifteen to eighteen miles
per hour, it appears that the friction encountered actually destroys from
thirteen-fourteenths to fifteen-sixteenths of the inertia. Hence, we find these
constant air currents toward the west are, in reality, the result of the earth
carrying any object on its surface a little more rapidly than the atmosphere
moves; so that these winds are precisely the same in principle as the well-
known fact that when you run rapidly in still air (so-called), it seems that
the wind is blowing directly in your face.
In like manner, it appears that a wind from west to east is merely an air-
current moving a little more rapidly than the earth revolves at that point.
The relative difference between the velocity of air-currents must vary
greatly; for a violent easterly or westerly wind very near the poles may
equal or even exceed the speed of the rotation of that point; while the most
violent tropical storms average between one-twentieth and one-eighth of the
local rotation. The latter is not often exceeded. But whatever the relation of
the respective velocities, it is clear that the velocity of the wind in general
must depend largely on the amount of air abnormally heated, and upon the
rapidity with which it is heated. So men have come to recognize that a
period of unusually oppressive heat forebodes a storm of some sort. But few
regard the unusual warmth as a reason of the storm. They are linked, in the
popular mind, as antecedent and consequent, rather than as cause and effect.
These constant winds near the equator have been named trade-winds,
because of their importance to commerce. Unknown before the first voyage
of Columbus, they filled the minds of his crew with fear that they could
never return home, if the wind blew always in one direction. The same
gentle wind bore Magellan in his voyage around the world, and caused him
to give the name of “Pacific,” or “peaceful,” to the great ocean on our west;
and the same steady breezes made the fortune of many a noble galleon in
the days when Peru was an Ophir, Mexico an El Dorado, and the Philippine
Isles a Tarshish where they took shipping for the distant land of gold.
Owing to the fact that the continents intercept the regular trades by
reason of their elevation and irregular conformation, and also because of
their much greater specific heat, whereby they set in motion many other
local currents, the trades are found to begin only a considerable distance to
the west of the continents. Yet the influence of the trades is sufficient to

Page 32

make easterly winds the prevailing ones on the great inland plains: as in the
Sahara, Arabia, Southern Siberia, and portions of North and South America.
It is clear that other nearly constant currents must exist to supply the
vacuum that would be otherwise caused by the trades. These are found to
the south and north of the trade belts, and, as might be expected, blow
nearly in the opposite direction, being descending currents; while the trades,
as before stated, are ascending. The column of hot air from the equator
starts toward the poles above the trades, while a polar current sets in toward
the equator; but as the amount of air displaced at the equator is by far the
greatest, much of it can, of course, never reach the poles. On meeting the
polar current, the two partially mingle and descend, forming what is called
the return trade. This blows, most of the year, to the southeast, the
equatorial current prevailing and coming from a region whose easterly
rotation is more rapid. At certain seasons of the year, however, the polar
current prevails to some extent, though not sufficiently to overcome the
eastward trend; so the wind in this belt blows alternately to the southeast
and the northeast.
Between the region of trades and alternating winds is a belt, on either
side of the equator, of calms and variable winds, which shift northward or
southward, parallel to the belt of calms between the trades. These two
zones, however, are much less clearly defined than the great central one,
and are not liable to such extraordinary disturbances.
Such is the great constant wind, with its dependents. So long as the sun
has warmed the earth, it has hurried on its course, subject to unceasing law,
and destined to cease only when the heavens and the earth shall pass away,
and chaos or annihilation shall end the things that be. A Wandering Jew of
the atmosphere, it flies ever onward, bearing the merchant to his port, and
the rain-cloud to the land; ever and anon desolating the isles with its bursts
of fury; then resuming its restless course, like the remorseful Salathiel.

Page 33

CHAPTER III.

PERIODIC WINDS.

“Earth has each year her resurrection hours
When the spring stirs within her, and the powers
Of life revive; the sleeping zephyrs rouse,
The blushing orchards clothe their naked boughs,
The swallow skims above the lakelet’s verge.
Swift summer speeds with fire in every vein,
And autumn’s glories crimson hill and plain.
Then warmth and life from Nature take their flight,
And winter robes her in a shroud of white,
While mournful Boreas chants her funeral dirge.”

O the seasons tread their ceaseless round in the temperate zones, and to
a certain degree in the colder regions of the earth. But when we
examine the change of seasons in the tropical world, we find a state of
things so different that we are at once led to inquire the reason: and it will
be found primarily in certain periodical winds.
When the sun is north of the equator: that is, while our northern summer
is in progress, India enjoys a steady sea wind from the southwest, which
brings a rainy season to the corresponding coasts of Hindostan and Farther
India. When the sun returns to the south, the winds set in from the opposite
direction, coming down across the great upland plateau of Central Asia,
sometimes called, from its immense height and extent, the “Roof of the
World.” These periodic winds are called monsoons: a corruption of the
Arabic word Moussin, season. They are in reality a modification of the
trade-winds.
A glance at a map will show that the northern half of the great Indian
Ocean is enclosed by land masses as no other large body of water is.
Consequently, while in the southern section the southeast trade is present,
the northeast trade of the northern part is so modified by the surrounding
land areas as to almost entirely lose its distinctive character. Hence, most
tropical regions have, properly speaking, but two seasons: the rainy, and the
dry. As the clouds swept in meet with an intensely heated region, the trade

Page 34

never chills them sufficiently to produce snow, except in extremely elevated
regions.
This is the direct cause of the monsoons: During the northern summer,
southern Asia, being under the rays of the vertical sun, becomes intensely
heated; and the cooler and denser air of the adjacent ocean, and of southern
Africa, flows towards it, producing the southwest monsoon, which lasts
from April or May to September or October. The time of its beginning and
its close varies in different latitudes, according to the time at which the sun
is vertical in each.
During the southern summer, southern Africa being under the vertical
sun and intensely heated, the cooler air of the surrounding seas, and of
southern Asia, flows towards it. This produces the northeast monsoon,
which lasts from October or November to April. This monsoon is, in fact,
only the regular northeast trade-wind somewhat intensified.
A similar exchange takes place between Asia and Australia, but it is less
marked, owing, perhaps, to the great islands lying between these continents.
The period of transition of the monsoons, in spring and autumn, is
marked by sudden and violent gales, and terrific thunder storms.
Destructive hurricanes, also, are of frequent occurrence. This corresponds
with the period of equinoctial storms in higher latitudes.
There are narrow monsoon belts in the Atlantic, along the coast of Africa
and of Brazil, also on the Pacific coasts of North and South America; but
the phenomena they exhibit are of a much less striking character. On the
African coast, in general, the winds blow from sea to land in summer, from
land to sea in winter; on the Brazilian, the wind is from the northeast in
summer, while in winter the southeast trade resumes its sway. The
monsoons of the Pacific coast of America blow from the northwest and
north during the southern summer; from the southwest and south during the
northern. The regular trade-wind makes itself so strongly felt in northern
Brazil, which is unusually level, that a boat can sail almost as rapidly up the
swift current of the Amazon as it can row down: and Humboldt records that
he found it of great strength at the foot of the eastern slope of the Andes.
Another modification of the northeast trade is found in the Etesian winds
of Greece and the adjacent archipelago. This is a true intermittent trade,
blowing only in the daytime, however, and lasting from July to September.

Page 35

The cool air of the peninsula rushes toward the extremely heated regions of
the Mediterranean and north Africa.
Somewhat similar are the northers, or blizzards, of our Western States.
By the laws already given, it is seen that northerly winds can prevail in any
region only when some region further south is unusually heated. Now, the
northern portion of America may be roughly compared to a trough. The
cold polar current sets to the southward across the continent, and is turned
to the east by the Rocky Mountain range, giving it a general southeast
course. Hence, when the southern summer is in progress, our prevailing
winds are from the northwest; and when the heated portion of the world is
north of the equator, we have the return trade, giving us as our prevailing
wind that from the southwest. When our return trade is unusually
prolonged, we have a late fall; and if the southern summer is unusually
warm, we have the polar current longer than usual, and a late spring in
consequence. The polar current seldom makes its presence felt beyond the
Texan plains; though occasionally it reaches the Mexican plateau, or sweeps
across the Gulf to the Antilles.
A similar cold wind from Central France toward the Riviera is locally
known as the Mistral. The cold winds from the south, which in crossing the
plains of Patagonia, are turned eastward by the Andes, are called in
Uruguay the pamperos, as their direction causes the popular belief that they
originate in the pampas, or grassy plains. In Malta the cold wind becomes
known as the gregale—in the Adriatic sea it is the tramontana; in Trieste
and Dalmatia it is the bora. In New Zealand the corresponding cold blast
comes from the south, and is known as the buster. When loaded with
drifting snow, as in the blizzard of the United States, the cold wind of the
Yenisei Valley, in Asia, is locally called the purga; in the steppes of Central
Asia it is the bura.
Eastern Asia receives its prevailing cold current from the northwest;
while western Asia and Europe receive their cold wave from the northeast,
there being no range of mountains, as in America, to deflect the current, as
the polar currents are disposed to follow the continents, having their origin
in arctic lands; while for a similar reason the return trades reach their
extremes on the ocean. Hence, lines drawn through the places which
possess the same mean annual temperature reach a higher latitude at sea
than on land.

Page 36

These are the chief periodical winds of long periods. There is one other
class to be noted: the diurnal land and sea breezes. These occur along all
coasts, whether in the zone of trades or of variable winds; but the
phenomenon is more strongly marked in the tropical regions, and in the
summer of the temperate latitudes, because of the greater difference in the
temperature of land and sea by day and by night.
During the hottest part of the day the air over the land frequently reaches
a temperature of 100° Fahr., and even more, while that over the sea rarely
rises above 80°. During the night the land radiates its heat with such
rapidity that, towards morning, its atmosphere may be from 10° to 15°
colder than that of the sea.
Soon after sunrise, the land being warmer than the sea, a sea breeze sets
in, which increases in force until about three o’clock, when the difference of
temperature is greatest. It then gradually diminishes until about sunset,
when, the temperature of the land and sea having become equal, the
atmosphere is at rest, the calm continuing for an hour or more.
Soon the land becomes cooler than the sea, and a gentle breeze from the
former sets in. It increases in force as the night advances, becoming
strongest a little before morning, when the temperature of the land is
lowest; after which it rapidly dies away, and is succeeded by a calm, to be
soon replaced by the sea breeze.
One other species of variable wind is to be noticed: the hot, dry, dust-
laden blast from desert regions. Such occur more or less periodically, and
are known by different names in different localities.
Tom Moore has told us that “love’s witchery” on the heart is
“Like the wind of the south o’er the summer lute blowing,
That hushed all its music, and withered its frame.”

The reference is to the simoom of Syria and Arabia. One who has not
experienced this wind can have little idea of its oppressiveness. Apt to come
at any hour during the hottest months of the year, with a temperature so
great that a piece of silver exposed to it becomes hot enough to blister the
flesh, and laden with the impalpable dust of the desert, vegetation is
scorched and withered by it, and animals flee from it as from the pestilence.
It may last but a short time: it may endure several days.

Page 37

At the first indication of its approach, people flee to their houses; doors
and windows are shut and every crevice that could allow any dust to enter is
tightly stuffed: while the wind lasts no one ventures out. Such unfortunate
animals as happen to be overtaken by it have literally to struggle for their
lives. The wind is not steady, but comes in fitful gusts, sometimes differing
as much as 20° in temperature. The streets are deserted; and were they
otherwise, a person could hardly be seen at a few yards distance. Hours
pass: that implacable enemy, the dust, sifts in at unknown chinks. By
degrees it covers everything. Valuable lace and tapestry are nearly ruined.
You put on a skull-cap; yet it penetrates your hair. It finds its way beneath
the garments to the skin, producing distressing dryness and roughness. The
lips parch and crack. The eyes are red and inflamed. You drink as if
famished, and gasp for breath. You are excessively irritable; you reach the
verge of complete nervous prostration. At length the ordeal is over. You
creep into the street, to find your neighbors looking like corpses; some, it
may be, actually dead from nervous exhaustion. Dead birds and animals lie
on the earth. It is a case of the survival of the fittest. You pluck a leaf from a
neighboring tree; it crumbles to dust in your grasp.
Such are the effects of an unusually protracted wind, even when most
favorably situated to encounter it. But if a caravan be overtaken by such in
the desert, happy are they who escape. The camels kneel and thrust their

Page 38

THE SIMOOM.

noses into the sand, against each other, into a pack of goods—anywhere to
avoid breathing that poisonous blast. The men throw themselves upon the
ground behind the camels, and muffle their heads in their garments. The
storm is at hand; perchance attended by whirling columns of sand. You raise
your head: a thick, dun-colored cloud flies at you; a heat as of red-hot iron,
it seems, holds you in its choking grasp. You find your way to your water
bottle, and drink deeply. The lurid sun turns the sweeping columns of sand
to pillars of fire. Superstitious fear seizes your Arab comrades. Gradually
the storm passes on: the men pick themselves up and endeavor to shake the
irritating dust and sand from out the folds of their clothing, and the party
resumes its way, happy that they are not numbered among the dead whose
bones are bleaching by the way. Tales are not wanting of great caravans
completely overwhelmed by the sandstorms of the desert.
These storms are met with in their greatest severity in Egypt and Arabia.
In Egypt, this wind is called the Khamsin, or fifty, referring to the period of
fifty days—the latter part of April, May, and early June—when they may be
expected. They never blow through the entire season: rarely so long as
fifteen days at a time. In Arabia the simoom may travel from the center of
the peninsula toward any point of the compass; the Khamsin of Egypt
blows from the southwest. Winds of the same character cross the
Mediterranean. In Spain the wind is known as the Solano, or Levanter, or
Leveche: in Sicily and Italy it is the Sirocco. The distressing dryness is
somewhat modified by the journey across the Mediterranean. The same
wind in Syria is called Samiel; and a similar wind which blows from the
Sahara southwest to the Guinea coast is called the Harmattan. In California
a similar dry hot wind blows from the interior toward the coast, during the
hot season, and is called the desert wind. Such occasional hot blasts are
experienced in southeastern Dakota, coming from the “bad lands,” or sandy
and rocky wastes along the upper Missouri river.
All these periodical or varying winds may be very properly, from their
time and character, be called the season winds of the earth, as another
means of distinction from the constant trades: as they in part bring changes
of season, and in part are brought that way.
Into the question of climate and seasons one other element enters, of
especial importance in regard to those disturbances of the regular winds,

Page 39

which we call storms. That factor is the quantity of moisture in the
atmosphere, and the consequent rainfall or snowfall of a region. Without
this element, the phenomenal disturbances known as tornadoes would
hardly occur: or if they did, there would be greater difficulty in ascertaining
their approach.
Water, in its vapor state, is but three-fifths the weight of the air, and in
consequence rapidly rises. This evaporation, as it is called, goes on at all
times: even when the water is frozen. A very thin sheet of ice, hung in the
open air, will finally disappear, even though the temperature be always
below freezing.
Now, all the phenomena of rain, snow, and hail, that are brought by
different seasons, in different climes, depend upon a single simple law: that
warm air can hold a much greater quantity of vapor than cold air. The
amount of moisture that may be held in suspension at different temperatures
is as follows:
Temperature Weight of vapor Temperature Weight of vapor
of Air. in a cubic foot of Air. in a cubic foot
of saturated air. of saturated air.
20 deg. Fahr. 1.30 grains Troy. 70 deg. Fahr. 8.00 grains Troy.
32 “ “ 2.13 “ “ 80 “ “ 10.95 “ “
50 “ “ 4.09 “ “ 90 “ “ 14.81 “ “
62 “ “ 6.15 “ “ 100 “ “ 19.79 “ “

This gives a second reason why storms of wind and rain closely follow
extremely hot weather.
Now, as the vapor is so much lighter than the air, their mixture must also
be lighter. So any unusual amount of moisture is at once detected by the
barometer, an instrument for measuring the pressure of the atmosphere. If
the air grow moister, and therefore lighter, the barometer falls; a storm is
approaching.
Since cold air can retain but little moisture, if a warm moist current be
chilled, it must lose a part of its vapor, which at once falls to the earth as
rain. If the cold be somewhat greater, the moisture is crystallized into snow.
Greely’s observations at Fort Conger show that, varied as are the forms of
snow crystals, those that fall during any particular storm are invariably of
the same types, even though they may be collected from localities widely
removed from each other. All crystals of snow are hexagonal in plan, but

Page 40

there is much variety in detail. The laws that produce one variety at one
time, and a second at another, are not yet known.
The subject of hail is a peculiarly perplexing one to the meteorologist.
Hailstones are more or less spherical in form, and are made of alternate
layers of soft opaque ice, and hard clear ice. It is evident that they must
acquire this structure by being whirled about between clouds of different
temperature and density. Some have supposed that they are formed in a
whirlwind, whose axis is horizontal, but for the present we must be content
with Lord Dundreary’s explanation, for “it ith one of thothe thingth which
no fellah can underthtand.”
Raindrops from a great height are larger than those from below, for they
increase as they pass through the vapor-masses. As the warmest currents are
also the highest, it will at once be understood why warm and tropical rains
fall in large drops, while drizzling rains, mists, and fogs are characteristic of
cold regions and cold seasons.
The masses of more or less condensed vapor in the upper air currents are
what are known as clouds. Their various forms and appearance are shown
in the cut on the —— page.
The cirrus and cirro-cumulus clouds are the highest, are mostly in the
altitudes of perpetual frost, and are supposed often to consist of minute ice
crystals. In temperate latitudes they are usually formed in, and move with,
the upper air current, or return-trade from the tropical regions.
The cumulus clouds are characteristic of the tropics, and of the summer
days in middle latitudes, their height depending upon the relative humidity
of the air. They are formed by local ascending currents, which carry a large
amount of vapor into the cooler upper air. There the vapors are condensed,
and are gradually heaped up into those heavy masses of sharply defined
clouds, which look like vast snowy mountains. Their base is horizontal, and
marks the height at which the dew point is reached and condensation
begins.
The accumulation of vapors is often so great that these clouds form a
column several thousand feet high. In this case the difference in the
temperature and the electrical conditions of the upper and lower portions is
such that electrical discharges take place, accompanied by condensation of
a portion of the cloud, forming a thunderstorm.

Page 41

Stratus clouds are most frequently seen in the morning or evening, and
are always low. They are formed by the descent of the higher clouds and
vapors of midday into the lower air as the temperature decreases. They are
more frequent in winter and summer than in the intermediate seasons.
The nimbus cloud is more dense and heavy than the others, which may
all be transformed into the nimbus by

FORMS OF CLOUDS.

a diminution of temperature. It is of a dark-leaden hue, changing into grey.
This is the most common form of cloud in polar latitudes; and, during the
cold season, it is the most frequent of the temperate zones.
If a moist current cross a mountain range, it loses its moisture in the cold
region, and growing narrower as it descends the other slope, presents the
phenomena of a warm dry wind from the mountains. Thus the wind that
brings rain to Norway, gives warm fair weather to Sweden. Of the same
character are the hot winds of Switzerland, called Foëhn winds, and the
Chinook winds which blow from the eastward into Idaho, Washington, and
western Montana. Similar winds occur occasionally in South Africa,
Australia, New Zealand, and Peru. These hot winds must not be confounded
with the hot and poisonous winds from desert regions described before.

Page 42

Such, in fine, are the noted varying intermittent, or periodic winds.
However uncertain they may appear at first thought, they are obedient to the
same unchanging laws that bind the universe into one harmonious whole.
No doubt the ancients, if they had been acquainted with their office, would
have personified them as the nymphs of the seasons. But, knowing naught
of the wonderful immutable laws that bind them, they could only say to
each,
“We know not whence thou com’st, or whither goest,
When round our homes thy wizard blast thou blowest.”

In eternal law and harmony they found only endless confusion and wild
caprice. Man interpreted nature by man.
Yet they are the angels of the seasons, these air-spirits, sent by an allwise
Providence to bring the rain and the snow, and the sunshine and storm in
their season, to give seed to the sower and bread to the eater; that while man
shall dwell on earth, seedtime and harvest and summer and winter may not
cease. So they wander, clothing the tropics with emerald cloaks of strangest
beauty, and robing the poles with ermine and crystal: painting with
rainbow-tints the autumn leaves, and touching with virgin blush the
orchards in spring; in all things obeying the decree of Him who hath set the
seasons in order and made everything beautiful in its time.

Page 43

CHAPTER IV.

TORNADOES AND CYCLONES.

“O sad and mournful wind!
From what wild depths of human pain and sorrow
Could’st thou those tones of restless anguish borrow
As of a soul that dreams of no to-morrow,
O sad and mournful wind!

O, thou art fierce and wild!
Thy mighty chariot through the black skies lashing,
The cloud-shapes round the mountain-summits dashing,
The waves of ocean round the wrecked bark crashing—
O, thou art fierce and wild!”

EN find no difficulty in recognizing law and system in the
phenomena that are of constant or frequent recurrence. That which is
most difficult to explain, may pass without a serious thought so long
as it manifests no stupendous or sudden power. The water may wear away
the stone for centuries and its progress be unheeded by those who daily visit
the pool.
So all observe and admire the beauty and order that prevails in the
system of winds hitherto described. Their movements seem so simple and
natural, that people take them as a matter of course. Rather, we should say,
they may be depended upon with such certainty that the laws which they
followed were unheeded for more than six thousand years. Relying on
result, men gave themselves no concern about principle.
But in the sudden storm, the cyclone or tempest that comes sweeping the
land with hardly any warning, flooding and destroying, men find mystery.
And who is not justly awed thereby? What other power so easily and
frequently wrecks and ravages? Who may point out its course or stay its
progress?
And indeed it would seem difficult at first to find any law or system that
controls the motion of the storm. If a rain storm always came from the same
direction; if unusually high winds always blew from the same quarters, just
as the moderate breezes of spring and summer can always be expected from

Page 44

the same general direction, it would appear that there was much greater
subordination to definite law. But what can be more perplexing than to have
a storm blow violently from one quarter for a time, and after a brief calm to
blow with equal violence the other way? Can such phenomena be explained
by any principles hitherto discovered?
What is a storm? Strictly speaking, it is any marked or unusual
disturbance of the normal atmospheric conditions. There may be excessive
wind: there may be cessation of the customary winds. Two great classes are
found: cyclonic, or low area storms, and anti-cyclonic, or high area storms.
The former may be accompanied by heavy rainfall or snow; the latter is
usually noted for absence of either. It is with the low area storm that we
must deal at present.
This term is used to designate all storms which are marked by low
barometer, and therefore it is clear that such are accompanied and partially
occasioned by an unusual amount of moisture in the atmosphere. The
resultant commotion is usually extensive, the storm centre traveling across
the country; but occasionally the effects are perceptible only for a short
distance, the storm centre either breaking up or ascending to the upper
atmosphere.
By a cyclonic storm is signified a storm characterized by unusually low
barometer, and a wind system blowing spirally inward, as in a genuine
cyclone. They usually affect only the lower strata of the air. Quite
frequently they are broken up by striking low mountain ranges, such as the
Alleghany system: and often pass Mount Washington without making their
presence felt at the signal station on its summit. To what extent they are
influenced by or are due to the upper air currents is therefore unknown,
though not a few of the attendant phenomena indicate that the latter are of
no little importance.
Any one who has observed the waters at the junction of two streams, is
familiar with the appearance of numerous tiny eddies or whirlpools formed
at the point of junction. Such are perceptible also in every rapid stream,
when the current, sheering sharply from a projecting point, is made in a
measure to collide with itself. This is also the principle of the many tiny
whirlwinds seen during the warm summer days: and such are also
observable in winter, if there be snow enough to render their presence in the
air clearly visible. Their results are most readily recognized in snow-drifts,

Page 45

where the wind meets some special obstruction. It does not often occur that
a high fence is covered with a snow-drift: a great drift will be thrown up by
it, but not against it: and the side next the fence will be curved inward, or
concave. The wind strikes the fence and partially recoils, curving upward to
pass over the fence. The drift is then built up between the wind and the
current recoiling from the fence, and its inner curve shows the direction
pursued by the rebounding current.
Now, when opposing air-currents meet each other on a large scale, the
immense whirlwind that is produced is called a cyclone or tornado. It
follows then, that if we would find any regularity or law in these unusual
disturbances, we must know if there exists any permanent condition of
atmospheric currents that is favorable to their generation.
That such a state exists, we have already learned. The great belts of
calms that we have found between the trade-winds and the return trades and
polar currents, are more appropriately called the zones of equinoctial
storms. We have in them districts of general calms, with winds infringing
upon either side. It is evident then that, as in the case of the fence, whose
recoil-current curves the snow-drift, a whirling current of considerable
magnitude may arise here at any time: hence, violent storms do arise in
these regions more or less at all periods of the year. But we have seen that
these zones of calms move slightly to the north or south with the course of
the sun. It would then appear that at the equinoctial period, when they
return from the mean position toward the extreme northern or southern
limit, there would be opportunity for unusual disturbances, especially since
the heavy rainfall of those periods would unusually affect the temperature
of the atmosphere.
That is precisely what occurs. The equinoxes are marked by storms of
unusual severity, and the influence of the sudden falls of rain is so great that
some eminent men believe them to be nearly the sole factor in the formation
of these storms. In one case they doubtless are. If a very heavy rain be
decidedly local, there is low barometer at that place. Now, if on either side
there be areas of high barometer, the opposing currents flowing toward the
center of low area are sufficient to meet all the conditions necessary for a
cyclonic storm. As the zone of calms is comparatively narrow, it is apparent
that the diameter of the area of any storm, owing to the pressure exerted by
the incoming currents of wind, must be still less. Hence, the cyclone center,
at its time of formation, seldom exceeds one hundred miles in diameter. As

Page 46

it travels away from the compressing currents that formed it, it is clear that
its centrifugal force must increase; hence, its area increases, and its violence
correspondingly diminishes.
These facts refer to the unusually violent cyclonic storms, properly
known as cyclones. But all low area storms are characterized by the upward
spiral motion, though not strong enough in the case of ordinary summer
rains and thunderstorms to be especially noticed. We shall see, by and by,
how this spiral motion may result without the intervention of any strong
opposing currents.
Why and how a cyclone travels, is a question that at once propounds
itself. Its motion is in accordance with a fixed law, whose operation varies
only as it may be affected by unusual peculiarities in the configuration of
the surface over which it travels. The reason of the motion is not so easy to
explain; neither is it easy to explain why heat expands objects: but its
operation is none the less certain. And so the route pursued by any storm
can be readily indicated in advance. It is not a matter of mere conjecture.
The motion of a cyclone or tornado is in accordance with the same law
that governs the motion of planets around the sun. It can be illustrated in a
very simple manner by the spinning of a top.
Spin a top on a perfectly smooth and level surface. It will be better if the
peg of the top be blunt or round, so that there will be no tendency to settle
steadily into some possible hole or depression.
Now, the instant any degree of steadiness is attained, the top begins to
move in small curves. If it be spun on a marble slab smoothly coated with
fine flour or sand, it can be made to record its motions, which may then be
carefully studied. It will be found that the form of the curve is nearly the
same with every start. It will describe a parabola, pause a moment, then
describe a second, and so on.
The chief peculiarity of this separate curvilinear motion is that its
direction is always in an opposite direction to that of the rotation of the top.
If the top turn from left to right, it will move from right to left, and vice
versa. The same tendency will manifest itself even if the peg of the top be
placed in a slight depression or socket, so that the curve cannot be made.
Then the upper portion of the top will incline to one side, and begin
describing a curve: but, as before, in a direction contrary to the direction of
rotation.

Page 47

The common toy known as a gyroscope illustrates the last peculiarity
also. It consists of a wheel within a metal frame, which has a peg like a top.
If the wheel be made to revolve rapidly, the whole may be balanced on the
peg: when the frame will begin to slowly revolve in the opposite direction:
and if placed upon a smooth level surface, like the top it will tend to
describe the same course.
Still other illustrations of this principle are even more familiar than the
spinning of a top. Any one who has seen the game of soldiers in a bowling
alley knows that in order to make the ball turn to the left as it moves
forward, it must spin the other way; that is, with the hands of a watch. To
travel or curve to the right, it must spin in the contrary direction. So in our
“great national game,” base-ball, the pitcher curves the ball any way he
pleases merely by following this law. It is not necessary to take into
account, as many do, the return trades, as occasioning the travel of a
whirling storm; and the fact is, that the cyclone frequently travels more
rapidly than the ordinary wind moving in the same direction.
Now, the motion of the planets is similar: rotating in one direction, they
travel in the other. So we find the general law is,
All revolving bodies, left free as to direction, travel in a curve in a
direction opposite to that of their rotation. This curve is usually some form
of conic section: an ellipse, parabola or hyperbola. The planets, and some
comets, move in ellipses. Some comets travel parabolas or hyperbolas. And
the parabola is the customary path of the cyclonic storm. As the cyclone in
the northern hemisphere rotates from right to left, and in the southern from
left to right, their paths must necessarily be in opposite directions, as may
be seen by the accompanying diagram. So in either case, the direction of the
path is always away from the equator.

Page 48

As far as the United States are concerned, most non-cyclonic storms
originate in the Saskatchewan country, or along the southeastern slope of
the Rocky Mountains. By far the greater number pass over the St. Lawrence
valley. A small number are developed in the Gulf, or in the Pacific: but
these are much affected, often broken up, in crossing the Rocky or
Appalachian systems. The usual course is somewhat north of east; but there
are a few notable exceptions. The immense amount of vapor wafted up the
Mississippi valley induces some low area storms to move southward from
Manitoba into the upper Mississippi valley. In like manner, the excessive
moisture along our north Pacific coast causes occasional storms to move
southward from Alaska to Oregon.
But the course of a cyclonic storm, we have seen, must be different.
The accompanying diagram illustrates the fact that the wind blows from
all directions toward the center of the storm. As the storm revolves, the
wind would come apparently from the south for any one on the eastern edge
of the cyclone of the northern hemisphere. Hence, in the case of a storm of

Page 49

large diameter, people in Richmond or Washington may often be surprised
by an apparent northeast gale, which reaches them before it strikes New
York or Boston. At the center of the storm is absolute calm. So if a cyclone
pass centrally over any point in the northern hemisphere, a person at that
place will find the wind blowing violently from the southeast: then after an
interval of calm, it will blow with equal violence from the northwest. This
will be the case if the path of the storm has already turned to the northeast,
so that its northeast quarter may be called its front. If on the northwest
course, however, the apparently alternate winds would be from the
northeast and southwest. So one in the path of a southern cyclone would
find the winds proceeding from the same quarters; for though it revolves in
the opposite direction, its front or path is also in the opposite direction; so in
either hemisphere, the southeast or the northeast wind will be the first felt
by one directly in the track of the storm.

ROTATION OF STORMS.

Page 50

Another result of the path of a cyclone is that the direction of its center
from the stand-point of any observer is readily known. A glance at the
diagram shows at once that if any one within the storm area of a cyclone of
the northern hemisphere stands with his back to the wind, the storm center,
where the barometer is lowest, is invariably on his left: but if he stand with
his back to the wind of a southern cyclone, the storm center is always on his
right. Hence, if a vessel be overtaken by a cyclone, the captain at once may
know how to pass beyond its range, by shaping his course at right angles to
that of the wind. Thus, if in a northern cyclone, he must sail to the right,
supposing his back is to the wind: in the southern hemisphere, he would sail
to the left.
As an example of the expansion of the storm area in its journey, may be
mentioned the West India hurricane of 1839, which had, in the Antilles, a
diameter of three hundred miles, which increased to five hundred at the
Bermudas, and eight hundred on the parallel of 50° north latitude.
To draw again upon the illustration of the spinning top, it will be
observed that the curvilinear motion is extremely slow in comparison with
that of rotation, but increases as the rotation decreases. The same law
applies to the movement of cyclones. The slowest motion forward is usually
near the apex of the curve: and the progress on the ocean is much slower
than on the land. Traveling over the latter, the irregularities of surface act in
the case of the storm just as a rough surface does in the case of the top. The
motion may be accelerated, but its regularity is lessened. So while at sea the
parabolic path of the storm is almost absolutely perfect, but on reaching the
land its motion is more rapid, and less regular, conforming somewhat to the
configuration of the surface.
To illustrate, take the great cyclone of August 16th to 22nd, 1888. This
started off Point Jupiter, Florida, with a rainfall of 2.2 inches in twelve
hours, while the rotary velocity of the wind was sixty miles per hour. Its
path across the Gulf of Mexico was a perfect semi-parabola, curving
northward into western Louisiana; but rapid as was the rotary velocity, three
and a half days were required for the journey across the gulf. Meanwhile, it
was rapidly widening: for within a few hours of its reaching land, its eastern
edge was assailing Mobile, Alabama, with a south wind of fifty-five miles
an hour. Almost at the same time the western half was flooding Memphis
and Vicksburg with an enormous rainfall—almost four inches in twelve
hours, at Memphis. By the morning of August 21st, thirty-six hours after

Page 51

reaching land, it was central over middle Tennessee and Kentucky; heavy
rains fell over the entire region. But by this time its eastern edge was in
collision with the Appalachian chain; while a heavy local rain at the
northern extremity of that chain created an additional diversion in a new
area of low barometer. So it left the hitherto parabolic route, and shot away
nearly at a tangent along the western Appalachian slope, passing from
Tennessee to Newfoundland in thirty-six hours, thus moving nearly three
times as rapidly as in the Gulf: while its violence, or rotary speed, was
vastly lessened.
This storm was one of the most destructive of the recent cyclones that
have swept our country, doing immense damage to crops, bridges, houses,
herds—in short, everything that can be seriously damaged by wind or flood.
The damage in Louisiana alone was estimated at $500,000. But it was by
no means the most destructive of the West India storms.
An examination of the areas of calms, which are the hot-beds of
cyclones and hurricanes, shows that the region which produces the great
cyclones of the United States lies in the Antilles and Caribbean Sea. In the
Pacific the portion of the calm belt of the Tropic of Cancer causes the
ravages of cyclones or hurricanes originating there to be felt chiefly in
Japan and China. The storms of the Pacific arising in the equatorial calm
belt, are most violent in the East Indies, and the southern peninsulas of
Asia. As these regions are much warmer, and consequently the atmosphere
may hold a much greater quantity of vapor, it follows that cyclones in that
quarter much exceed in violence those of our own land.
Such are the general laws of these terrible disturbances of nature, as
ascertained by years of careful observation. In the United States, our Signal
Service, with well-equipped observatories at important localities, is able to
make these principles of practical use: to detect the incipient storm and
mark out its path, ere it strikes its fiercest blow.
It should be observed, ere leaving this topic, that a few would-be
prophets have maintained that not only great storms, but also earthquakes,
volcanic eruptions, tidal waves, etc., are due to planetary influences.
Observing that the most violent hurricanes occur near the equinoctial
period, they argue that the equinoxes of the planets ought to also disturb the
earth. They ignore the fact that as to our own equinoctial disturbances, the
change in the relative position of the earth and sun is sufficient to produce

Page 52

change in the location of heated air-currents and consequent storms. They
seek to find in the Equinox Absolute, some strange mysterious magic, some
inexplicable power or Deus ex machina, whose business it is to get up a
disturbance here on earth at every possible opportunity, no matter in what
planet he may be for the nonce located.
But it is difficult to rid any man of his hobby. In the question of the
equinoxes of other planets, their recurrence is of sufficient frequency to
allow the weather-crank full play for his imagination. Two of the major
planets lie within the earth’s orbit, and their more rapid course about

Page 53

WATER SPOUTS AT SEA.

the sun results in there being an equinox in one or the other of them about
once in each month. So no matter in what month a great storm may occur,
the enthusiast can point out that a neighboring planet is at or near an
equinox.
A careful examination of the equinoxes of the inner planets for a period
of fifteen years shows that the number occurring in the month of April was
22 per cent. above the average occurrence for any month: whence, it would
appear that the disturbances at that period ought to be equally in excess. But
as a matter of fact, storms on the earth are most numerous and violent at the
time of the autumnal equinox—September and October—when no such
departure from the average of equinoxes of the other planets appears.
If planetary influence were the cause of our storms, it would be
reasonable to suppose that disturbances would be greatest when the planets
are nearest to the earth: but the advocates of the theory do not seem to
consider this a factor at all. Nor could the planetary equinox theory account
for the fact that storms of peculiar character always originate in the same
regions. For instance, why do cyclones always originate near the tropics and
move away from the equator? If the planetary equinoxes produce violent
earthquakes, why are they so partial to North America as never in our whole
history to have given us a very serious shaking up? Why is it that of the

Page 54

hundreds of recorded tornadoes of the past century in the United States,
only one has ever occurred west of Dodge City, Kansas? Clearly the
adherents of the equinoctial theory will have to admit local terrestrial
conditions that modify all their theories: and to make such an admission
will be, in the end, to give up the fight.
The writer knew of a boy who wasted a pound and a half of bird-shot in
trying to kill a small owl. The game was finally secured, and the young
Nimrod discovered a hatful of feathers with the body of a robin—and of no
earthly use.
Attacking the planetary theory is of little more use. But the theory is the
resort of many would-be weather prophets, who needlessly alarm the
ignorant with their gloomy forebodings.
In a country as large as our own, any sort of weather is a very safe
prediction to make for any day in the century, as minor rains and cloudy
seasons and small storms are merely local. Any sort of prediction would be
nearly sure to hit some portion of the country; and one who is so disposed
can easily win a cheap notoriety and gain scores of testimonials as to the
correctness of his predictions. Every unusual catastrophe produces a brood
of these gentry who are eager to make the trial. But those who endeavor to
indicate the exact locality where any great disturbance is to take place, meet
discomfiture with a uniformity that ought to be discouraging. The work of
the Signal Service is as carefully done as may well be: yet its best men
assert that an average of 90 per cent. of correctness in their prognostications
is unusual, because of the extremely small areas covered by local
disturbances. Rainy weather announced for western Missouri may be
correct every time for Kansas City, but be 10 per cent. in error for Nevada,
Missouri. When those whose time is devoted to the weather can not always
be correct, it is useless to listen to charlatans.
A careful study of sun-spots with relation to storms has been made of
late years. The fact is elicited that the spots seem to have a definite
connection with electrical disturbances: but while there are numbers of
coincidences between unusual sun-spots and great storms, the number of
striking exceptions seems equally great. Hence, it can not be fairly inferred
that there is any definite relation between them. And so far as electrical
phenomena on the earth are connected with storms, they always appear as
dependent upon rather than productive of atmospheric currents. Indeed, the

Page 55

most remarkable electrical disturbances occur at times when no atmospheric
current is prevalent. The most beautiful electrical display, the aurora,
appears when the air is abnormally still and unusually dry. The necessity of
the latter condition accounts for the fact that it is usually observable only in
cold weather and occurs with great frequency and in remarkable brilliancy
in the polar regions. It results from electric currents passing through
extremely rarefied and dry air, and may be produced on a small scale
artificially.
Poe was right when he held that many things remain long secrets by
reason of their very simplicity. Six thousand years steam hissed and fumed
in men’s faces, and tilted the kettle lid, before they learned its expansive
power. Six thousand years the lightning flamed and roared before man
realized it could be made one of his most obedient servants. Six thousand
years he cudgeled his wits to discover the secret of the wind: yet when he
made a fire within his house, he closed the door to prevent unpleasant
draughts of air. And so he continues, constantly endeavoring to find some
strange mystery in the things that are dependent on simplest laws.
There was a time when men stood aghast at small-pox, cholera, yellow
fever, and many similar calamities, and spoke with bated breath of the
“mysterious visitations of providence,” the “scourge of God,” and so on.
When the Turks once besieged a plague-stricken city, a comet appeared in
the sky. The pious inhabitants prayed “O Lord, deliver us from the devil, the
Turk and the comet,” and usually such people believed such plagues were
the judgment of God on them for their sins. Modern science holds that
about the only sin the Lord punishes in that way is the sin of filthy streets,
or back-door cess-pools. When man has once learned the means of control
and prevention, evils lose their mysterious witchery.
On the other hand, let the laws of any force in nature be every so well
understood: yet, so long as they are beyond the control of man, they will
retain for him an eerie uncanny fascination. The pigmy has harnessed the
steam and chained the lightning: but when the storm clouds lower and the
forests moan, the sea roars and the lightning glows, he stands in fear and
awe before a power whose might he but vaguely comprehends. He may
know of the winds, whence and whither bound; but when the Stygian
darkness has passed on, leaving wreck and ruin, want and woe, desolation
and despair, shattered homes and hopes, and bleeding hearts, this
knowledge of law is, for the nonce, forgotten, and the hurricane is

Page 56

transformed, in his disordered vision, into a demon of wrath, or caprice; or
he speaks, hesitatingly it may be, of the mysterious dispensation of an
inscrutable providence. But in the mighty wind, as in the soughing breeze,
there is only obedience to universal law. But when the Author of law
displays his power, man’s instinct, however unwilling his reason,
acknowledges a God.

Page 57

CHAPTER V.

THE LOUISVILLE TORNADO.

“At eve along the calm resplendent west
I marked a cloud alive with fairy light,
So warmly pure, so sweetly, richly bright,
It seemed a spirit of ether, floating blest,
In its own happy empire! While possest
With admiration of the marvelous light,
Slowly its hues, opal and chrysolite,
Waned on the shadowy gloaming’s phantom breast.
The cloud became a terror, whose dark womb,
Throbbed with keen lightnings, by destruction hurled,
Red bolt on bolt, while a drear ominous gloom
Enveloped Nature: o’er the startled world—
A deep alarum—burst the thunder boom
And the swift Storm his coal-black wings unfurled!”

HERE is a perspective of news as well as of art, which requires that
such features in a view as are supposed to be nearest to the observer
must be given larger detail. It is a natural consequence of the fact that
a small object near by may conceal from view a mountain in the distance.
So in the news world a dog run over on Washington avenue takes rank
with a wreck in the Indian Ocean. A fight in a neighboring saloon gets ten
inches: a strike in Germany ten lines. Your neighbor’s new barn is a good
item for the county paper whose editor cares nothing for the new bank in
Boston. The Widow Jones gets a puff for whitewashing her fence; the
refitting of the White House gets a line. A million of people who have heard
of George Washington, never heard of Alfred the Great.
Now, not a few will think that there is injustice in this. Doubtless the
tendency of the time is to exaggerate perspective to obtain startling effects.
Caricature is characteristic of the age. And yet, there was never before a
time when so many people took interest in things that lay beyond their own
narrow circle; even if that interest be from mere curiosity.
Sometimes this self-centered condition of humanity has an amusing
aspect: as if one should imagine the earth terminated with his own apparent
horizon. Some South Sea Islanders called the first white men who visited

Page 58

them, “sky-breakers.” The reason is simple. Dwelling on their little islets,
mere specks in the deep, and in all their myths and legends having no
account of any other race, they supposed themselves to be the only people
in the world. Their sky was a vast wall of blue stones raised by one of their
mythical heroes. It shut in the world and could not be far away, though none
of them had endeavored to reach it. So these strange white creatures were
not of this world; neither were they of the race of the gods; they came from
no one knew where, and had somehow broken through the blue wall that
bounded the world. And white men are in some islands called “sky-
breakers” to this day.
Something of the same spirit is manifested by the Chinese. The devil of
their mythology is white. So our occidental sensibilities received quite a
shock when we learned that we were “foreign devils.” The Japanese more
considerately called us “foreign beasts,” as though uncertain of our status in
the animal kingdom. And to this day our magnificent vessels are gravely
styled “devil ships” by the Chinese.
Such are what might be appropriately styled ludicrous exaggerations of
perspective. And we of the west are similarly so wrapped up in our self-
sufficiency that it hardly occurs to us that we may appear as amusing to
foreigners as they to us. In this respect our charity begins at home. It is the
way of the world.
But there are a thousand occurrences that make us feel that the principle
is just, no matter to what extremes we may foolishly carry it. It comes home
to each with peculiar emphasis in the hour of distress. The famine in Asia
does not weigh upon you so heavily as the death of the woman who starved
in the garret across the street. A fire that burns Chicago is easier forgotten
that the one which destroys the little home that represents the savings of
years of your life. The cholera in India has no such terrors for you as the
diphtheria or scarlet fever in your own village. The Czar of Russia is blown
to pieces in his carriage; but he has no remembrance at the bedside of your
sick friend. Ten thousand dead victims of a distant earthquake are hidden by
the coffin in your own home.
Since the same law applies to the interests of nations, it is not necessary,
in reviewing the work of destructive tempests, to apologize for giving chief
place to the recent Louisville tornado, however insignificant it may appear

Page 59

in comparison with scores of others that have desolated the earth in days
gone by. The latter shall be noticed in due time.
In the foregoing chapter we have seen that the great cyclones that
occasionally visit us originate in the neighborhood of the Antilles. Of
course, similar conditions may produce smaller storms of the same class in
numerous localities. These small storms whose paths are but a few yards, or
sometimes as much as a mile in diameter, are called, to distinguish them
from the great cyclone of twenty to two hundred miles in diameter, by the
Portuguese title of tornados, or “turning-storms.” Often the broken
character of the country will cause a large gathering storm to break

WHERE THE STORM ENTERED LOUISVILLE.

up into half a dozen or more of the smaller ones, which, in their narrow
paths are as destructive as the cyclone.
It is the unexpected that happens. No one experiences so many surprises,
or has more pet beliefs upset than that oracle of the chimney-corner, the
oldest inhabitant. It was long believed that tornadoes never passed over an
old Indian camp ground. Whatever the popular opinion of savage intellect,
there is marvelous confidence in his instinct. Again, it was thought a
tornado never would pass over a large city. The storm in question
demolished both these “olde wyves’ tales.”
During March 27th, 1890, the Signal Service Department observed a
threatening storm center gather in the southwestern portion of Wyoming,
and start eastward with great rapidity. Notice was promptly given. Railway,

Page 60

telegraph and electric light officials were warned that on Thursday night a
hurricane would blow with a speed of at least fifty miles an hour. Signal
Service predictions had sometimes failed, and this last one excited no
particular concern. The destroyer came and was gone in two minutes; and
blocks on blocks of Louisville were a ghastly ruin.
The tornado was accompanied by a cloud and tremendous rain. To an
observer at the Falls, the cloud was seen to come up the gap between the
hills which guard the banks of the beautiful Ohio. He described it as
“balloon-shaped, twisting an attenuated tail to the earth. It emitted a
constant fusillade of lightning, and seemed to be composed of a lurid,
snake-like mass of electric currents, whose light would sometimes be
extinguished for a few moments, making an almost intolerable darkness. It
was accompanied by a fearful roar, like that of a thousand trains crossing
the big bridge at once. It could be seen to strike Louisville, and then with
incredible rapidity it leaped the river, churning it into white foam as it went
toward the Indiana shore.”
The streets of Louisville parallel to the river are named; those at right
angles are numbered from east to west. The section visited may be
described as a rectangle a mile square, bounded on the west by Eighteenth
street, on the east by Seventh, on the south by Broadway, and on the north
by the Ohio river. It comprehends the business portion of the city. Through
this district the cyclone swept diagonally from southwest to northeast,
crossing the river and leaving the city at the foot of Seventh street. The
business houses or residences of perhaps 10,000 people lay in its path.
Two days after the storm, when there had been time for a calm survey, its
track is thus described by a correspondent of the Associated Press:
“It first descended upon the beautiful little suburb of Parkland, southwest
of the city, destroying many private residences. The loss of life was
inconsiderable at this initial point, however. Rushing onward toward the
northwest it lifted for a moment above the trees and housetops, and
descended again a mile further on at Maple and Eighteenth streets. From
this on its pathway is clearly marked. At no time did the base of the funnel
touch the ground, and one hundred feet higher in the air, it would have
passed by without doing comparatively much damage.
“The ruins as they now are often show the first, and even the second and
third stories of buildings still intact, with the roofs and higher stories swept

Page 61

away except in places where the debris from the upper floors crushed in the
lower, and brought the walls down to the ground in total collapse. From
Maple and Eighteenth streets it went northward one block, then west at an
angle another block; and then curving to the northeast as far as Magazine
and

BAXTER PARK, LOUISVILLE.

Thirteenth streets. A quick change to the north is perceptible here, and
after traveling in that direction two blocks, another turn to the west. An
acute angle was then made, the line turning from Fifteenth street northeast
to Thirteenth street again; thence, due east to Tenth street, and north a block
to Market street. At Thirteenth and Jefferson streets it swept through Baxter
Park, doing great damage, and a block eastward destroyed St. John’s
Episcopal Church, in the rectory of which the Rev. S. E. Barnwell and his
little son were crushed and burned to death, the rest of the family escaping.
“St. John’s Church is in the street immediately in the rear of the ill-fated
Falls City Hall. The eccentric monster went on eastward past the Falls City
Hall without touching it, and then, as if suddenly recollecting, it swept
around the block and started westward on the south side of Market street.
Had the change of direction been made a trifle sooner or later Falls City
Hall would have escaped, and the dead been numbered within thirty or forty
at the most.

Page 62

“As if satisfied with the work accomplished, it turned north again and
struck Main street. This thoroughfare is the principal business street in the
city. It runs parallel with the river from east to west, and but a block south
of it. It is lined with wholesale houses, and was the solidest part of the city
in point of architecture.
“The tornado reached Main street at Twelfth, and then shaped its course
directly east down the middle of the broad street, sweeping away the solid
stores and warehouses on both sides. From Twelfth to Seventh streets on
Main it is a wholesaling district, and it was practically untenanted at that
hour. Had the storm come in the daytime and taken the same direction,
hundreds who were at their houses and escaped unhurt would have been
killed.
“At Seventh street and Main the buildings change in their character. The
big Louisville Hotel is on Main between Sixth and Seventh, and east of the
hotel are restaurants, saloons and other hotels which contained thousands of
people at that hour. The tornado chased down Main street, carrying
everything before it, passing Eleventh street, Tenth, Ninth, Eighth, and
Seventh. A block further and the Louisville Hotel, with its hundreds of
tenants, would have been reached. The escape of the hotel is the strangest
incident of all. Adjoining it on the west, from whence the storm came, was a
three-story building used as a saloon on the first floor, and occupied in the
upper stories as sleeping apartments for the hotel servants. This three-story
building, right under the east wall of the hotel, was totally demolished and
not a timber left a dozen feet higher than the ground. Its inmates were
killed. The great hotel shook from roof to cellar with the force of the shock,
but it was spared.
“The storm veered at the sharpest kind of an angle to the north again,
crossed Main street, and struck for the river, taking in the Union Depot on
the way. Strange to say, although the depot was totally demolished, only
one person was killed there. At the point where the tornado crossed the
river, between New Albany and Jeffersonville, it is supposed several small
crafts were sunk.
“Reaching the opposite bank of the river, the storm turned to the east
again and took off a bite from Jeffersonville. It went along Front street for a
few blocks, damaging buildings, but causing no loss of life. Then it took to
the river and struck the Kentucky shore about four miles east of where it

Page 63

left it, and outside of the city of Louisville. At this exact spot is located the
Louisville pumping works, which supplies the whole city with water.
“The pumping works were destroyed, and the city is now threatened
with a water famine in consequence. The next heard of the peculiar course
taken by the tornado is from Eminence, Ky., about forty miles east of
Louisville, which was badly damaged by the storm. The intervening country
may have suffered somewhat, but no other towns were visited, and from
Eminence the destroyer probably took a final leave of the earth’s surface
and passed on to the Atlantic Coast at a higher and less dangerous altitude.”
This outline seems to show how easily the course of a storm is modified
by the irregularities of surface, even when the obstacles are such as it can
overcome. It is seen that the course of a small storm over broken country,
little resembles the steady curve of the storm in the open sea. Ever and
anon, the obstacles below momentarily break the regular current, which is
as often renewed in a moment by the powerful upward suction in the upper
air. This is the phenomenon known as “jumping,” which may be repeated
till the widening of the center leaves the storm too weak to promptly restore
the current at the ground, and the danger from the tornado is over. Some of
the apparent eccentricities in the city, are doubtless due to the fact that
occasional buildings were strong enough to resist; and leaving such at slight
variations in its course, made it present the appearance of doubling on its
track.
So many blocks of buildings, great and small, in an instant violently
hurled to pieces, would seem to infer with certainty the death of nearly all
the occupants. That only about a hundred should have been killed outright,
was therefore a matter of astonishment no less than of gratitude. The terror
and anguish of the first moments or hours could not, however, be measured
by the actual calamity to human life. Members of households suddenly
separated from each other in the darkness, could only fear the worst.

Page 64

LOUISVILLE TORNADO—FALLS CITY HALL.

Their startled imagination saw the missing one dead or dying under the
huge piles of fallen buildings. There were excited cries and calls and
wailing of the living; a mad rush and frantic tugging at the ruins, from
beneath which were sometimes heard shrieks for help or groans of the
dying. To add to the universal terror, fires broke out in many places,
threatening imprisoned wretches with a fate more horrible than the crush of
falling walls, or timbers, bricks or iron, hurtling through the air. Before help
could reach them the flames took hold on some and hushed their cries
forever. Fortunately, the fire-alarm connections were left intact, and as
alarm after alarm was sent, there was a dashing of the engines to the rescue,
and the whole fire-department was presently engaged in extinguishing the
flames, or recovering the living and the dead. Hospitals and morgues were
suddenly improvised in sheds or shops, where the wounded were cared for,
or the dead were deposited to await the recognition or claim of the living.
Falls City Hall was the theatre of the principal loss of life. It was a brick
building fronting on Market between Eleventh and Twelfth. The ground-
floor had long been used as a market, and contained forty or fifty stalls of
gardeners and butchers. These stalls were closed and the keepers were
absent at the hour of the disaster. In front on the second floor were three
small rooms, one of them utilized as an office, the other two as toilet rooms.
Behind these was a large hall, and in the rear of this still another hall, in
which a young lady, her father, brother and sister being present, was
teaching a dancing school. There might have been sixty-five persons in this

Page 65

room, though one witness says twenty-eight. In one of the small rooms
seven men, constituting the Executive Committee of the Roman Knights,
was holding a business meeting. In another room a band of musicians,
fifteen in number, were going through a rehearsal. Some decorators were at
work in the large hall, preparing it for some coming occasion. On the third
floor were assembled the Jewel Lodge No. 2 of the Knights and Ladies of
Honor, with an attendance of a hundred or more. In an adjoining hall the
Humboldt Lodge No. 146 of I. O. O. F. with seventeen members was in
session. The whole number of people in the building must have been nearly
or quite two hundred. In an instant the fearful wrench of the cyclone had
twisted the building into fragments, and tumbled it in shapeless ruin upon
the inmates.
Ten minutes after the collapse might have been seen a frantic multitude
hastily gathering from all quarters, among them many women clutching
vainly with their fingers at the slate roof, and madly tearing at the wreck
beneath which the imprisoned and wounded were crying for help. Presently,
fire broke out, but it was happily extinguished. The work of rescue was now
organized and speedily set in motion, but an hour elapsed before the first
victim was extricated. This was a lady, found sitting upright with bruised
head and broken arm. She told of her vain effort to escape, and of the
position in which she had last seen her companions. Meanwhile, some were
digging in the center of the debris in answer to a voice which grew fainter
and fainter until it was hushed forever. The work of rescue was now shifted
to the other end of the pile.
James Hassen was foremost among the workers, and on reaching the hall
room of the Knights and Ladies, he took from the ruins the first body,
which proved to be that of his wife, and who expired in his arms. He gently
laid his dead wife aside, and hurried again to aid in recovering the rest.
Presently, ten women were reached, clasped in each others arms—all dead
but one. The dancing room was

Page 66

AT WORK IN THE WRECK.

reached. One lady was taken out fatally hurt, and one after another her three
children, unconscious, but destined to recover. While her husband was
urging the rescue of his fourth child, still somewhere beneath the ruins, an
under-current of air having been admitted, the fire again broke out with
startling fierceness, and the furious heat compelled a suspension of the
work. The groans of the imprisoned were now changed to fearful shrieks,
while the watchers, helpless to render aid, screamed and ran wildly about
with anxiety and horror. Three or four lines of hose were turned upon the
flames, and they were subdued; but an hour, in which probably many a life
went out, had been lost from the work. By twelve o’clock many dead and
wounded had been removed from the ruins. The dead were largely in the
majority. Many of these exhibited no outward wounds, and had been
apparently suffocated by gas escaping from broken pipes.
But the reader may be spared further details of the recovery at Falls City
Hall. Suffice it to say, that two days were required to remove the wreck and
demonstrate the precise extent of the calamity. On this spot, about eighty
persons had lost their lives.
The narratives of some of the survivors will serve to show that while the
tornado comes without warning, the heaviest wind is not just at first: and a
cool head may sometimes profit by the interval to escape. Sailors have a

Page 67

saying that the “tail” of a gale is strongest. A young man who was taken
from the wreck of the hall says:
“I was dancing when a flash of lightning, followed by a crash, made me
think that the lightning had struck some part of the rear of the building. The
next moment, the big doors that enter into the big hall in front flew open. I
continued dancing, and cried to some of the boys to close the doors. They
did so, and were bolting them, when they were again forced open with such
force as to knock down everybody around them. Then the window sashes
were blown in, and the building commenced rocking. I saw that the house
was about to fall, and I hallooed: ‘The walls will go next.’ I ran to the
dressing-room, and I think most of the girls followed me. I got under a table
and held fast to the legs, thinking that I might be saved in that way. Then
the walls began crumbling, and the lights went out, and the floor descended
like an elevator. The crash stunned me for a moment, but finally a flash of
lightning showed me a hole in the debris, through which I might have
crawled had not my leg been pinioned between some timbers. There were
people all around me, and they were crying for help; but there was no one
to aid us. I tugged and strained, but I could not get loose. Finally, I heard
my father’s voice, and answered him; and directly he crawled down the
hole. It took him three-quarters of an hour to extricate me, and then we both
crawled out. If there had been help at once, we might have saved others, as
I knew about where they all were, but they were more or less hurt.”
That less than half of those in the building should have been killed is a
matter of wonder. The manner of individual escapes can only be inferred
from one or two more which we subjoin.
One of the lady members of the lodge of the Knights and Ladies of
Honor relates:
“I went to attend the lodge meeting and when all were present the
calamity came. There must have been about seventy-five people in the room
at the time of the tornado. Hone of them were able to get out before the
building fell in. The first intimation we had of what was coming was the
flash of lightning and the beating of hail against the windows. The wind
howled, and I heard a fearful roaring noise. The people became frightened,
and hurriedly gathered their wraps together. All were fearful of impending
danger.

Page 68

“Just at this moment I saw a round hole blown through the wall,
immediately above one of the windows. The gas went out and then I saw
another large round hole appear in the roof. Through this I saw the lightning
play with awful grandeur. This natural light was all that relieved the gloom
and darkness. I heard one of the trustees of the lodge call out to all the
people to go out quickly and in a body. He cried out not to rush, as some
one would be killed if they did. Then I knew no more until I became
conscious, and found that I was partially imbedded in bricks and timbers. I
felt blood running down my neck and became aware that I had been struck
on the head by a brick or timber. I extricated myself, and by the flashes of
lightning made my way over the terrible mass of debris and dead bodies
toward the front. I saw a man making his way down the pile of bricks to the
street, and I followed. When I reached the sidewalk I was aided to a
neighboring store by a lodge trustee. I don’t know how he made his way
out. I heard cries for help as I came out, but I had barely strength to move,
and could not help the others.”
A thrilling experience was that of another member of the same lodge.
His estimate of the attendance, larger than the foregoing, is yet materially
exceeded by others. He says:
“The first intimations of danger we had were two distinct rockings of the
building, about which time a dormer window in the lodge room was blown
from its casings, and immediately after the plastering began to drop from
the ceiling. A wild rush was made for the ante-room, which carried me with
it, and I had just reached the door when

Page 69

MAIN STREET, BETWEEN ELEVENTH AND TWELFTH, LOUISVILLE.

the entire floor gave way, and we were precipitated to the basement, blinded
and almost suffocated by a cloud of dust, and crushed and jammed by
falling timbers. In some way the doorframe fell with me and maintained an
upright position when it stopped, and I was enabled to extricate myself from
the debris and make an exit to the street through an adjoining house, whose
doors I kicked in. Meanwhile, the shrieks and groans of those still
imprisoned by the wreck formed a chorus that, in connection with the
howling of the storm, made my very heart sick. I was, so far as hasty
examination went, comparatively uninjured, and at once returned over the
ruins with several men to the rear of the place and extinguished a fire that
had begun to blaze fiercely. By this time the rain was falling in torrents, and
it was difficult for those who had gathered from the neighborhood, or who
had been as lucky as I was to escape with life, to tell where to begin the
work of rescue.
“The vivid lightning flashes only gave momentary views of the position
of the ruins, and blinded everybody. Among those whom I saw and
recognized as having escaped from Jewel lodge I can name only the
treasurer, who was covered with dust, drenched with rain and well-nigh
distracted by the probable fate of her aged father, who had attended the
lodge meeting with her and who was still in the ruins. The entire building
collapsed in front and rear, and of the east and west side walls nothing was
standing above the second story.

Page 70

“So far as I could judge when I had succeeded in escaping, there were
less than a dozen, all told, who got out unhurt; and the cries for help and
groans that issued from the broken and twisted heap was proof that scores
were still there, unable to escape.”
The Union Depot was utterly demolished. An officer of the Louisville
Southern Road relates the story:
“Quite a crowd of people were present waiting for trains. Mr. Woodard,
of the Monon Railroad, was near me, and I had been talking to him. The
wind was blowing strong, and seemed to increase in power. We heard a dull
moaning in the distance, and the glass in the windows of the depot was
shattered, although the first puff was merely the advance guard of the
tornado. The people became alarmed. One man started to rush into the
ticket office, but the ticket-seller pushed him back. Mr. Woodard and I also
started for the ticket office. Just at this moment the tornado, like a clap of
thunder, struck the depot.
“The building gave way and tumbled in upon us. I was just at the door of
the ticket office when it went down. I fell, and a man standing near me fell
across me. A heavy girder fell on top of him. Mr. Woodard was only a few
feet away. I never lost consciousness. I spoke to Mr. Woodard and he
replied. We both thought we could get out alive if the depot did not catch
fire. I knew that there had been stoves with fire burning in them in the depot
before the tornado struck it, and I expected the flames to break out at every
moment.
“I spoke to the man who was lying across me and told him that he must
manage to squeeze from under the girder. I thought that if he was off me I
could manage to get out. After many desperate efforts he managed to get
from under the girder, but in doing so his bowels were torn so terribly that
the doctors do not think he can recover. He was a brakeman, who had come
here to be a witness in some case. I do not remember his name.
“After the brakeman got off me, I was able to use my strength. Then I
got out, and so did Mr. Woodard. I was under the wreck just thirty-five
minutes. I was slightly bruised in the arm and leg, but that amounts to
nothing.”

Page 71

UNION DEPOT, LOUISVILLE.

Though forty or fifty persons were in the depot at the time, only one, a
restaurant boy, was killed; Twenty-one passenger coaches were more or less
wrecked. On following days the impression of the ruins upon the beholder
was peculiarly gloomy. Instead of the stir of life, the brilliancy of electric
lights, the scream of whistles and the rumbling of trains, there was a
scattered wreck, and comparative silence. A few chickens, liberated from
their coop, crept at dusk to roost on a timber, and in subdued tones seemed
to be discussing with each other the mournful situation.

Page 72

CHAPTER VI

INCIDENTS OF THE TORNADO.

“O cold and savage wind!
It racks my soul to hear the wild lamenting
Of wounded hearts whose grief knows no relenting,
Can not their woe e’er sway thee to repenting?
O cold and savage wind!

O melancholy wind!
Hast thou no requiem for the dead and dying?
Art thou some fierce despairing spirit sighing
O’er a lost Paradise behind thee lying?
O melancholy wind!”

OO frequently in the confusion of great disasters the woes of the
poorer classes are forgotten in the attention given to their more
opulent neighbors. There is only too often good cause given for a
slight modification of Shylock’s speech, “Hath not a Jew eyes?” etc. There
is no sadder record than that so frequently given in a single line: “Dead—a
woman, name unknown.” What fearful heart-aches often end in the Potter’s
field!
Adjoining the Louisville Hotel was a saloon and cigar store, the rooms
over which were occupied by the hotel laundry girls. These were hurled into
the cellar, and so tightly wedged that death could not have been long
delayed. One was found sitting upright, the pallor of death on her face, and
agony in every feature. Another lay upon her back, with hands outstretched
above her head, as though she tried to thrust destruction back. A third was
sitting, dead; while near by another lay upon her face, as though refusing to
behold that which she could not shun.
“Nor you, ye proud, impute to these the fault,
If memory o’er their tomb no trophies raise,
Where through the long-drawn aisle and fretted vault
The pealing anthem swells the note of praise.”

Poor laundry girls! Let their dead dust be mentioned with reverence. Had
they been spoiled daughters of wealth and fashion, press reporters would

Page 73

have waxed eloquent of their birth, their history, their beauty, their
accomplishments, their heritage. We should have heard in detail the names
of their wealthy and mourning friends, and of their impressive obsequies.
Magnificent monuments would have risen to mark their sleeping dust.
These five laundry girls were taken up tenderly, and two or three days later,
together borne without pomp to humble graves. But is not honest industry
in useful avocation toiling for bread a more royal thing than silks and
diamonds, bedizzening frivolity and idleness? Is there not in America many
a haughty heiress, less worthy of our tears, than these?
“Let not ambition mock their useful toil,
Their homely joys and destiny obscure;”

and when we say, Peace to their ashes! will not the reader add a fervent
Amen!
On Seventeenth street was a pathetic sight. One blackened and charred
wall stood swaying in the wind. Just over the door was a sign—“Plain
Sewing.” An old woman had been the sole tenant. Here, any day for years
past, it may be,
“With fingers weary and worn,
With eyelids heavy and red,
A woman sat in unwomanly rags,
Plying her needle and thread:—
Stitch—Stitch—Stitch,
In poverty, hunger and dirt,
And still with a voice of dolorous pitch,
She sang the song of the shirt.”

Her charred body was dug from beneath the ruins. Tragic end of a life of
poverty and toil! But when we reflect on the lot of many another sewing
woman, who still survives, we may, with Solomon, feel inclined to “praise
the dead who are already dead, more than the living who are yet alive.”
About Thirteenth and Walnut dwelt a peddler with wife and child. He
knocked a hole in the side wall of his wrecked home, and dragged out his
little family over a seemingly impassable pile of debris. Then he thought of
another woman and two helpless children imprisoned up stairs. He rushed
to their rescue, and dragged them out just in time to save them from the
flames, which two minutes later were licking up all that would burn.

Page 74

Society must think more of its lonely toilers; even of its peddlers and
publicans and sinners. It was the keeper of a brothel in Memphis, who,
during the awful yellow-fever visitation, turned her house into a hospital,
and ministered to the suffering till she fell a victim herself. Jesus was
looking at some very nice people when he said, “The publicans and the
harlots go into the kingdom of God before you.” To those good people, such
a thing would be one of the “mysteries of Providence.”
“Mysteries of Providence” are continually ferreted out on such
occasions. Reporters, to whom everything that can be written is news,
gather up a hundred items and give them to the public; often grouping items
in a manner that is strikingly grotesque. There is no grimmer humor than
the apparently matter-of-fact statement that during a great Italian
earthquake, wherein lofty cathedrals were shaken to pieces and hundreds of
people killed, statues of the Virgin escaped uninjured. Sober-minded people
are prone to wonder what is the relative value of a human life and a graven
image. One might, if such things were of constant occurrence, consider
them as meant by Providence as a very sarcastic punishment for the
violation of the second commandment.

EIGHTH AND MAIN STREETS, LOUISVILLE.

Page 75

It is related that at the time of the massacre of St. Bartholomew, a
Romish captain secured a number of fugitives, among whom he felt
satisfied there were some good Catholics. Not being able to distinguish
them readily, he referred the perplexing case to a fanatical priest. The
response came promptly: “Kill all; the Lord will know his own!”
Interpreters of the inscrutable ways of Providence might find such the
only solution for many particulars of the storm. The pious but superstitious
folk who believe that all such visitations are for the sins of a people, instead
of the result of laws that send the rain alike upon the just and the unjust,
might find some perplexity in conning the following cases.
On the next street back of Falls City Hall stood the St. John’s Episcopal
Church. The rector, with his little four-year-old boy, was in the study. The
rectory and the church were completely destroyed, and the rector and his
child were killed. In an adjoining building, ten or eleven men were playing
cards. The house was demolished, but not one of the players was seriously
hurt. The preacher perished; the idlers were saved—herein is food for
reflection.
Tierney’s saloon was on Eleventh, between Main and Market. The ice-
box saved him and four other men from being crushed. They crowded
beside it, and crawled out uninjured. The pastor and the useful laundry girls
perished; the saloon-keeper and his patrons survived.
The Catholic buildings at Seventeenth and Broadway were Father
Desney’s residence, the Sisters’ Home, the Church of the Sacred Heart, and
the parochial school. All these were wrecked by the wind, and Sister Pius
was killed. There is a story that, amid utter ruin, the image of the Virgin was
left standing, untouched by harm. Let the devout remember that a saloon-
keeper obtained an equal deliverance.
Elmer Barnes and several others ran into Eckerle’s saloon, 1001 West
Market, and securely closed the door. The building fell with a crash, and the
men were buried in the ruins. Barnes and Eckerle were overwhelmed by the
falling bricks and timber. Eckerle was fearfully injured; Barnes was drawn
from the ruins, and died a few hours afterward. The other men were only
slightly hurt. If we have had occasion to mention the destruction of one
church and of several saloons, it is probably only because saloons are more
numerous than churches.

Page 76

At a grocery store at the corner of Sixteenth and Magazine streets the
owner and five others were standing at the bar in the back part of the store.
A dreadful roaring sound was heard, and the house rocked back and forth.
The owner’s wife and children screamed and ran out the back way. Almost
instantly the rear wall of the building fell. The six men rushed to escape by
the front door, but the wind closed it with such force that it could not be
opened. The floor beneath gave way, and three men were dropped into the
cellar and pinned among the ruins. The other three escaped through a side
window. Instantly a fire kindled and took hold on the imprisoned men.
Their cries were awful, while their escaped companions witnesssed the
horrible cremation and were powerless to render aid.
We record but a few of the multitude of deaths, experiences, incidents
and escapes. Doubtless, there is many an untold tale—something of
personal interest connected with almost every one of the hundreds of
buildings partially or wholly wrecked. The press at first exaggerated, and
perhaps finally minimized the loss of life. There is reason to think that not
all the names of the dead were given to the public, while subsequently
several died of their wounds. To the list of those who were killed outright,
or died in a few hours, better information might have added several names,
and possibly subtracted or corrected others.
The public may find in the press reports lists of the dead and numerous
records of persons injured or killed by the fallings of walls, or by flying
missiles; but these, after all, must be regarded as exceptions. There can be
no very correct estimate of the number of people who were in the down-
town district at the time of the accident. Yet, it would be safe to say only a
very small portion of those in the path of the storm suffered any injury.
That a storm of such magnitude and fury should have swept through the
heart of a city of 200,000 people, to destroy outright no more than five or
six score lives, may excite our wonder. The most obvious reason of the low
mortality will be found in the hour and place of the principal visitation. The
place was the business part of the city, and the hour between eight and nine
P.M., when the wholesale houses and the streets in their vicinity were
comparatively deserted. Another fact is also to be noted. The cyclone seems
to have reached the ground scarcely at any point at all. Its principal fury
was probably expended in the region above the housetops. The roofs and
tops of walls were removed; the damage below resulted principally from
their fall. Humbler buildings sheltering human lives were sometimes

Page 77

crushed by the fall of the upper portion of the wall of some contiguous
building; as notably, in the case of the house occupied by the laundry girls,
and which was smashed by the fall of the wall from the top story of the
Louisville Hotel; or the case of a colored family whose house was crushed
by the wall of the Falls City Hall. But in any case of cyclonic visitation

CORNER MAIN AND CLINTON STREETS, LOUISVILLE.

the escapes will probably amaze us more than the deaths; for when it will
seem that nothing living could have escaped, the majority will not only
probably be found alive, but absolutely unhurt. Of numerous cases, a few
specimens will suffice:
Peter Speth and family were seated in the parlor when the cyclone
arrived. The family huddled together in the hall, doubtless to avail
themselves of the protection of the side walls not far apart. The walls of the
second story fell in with a crash. The building and furniture were destroyed,
but the family escaped without injury.
Eleven men were in a barber shop at 1803 Broadway. The roof was
blown off; the walls fell in, but all the men escaped through the windows
without a scratch.
At 329 Eleventh street, on the upper floor of a two-story brick, a lady lay
at the point of death; watched by her son and daughter. She begged them to

Page 78

flee for their lives, but they refused to forsake her. The roof was stripped
clean off, but the devoted children with their mother escaped injury.
In one cottage on Chapel street dwelt a family of five. At once all were
in the house, when the storm demolished it, and four escaped unhurt.
Major Galt, of the Louisville and Nashville Road, lived in a two-story
brick. He apprehended no danger till the walls fell. His wife was buried
under a pile of bricks. Her husband with difficulty extricated her, and
carried her unconscious to the house of a neighbor. Save for the shock, she
was not seriously hurt.
Now, were such cases the exception—had not such instances happened
in a hundred other places similarly visited—there would certainly be cause
for perplexity. But the phenomena of the Louisville storm tend only to
establish the truth of a fact long suspected: that the most

LOOKING EAST FROM TENTH AND MAIN, LOUISVILLE.

destructive effects of a tornado are not always attributable to the direct force
of the wind. A number of interesting incidents of the Louisville storm will
serve to illustrate a now clearly established fact.
Mrs. Fitzpatrick and her family were in a two-story brick, 1433
Seventeenth street. They were all in an upper room and could not get out.
The walls fell outward, while the floor still remained in its place. They
climbed down unhurt.

Page 79

James Smith (colored) lived with his wife and seven children in
Congress Alley, in the rear of Falls City Hall. Himself, his wife and three
children were crushed beneath the mass of bricks and timbers; the
remaining four children were taken out more dead than alive. Yet, the house
was not in the least moved from its place. The building was crushed by the
wall of the hall, which fell outward. Similar was the fate of the laundry
girls. The house in which they were was crushed by the top of the wall of
the Louisville Hotel, which fell outward, toward the wind.
The colored Odd Fellows were holding a meeting in their hall at
Thirteenth and Walnut. The two upper stories were blown entirely down.
Several large circular holes were blown through the brick walls; one of
these in the side away from the storm. Several received more or less injury,
but not one was fatally hurt.
At 1315 Eighteenth street, was a magnificent new brick cottage. The
roof remained, but in the west wall were made “six holes, round as a dollar,
and large enough to admit a flour barrel.” It is added that the missing bricks
were nowhere to be found.
Finally, take the experience of a grocer on West Market street:
“I was inside of my store, and my clerk was there, too. Standing on the
pavement outside were policeman Harlow, a man named Charles Taylor,
who said he lived in Jeffersonville, a negro whose name I do not know, and
Carl Rice, an eight-year-old boy who lived with his parents in the rooms
above my store. When the wind grew high and the hail began to pelt, Mr.
Harlow attempted to open the front door of the store, which was closed, to
come inside for shelter. At that moment the tornado came in all its fury. No
one who was not in it can conceive of its terrific force. The suction from
without, as the full force came, was so great that it was impossible to get the
front door open. My clerk at work on it on the inside and Mr. Harlow on the
outside, were as powerless against the wind as babies would have been in
attempting to move a stone wall.
“But their efforts were not of long duration. The tornado forced its way
in the rear of the upper stories of my building, and with impetuosity
unequaled forged through the apartments against the front wall. This wall
popped out and fell to the pavement below, upon those standing there,
burying them in the debris. The front is entirely gone, as you see. Mr.
Harlow and the little boy Carl Rice, were close up to the front door, and

Page 80

only a small portion of the wall struck them. Taylor and the negro were out
on the pavement further, and they fared worse. Taylor’s leg was broken at
the ankle, and he was internally injured. The negro had a hole knocked in
his skull larger than a silver dollar, and was used up generally. Mr. Harlow
was bruised, but fortunately has no bones broken, and is not dangerously
hurt. The little boy’s head was pretty badly cut and bruised, but he is not in
a serious condition.”
Now, in all of these cases is noticeable the same peculiar feature of walls
falling outward, sometimes even against the wind: or of holes being burst in
walls, the bricks being

CORNER JEFFERSON AND TWELFTH STREETS, LOUISVILLE.

thrown so far that they could not be found, or distinguished from those of
other houses. This might seem inexplicable—that the windward walls often
fall outward. But it must be remembered that all storms with a wind system
blowing spirally upward and inward are characterized by low barometer,
signifying a diminution in atmospheric pressure at the storm center; and the
lower the barometer, the more violent the storm. Now, it is clear that if a
storm advance slowly, and be widely diffused, the air in the regions through
which it moves has time to accommodate itself gradually to the change, and
expanding slowly to equalize the pressure in all directions, its rarefaction is

Page 81

not perceptible to the ordinary observer: and the denser air within a
dwelling expands so gradually that all the surplus can escape through
chinks and crevices, if the doors and windows be closed.
But the narrow-path tornado comes so rapidly as to produce little
atmospheric change beforehand; while directly at its center the barometer
may stand as much as two inches lower than in the surrounding region.
Now, a fall of two inches means, in round numbers, a lessening of pressure
of one pound to every square inch, or one hundred and forty-four pounds to
the square foot. As the air normally presses equally in all directions, the
passage of a storm of this sort may mean a sudden change from fifteen
pounds pressure to the inch on each side of a wall, to fifteen pounds on the
inside and fourteen only on the outside. When such a sudden change is
brought to bear on every square inch of the interior of a house, it necessarily
amounts to an explosion.
Suppose that in the case of the door which the men were unable to open,
that the pressure had been as great as one pound to the inch. Then an
ordinary seven-by-three door would be held in place by a force of a ton and
a half. This same power has been observed to burst the weather-boarding
from frame houses, leaving the frame and inner surfaces intact.
The reader will wonder why, in such cases, the windows do not burst
out, leaving the walls unhurt. This often occurs. But very great pressure
would evidently act just as does powder in a blast: the rock is rent ere the
tamping is torn out, though the latter has far less resistive power; while very
violent explosives do not even need any tamping in order to utilize their
force.
It would seem, then, that a house with open doors and windows has a
better chance of weathering a tornado, whether in respect to direct impact of
wind, or to the expansive force of air within, than a house which is shut up.
Here, again, quite a number of instances can be adduced of houses caught
suddenly thus by tornadoes and escaping unhurt, while houses upon either
side were demolished.
But that the direct force of the wind on the Louisville occasion was very
great is abundantly evidenced. Numerous are the apparently curious freaks
that were noticed. A city paper, four days after the storm, contained the
following:

Page 82

“There are hundreds of the most interesting and miraculous incidents
connected with the tornado, showing the queerest sort of freaks of the wind.
A block of iron casting, weighing over one hundred and fifty pounds, was
blown into the second story of the Chesapeake, Ohio and Southern Railway
building, near the Union Depot. Nobody knows where it came from, and the
nearest building from which it could have come is nearly one hundred yards
away. Great sheets of tin roofing were dropped upon Dr. Barry’s farm near
Turner’s Station, forty miles from the city, on the Short Line. In the ruins of
a house on West Main street a clock was found clinging to the wall. It was a
large

ON NINTH STREET, LOUISVILLE.
s

office clock, but no one in the vicinity had ever seen it before, and no one
knows where it came from. It was badly broken, but the hands still pointed
to 8:20 P.M. A large slab of marble was found in a residence on West
Madison street which was never there before. It will weigh over one
hundred pounds. At Baird’s drug store on Market above Ninth, two bird
cages with the birds were blown in through the skylight. The cages were not
injured, and the birds are as full of song as ever. When the building
occupied by Brand & Bethel, the tobacco men of Green street, went to
pieces, a portion of the frame-work dropped through the roof of a little

Page 83

cottage just east of the factory. It consisted of a heavy timber, to which were
mortised four upright pieces of timber. When this came through the cottage
the family were sitting around the table in the dining-room, and the four
uprights simply pinned them in but did not hurt them in the least. It was one
of the most wonderful escapes yet heard of.”
To the unexperienced reader some of these items seem almost
apocryphal. But when it is remembered that a tallow candle may be shot
through a deal board, or that an ox may be killed by a putty-ball fired from
a gun, or that a revolver loaded with water instead of ball is a deadly
weapon, it will not seem preposterous that a cage may be hurled through a
skylight without seriously discommoding the birds. The writer has seen soft
pine shingles driven endwise through oak boards an inch thick by a
Missouri tornado. Other similar cases might be given.
The carrying of objects to a distance depends as much on the upward
current as the horizontal motion. One of the simplest illustrations of the
inevitable spiral course that an upward or downward current pursues may
be seen in the ordinary wash-bowl with hole in the bottom. As soon as the
plug is drawn and the water commences to

RUINED TOBACCO WAREHOUSES.

Page 84

pour out, it begins to assume a spiral course; and, long before the water is
out, there is a circular hole in the fluid, reaching to the bottom of the basin.
This last illustrates also that the air is rarest at the center of the storm.
Pouring liquids through a funnel will show the same spiral tendency. So an
object borne away by a tornado rises in curves much like those of a hawk or
eagle in flying.
Other peculiar feats of the wind were noticed. Some persons caught by
the storm, had no especial trouble in keeping on their feet; while others
were knocked about severely. One man was killed by having his throat cut
by a piece of flying glass. A frame house, standing near the corner of
Eighteenth and Maple, was shot full of holes by flying bricks from another
house a hundred yards away. A lady standing in the doorway was picked up
by the wind and hurled against a telegraph pole at a distance of sixty feet.
Another lady and her nephew, at the first shock rushed into the street. They
were caught up by the wind and hurled some distance against a fence. They
were found unconscious and both badly hurt.
A frame house on Sixteenth street looked as if it had suffered
bombardment. Holes were cut in the weather-boarding by planks evidently
driven through the air endwise, and pieces several feet long had penetrated
and stuck hard and fast.
The building of the Louisville City Railway at Twelfth and Jefferson
streets was scooped through the middle, while the ends were left standing.
This was, perhaps, due to the explosive force of the air within, which burst
out the weaker portions. In a building of any considerable length, the points
most easily overthrown by lateral pressure would naturally be found in the
middle portions of the longer walls.
At a stone-yard on Walnut, between Thirteenth and Fourteenth, the
immense iron “traveler,” with its locomotive—the whole weighing many
tons—mounted on an elevated track and used for transferring immense
blocks of stone from one side of the yard to the other, was blown into the
street and smashed to pieces, while close by, three small brick buildings and
one frame were left unharmed. Such cases show how the larger obstacles
cause the storm to somewhat overleap the smaller ones, producing the
“jumping” motion mentioned before. The narrow path of the storm may be
judged from the fact that no small portion of the good people of Louisville

Page 85

were not aware of the ruinous tempest till they read of its deeds in the
morning papers.
The total damage done to property is estimated at $2,000,000. Much the
heaviest loss was among the great tobacco warehouses.
There has been some discussion as to whether any sort of buildings are
safe in a storm: but so long as the most violent tropical cyclones leave many
houses unhurt after a protracted gale, there is little fear that the walls of our
large buildings may not readily be made massive enough to withstand any
atmospheric storms.
The chief damage done to business houses was along Main, Jefferson
and Walnut streets; the damage to dwellings being greatest along Broadway.
The havoc on all the crossings in the limits of the tornado was remarkable.
It was observed that the buildings on the north sides of the streets
parallel to the river suffered most. These more nearly faced the advancing
storm, while the open street in front of them gave the wind an increased
advantage. This will be better comprehended if the reader will recollect that
the tornado of the northern hemisphere rotates in a direction contrary to the
hands of a watch. So in the case of one moving eastward or northeastward,
the wind on the front edge is blowing directly northward or northwestward.
So the current, slightly broken in passing through a block, regains its
strength somewhat in slanting across the next street, and assaults the next
block with renewed force.
Louisville, though the principal sufferer by the storm, was not the first.
The tornado formed some distance to the southwest of the city, and on its
devastating march toward Louisville mowed clean a wide swath through the
woods, and fell upon the beautiful suburb of Parkland. The Mayor’s two-
story brick residence parted with its roof at the first shock. The Mayor’s
wife was up-stairs in bed, ill of pneumonia. Her husband and another man
seized the bed and carried her into the yard. Scarcely was this accomplished
when the full force of the storm prostrated the building.
It may be noticed in this connection, that the most destructive wind is
never in the first shock, the parting gust being usually the most damaging.
Doubtless this is because the expansion of the atmosphere within the house
at the moment the center of calm passes over it weakens the building to
such an extent that the rear of the tornado, striking the house from the
opposite direction, readily overthrows it. No such peculiarity is observable

Page 86

in a forest. The trees, containing no vast quantities of air, are usually felled
by the first stroke, if at all.
The track of the storm through Parkland was one-eighth of a mile wide.
From the rate at which it spread, it is clear it could be but short-lived.
Within its path, it was more destructive in Parkland than in Louisville. The
frame school-house was lifted from its foundation, carried a few feet away,
and then torn to fragments. The Daisy Line depot was totally demolished.
The Masonic Temple parted with its upper story. Thirteen houses in the
village were completely wrecked, and several others more or less damaged.
It will be remembered that in Louisville the upper stories suffered most: but
here the storm was fresh, and almost every building struck was razed to the
ground. The total damage was about $20,000.

VIEW AT JEFFERSONVILLE.

Passing through Louisville and crossing the river, the cyclone struck
Jeffersonville, on the Indiana side. Here, upwards of eighty houses were
seriously damaged, and quite a number totally destroyed. Two days later,

Page 87

the press gave the loss at $500,000—probably a great exaggeration, as the
particulars given did not tally at all with the general statement. Singularly
enough, not a life was lost, and only one or two persons were materially
injured.

CORNER WALL AND FRONT STREETS, JEFFERSONVILLE.

The damage was mostly to roofs and top-stories, and the people were
doubtless indoors and below. This, however, does not account for the
deliverance of a number of persons in buildings which were completely
destroyed. Possibly some of these may be accounted for by sudden
explosions of buildings, such as has been noticed heretofore. The fragments
would be much more apt to injure persons just outside than those within.
The largely increased percentage of damage done to roofs and upper stories
only shows how rapidly the storm was weakening. It could not go very
much farther with its devastation. The old Orphans’ Home was wrecked;
one old lady injured; a pastor’s house demolished, while two men in the
upper story in some mysterious way escaped unhurt. At the foot of Front
street, a shanty occupied by a man with wife and three children was lifted
bodily and thrown into the river. The family would have been drowned had
not some car-works employes rescued them, at the peril of their own lives.
A number of guests, and some who came for shelter, were in a house at the
corner of First and Spring streets. The shock of the tornado was followed by

Page 88

a hail of bricks and tumbling walls, but no one of the entire assembly was
seriously hurt.

WRECK AT JEFFERSONVILLE.

The average American worships no god but Mammon. He may go to
church and bow his head to Jehovah, but it is Mammon who keeps his
heart. Between his devout amens he is thinking of the main chance. He can
be converted and made religious; it is a great deal harder to make him
honest. He is willing to sing the praises of the Lord, but he doesn’t like to
foot the bills. Amid the sorrow and bereavement of a stricken city, the
American was true to himself. Those who had lost house and friends, were
asked to pay ten dollars for a carriage in which to follow the corpse to the
grave. As about thirty victims of the storm were buried on Sunday, it may
be inferred that the carriages in each procession were none too numerous. A
sad sight was that of the four laundry girls, and the chamber-maid, all being

Page 89

borne together to their long home. Hardly less impressive was the burial at
half-hour intervals of ten members of the I. O. O. F., killed in Falls City
Hall. It was a profitable day for undertakers.
Nor did the officers of the Louisville and Southern Railroad forget their
interests. They had for some time been desirous of regaining possession of
their property controlled by the Monon Route. This they did in the
confusion, dismay and darkness, immediately following the storm.
The writer does not wish to do any injustice to his people. Such items
present but one side of the American’s character. He is a strange mixture of
grasping greed and warm-hearted generosity. The latter is an inborn trait;
the former in-drilled. We live in a rushing age. We are no more in a hurry
about being rich than we are about a score of other things. Haste is a
national characteristic.
Further, our people are brought up with peculiar ideas of success in life.
Everything is reduced to a basis of cold cash. A man may be learned,
talented, industrious; but all these things are counted for naught if he is not
also wealthy. So our young people are brought up to think that money-
making is the one business of life; and as a result the business world is full
of those who resort to sharp practice and questionable methods, merely
because they have been taught to subordinate honor and equity to gain-
getting. Yet, the warm sympathies and native generosity of our people are
continually coming to the front, in a way that, in view of the other traits, is
sometimes amusingly inconsistent. Men who will haggle almost

Page 90

LOUISVILLE TORNADO—CORNER TENTH AND MAIN STREETS.

about the price of a pin, or make their living by wild or fraudulent
speculation; nay, even professional gamblers, or worse characters, are
prompt in responding to the wail of a distressed city or state. After all, we
are brethren. Yet, our good and bad qualities are so thoroughly mingled that
we must continually rob Peter to pay Paul.
The American has another prominent trait—independence. He does not
accept aid, as such, when he feels he can do without it: nor does he wait for
demands of help, when he hears of great misfortunes that have befallen his
fellow countrymen. Leigh Hunt once asked a very ragged and forlorn
Irishman, “Why don’t you ask for alms?” “Alms, is it? Sure and isn’t it
begging I am with every bone of my body?” The average American is
generally quick to recognize a case that speaks for itself. To Louisville, in
the hour of her calamity, came tenders of help from many quarters, and
these offers would have been greatly multiplied, had not the citizens
declined the proffered assistance. They felt that the resources of the city
were equal to the necessity. They were grateful, but self-reliant.

Page 91

CHAPTER VII.

OTHER TORNADOES.

“From the dark earth impervious vapors rise,
Increase the darkness and involve the skies.
At once the rushing winds, with roaring sound,
Burst from th’ Æolian caves and rend the ground;
With equal rage their airy quarrel try,
And win by turns the kingdom of the sky.
But with a thicker night black Auster shrouds
The heavens, and drives on heaps the rolling clouds,
From whose dark womb a rattling tempest pours,
Which the cold north congeals to haily showers.
From pole to pole the thunder roars aloud,
And broken lightnings flash from every cloud.
Now smokes with showers the misty mountain ground,
And floated fields lie undistinguished ’round.
Where late was dust, now rapid torrents play—
Rush through the mounds, and bear the dams away.
Old limbs of trees, from crackling forests torn,
Are whirled in air, and on the winds are borne.”

casual glance at the papers during the last days of March would have
satisfied any one that the storm which passed over the country was
anything but insignificant. So far, we have given only the story of a
single neighborhood; while a score of others suffered more or less. A brief
account of some of these will be of interest, and will give us a far better
idea of the character of great storms and tornadoes.
The farthest point west touched by a tornado on that memorable day was
a strip near the line between Missouri and Kansas, some fifty or sixty miles
south of Kansas City. Here, a small tornado made its appearance about five
o’clock in the afternoon, demolishing some fences and

Page 92

LOOKING WEST FROM TENTH AND MAIN, LOUISVILLE.

barns, and breaking down a few trees: but, so far as known, no one was
hurt. Meanwhile, the main storm had passed eastward much earlier in the
afternoon.
Shortly after the storm reached St. Louis, violent cyclonic movements
were excited in southeast Missouri, upwards of a hundred miles away. At 3
P.M. the little town of Bloomsdale was struck, and five houses were instantly
prostrated. The occupants of four of them were, at the time, in the Catholic
church, and the family who occupied the fifth escaped unhurt. Two sides of
their house were blown away; while one side was blown inward, and would
have crushed them but for chairs and tables which sustained its weight. The
church suffered the loss of its steeple, and was otherwise damaged. A stable
containing seven horses was blown away, and not one of the horses was
injured.
A cloud gathered, and a cyclone seemed to form at, or over, Charleston.
It followed the Cairo branch of the Iron Mountain Road eastward. Four
miles from Charleston it struck the flag-station known as Hough’s, having
on the way demolished one or two farm-houses, and made havoc of the
forest. The little hamlet of Hough’s was razed from the earth, not a house
being left intact. One dwelling was blown two hundred feet across the
railway track and smashed. The owner, his wife and son were killed, and
another son was badly injured. The three-year-old baby was taken up

Page 93

unharmed. Another family lived near by in a log house. It was blown away,
and they were left sitting on the floor, wondering.
Such a case as this is by no means rare. It is one of the many freaks of
the wind not easily understood. In the great cyclone of forty or fifty miles in
diameter, the wind comes in gusts or waves, and such effects might be
readily understood; but in the case of the tornado, of at most but a few
Hundred yards in diameter, its passage is too rapid for those in its path to
learn definitely whether it be uniform or not.
Other peculiar feats were noticed at Hough’s. A girl seventeen years old
was blown one hundred and fifty yards into a pond, but was rescued in time
to save her from drowning; and it is said that a man and woman were blown
across a sixty-acre wheat field, and picked up insensible. The further
statement that the bark was peeled clean from the trees, though seemingly
most incredible of all, is very probably true; for the writer has a vivid
recollection of precisely the same phenomenon on the theater of the
Marshfield cyclone in southwest Missouri. In that instance the bark was
peeled from hundreds of hickory saplings, almost from the roots to their
topmost twigs. This effect was inconceivable from any cause that could be
thought of. It was done by missiles flying through the air, or the trees were
bent over and threshed against the ground, or there was some unknown
force prevalent in the storm, similar, perhaps, to that which shatters the bark
or body of a thunder-smitten oak. To an observer on the ground the first two
suppositions seemed to be excluded. Is this peculiar power of the tornado to
be sought, like that of Keely’s Motor, in some occult force?
From Hough’s Station the tornado may have bounded above the tree-
tops and descended again a few miles further on at Bird’s Point, opposite to
Cairo, Illinois. Anyhow, a tornado struck the former place at 4:35 P.M. It was
first seen above the trees, it showed a yellowish cast, and had the usual
funnel shape. About three hundred yards from the town it came to the
ground and commenced its work of destruction. Eight or ten houses were
blown to pieces, or badly damaged; a roof was carried two hundred feet into
the air; a yearling calf was thrown forty

Page 94

VIEW IN THE RESIDENCE DISTRICT, LOUISVILLE.

feet into a big ditch filled with, water, and—nobody was hurt.
At Cape Girardeau, on the Mississippi, fifty miles above Bird’s Point,
there was a tremendous hail, which broke thousands of windows, and a gale
lasting far into the night, with damage to timber, fences, and buildings.
Illinois suffered far worse than Missouri. The southern part of the state
fared badly; and the further south, the worse. The storm which struck St.
Louis at 3 P.M., was, a few minutes later, giving the Illinois towns on the
other side a lively experience. Edwardsville, O’Fallon and Centerville
received a heavy gale. At Coulterville, buildings, barns, and orchards
suffered severely, and several persons were injured. Sparta was struck about
3:15 P.M. From the second story of the public school building, observers
watched the approach of the storm. Two black clouds from opposite
quarters of the heavens came together, as by attraction, and mingled with a
rotary motion. The tornado passed within a mile of the town on the
northeast, and mowed a swath through the heavy timber. No such rain, hail
and wind, mingled with fire, had ever been seen before. Many barns were
destroyed; several houses were blown to pieces; three or four persons were
seriously hurt. A traveling man was whisked out of his buggy by the wind,
carried some distance, and sustained severe injuries; the horses were thrown
down, and the buggy was completely wrecked.
At Grand Tower, on the Mississippi, forty miles above Cape Girardeau,
there was a terrific tornado at 4:30 P.M. It came from the west, and swept
houses, trees, trains—everything, in its course. Its track is described as one

Page 95

of “extreme desolation.” Four or five persons, at least, were killed, and as
many injured. Twenty-seven dwelling-houses were completely demolished,
and a great many others unroofed, or otherwise damaged.
At Murphysboro, Illinois, many windows were broken by the great hail;
while there came an unverified report of fifteen or more persons killed
about Shiloh, and to the north of Campbell Hill. South of Murphysboro,
several houses were blown down; two children were killed.
At Centralia, two and one-fourth inches of rain fell in twenty minutes,
changing later into snow. Farm buildings west of town suffered
considerable damage.
At Carbondale, the dreaded funnel appeared, and two blocks of houses
were unroofed.
Five miles southwest of Xenia, many out-buildings were blown down
and several houses destroyed. A school-house on the prairie was blown
away, and one of the sills carried nearly a quarter of a mile.
In the southern part of Union county, seven miles southwest of Anna, a
tornado swept a track about half a mile wide and four miles long, over the
richest farms, destroying stock, orchards, forests and houses. One or two
persons were fatally hurt. At Mt. Pleasant, twelve miles east of Anna, there
was extensive destruction of property.
At Braidwood, a number of houses and out-buildings were blown away;
trees were torn up, several persons severely injured, and two or three
children are said to have “disappeared.” The writer remembers an instance
that occurred some years ago, when a fourteen-year-old boy was carried
five miles and dropped into a stream: but such a case does not occur in this
country once in many years. One of the freaks told of the wind at
Braidwood is, that it rolled a man in the road and whisked a watch out of
his pocket. It does not appear that any funnel-shaped cloud was seen here.
At Cairo, out of a fleet of shanty-boats, thirteen were destroyed, and an
old cripple was drowned.
The storm struck Nashville (Ill.) at 4 P.M. The rain,

Page 96

RUINED DWELLINGS.

changing to furious hail, fell so fast that one could scarcely see ten feet. The
wind blew with terrific force. The Prohibition Tabernacle and a two-story
brick cooper shop went down. Beginning six miles southeast on Little
Prairie, the damage was fearful, and ranged through a sweep, to the
northeast, of twenty miles. Not less than thirty houses were destroyed, and
twice that number badly damaged. Of numerous casualties, one or two will
illustrate the force of the wind at this place: One family of seven were
sitting in their house as the storm drew near. Two of the little girls
becoming frightened, ran out, when the wind caught them up, carried them
across a field a quarter of a mile wide, and dropped them uninjured, save
from violent pelting of the hail. As the remaining members of the family
were in the act of forsaking the house, it fell, and all were more or less hurt.
This case would seem to indicate a lack of uniformity in the strength of
the wind; it being powerful enough at one point to carry away children,
while the house, only a few feet away at most, was still standing. One or
two other cases of persons being carried a considerable distance were
reported from Nashville.
All such instances show the powerful upward current of the tornado; for
wind of greater horizontal velocity is often observed, which produces no
such effects. To the uplifting force must be in some degree attributed the
fact that in many cases only roofs or upper stories are damaged. This same
force is responsible for not a few showers of objects that do not pertain to
the upper air: such as the occasionally reported showers of fish and frogs.

Page 97

A tornado swept up Bay Bottom in Pope county, accompanied by “rain
and hail in floods and volleys.” A partial report shows a school-house
dashed against a bluff a hundred feet away and reduced to kindling-wood. A
number of residences were destroyed, and several persons were killed.
In all the cases hitherto noted, the tornado, when seen, is reported as
about one-eighth of a mile wide. The next one on the list, while powerful, is
much smaller.
The southwest part of Olney was devastated by a cyclone at 5:35 P.M. Its
track was about a hundred yards wide and a mile long. It shattered or
destroyed the homes of, perhaps, five hundred people. Strange to relate,
only two or three persons were badly hurt. John Bourrell was voted the
wisest man. His house was blown to atoms; but he and his wife were safe in
their “cyclone cellar,” and absorbing much comfort from a $600 cyclone
policy on their building.
But the climax of ruin for Illinois was reached at Metropolis, a town of
4,000 people, situated on the Ohio River, thirty-eight miles above Cairo,
and eleven miles below Paducah. A greenish tinge of the approaching cloud
was the only unusual portent. “Suddenly there came from the southwest a
rolling, apparently born of the union of two clouds, which met in mid-air,
and in a moment swooped down into the Ohio river, now at flood-tide, and
on lifting, there followed it a column of water, estimated all the way from
fifty to two hundred feet in height.” This curious phenomenon swept
onward, striking the river front like the hammer of a Cyclop. In an instant,
down went a large number of buildings, including principal business
houses, and the finest residences of the city. A few persons were seriously
hurt, and two or three were killed. Of course, there were wonderful escapes.
One gentleman had a numerous array of little children; the house was swept
from over the family, and not a soul was hurt. In the country the devastation
was even more appalling. Residences, out-buildings, churches, even grave-
stones were wiped from the face of the earth.
A relief committee was organized. In their dispatch of two days later,
addressed to the St. Louis Republic newspaper, and praying for help, they
say: “Hundreds of homes, the result of a life of labor, have been swept away
in less time than it takes to record it. All kinds of property have been
destroyed. The damage is estimated at over $200,000.”

Page 98

PATH OF TORNADO—OLNEY, ILL.

Such is a partial list of the more important casualties of the great storm.
Space is lacking to give detail to all the minor visitations and incidents.
Such storms only attract the attention of the public when some thickly-
settled region is visited. Numerous hamlets and small towns might be
named, of which nothing but the bare fact that a tornado passed through is
recorded. The rural districts are, of course, far more frequently swept; but
the narrowness and short path of the tornado preclude its doing much
damage among them.
Now, we have noticed a dozen different localities, all experiencing much
the same sort of storms. The unthinking person might deem all this
devastation the work of a single storm. Such is the case: but a distinction
must be made between the storm itself, and the tornadoes produced by it.
That there were various tornadoes entirely distinct, or independent of each
other, the reader may clearly perceive, by examining the foregoing pages. It
will be noticed that in several cases the tornado was seen to form near the
spot devastated; and further may be noted the hours at which the
whirlwinds appeared. For instance, the one which passed near
Shawneetown, Missouri, came later than most of those in Illinois; yet all

Page 99

moved toward the northeast. A brief review of the main storm will be of
interest, and show how the various tornadoes were produced.
It has already been stated that the storm originated somewhere about the
southwest corner of Wyoming. Here, as early as Wednesday morning, the
Signal Service observed an area of very low barometer. It moved rapidly
eastward, with a trend toward the south, passing in the vicinity of Denver,
Kansas City, and St. Louis, thence northeast through the central part of
Indiana to Lake Erie. The central path of the storm was a violent and
progressive movement of the air, doing in its passage trifling damage in
some localities. The cyclonic movements which did the principal mischief,
were all to the south of the storm center, and were local and violent motions
of the air about an axis, while yet there was a progressive movement from
southwest to northeast.
Now, these lesser whirlwinds are produced in exactly the same way as
the great cyclones of many miles in diameter, which we have already seen
do not originate on land often, because of the irregularities of surface that
hinder. But the local currents of wind, in meeting, produce the whirling
motion. Compare with the moving of a current of water. Every river forms
eddies along the bank, which move a short distance down and toward the
main current, and then break up. Consider the great area of low barometer
moving eastward, and it will be seen that the local tornadoes, suddenly
forming and moving but a few miles, are simply eddies on its edge. It is
easy to watch these produced on a small scale; for nature’s principles are
the same in small and great: when we have mastered the atom, we have
mastered the whole object.

Page 100

SCENE AT OLNEY, ILL.

Let one observe a great fire in a forest or prairie. On the outskirts of
newly burned areas, when the air has been rarefied by heat, may be seen
sudden and violent movements about a point, as though there was a spirit in
the wind. In a moment it has lifted the ashes and scorched

Page 101

WHIRLWIND FROM BURNT PRAIRIE.

stalks, and whatever light matters were in its way, and circling, perhaps,
wider and stronger for a time, has borne them onward and upward toward
the heavens, where at length its force was dissipated, and it mingled with
the surrounding air. Similar movements were excited along the southern
limits of the storm area, which we are describing; and hence, not one
cyclone, but more properly speaking, a multitude of little cyclones—
tornadoes independent of each other, but dependent on the main current, or
great eastward traveling storm center—swept through points in Illinois,
Missouri, Tennessee and Kentucky; all rushing toward the line of the lowest
barometrical depression, the actual and advancing storm center. Not since
the Signal Service had been established had the barometer at St. Louis stood
so low as 28.46, which, reduced to sea-level, means 29.08. Toward this
region of rarefied air—this partial vacuum—the cyclonic movements from
the south rushed with inconceivable fury, and as the nucleus of the storm
was rapidly moving eastward, the cyclonic movements were turned from a
north to a northeast course. All these varied movements simply result from
the effort of a disturbed atmosphere to restore an equilibrium.
The illustration of the fire used above also affords a good example of the
way rotation may result from rising air. Any one who has watched a great

Page 102

fire in calm weather knows that sparks and smoke do not rise straight up,
but in spirals and whirls, the warmer centers rising faster, just as the middle
of a stream flows faster than the edge.
But the powerful winds and the damage done were not all the work of
the marginal whirlwinds. A storm center moving so rapidly must necessarily
have carried a steady high wind. Leaving Wyoming, by Wednesday evening
the storm was in the middle of Colorado; on Wednesday night, it moved
well into Kansas; on Thursday, it crossed States of Missouri and Illinois,
and Thursday night it was passing over Indiana.
The climax of energy was apparently not attained until the storm reached
Illinois. In Missouri, more or less damage was done to fences and buildings,
from Sedalia to St. Louis. At the former place, a roof or two was blown off,
and the teachers in one of the schools were so alarmed that they dismissed
the children. Jefferson City, sixty miles further on, made a record of
damaged roofs and shattered windows. At St. Louis, there was a deluge of
rain at three o’clock in the afternoon, lasting a half hour; and the wind blew
with fury during the evening and greater part of the night. It drove in and
smashed some plate-glass windows, blew off an occasional roof, and from
the top of the corner of St. Patrick’s School, hurled to the sidewalk a stone
weighing, probably, four hundred pounds.
The story of the Louisville tornado serves to well illustrate all the
peculiar features of the local whirlwinds produced by great storms. They
seldom travel more than thirty miles; usually much less. Sometimes as large
as two miles in diameter, they seldom exceed five hundred yards; and one
of but fifty yards in diameter may be powerful enough to wreck a house.
Often it is possible to trace the path of a tornado through the forest a
century or more after its passage; for the reason that trees once destroyed
are usually replaced by different varieties. But the tornado usually
originates in the open country, though after its formation it may sweep
through heavy timber.

Page 103

TORNADO FOLLOWED BY RAIN STORM.

So far as loss of life is concerned, the tornado is much more to be feared
than lightning. About two thousand people have been killed in this country
within ten years by these rotary storms. Yet, all over the land, people put up
rods that are expensive, and often worse than useless, as a precaution
against lightning, when a small “cyclone cellar” could be dug that would be
far more useful, and less expensive. While intense electrical displays
accompany the tornado, there is no authentic record of lightning striking
during one; and as will be seen in another place, the amount of electricity
present seems to be rather an effect than a cause: for rapid motion of gases
may be made to produce powerful electric currents.
While the tornado is justly feared in this country, yet, as a destructive
agent, it is far surpassed by a number of

Page 104

Instantaneous View of a Tornado.

others whose ravages are less dreaded. It would be comparatively easy to
show, we think, that more persons have been killed in one way or another
by railways in ten years past than by tornadoes.
The one that has been so carefully examined must not be considered as
the worst our country has known. An examination of records of the past
century will show a number that were more destructive to life and property.
Doubtless, an account of some of these would interest the reader. Place is
given to a few.
The tornado has been observed, to some extent, in this country for more
than a century: but only when our central states were well peopled did it
attract very great attention. It is not common in the eastern states, and but
one has ever been recorded west of Dodge City, Kansas. It is not unknown
in Europe, though far less common than with us, having been noticed a few
times in France. In general, it is so rare that a tornado that passed through
Monville in 1845 attracted such attention as to be noticed in French text-
books on physics. To the American, there is nothing unusual in the conduct
of this storm.
Perhaps the earliest detail of a storm of this sort among us is that of a
double one in South Carolina, on the afternoon of May 2, 1761:
“The tornado crossed the Ashley River and swooped down upon the
shipping at Rebellion Wharf with such fury as to threaten the destruction of

Page 105

the entire fleet. From the city, it was seen coming at first rapidly toward
Wappo Creek, like a column of smoke, with a very irregular and tumultuous
movement. The quantity of vapor which composed this column, and its
prodigious velocity, produced such intense commotion that it agitated
Ashley River to its depths and left the channel bare. The ebb and flow made
the shipping float off to a great distance. When it struck the river, it made a
noise like continuous thunder; its diameter, at that moment, was estimated
at fifteen hundred feet, and its height, as seen at Charleston,

TORNADO AT MONVILLE.

at twenty-five degrees. It was met at White Point by another whirlwind,
which descended Cooper River, but was not equal to the first. When they
came together, the commotion in the air was much greater still; the foam
and the vapor seemed to be thrown to the height of forty degrees, while the
clouds that hurried from all directions toward that point seemed to rush
thither and whirl about at one and the same time, with incredible velocity.
The meteor then darted on the shipping in the roadstead, and reached them
in three minutes, although the distance was nearly six miles. Out of forty-
five vessels, five were sunk on the spot; the state ship, Dolphin, and eleven
others were dismasted. The damage, estimated at more than £200,000, was
done in a moment, and even the vessels that sank were swallowed up so

Page 106

rapidly that the people who were below had scarcely time to scramble up on
deck. The whirlwind of Cooper River changed the course of the one that
came from Wappo Creek, which, had it not been for that, would, proceeding
in the same direction, have swept away the city of Charleston before it like
so much straw.
“This terrible column was first perceived about noon, at more than fifty
miles southwest of the roads. It destroyed everything in its way, making a
complete avenue when it passed through the woods. The loss of the five
ships was so sudden that it is not known whether it was the weight of the
column of wind, or the mass of water driven upon them that made them go
down.”
The tornado occasionally originates at sea and whirls up a heavy column
of water for a few feet, which, meeting the dark funnel from above, presents
the appearance of a pillar of water reaching the clouds. Not a few ignorant
people once imagined that all rain originated from the water thus sucked up.
These columns, or “water-spouts,” are generally a few feet in diameter, and
may sometimes be broken by firing a cannon-ball through them. They are
not ordinarily considered dangerous: but there are some exceptions, and it is
not improbable that many a ship that left port, never to be heard of again,
has been overwhelmed by some gigantic water-spout.
Of the most destructive tornadoes in the United States, Mississippi
records the two leading ones. The first came on May 7, 1840, and Natchez
was the principal sufferer, though other portions of Adams county were
swept. The day began warm and cloudy, with the wind south, veering to
east. At 2:15 P.M., the sky became a lurid yellow; the storm striking the river
six or seven miles below the city, did not reach it until 2 P.M. The rush of the
wind did not last five minutes, and the destructive blast only a few seconds.
Houses were burst outward; three hundred and seventeen persons were
killed in the city and on the river. Sheet tin was carried twenty miles, and
windows thirty miles. One hundred and nine persons were badly injured,
and property to the value of $1,260,000 destroyed. Most of the deaths
resulted from drowning; two steamers and sixty flatboats were sunk, while
the city was flooded with nine inches of rain. Enormous hail-stones fell. A
desk fastened with three locks, was blown open by the explosive force of
the expanding air within. Another curious freak of this expansive power
occurred in a tornado at New Brunswick. A towel hanging on the wall was
found apparently blown nearly through it. The expanding air had driven the

Page 107

towel in a large crevice which opened in the wall behind it; and the crevice
closed as the storm passed on, holding the towel to puzzle the
neighborhood.
The next great tornado visited Natchez, June 16, 1842, and killed five
hundred people.
Next to these, in destruction of life, is the famous

WATER-SPOUT AT SEA.

Marshfield tornado of April, 1880, in which one hundred and one
persons were killed, and six hundred injured. The town of Marshfield was
literally wiped off the earth. This tornado is notable for its unusually wide
path, and the large area traversed. Four counties were swept; and though the
country was sparsely settled and comparatively little improved, yet the
damage to property was estimated at more than $1,000,000. Gen. Greely, of
the Signal Service, pronounces it one of the most remarkable in the history
of the United States. It formed at the junction of two streams, a few miles
southwest of Marshfield; and, like the South Carolina tornado of 1761,
owed its immense power to the union of two lesser storms that had traveled
down the valleys of the respective streams. Such a tornado passing over a
great city would equal the earthquake in disastrous effects. Perhaps a better
idea of its power may be gathered from a comparison with the New Haven

Page 108

storm of 1878, which killed but thirty-four people and destroyed $2,000,000
worth of property—as much as the recent storm at Louisville. The
remarkable feature about every tornado—the very small destruction of life
—may be better understood when it is stated that, excluding the two
Natchez tornadoes, where the number of houses wrecked is not known, and
the Louisville storm, the twenty most destructive tornadoes in the United
States have killed six hundred and thirteen people, and destroyed over three
thousand houses. This brings us to the peculiar fact that but one person is
killed in every five houses. As the average house may be counted as
containing four persons, it appears that the chances that any single
individual in a wrecked house will not be killed, are nineteen to one. While
the mathematical calculation may be encouraging, yet few will care to take
the risk of a tornado, even though the odds be vastly in their favor. People
place little dependence in arithmetic as a life preserver. The recent
Louisville storm presents a high average, as about fifty of the victims were
taken from a single building. The lowest average is shown by the tornado
that struck Camden, New Jersey, August 3d, 1885, when five hundred
houses were destroyed, and but six persons killed: one for every eighty-
three houses. In general, there seems to be a prevalence of a one to ten rate:
but a storm in a city usually vastly increases the death rate by reason of the
number of brick houses, which, when wrecked, fall much more compactly
than frame buildings.

Page 109

MINNESOTA TORNADO, FORMING LATERAL SPURS.

The greatest destruction of property has been in Ohio, where the
aggregate now amounts to about $9,000,000. Next is Minnesota with
$7,000,000, and Missouri and Mississippi with about $4,000,000 each.
Missouri is first in respect to loss of life, and Mississippi next. The months
most liable to tornadoes are May, April, June, and July, in order; and the
time of day the hottest; that is, from 3 to 5 P.M.
These data suffice to show the peculiar acts of the tornado in our land.
There is one case of a great storm attended by tornadoes on its southeast
border, that is even more noteworthy than the great one so minutely detailed
in the preceding pages. A storm center passing over a wider region, on
February 9, 1884, produced, after ten o’clock that day, over sixty tornadoes
in Mississippi, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Kentucky and Tennessee,
and North Carolina. Over ten thousand buildings were destroyed, eight
hundred people killed, and twenty-five hundred wounded. The damage
done by any single one was small, while the aggregate was fearful.
The tornado is occasionally seen in Europe: but in the few instances
recorded, it has been much smaller, and moved much slower than the same
sort of storm in America, though quite as powerful within the territory
traversed. One that was very formidable, was observed near Boulogne, in
1822. It moved about irregularly for an hour, tearing holes in the ground,
snapping off trees, and twisting down houses; yet, it was not twenty-five

Page 110

feet in diameter. Another one in 1872, swept through a little town in Italy,
and was so powerful as to twist iron balcony railings together like so many
skeins of thread. Several persons were killed.
In some portions of the Sahara and of Arabia, very numerous small
whirlwinds accompany desert storms, whirling up the fine sand in dense
columns, presenting the appearance of clouds in a region where clouds are
unknown. So many writhing columns, swaying like dancing serpents,
present a peculiarly terrifying aspect to the superstitious Arab, who has only
too good reason to fear them. Strange tales of their destructiveness are rife.
It is said that the army of Cambyses was overwhelmed by one of these
desert storms. This story must, however, be taken “with a grain of salt.” But
there is no doubt that a sand storm is quite as dangerous as a Dakota
blizzard.

SAND SPOUTS IN THE DESERT.

In tropical regions the tornado or “land-spout,” as many Europeans call
it, gives place to the great cyclone. Still, it appears occasionally. One which
swept the suburbs of Calcutta, in 1838, was but a few yards in diameter; but
in its march of sixteen miles, it killed two hundred and fifteen persons,
wounded two hundred and thirty-three, and destroyed one thousand two
hundred and forty-five houses: thus displaying quite as great power as any

Page 111

tornado observed in our own land. The speed of rotation was so great that a
bamboo cane was driven through a mud wall five feet thick, faced on both
sides with brick; as great penetrative power as is usually given to a six-
pound cannon-ball.

Page 112

CHAPTER VIII.

TROPICAL CYCLONES.

“The Storm is on his way!
With a lightning sword and a thunder shout,
And his robe on the night-wind floating out,
The Storm is on his way!

The Storm is on his way!
He smites, and the death-swept valleys groan,
The ocean writhes, and the forests moan,—
The Storm is on his way!”

HE preceding pages show only the destructive power of the small
tornadoes of our land. We are fortunate in that the great cyclone is,
comparatively, a rare visitor among us. A moment’s consideration of
this ravager, as he appears in the tropics, will show how trifling are the
storms that have swept over our own land. A few examples will convince
the most skeptical.
Of the great cyclones which have traversed our country in recent times,
we may mention the hurricane of October 21-24, 1878. Gen. Greeley says:
“It first damaged buildings and sank vessels at Havana. It entered the
United States near Wilmington, N. C., and moving due north, passed over
Washington and eastern Pennsylvania, after which it curved eastward, and
crossing New England, left the coast near Portland, Maine. In Philadelphia,
over seven hundred substantial buildings were totally destroyed, or
seriously damaged, bridges injured, twenty-two vessels sunk, several
persons injured, and eight killed, entailing a loss variously estimated from
one to two millions of dollars. Other loss of life and great damage by
freshets and winds occurred elsewhere in Pennsylvania. A large number of
steamers, ships and coasting vessels were dismantled, wrecked or sunk
along the New Jersey, Virginia and North Carolina coasts, entailing loss of
life and enormous pecuniary damage. The wind reached seventy-two miles
per hour at Philadelphia, and eighty-eight along the coast.” Another cyclone
the next year ruined one hundred large vessels and two hundred yachts and

Page 113

smacks. Another, in 1881, destroyed four hundred persons along the
Carolina coasts, and damaged property to the extent of $1,600,000.
But these are exceeded by the great Nova Scotia cyclone of 1873. The
property damage alone is estimated at nearly $5,000,000. The Signal
Service report says that “one thousand and thirty-two ships, of which four
hundred and thirty-five were small fishing schooners, are known to have
been destroyed during the 24th and 25th of August, in the neighborhood of
the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Atlantic shores of Nova Scotia, Cape
Breton and New Foundland. On the other hand, over one hundred and
ninety vessels were destroyed by this hurricane in its passage over the
ocean before it reached Nova Scotia, making a grand total of at least one
thousand two hundred and twenty-three vessels destroyed within a few days
by its power. Two hundred and twenty-three lives are definitely reported to
be lost, and the moderate estimate of the numerous cases in which whole
crews have been lost swells this number to nearly five hundred; and if to
this is added the loss of life on land, and the loss in the earlier history of the
cyclone, the grand total amounts to at least six hundred lives.”
Had the famed Shah Jehan ever visited the West Indies, it is probable
that he might have pronounced many of its lovely islets fit rivals for that
beautiful creation of his fancy, which bore above the gateway:
“If there be Paradise upon the earth,
This it is, this it is, this it is.”

Among the loveliest groups are the beautiful Virgin Isles, and loveliest
of these is the famed island of St. Thomas. A lofty mountain girdles the
island, leaving an opening between two hills into a wide oval harbor, while
the pretty little town lies around the inner side of the port, sloping up the
mountain behind, the queen of a vast natural amphitheater. Such a fine
harbor has rendered St. Thomas almost the mistress of West Indian
commerce; and one would not suspect, in looking at the sunny slopes and
green-clad ranges around the azure harbor, that in this region is the
birthplace of the Storm King. Yet, not a spot on earth has been more
frequently visited by great cyclones.
One of the most notable of its visitations during this century occurred
August 2, 1837. The barometer fell rapidly during the forenoon, and by
noon the storm began. In a short time it increased to a tremendous gale. At

Page 114

about three o’clock, the wind suddenly ceased. In a few moments it blew
from the other direction, roaring and rolling black clouds before it, raising
up immense sea-waves, covering the island with intense gloom. Six hours it
blew, ever increasing. Tiles and slates whizzed through the air, to be
shattered on the rocks or driven into timbers: great trees were whirled
about, often dashing away houses that seemed about to weather the storm,
while the terrible roar of the wind was such that even the crash of the
thunder could hardly be distinguished. One authority tells us that the great
guns at the fort were blown through the air and tossed about the beach like
chaff! This must be taken with allowance. It is more probable that the great
guns on the beach were washed up from the wrecks of some old pirate
vessels or ships of war.
About 10 P.M. there was a slight cessation of the storm, and the people
were congratulating themselves that the worst was over, when there came a
violent earthquake, which laid in ruins almost everything that was left. The
wreck took fire in two or three places: at once the hurricane began with
renewed vigor: and ere the wretched people had fully comprehended the
magnitude of the calamity, the whole ruined town was a sea of flame.
Buffeted by the wind, blinded by the smoke and the pelting spray whirled
up from the raging sea, the people ran for the slopes of the hills: the light of
the funeral pyre of their hopes and labors rendering the gloom more
horrible, and seeming to rival the gleams of Tartarus.
Day broke at last. The storm was gone. The earthquake staggered the
miserable folk no longer. The warm and brilliant sun of the West Indies
smiled upon the scene. “The whole country round was strewn with large
trees, uprooted or snapped off, and all plantations were destroyed. In the
town the fire was dying out, and it was only here and there that the ruins
were still smoking. The hurricane had swept away nearly all the wooden
houses; those which had been lightly placed upon beams, just above the
soil, being carried off as they stood, while the larger ones, which had
resisted the hurricane, were overturned in an instant by the earthquake. The
whole town was strewn with wrecks that told of the violence of the
catastrophe. The port, so gay and animated the day before, was dreary and
deserted, a few masts here and there emerging from the water: while all
along the shore, and even upon the slope of the hills, were scattered
wreckage and corpses of sailors.”
While we have noticed only the destruction wrought at

Page 115

CYCLONE, FIRE AND EARTHQUAKE AT ST.
THOMAS.

St. Thomas, this storm was general throughout the Antilles. In the
Bahamas, it was less violent, they lying on the outskirts of the storm.
Millions of dollars worth of property—merchandise, vegetation, houses,
and vessels—were destroyed, and thousands of lives lost.
Thirty years later, St. Thomas again suffered from the combined forces
of storm and earthquake; and the damage was greater, because the
earthquake, with its sea-wave, came a few days after the storm, as the work
of restoration was well under way, and so involved a second prostration of
the resources of the people. Moreover, the town had grown considerably in
thirty years, and there was much more valuable property to damage. Fifteen
large steamers and many smaller vessels were driven on the shore by the
storm: while the sea-wave, a few days later, found the port again filled with
vessels of different nations. It overleaped the sentinel hills at the entrance of

Page 116

the bay, and swept with tremendous force upon the city, drowning with its
terrible roar, the despairing cry of the sailors; then suddenly retired with the
wreck of the city to its dark abyss. The batteries of heavy guns at the
entrance of the harbor were swept away. A few injured vessels wallowed on
the waves, but most had been swallowed up and left no trace behind.
While there is always deep sympathy for those who suffer such
calamities, yet it must remain of the type bestowed upon sufferers in Arctic
expeditions. The character of the climate is well known, and the whole
matter resolves itself into a question of the risk one is willing to run. There
is no blind chance in control of these movements. The cyclone frequents
only certain regions, and its habit and power is understood. While we pity
the sufferers, we can not assert that the scourge is mysterious or
unaccountable, any more than we find mystery in the fact of eternal snow in
the Polar world.

Page 117

“DROWNING, WITH ITS TERRIBLE ROAR, THE
DESPAIRING CRY OF THE SAILORS.”

But there have been storms in the West Indies far more destructive than
either of these, or both together. One of the most noted of the century is the
famous Barbadoes storm of 1831, which an eye-witness thus describes:
“On the morning of the 10th of August, the sun arose without a cloud; at
10 A.M. a breeze that had been blowing, died away; towards 2 P.M. the heat
became oppressive; at 5 P.M. thick clouds appeared in the north, rain fell,
and was succeeded by a sudden stillness and a dismal blackness all around
except towards the zenith, where there was an obscure circle of imperfect
light. Till 10:30 P.M., however, there was no sign of change; then lightning
appeared in the north, and very unusual fluctuations of the thermometer
were observed. All this time the storm was only approaching.
“After midnight the continued flashing of the lightning was awfully
grand, and a gale blew fiercely from the north and northeast, but at 1 A.M.,
on the 11th of August, the tempestuous rage of the wind increased as the
storm suddenly shifted and burst from the northwest and immediate points.
The upper regions were illuminated by incessant lightning, but the
quivering sheet of blaze was surpassed in brilliancy by the darts of electric
fire which exploded in every direction. At a little after 2 A.M. the astounding
roar of the hurricane can not be described by language.
“About three o’clock the wind abated and the lightning ceased for a few
moments at a time, when the blackness in which the town was enveloped
was inexpressibly awful. Fiery meteors were presently seen falling from the
heavens; one in particular of a globular form and a deep-red hue, was
observed by the writer to descend perpendicularly from a vast height. On
approaching the earth it assumed a dazzling whiteness and an elongated
form, and on reaching the ground splashed around in the same manner as
melted metal would have done, and was instantly extinct.” (It is evident that
the coincidence on this occasion with the day on which the earth is known
to pass through the August belt of meteors, rendered the effect of this great
storm at Barbadoes more striking. It is not safe to assert that there was any
relation between the phenomena.) “A few minutes after, the deafening noise
of the wind sank to a solemn murmur, or rather a distant roar; and the
lightning which from midnight had flashed and darted forkedly with but
few momentary intermissions, now for nearly half a minute played
frightfully between the clouds and the earth with novel and surprising

Page 118

action. The vast body of vapor appeared to touch the houses, and issued
downward flaming blazes, which were nimbly returned from the earth
upward.
“The moment after this singular alteration of lightning the hurricane
again burst forth from the western points with violence prodigious beyond
description, hurling before it thousands of missiles, the fragments of every
unsheltered structure of human art. The strongest houses were caused to
vibrate from their foundations, and the surface of the very earth trembled as
the destroyer raged over it. No thunder was at any time distinctly heard. The
horrible roar and yelling of the wind; the noise of the ocean, whose frightful
waves threatened the town with the destruction of all that the other elements
might spare; the clattering of tiles, the falling of floors, and walls, and the
combination of a thousand other sounds, formed a hideous and appalling
din.
“About 5 A.M. the storm abated; at six o’clock the wind was at south, at
seven o’clock, southeast, at eight o’clock, east-southeast; and at nine
o’clock, the weather was clear.
“The view from the summit of the cathedral tower, a few hours later, was
frightfully grand. The whole face of the country was laid waste; no sign of
vegetation was apparent, except here and there small patches of sickly
green. The surface of the ground appeared as if fire had run through the
land, scorching and burning up the productions of the earth. The few
remaining trees, stripped of their boughs and foliage, wore a cold and
wintry aspect; and the numerous seats in the environs of Bridgetown,
formerly concealed among thick groves, were now exposed and in ruins.”
One peculiarity noticeable, was that in some places trees, timbers, and
many other objects, presented a scorched appearance, as though subjected
to intense heat. The reason of this is not clear, as unusual heat was not
perceptible after the beginning of the storm by any one. It may be that this
was produced by unusual quantities of electricity escaping through
imperfect conductors, for we learn, from other phenomena, that during this
storm there was an unusual state of electrical tension in the atmosphere.
Sparks occasionally leaped from the heads of persons out of doors. Vast
numbers of trees that were not blown down, speedily died: and it has been
suggested that an excess of electricity killed them.

Page 119

The total loss in this storm is not definitely known. Some further idea of
its fearful violence may be gathered from the fact that at the north end of
Barbadoes, the waves broke over a cliff seventy feet high, and the saltwater
spray was carried inland in such quantities as to kill all the fresh-water fish
in ponds far in the interior. As for the tremendous roar of the wind, the
commanding officer of the thirty-sixth regiment sought protection by
getting under the arch of a lower window outside his house. He did not hear
the roof and upper story of the house fall, and only found it out by the dust
caused by the fall.
Far more destructive was the great hurricane of 1780.

Page 120

HURRICANE IN THE TROPICS.

The French and English were at war. Admiral George Rodney was in the
West Indies with an English fleet in several divisions. The French had sent a
convoy of five thousand troops to Martinique. The storm was of immense
width, extending from Trinidad, on the extreme southwest, to Antigua. The
evening of October 9th was red and lowering. By ten o’clock next morning,
the wind was high, and by one o’clock, vessels in the harbors were dragging
their anchors. The water was driven on shore with such force at Barbadoes,
that it was four feet deep in the Government House. The family took refuge
under the cannon, only to find that they were moved about by the wind. By
morning not a building in town was standing; every tree was either blown
away, or stripped of branches and leaves.
The sunny islands were suddenly become as bleak and bare as a Siberian
steppe.
As to the loss, ten thousand perished at Martinique; six thousand at Santa
Lucia; four thousand five hundred at St. Eustatia; three thousand five
hundred at Barbadoes. Scores of smaller islands were devastated, but the
loss in detail is not known. Of the British fleet, the greater part was
destroyed; only one vessel out of nineteen at St. Eustatia survived. A score
of other ships of war and numerous transports were sunk. Of the French
convoy, with five thousand troops, the governor wrote laconically that it

Page 121

“had disappeared.” Several English vessels at Barbadoes were carried far in
shore and converted into dwellings. Doubtless, fifty thousand would hardly
be too great an estimate of the total loss of life in this storm. In a similar
one in 1813, the hurricane drove back the Gulf Stream, piling up the water
thirty feet deep in the Gulf of Mexico. The ship Ledbury Snow, endeavored
to ride out the storm, and when it was over, found herself high and dry. She
had let go her anchor among the tree-tops of Elliot’s Key. The Barbadoes
region suffered another severe gale in 1782, when the prizes captured by
Admiral Rodney were sunk, a number of merchant vessels and two English
war-ships foundered, and three thousand lives were lost at sea alone.
The temperate zone has its occasional hurricanes, though they are by no
means as powerful or as frequent as those of the tropics. It is stated that in
the year 944, one thousand five hundred houses were destroyed by a
tempest in London. In the year 1090, it is recorded that a violent storm
overturned six hundred and six houses in London alone.
Terrible as is the destruction of the cyclone in the western world, its fury
here can not give a fair idea of the awful havoc it makes in Oriental regions.
All through the Malay archipelago, along the coasts of China, Japan, the
Phillipines, Hindostan, and Farther India, the ravages of the Storm King
have been appalling, far exceeding even the terrible hurricanes of the West
Indies.
Hindostan affords peculiar facilities for destructiveness of cyclones.
Both its great rivers flow, for the latter part of their course, through low
alluvial plains, and their deltas extend into the ocean directly toward the
region of monsoons; so that a hurricane may send a great tidal wave up the
river: while the low rich plains for miles around are but few feet above tide-
water, and teem with a population attracted by the amazing fertility. So a
sudden great storm may totally submerge, without any warning, hundreds of
square miles of these fertile tracts, with all their inhabitants. Even when the
sea-wave is not added to the horrors of the storm, the losses are fearful. A
cyclone at Calcutta in 1867, destroyed thirty thousand houses, wrecked or
sunk six hundred ships and smaller vessels in the river, and killed ten
thousand persons in the city alone. When to this is added the havoc
committed by the storm—one hundred miles wide—in the rural districts, as
it traveled on toward the foot-hills, it is clear that every reader may be
devoutly thankful that such terrible visitants are altogether unknown in our
land.

Page 122

Terrible as this storm was, there was a greater one on the 5th of October,
1864. About one hundred ships were lost; and over sixty thousand persons
perished; forty-three thousand in Calcutta alone. It was accompanied by a
“bore” on the Hooghly, the water rising thirty feet, which is ten feet higher
than the highest spring tides; whole towns were nearly destroyed. It
indicated its approach for several days, and Capt. Watson, of the Clarence,
seeing the barometer falling, knew a cyclone was approaching, and saved
his ship by steering out of its range.
Compare this with the storms of our own land, that thrill the country
with horror if but one hundred people are killed, and remember that the
cyclone of India destroyed six hundred lives where one was destroyed in
this region. Compare with the most terrible storms recorded in the West
Indies, and the latter must yield.
Coringa, on the Coromandel coast, has been several times desolated by
these terrible storm waves. In December, 1789, three immense rollers came
ashore during a single storm; the town was destroyed; the neighboring
country inundated. Ships were torn from their anchorage and thrown high
on the land: twenty thousand people were lost; and the heaps of sand and
mud rendered search for bodies and property useless.
In May, 1833, the region at the mouth of the Hooghly was inundated by
a cyclone. Three hundred villages and fifty thousand people were destroyed.
In June, 1822, Burisal and Backergunge, at the mouth of the Ganges, were
overwhelmed, and fifty thousand persons drowned.
But Hindostan has far greater horrors to report. A terrible flood in 1887
was driven by the cyclone over the Ganges delta. The victims numbered
many thousands: exact figures not at hand. But in 1876, a cyclone swept the
Backergunge district, and rolled in a storm wave over the eastern edge of
the fertile delta, covering it with from ten to fifty feet of water. When the
storm had subsided, it was found that more than one hundred thousand
people had perished!
Finally, a great cyclone in 1737, October 11-12, swept the Ganges delta
with a wave thirty feet deep on the land. Three hundred thousand people
perished in this storm! The mind can not grasp the appalling magnitude of
such a disaster.
These cases are the most destructive cyclones on record, and in each
case the destruction is due largely to the character of the region traversed,

Page 123

though the winds of Bengal are not surpassed in violence by those of any
country in the world. Were the harbor an open seaport, instead of a large
river, no ship could live through such a storm.
Other regions in the east suffer much from tempests. The whole Malay
archipelago, with the Moluccas and Philippines, are visited quite as
frequently as the coasts of Hindostan. A cyclone that swept the Philippine
Islands, November 6, 1885, destroyed ten thousand people, and millions of
dollars worth of property.
The same character of storms is frequently met with in the Japan and
China seas, where it is known as the “typhoon,” our Anglicised spelling of
the Chinese title, “tei-fun.” With one example of the power of this storm,
this chapter must close. In the narrative of Commander Hall, of the British
Navy, is found this description of a typhoon that occurred at Hong Kong,
July 21-22, 1841:
“For days previously large black clouds appeared to

Page 124

COAST OF INDIA SUBMERGED BY A STORM.

settle on the hills on either side; the atmosphere was extremely sultry and
oppressive, and the most vivid lightning shot incessantly along the dense
threatening clouds, and looked more brilliant, because the phenomena were
most remarkable at night; while during the day, the threatening appearances
were moderated considerably, and sometimes almost entirely disappeared.
The vibrations of the mercury in the barometer were constant and rapid, and
though it occasionally rose, still the improvement was only temporary; a
storm was therefore confidently predicted. Between seven and eight o’clock
in the morning, the wind was blowing very hard from the northward, or
directly upon the shores of Hong Kong, and continued to increase in heavy
squalls hour after hour. Ships were beginning to drive, and the work of
destruction had commenced on every side; the Chinese junks and boats
were blown about in all directions, and one of them was seen to founder
with all hands on board. The fine basin of Hong Kong was gradually
covered with scattered wrecks of the war of elements; planks, spars, broken
boats, and human beings clinging hopelessly for succor to every treacherous

Page 125

log, were tossed about on every side; the wind howled and tore everything
away before it, literally sweeping the face of the waters. From half-past ten
to half-past two the hurricane was at its highest, the barometer at this time
having descended to 28.50. The air was filled with spray and salt, so that it
was impossible to see anything that was not close at hand; the wind roared
and howled fearfully, so that it was impossible to hear a word that was said.
Ships were now drifting foul of each other in all directions, masts were
being cut away, and from the strength of the wind forcing the sea high upon
the shore, several ships were driven high and dry. The Chinese were all
distracted, imploring their gods in vain for help; such an awful scene of
destruction and ruin is rarely witnessed, and almost every one was so busy
in thinking of his own safety, as to be unable to render assistance to any one
else. Hundreds of Chinese were drowned, and occasionally a whole family,
children and all, floated past the ships, clinging in apparent apathy (perhaps
under the influence of opium) to the last remnants of their shattered boats,
which soon tumbled to pieces and left them to their fate. On the 26th
another typhoon occurred, but not so severe as the first.”
The storm at sea presents a class of peculiar dangers and a variety of
thrilling experiences, such as the landsman never knows. The stories of
great shipwrecks and other purely naval disasters form some of the most
interesting narratives in history: and doubtless the reader will be pleased to
notice in detail the perils of the deep, and to learn of the precautions taken
and the means in common use for averting, as far as possible, the disastrous
results of the tempest. Certainly, the brave tars who peril their lives on the
ocean to bring us the luxuries of a foreign land deserve especial attention,
and no apology need be given for devoting a portion of this volume to the
story of their perils and daring.

Page 126

CHAPTER IX.

PERILS OF THE SEA.

“Daughter, the night was made for sleep;
Why dost thou moan, why dost thou weep?
Wherefore thy mournful vigil keep?
Daughter, daughter, my daughter!”

“Mother, to me the night wind cries.
Cold on the sands thy lover lies,
With none to close his glazed eyes;
Nello, Nello, my Nello!”

HE Storm at Sea! From the days of David to the present, the poet and
the novelist have taxed their energies to portray the perils of those
who go down into the deep in ships. The ravages of the hurricane on
shore are confined largely to those portions of the world unknown to the
ancients; but the treacherous deep has been sung in every age. We may
hardly choose which of the myriad wrecks to describe. St. Paul’s perilous
voyage to Rome is familiar wherever the gospel is preached; Jonah has
furnished a comparison for the unlucky for centuries; Virgil has sung of the
perils of exiled Æneas in his search for a foreign home.
The sea has dangers peculiarly its own, and likewise charms possessed
by nothing else in nature. Every one may have heard of the little earnest
woman who at her first sight of the ocean sighed: “Ah—at last here is
something there is enough of!” The sailor knows the ocean’s every mood,
and may sing with Barry Cornwall:

Page 127

“HE SINKS INTO THY DEPTHS, WITH BUBBLING GROAN,
WITHOUT A GRAVE, UNKNELLED, UNCOFFINED, AND UNKNOWN.”

“I love, oh, how I love to ride,
On the fierce, foaming, bursting
When every mad wave drowns the moon,
Or whistles aloft his tempest tune,
And tells how goeth the world below,
And why the sou’west blasts do blow!”

Or if his mind be better adapted for homelier ditties, he may hum:
“The wind it blew a hurricane, the sea was mountains rollin’,
When Barney Buntlin’ turned his quid, and said to Billy Bowlin’:
‘A strong sou’wester’s blowin’, Billy; don’t you hear it roar now?
How I pity all unhappy folks as lives upon the shore now!’ ”

Or if becalmed, and forced for days to lie beneath a scorching tropical
sun,

Page 128

“As idly as a painted ship
Upon a painted ocean,”

the inevitable dreariness of the wide waste of scarcely heaving water will
oppress the mind till the sailor may murmur:
“So lonely ’twas that God himself
Scarce seemed there to be.”

It is beyond dispute that the sea has been one of the most important
factors in civilizations ancient and modern. Greece was no longer supreme
in power when her naval supremacy was gone; Rome was not mistress of
the world till she became mistress of the Mediterranean. Not a single great
system of civilization has originated in districts far inland. The great centers
—Greece, Rome, Asia Minor, Egypt, Spain, England—all that have wielded
unusual power—are sea-coasts, peninsulas or islands. The Jew became
prominent as a trader from the day Jewish vessels sailed from Tarshish. To
some extent, these facts must be considered as results of position only,
however powerful the tendencies or traits of any particular stock.
It is not merely as a highway for commerce and ready
intercommunication that the seas have enriched mankind. The submarine
world presents views as strange and weirdly beautiful as the ancient myths
of nymphs and naiads.
“Deep in the wave lies a coral grove,
Where the purple mullet and goldfish rove;
Where the seaflower spreads its leaves of blue,
That never were wet with falling dew;
But in bright and changeful beauty, shine
Far down in the green and glassy brine.”

And thousands of the human race depend entirely upon the products of
the sea for a livelihood. The fish taken as food would be an enormous item
in any year: but the billows that surge over the deep conceal far more
treasure than these.
“Full many a gem of purest ray serene,
The dark unfathomed caves of ocean bear.”

All our pearls, nearly all our amber, sponges, and as beautiful and
delicate as spun glass, corals of infinite number and variety—all these, and

Page 129

more, we must obtain from the depths of the sea. Yet, while eagerness for
gain leads men to brave countless perils to obtain these treasures, thousands
of sad hearts will deem them dearly bought, and recall the more precious
treasures of the deep.
“Yet more! the billows and the depths have more!
High hearts and brave are gathered to thy breast!
They hear not now the booming waters roar;
The battle thunders will not break their rest.
Keep thy red gold and gems, thou stormy grave!
Give back the true and brave!

“Give back the lost and lovely! those for whom
The place was kept at board and hearth so long,
The prayer went up through midnight’s breathless gloom,
And the vain yearning woke ’midst festive song!
Hold fast thy buried isles, thy towers or throne—
But all is not thine own.

“To thee the love of woman hath gone down;
Dark flow the tides o’er manhood’s noble head,
Or youth’s bright locks, and beauty’s flowery crown;
Yet must thou hear a voice—Restore the dead!
Earth shall reclaim her precious things from thee!
Restore the dead, thou sea!”

CAST ASHORE.

Page 130

Like the atmosphere, the ocean has its great constant currents, which
play an important part in the economy of nature. These flow steadily on,
one beneath another, and are little affected by atmospheric disturbances.
The presence of submarine currents is often shown by icebergs moving
steadily onward against a surface current and moderate wind. But there is
nothing in the sea, so far as known, that corresponds to the variable winds
or local currents of the atmosphere: for as water is so much heavier than air,
its equilibrium is not so easily disturbed by unusual heating: and moreover,
it does not expand under the influence of heat to an extent in the least
approaching the expansion of the air. Hence, its currents are steady and
slow-moving, and, however much they affect climate and winds by the
heating or cooling of the air above them, they offer no obstacle worthy of
note to the sailor. The latter must then fear only the power of the storm: and
were submarine vessels readily constructed and navigated, the storm would
lose its terrors: for
“When the wrathful spirit of storms,
Has made the top of the wave his own,
And when the ship from his fury flies,
When the myriad voices of ocean roar,
When the wind-god frowns in the murky skies,
And demons are waiting the wreck on shore,
Then far below in the peaceful sea,
The purple mullet and goldfish rove,
Where the waters murmur tranquilly,
Through the bending twigs of the coral grove.”

It should be said, however, that the sea and storm are not responsible for
all the disasters at sea. For years the greatest losses of life and property
were due to the greed of conscienceless owners, who sent rotten tubs to sea,
fearfully overloaded and heavily insured, certain to make a good profit
whether they perished or no. As for the sailors, they were not worth
considering: there were plenty to be obtained. Human life is the cheapest
commodity in any market. By a liberal spending of this currency men
become Alexanders or Cæsars, or Sullas, or Marii: henceforth they are
“Great.”
These abuses were especially prevalent in England, the greatest of
maritime powers; nor were they corrected till Mr. Samuel Plimsoll, in 1870,
began a series of earnest efforts to have a systematic inspection organized.
He made a startling arraignment of the atrocious methods of the land-

Page 131

sharks. He wrote, in 1873, “No means are neglected by Parliament to
provide for the safety of life ashore; and yet, as I said before, you may build
a ship in any way you please, you may use timber utterly unfit, you may use
it in quantity utterly inadequate, but no one has any authority to interfere
with you.
“You may even buy an old ship two hundred and fifty tons burden by
auction for £50, sold to be broken up, because extremely old and rotten; she
had a narrow escape on her last voyage, and had suffered so severely that
she was quite unfit to go to sea again without more being spent in repairs
upon her than she would be worth when done. Instead of breaking up this
old ship, bought for 4s. per ton (the cost of a new ship being from £10 to
£14 per ton), as was expected, you may give her a coat of paint—she is too
rotten for caulking—and to the dismay of her late owners, you may prepare
to send her to sea. You may be remonstrated with, in the strongest terms,
against doing so, even to being told that if you persist, and the men are lost,
you deserve to be tried for manslaughter.
“You may engage men in another port, and they, having signed articles
without seeing the ship, you may send them to the port where the ship lies
in the custody of a mariner. You may then (after re-christening the ship,
which ought not to be allowed), if you have managed to insure her heavily,
load her until the main deck is within two feet of the water amidships, and
send her to sea. Nobody can prevent you. Nay, more, if the men become
riotous, you may arrest them without a magistrate’s warrant, and take them
to prison, and the magistrates, who have no choice (they have not to make,
but only to administer the law), will commit them to prison for twelve
weeks with hard labor; or better still for you, you may send a policeman on
board to overawe the mutineers, and induce them to do their duty! And
then, if the ship is lost with all hands, you will gain a large sum of money
and you will be asked no questions, as no inquiry will ever be held over
those unfortunate men, unless (which has only happened once, I think),
some member of the House asks for inquiry.
“The river policeman who in one case threatened a refractory crew with
imprisonment, and urged them to do their duty (!) told me afterwards (when
they were all drowned) that he and his colleagues at the river-side station
had spoken to each other about the ship being dreadfully overloaded as she
passed their station on the river, before he went on board to urge duty (!)

Page 132

and that he then, when he saw me, ’rued badly that he had not locked ’em
up without talk, as then they wouldn’t have been drowned.’ ”
He also found that some ship-builders put together mere floating coffins,
using “devils,” or dummy bolts, or bolt-heads without any shaft, to present
the appearance of a staunchly built vessel. The old shell would founder in
the first strong breeze. Hundreds of examples came in his way of entire
crews lost in these hulks. What such losses meant to the poor dependent
families at home we may imagine, but may not readily portray.
Another prolific source of disaster was the neglect to supply captains
with the proper charts. There are notable instances of great vessels so lost.
One ship and cargo, value $350,000, was lost near Boulogne, because the
captain’s chart had not the lights properly marked on it.
The great steamer Deutschland, having a large number

WRECK OF THE MINOTAUR.

of German emigrants on board, ran on an unmarked shoal near the mouth of
the Thames, December 30, 1875, and was lost. The vessel was fourteen
hours on the shoal in the winter storm, ere her signals of distress were
perceived. Fifty-seven of her passengers had been lost in the heavy sea ere
help reached her.

Page 133

Ship after ship has left her port, never to be heard of again, whose crews
might have still been in peace and comfort with their families, had the
owners had the least trace of humanity, or regard for simple justice. A single
example will illustrate.
In a hovel, Plimsoll found a young wife, scrubbing for a living, trying to
support herself and three children. “She had a loving husband but very
lately, but the owner of the ship on which he served, the S——n, was a very
needy man, who insured her for £3,000 more than she had cost him. So if
she sank he would gain all this. Well, one voyage she was loaded under the
owner’s personal superintendence; she was loaded so deeply that the
dockmaster pointed her out to a friend as she left the dock, and said
emphatically, ‘That ship will never reach her destination.’ She never did, for
she was lost with all hands—twenty men and boys.”
Under the owner’s personal superintendence! Could cool calculating
villany go any further? Yet this is but one out of many scores!
Yet, despite the apparent frequency of complaints from those who
suffered most by these practices, the abuses had grown up so gradually that
the masses of the people had come to accept them as almost a necessary
concomitant of naval matters. While holding out stoutly for the difference
of a penny more or less in wages, there was no effort at concerted action for
better treatment. Men accustomed to risking their lives daily came to look
upon the matter as of no great consequence. Only the worst possible vessels
were very seriously objected to; and these usually had little difficulty in
obtaining crews of men long out of employment, who would accept any risk
rather than remain a burden to their friends and families, however the latter
might object to the proceeding. So thousands went to a watery grave.
Official records of the period showed that one-half the losses at sea were
the result of sending out rotten hulks. Yet, when reforms were suggested,
the promoters were frequently told that if such things did not properly
regulate themselves as a matter of political economy, there was no use
striving for a change. Cool weighing of human life against gold!
Even in staunch ships the accommodations provided for the sailors were
of the meanest sort. Men might wade to their bunks through water, or be
packed in a filthy forecastle like herrings; they were fed on “salt horse” and
moldy biscuit; they might rot with scurvy—if the ship got to port with her
cargo, it made little difference how the crew fared.

Page 134

Our own ships and the Russian and French vessels the investigator found
far superior in treatment of the sailor: and the majority of English owners
did well by their crews; but Plimsoll’s efforts induced great improvement.
Compulsory survey and no overloading were his main remedies for the
prevention of the terrible loss of life in the mercantile marine. He cites two
cases of great firms—the first engaged in the coal carrying, and the second
in the guano trade—who do not permit overloading, and the first, in fifteen
years had not, out of a large fleet of steamers, lost a single vessel, although
they made from fifty to seventy double trips per year. The second case
deserves particular mention. About the year 1860, the firm of Anthony
Gibbs & Co., of London, took a contract from the Peruvian Government to
charter and load ships from the Chincha Islands with guano, and as many as
three or four hundred ships left those islands annually for different parts of
the world. At first they were allowed to load and proceed to sea without
inspection or surveying, and were permitted to load as deeply as the masters
thought fit. What was the result? Accidents and losses were reported every
few days, and many of their ships foundered at sea, some with all hands on
board. When the head of the house at Lima, Peru, introduced proper
surveying before loading, to discover what repairs were needed, etc.,
allowing no overloading, and not permitting the ships to go to sea without
full inspection of her pumps and gear, a sudden and wonderful change took
place, and for years after not one of these ships foundered at sea.
There is no sadder record than that which has been made of many a
gallant vessel, sailing with the best prospects—“Missing,” or “Never heard
of.” Occasionally the mysterious fate of some of these vessels has been
revealed by the picking up of sealed bottles containing brief records of the
disastrous end of the missing ships. But such cases are rare in comparison
with the vast majority of the disasters; for the greatest peril to a vessel in a
storm is the vicinity of a reef or shoal. In the open sea there is comparative
safety, even in a considerable gale, for good seamen; but a shoal or rocky
coast may be fatal to the vessel striking, even though the wind be but
moderate. So nearly all disasters occur along shore; and the time is past in
which it is possible for a vessel to be lost on an unknown or uninhabited
coast. Hence, soon or late, the lot of nearly every vessel is known.
Occasionally a vessel has been abandoned as unseaworthy or
unmanageable, and has surprised those abandoning her by drifting around

Page 135

for months in the path of other vessels and occasionally fouling with some
of them, to their serious injury.

WRECKED ON A ROCK.

The polar seas present peculiar perils to the navigator. Almost every one
has heard of the ill-fated Franklin expedition, even though others may not
be familiar. The attempts to find a northwest passage have long ceased, it
being indisputable that it is useless though found. The great expeditions of
later years have been equipped purely from a scientific standpoint. No
conceivable benefit to commerce can result therefrom.
But the vast majority of fatalities in the polar seas have not been among
the great exploring expeditions, any more than the majority of disasters in
warmer climes are among first-class passenger steamers. The world over, it
is the coasting vessels, the fishing smacks, the second and third-class
freighters that swell the lists of losses at sea. And in the polar seas the most
numerous disasters are among the whaling and sealing vessels, which visit
the regions season after season. Many a vessel has been crushed like an
egg-shell amid the enormous masses of ice. Often a vessel seemingly
hopelessly imprisoned has been abandoned by the crew, only to be freed by

Page 136

some caprice of the winds and picked up by some other crew. And again
there have been instances of vessels seen resting in masses of ice far above
the water, raised by continual tilting and piling of ice-cakes beneath.
Sometimes a vessel has floated about thus for a considerable period.
Comparatively speaking, losses of life have been small in proportion to the
dangers and property losses. Where so many vessels are in the same region
at a time, the crew of a crushed ship can generally reach another vessel
without great difficulty. But years ago, when the whaling fleet was smaller,
and steam had not been called to the seaman’s aid, the peril of life was
greater; and many is the vessel that sailed away never to be heard of again.
One of the best stories illustrating this class of dangers is that of the
whaleship Rufus. A whaling vessel in 1774 found an abandoned ship; and
on boarding her, found the crew scattered about in the postures assumed
when they first yielded to the fatal sleep. The tale, in verse worth

CASTAWAYS ON A RAFT.

remembering, but seldom or never seen, was told many years ago by an
unknown author. The distinctness and simplicity of the style render the
poem worth preserving, aside from the interest of the story.
THE SHIP RUFUS.

Page 137

Sing not, my Muse, of brightening fields
Of ether, fair displayed,
Of whispering bowers, where Zephyr yields
His fragrance to the glade

But haste thee to the frozen throne,
The starry blue domain
Where Winter, monarch dread and lone,
Asserts his iron reign.

Now Europe’s northern cape recedes,
And Iceland’s utmost shore;
The sailor turns his face and heeds
Those viewless forms no more.

For mountains, distant yet, but bright,
Edging the arctic tide,
’Neath spiry flames of dancing light,
At masthead are descried.

For see! in glittering points, the coast
Divides; the mountain chain,
On waves afar in silence tossed,
Trembles athwart the main.

Anon, the mariner looks forth,
And scans with cheerless brow,—
Borne onward by the angry North,
An arctic navy now.

“How shall the good ship Rufus speed?
How live?” the master cried;—
“God send us help in time of need,"—
“Amen!” the crew replied.

Each ice-built crag and snowy cliff
Chases the foaming spray;
And, ’mid those moving Alps, the skiff
Must find her destined way.

Her destined way?—Her destined fate!
Now drops the needful gale;
The waves become a glassy plate;
The bark forbears to sail.

Prisoned of God; by mountains pent,—
Fuel and food consumed;—
Ask not of me the dire event,
Nor why they thus were doomed.
..........
Again, borne forth by waves and wind,

Page 138

Men spread a venturous sail,
’Mid rocks of massy ice to find
The scarce less massy whale.

The optic tube now aids the eye,
And scans the distant sea:
A distant speck they now descry;
A speck—what can it be?

“What can it be?” inquire the men—
“An iceberg, or a sail?”
As yet the crew inquire in vain,
And doubt must yet prevail.

Yes, doubt prevails, and strengthens still,
Though fast the object nears.
“Sure ’tis no sail which at the will
Of winds and billows steers!”

Fancy still limns out forms uncouth,
Yet scarce herself persuades;
But fancy now gives place to truth
More startling than her shades.

A dreary hull, with shattered mast,
And sails of strangest guise,
And cordage fluttering in the blast,
Now meets their wondering eyes.

The bark they hail;—in many a groan
The bellowing shrouds reply;
But bellowing shrouds respond alone;—
No voice returns the cry.

Strange!—for, as near with curious haste
They ply, and glance within,
Lo! at the cabin window placed,
A form is dimly seen.

They mount the floating ruin now—
Her deck is overlaid
Man’s height in crusted ice and snow,
Which shows no human tread.

To find the hatch beneath the drift,
They all their efforts lend,—
Its frozen planks at length they lift,
And fearfully descend.

Now pause they at the cabin door;—
Now enter, as they will;—
Its quiet inmate, as before,

Page 139

Sits unconcerned and still.

With pen in hand, and half reclined,
Like those in thoughtful moods;
To noises deaf, to visions blind,
He cares not who intrudes.

No!—for a filmy mold invests
His long untroubled brow;—
His eyeballs green sought not his guests,
Nor can he turn them now.

SINKING OF THE LONDON.

Page 140

A crumbling page before him lay,
Which told the unspoken woe;—
“Our cabin fire went out to-day—
Food spent five days ago;—

“Locked in the ice three weeks,—our crew
All dead,—all hope is o’er;—
Ship Rufus—1762—
One hour, and I’m no more!”

Now horror on the souls sunk down—
On all who viewed the scene;
Twelve arctic winters then had flown,
Since this a corpse had been!

Twelve years on polar surges tossed,
By northern blasts conveyed—
Destroyed—preserved, by iron frost,
Her crew were statues made.

Perchance this fate-directed prow
Had crossed ’neath cloudless skies
The pole, which jealous Nature now
Shuts out from human eyes.

Perchance the dreamed of Northern Way
This guileless keel had plowed,
While billows with the helm did play,
And wild winds trimmed the shroud.

Say when, Stern Spirits of the North,
They found their watery grave?
Or do ye still in awful mirth,
Toss them from wave to wave?

Page 141

CHAPTER X.

LIFE-SAVING MEASURES.

“ ‘O father, I hear the church-bells ring,
O say, what may it be?’
’Tis a fog-bell on a rock-bound coast,’
And he steered for the open sea.

‘O father, I hear the sound of guns,
O say, what may it be?’
‘Some ship in distress that can not live
In such an angry sea.’

‘O father, I see a gleaming light,
O say, what may it be?’
But the father answered not a word,
For a frozen corpse was he.
..........
At daybreak, on the bleak sea beach,
A fisherman stood aghast,
To see the form of a maiden fair,
Lashed close to a drifting mast.

The salt sea was frozen on her breast,
The salt tears in her eyes.
And he saw her hair, like the brown seaweed,
On the billows fall and rise.”

NE of the most destructive storms on record, and certainly the most
terrible ever known on the whole English coast is the great storm of
1703. It is the only storm which has ever been made the subject of a
Parliamentary memorial. It raged for a week over nearly the whole of
England. Scores of vessels were driven on shore and perished. At Bristol,
the in-driven sea filled the merchants’ cellars, destroying sugar, tobacco,
and other produce, to the value of hundreds of thousands of dollars. Eighty
people were drowned in the river and adjacent

Page 142

STORM ON THE SHOALS, 1703.

marshes; fifteen thousand sheep were drowned by the overflow or backing
up of the Severn. At London, the river was filled with vessels, the crews of
which were nearly all on shore. The storm tore them from their moorings,
and drove them into a bight on the opposite side of the stream. It was a
strange sight they presented after the storm. Defoe says that “there lay, by
the best account he could take, few less than seven hundred sail of ships,
some very great ones, between Shadwell and Limehouse inclusive; the
posture is not to be imagined but by them that saw it; some vessels lay
heeling off with the bow of another ship over her waist, and the stern of
another upon her forecastle; the boltsprits of some drove into the cabin
windows of others; some lay with their sterns tossed up so high that the tide
flowed into their forecastles before they could come to rights; some lay so
leaning upon others that the undermost vessels would sink before the other
could float; the number of masts, boltsprits and yards split and broke, the
staving the heads and sterns and carved work, the tearing and destruction of
rigging, and the squeezing of boats to pieces between the ships, is not to be
reckoned; but there was hardly a vessel to be seen that had not suffered
some damage or other in one or all of these articles.”
In the city itself, the streets were covered with tiles, slates, bricks, and
fallen chimneys. Common tiles rose to nearly six times their usual price.

Page 143

Numbers of people were killed by crumbling roofs or falling houses. In
Gloucester, six hundred great trees were prostrated in a space of five acres.
The Bishop of Bath and Wells, and his wife, were among the more noted
dead. The total loss of life has been estimated at from eight to thirty
thousand. The former is Defoe’s, but as he only counts those of which he
obtained direct personal information, this estimate is certainly too low.
A single item of this storm will give some idea of the peculiar dangers
once incurred by shipwrecked sailors. Mr. Whymper writes, “The
townspeople of Deal, in particular, were blamed for their inhumanity in
leaving many to their fate who could have been rescued. Boatmen went off
to the sands for booty, some of whom would not listen to poor wretches
who might have been saved. Many unfortunate shipwrecked persons could
be seen, by the aid of glasses, walking on the Goodwin Sands in despairing
postures, knowing that they would, as Defoe puts it, ‘be washed into
another world’ at the reflux of the tide. The mayor of Deal, Mr. Thomas
Powell, asked the Custom House officers to take out their boats and
endeavor to save the lives of some of these unfortunates, but they utterly
refused. The mayor then offered, from his own pocket, five shillings a head
for all saved, and a number of fishermen and others volunteered, and
succeeded in bringing two hundred persons on shore, who would have been
lost in a half an hour afterwards. The Queen’s agent for sick and wounded
seamen would not furnish a penny for their lodging or food, and the good
mayor supplied all of them with what they required. Several died, and he
was compelled to bury all of them at his own expense; he furnished a large
number with money to pay their way to London. He received no thanks
from the Government of the day, but some long time after was reimbursed
the large sums he had expended.”
One not versed in the tales of the past might be astounded at such
inhumanity; yet the case cited is comparatively a mild one. People
acquainted with the history of pirates and buccaneers know that coasts
everywhere were once more or less infested with land-sharks, more
merciless than any shark of the deep, who enriched themselves by the
misfortunes of others: and drowning sailors would be disregarded in the
race for plunder. Yet this is but a shadow of the fearful tragedies often
enacted.
Picture a richly laden vessel, homeward bound, with scores of eager
anxious hearts on board, and other scores in port eagerly waiting them. The

Page 144

captain smiles thoughtfully, as he murmurs, “We shall be at home to-
morrow!” The mother with child in arms repeats, as she thinks of the
waiting husband, “We shall be home to-morrow!” The bronzed wanderer,
returning after years of adventure, wonders if his boyhood’s home is
changed, as he thinks, “I shall be home to-morrow!”
There is but the faintest indication of storm. On shore, cruel, sinister
faces scan the sky and the distant ship as the twilight settles down, and
whisper together, and scowl as they recall past disappointments. They will
take care that they are not disappointed again. Their grizzled old leader will
see to that.
Night gathers apace. The storm bursts—the ship is far off shore, and in
safe quarters. It is time to act. “Now, in the pitchy darkness of the night,
with bowed head, and faltering steps battling against the storm, the old man
leads a white horse along the edge of the cliff. To the tip of the horse’s tail a
lantern is tied, and the light sways with the movement of the horse, and in
its movements seems not unlike the masthead light of a vessel rocked by the
motion of the sea. A whisper has gone through the village of a chance of
something happening during the night, and most of the men and many of
the women are on the alert, lurking in the caves beneath the cliff, or
sheltered behind jutting pieces of rock.
“The vessel makes in steadily for the land; the captain grows uneasy, and
fears running into danger; he will put the vessel round, and try and battle his
way out to sea.
“The look-out man reports a dim light ahead. What kind? and whither
away? He can make out that it is a ship’s light, for it is in motion. Yes, she
must be a vessel standing on in the same course as that which they are on.

Page 145

ON A LEE SHORE.

It is all safe, then; the captain will stand in a little longer; when suddenly,
in the lull of the storm, a hoarse murmur is heard—surely the sound of the
sea beating upon rocks! Yes! look! a white gleam upon the water! Breakers
ahead! breakers ahead! Oh, a very knell of doom! The cry rings through the
ship, ‘Down, down with the helm—round her to!’ Too late, too late! A
crash, a shudder from stem to stern of the stout ship, the shriek of many
voices in their agony, green seas sweeping over the vessel, and soon broken
timbers, bales of cargo, and lifeless bodies scattered along the beach, while
the shattered remnant of the hull is torn still further to pieces with each
insweep of the mighty seas as they roll it to and fro among the rocks.
Fearful and crafty the smile that darkened the face of the willing murderer
who was leading the horse with the false light as he heard the crash of the
vessel and the shrieks of the drowning crew! Fearful the smile that
darkened the faces of the men and women waiting on the beach as they
came out from their places, ready to struggle and fight among themselves
for any spoil that might come ashore! A homeward-bound ship from the

Page 146

Indies! Great good fortune—rich spoil! Bale after bale is seized upon by the
wreckers, and dragged high upon the beach out of the way of the surf. But,
see! a sailor clinging to a bit of broken mast! With his last conscious effort
he gains a footing on the shore, staggers forward, and falls. Is he alive? Not
now! Why did that fearful old woman kneel upon his chest and cover his
mouth with her cloak? Dead men tell no tales—claim no property!”
No fiction of the fancy, this! Only the last great day will ever reveal how
many souls have perished at the hands of those who should have succored
them. Think of a man and his wife reaching the shore after an exhausting
struggle; the man leaving his wife in a sheltered nook while he goes in
search of human habitations, and returning after a few moments to find his
wife, a plundered, naked corpse! And yet, such practices were tolerably
common, even within the range of a century past!
In striking contrast with the heartless wreckers are those known on the
British coast as “hovellers.” These put out to sea in stormy weather to
ascertain if vessels in the offing are in need of anything, or are otherwise
crippled: and many a ship have they saved from wreck by their timely aid.
It appears strange that, among a people so dependent upon the sea as the
English, no regularly organized methods of diminishing the losses by wreck
existed till within the present century. Yet such is the fact. A hundred years
ago, there was no boat that could safely venture in a heavy sea; and if,
perchance, some humane people wished to succor a vessel in distress, few
were the means and terrible the risks. The graphic pen of Dickens, in this
abridged narrative, will illustrate the case. The scene is Yarmouth, England:
“In the difficulty of hearing anything but wind and waves, and in the
crowd, and the unspeakable confusion, and my first breathless efforts to
stand against the weather, I was so confused that I looked out to sea for the
wreck, and saw nothing but the foaming heads of the great waves. A half-
dressed boatman, standing next me, pointed with his bare arm (a tattooed
arrow on it, pointing in the same direction) to the left. Then, O great
Heaven, I saw it, close in upon us!
“One mast was broken off short, six or eight feet from the deck, and lay
over the side, entangled in a maze of sail and rigging; and all that ruin, as
the ship rolled and beat—which she did without a moment’s pause, and
with a violence quite inconceivable—beat the side as if it would stave it in.
Some efforts were even then being made to cut this portion of the wreck

Page 147

away; for, as the ship, which was broadside on, turned towards us in her
rolling, I plainly descried her people at work with axes, especially one
active figure with long curling hair, conspicuous among the rest.
“But a great cry, which was audible even above the wind

HOVELLERS RELIEVING A VESSEL.

and water, rose from the shore at this moment; the sea, sweeping over the
rolling wreck, made a clean breach, and carried men, spars, casks, planks,
bulwarks—heaps of such toys—into the boiling surge. The second mast
was yet standing, with the rags of a rent sail, and a wild confusion of broken
cordage flapping to and fro. The ship had struck once, the same boatman
hoarsely said in my ear, and then lifted in and struck again.
“As he spoke, there was another great cry of pity from the beach; four
men arose with the wreck out of the deep, clinging to the rigging of the
remaining mast; uppermost, the active figure with the curling hair. There
was a bell on board; and, as the ship rolled and dashed, like a desperate
creature driven mad, now showing us the whole sweep of her deck, as she
turned on her beam-ends towards the shore, now, nothing but her keel, as
she sprung wildly over and turned towards the sea, the bell rang; and its
sound, the knell of those unhappy men, was borne towards us on the wind.

Page 148

“Again, we lost her, and again she rose. Two men were gone. The agony
on shore increased. Men groaned and clasped their hands, women shrieked
and turned away their faces. Some ran wildly up and down along the beach,
crying for help where no help could be. I found myself one of these,
frantically imploring a knot of sailors whom I knew, not to let those two lost
creatures perish before our eyes, when I noticed that some new sensation
moved the people on the beach, and saw them part, and Ham come breaking
through them to the front.
“I ran to him, held him back with both arms and implored the men with
whom I had been speaking not to listen to him, not to do murder, not to let
him stir from off that sand! Another cry arose on shore, and, looking to the
wreck, we saw the cruel sail, with blow on blow, beat off the lower of the
two men, and fly up in triumph round the active figure left alone upon the
mast.
“Against such a sight, and against such determination as that of the
calmly desperate man, I might as hopefully have entreated the wind. ‘Mas’r
Davy,’ he said, cheerily grasping me by both hands, ‘if my time is come, ’tis
come. If ’tain’t, I’ll bide it. Lord above bless you, and bless all! Mates,
make me ready! I’m a-going off!’
“I don’t know what I answered, or what they rejoined; but I saw a hurry
on the beach, and men running with ropes from a capstan that was there,
and penetrating into a circle of figures that hid him from me. Then I saw
him standing alone, in a seaman’s frock and trousers, a rope in his hand, or
slung to his wrist; another round his body, and several of the best men,
holding, at a little distance, to the latter, which he laid out himself, slack
upon the shore, at his feet.
“Ham watched the sea, standing alone, with the silence of suspended
breath behind him, and the storm before, until there was a great retiring
wave, when, with a backward glance at those who held the rope which was
made fast round his body, he dashed in after it, and, in a moment was
buffeting with the water. Now, he made for the wreck, rising with the hills,
falling with the valleys, lost beneath the rugged foam, borne in towards the
shore, borne on towards the ship, striving hard and valiantly.
“The distance was nothing, but the power of the sea and wind made the
strife deadly. At length, he neared the wreck. He was so near that with one
more of his vigorous strokes he would be clinging to it—when a high,

Page 149

green, vast hill-side of water, moving on, shoreward, from beyond the ship,
he seemed to leap up into it with a mighty bound, and the ship was gone!
“On running to the spot where they were hauling in,

THE LIFE-BOAT.

I saw some eddying fragments in the sea, as if a mere cask had been
broken. Consternation was in every face. They drew him to my very feet—
insensible—dead—beaten to death by the great wave; and his generous
heart was stilled forever.”
Such things weighed heavily upon the humanely disposed; and when a
century ago Mr. Greathead, who had a great heart, stood at Newcastle-on-
Tyne, and saw man after man drop from a great wreck into a raging sea
without the possibility of rescue, he set himself to work upon the problem
of the life-boat. Noticing that the half of a circular wooden bowl invariably
turned concave side upward, when thrown in the water, it occurred to him at
once that a boat with a curved instead of straight keel would always right
itself. Wouldhave, at the same time was advocating padding the boat
heavily with cork: and the first life-boat was constructed from these ideas.
A year or two later, a minister in the Orkneys suggested that all boats could
be made self-righting by fixing an empty water-tight cask in either end. So
the idea of air-chambers developed: and later the curved keel was made of

Page 150

iron, to aid in ballasting the craft: so that the modern life-boat, with curved
iron keel, cork padding, air chambers, and tubes to permit water to flow out,
cannot be sunk, or made to float bottom up. The men may sometimes be
washed out of it, or a side stove in, but the boat will always be found right
side up.
Strange as it may appear, though the first life-boat, with its crudities,
saved hundreds of lives within a few years, the Government took no steps
to institute a general system or life-saving service. To the average
American, this seems striking; but governments a century ago were more
concerned about the success in war than about the welfare of the masses;
they studied destruction of life more than its preservation: and if perchance,
some ruler affected peculiar concern for the welfare of “the State,” it was
generally the case that the definition of Louis XIV was applicable; “The
State—that’s me!”
But Sir William Hillary and Thomas Wilson made earnest appeals to
Parliament for the establishment of a national life-saving institution; and
Hillary added the more effective argument of many deeds of personal
daring in the venturous work. Between 1821-1846, no fewer than one
hundred and forty-four wrecks occurred on the Isle of Man, and “one
hundred and seventy-two lives were lost; while the destruction of property
was estimated at a quarter of a million. In 1825, when the City of Glasgow
steamer was stranded in Douglas Bay, Sir William Hillary assisted in saving
the lives of sixty-two persons; and in the same year eleven men from the
brig Leopard, and nine from the sloop Fancy, which became a total wreck.
In 1827-32, Sir William, accompanied by his son, saved many other lives;
but his greatest success was on the 20th of November, 1830, when he saved
in the life-boat twenty-two men, the whole of the crew of the mail steamer
St. George, which became a total wreck on St. Mary’s Rock. On this
occasion he was washed overboard among the wreck, with three other
persons, and was saved with great difficulty, having had six of his ribs
fractured.”
So the British institution arose, small at first, but mighty in its work
since. Ten years after, in 1850, it was reorganized, and improved life-boats
secured. The importance of the work may be imagined when we record that
from 1852 to 1871, the wrecks on British coasts alone averaged one
thousand four hundred and forty-six per annum! When we add the work of

Page 151

our own life-saving service, and the service of life-boats in many other
lands, we may realize how inestimable is the value of such an institution.

THE LIFE-BOAT AT WORK.

Among the earlier measures to prevent loss of life are fog-bells, fog-
horns, and lighthouses, to warn the sailor of dangerous shoals. In earlier
days, wreckers sometimes silenced the fog-bell. Southey has given us a
ballad upon the poetic justice said to have been meted out to a famous
pirate who removed the bell placed by the abbot of Arberbrothok upon the
Inchcape Rock, off the Scottish coast. One year later, with a rich booty, the
pirate nears home once more,
“They hear no sound, the swell is strong;
Though the wind hath fallen they drift along,
Till the vessel strikes with a shivering shock,—
‘Oh, Christ! it is the Inchcape Rock!’

Sir Ralph the Rover tore his hair;
He curst himself in his despair;
The waves rush in on every side,
The ship is sinking beneath the tide.”

Page 152

With this notice of the extent to which man may be responsible for
disasters, the subject must be dismissed. Ere leaving the topic of storms, the
reader shall know of one of the most notable naval disasters of the century,
which will illustrate the difficulty with which even powerful war ships face
high winds at sea.

Page 153

CHAPTER XI.

GREAT SAMOAN HURRICANE.

“Roll on, thou deep and dark-blue Ocean, roll!
Ten thousand fleets sweep over thee in vain.
Man marks the earth with ruin: his control
Stops with thy shores: upon the watery plain
The wrecks are all thy deed; nor doth remain
A shadow of man’s ravage, save his own,
When for a moment, like a drop of rain,
He sinks into thy depths with bubbling groan,
Without a grave, unknelled, uncoffined, and unknown.”

URING the fall of 1888, no little interest centered in one of the little
inland groups of the Pacific. In 1887, German officers in the Samoan
group conceived that the king, Malietoa, was so prejudiced toward
their interests that he should be deposed. So without much ceremony they
laid hands upon and carried him into exile, placing him on an island some
thousands of miles distant.
There seems no reason to doubt that Germany’s ultimate design was to
formally occupy the islands. It is the old story of the civilized man’s
dealings with the savage; of the man who has ten talents, obtaining the
property of the man with one.
Methods have changed somewhat, however, since the day when our
pilgrim fathers kindly relieved the Red man of such encumbrances as he
had in the way of real estate, and established quit-claim deeds and perfect
titles in their flint-lock muskets. It is not now considered “good form,” as it
was in the days of olden Spanish America, to declare one’s self Marquis of
this or Duke de that, with several thousands of Indians as slaves or
tributaries, without consulting them. The modern method is that of the
European guide who attaches himself to your person willy-nilly, in order
that he rifle your pockets as the need of his divers imaginary services. It is a
less expensive method, and none the less sure. So the colonizers of our day
kindly establish a “protectorate” over Naboth’s vineyard. Naboth, however,

Page 154

fully understands the process, as some civilized races have found to their
cost.
The Samoans were in high dudgeon at the action of Germany: and when
the foreigners coolly proceeded, without consulting the wishes of the
natives, to select and establish a new king, whom they thought would be
favorable to their own interests, open hostility resulted.
The Samoans had no way to bring back their former king, Malietoa; but
they promptly deposed the creature of the Germans, Tamasese, and chose
instead Mataafa, a relative and personal representative of their exiled king.
The few American residents and frequenters of the islands approved this,
deeming the act of the Germans one of unjustifiable aggression.
Civil war resulted. At the outset, Tamasese’s strong personal following,
and the fear of German interference, gave him a very large party. But in the
half-dozen fierce battles that were fought he was decidedly worsted, and,
forced to flee from the capital, Apia, he shut himself up in a native fortress
eight miles distant.
The Germans had in the meantime actively espoused his cause, and went
so far as to bombard several native villages. Still they did not come into
direct personal collision with the natives until December, 1888. A body of
Germans landed a few miles from Apia, and assaulted Mataafa’s forces.
The island blood was up. The battle was stubbornly contested. The
Germans were utterly routed and driven back to their vessels with a loss of
fifty killed and wounded.
This is precisely the sort of pretext a “protecting” power desires. In great
indignation at the pesky people who had failed to allow themselves to be
thrashed, the Germans formally declared war, and began a series of high-
handed seizures and aggressions. The interests of other nations in Samoa
were endangered. There was but one American man-of-war in the harbor.
As soon as the War Department learned of the state of affairs,
reinforcements were sent out, and it seemed highly probable that a collision
between America and Germany might be precipitated at any moment. Thus,
there were collected in the harbor the American warship Trenton, the flag-
ship of Rear-Admiral Kimberly, and one of the largest vessels in the navy,
N. H. Farquhar, Commander: the Nipsic, Commander D. W. Mullan; and
the Vandalia, Commander C. M. Schoonmaker. The Germans were
represented by the warship Olga, and the cruisers Eber and Adler. England

Page 155

had sent the man-of-war Calliope. In addition, there were in the harbor ten
or twelve schooners and trading vessels. Such was the force assembled at
Apia, March 15, 1889.
The news does not travel rapidly from that portion of the world. During
the spring a report reached America that the looked-for collision between
the assembled forces had occurred, and that the Nipsic had been sunk by the
Olga. There was much suppressed excitement; but as the report was not
officially confirmed, this soon ceased.
No one was prepared for the actual occurrence, or the magnitude of the
calamity.
The town of Apia, the Samoan capital, lies around a small circular bay.
Across the mouth of the harbor, two miles in width, extends a coral reef,
which is visible at low water. A break in the reef a quarter of a mile in width
forms the entrance to the harbor. Only a small portion of the latter is
available for anchorage, as the eastern part is quite shallow, and on the west
the bay has a small fringing reef well out from the shore. It will be seen that
the crowded condition of the harbor rendered it peculiarly perilous. The war
vessels were anchored in the deep water, the Eber and Nipsic being nearest
the shore. The schooners and lighter craft were in the shoal water next to
the fringing reef on the west side of the harbor.
The town is composed of cottages, built after the native pattern: low, of
elastic materials, and bound well together; so that the low houses, swaying
easily with the wind, are not so easily blown away as structures of stiffer
and more pretentious build. The American consulate, facing the harbor, lies
about the center of the town, with a long strip of sandy beach before it.
For some weeks the weather had been gloomy and capricious. The time
of the vernal equinox was at hand, and a low area storm of unusual violence
might be expected at any time. During the afternoon of March 15, the wind
began to increase: the war ships lowered their topmasts and secured their
spars; one or two prepared storm-sails for emergencies. The anchors were
all out, and steam was raised lest the anchors should not hold.
The wind increased steadily, blowing from the same quarter
continuously. Though the only recorded observations are at this one point,
its proximity to the equator, the steadiness of the wind and the length of
time it blew indicate a cyclonic tempest of unusual violence.

Page 156

By 11 P.M. the wind was a strong gale: not too strong in the harbor for
small boats, however; for the crews of nearly all the schooners, divining
what was coming, put out their spare anchors and went ashore, leaving the
vessels to their fate. Mayhap the anchors would hold; but on their lives they
would take no risks.
An hour later immense rollers were coming in from the ocean, finding
the coral reef only a partial check. Ordinarily a reef insures a harbor from
the force of the waves, and leaves only the direct fury of the winds to be
encountered. But the reef at Apia is a lower barrier than such harbors
usually possess, and may not be seen at high tide.
At midnight, rain was falling. The wind still increased. The vessels were
pitching fearfully. At this time the Eber, nearest the shore, began dragging
her anchors, and was compelled to aid them with her engines. At one
o’clock the Vandalia, also, was compelled to use her engines. Should the
wind increase, their case was truly desperate.
The rain poured in torrents; fiercer grew the gale. By three o’clock every
vessel in the harbor was dragging her anchors. There might be a collision,
or a wreck, at any time. Every able-bodied man was required, that any
emergency might be met. Neither officer nor private could think of sleep.
Those on shore realized the peril of the situation. Accustomed to heavy
gales, the natives slept soundly for a time in their low huts. At length, the
crash of falling trees and the tearing away of roofs began to be heard in the
storm. Little knots of people crept about in the darkness, seeking shelter
from the tempest. Sand and pebbles, gathered up from the beach, were
hurled by the wind with cutting force. The tide was rising, and the gale
brought it into the streets, a hundred feet above the usual high water mark.
The spray from the dashing surf sprang high in the air, and beat into the
windows of houses nearest the shore. It was a memorable night.
Long before dawn the natives were huddled in little groups about the
shore, gazing at the shifting lights of the tossing vessels. Their houses were
being wrecked, their crops and trees destroyed, but they themselves were
measurably safe. But those in the harbor!
There was little need of conversation; and, indeed, did one wish to speak
to his neighbor, he was compelled to shout in his ear. As each peered into
his fellow’s face in the uncertain light, he saw the shadow of a terrible fear
and a desperate resolve that spoke plainer than any words. Explanations

Page 157

were useless; that tacit understanding was enough. For the time, thrones,
principalities, feuds and hostilities were forgotten. The followers of
Tamasese and Mataafa were shoulder to shoulder. No longer was there
thought of the foeman who had exiled their chief and bombarded their
villages. Out in that seething caldron were scores of human beings, battling
for life with wind and wave. That was enough.
As the day drew near, the white men on the shore began to join the little
groups of natives. Through the gloom could be seen the lights of the
plunging ships, and ever and anon there came on the gale the sound of
shouted orders, like a distant echo. The wavering of the lights showed that,
despite steam and anchor, the vessels were slowly dragging about, crossing
and re-crossing each others’ paths. The breathless watchers on the beach
listened for the crash of collision that would be the death-knell of scores of
gallant marines. Some shielded their faces with bits of tile, and endeavored
to distinguish the position of the respective ships. Less hopeful than the
whites, the natives saw no chance of escape. Which vessel would strike
first? Would any be saved?

BOW OF THE EBER, CAST ASHORE.

Between five and six o’clock, it began to grow light. The position of the
vessels was completely altered. Forced from their moorings, they were

Page 158

drifting toward the inner reef. Each contended stubbornly with the storm.
Volumes of black smoke poured from the furnaces of the quivering hulls. A
number of the sailing vessels were already on the reef. Fragments of
wreckage began to be tossed ashore. The Trenton and Vandalia, being
farthest out in the harbor, were scarcely visible through the mist and spray.
The large iron hulls were tossed about like corks. Wave after wave dashed
over their decks. The men swarmed about the masts and the lower rigging,
clinging to anything they could grasp. The Eber, Adler and Nipsic were
within a few yards of each other and close on the fatal reef. Each vessel
seemed as though endowed with a life of its own. They struggled like wild
creatures; as the stag might struggle in the clutch of a panther.
The Eber slowly retreated toward the reef, contesting every inch.
Suddenly she paused, recovered, and dashed forward into the teeth of the
furious storm.
It was her last desperate sally. The current bore her to the right. In a
moment she collided with the Nipsic, her bow carrying away a boat and
several feet of the post-quarter rail. Falling back, she fouled with the Olga,
and her rudder was carried away. This left her helpless. Swinging broadside
to the wind, she lay a few moments rolling heavily in the trough of the sea.
Over her deck the surf foamed and roared.
At length, a gigantic wave lifted her up and hurled her with awful force
upon the reef. Striking fairly on her keel, she heeled over toward the sea.
No further trace of her was seen. Every timber must have been shattered.
Doubtless more of her crew were crushed than were drowned.
The horror-stricken natives, accustomed to the sea from infancy, dashed
into the surf, struggling with death for the lives of their late oppressors.
They were but savages; they knew no better.
For a few moments, not a hand was raised from the site of the wreck. At
length, a few faintly struggling forms appeared in the surf. They were
grasped by eager hands, and safely reached the shore. Another was seen
clinging to the piling of a small wharf, beaten half senseless by the furious
waves. He was drawn ashore. It was a handsome boyish-faced lieutenant,
the sole surviving officer. Out of a total force of seventy-six men and
officers on the Eber, five only were saved. The young lieutenant was the
officer of the watch at the time of the wreck. The others were all below, and

Page 159

must have been crushed to death. This occurred about six o’clock in the
morning.
Finding no other survivors, those on shore turned to the remaining
vessels once more. Their position had changed again. The situation rapidly
grew more perilous.
The Adler had fouled with the Olga, and was close on the reef, some two
hundred yards from where the Eber struck, and like it, was approaching the
shore broadside on. The suspense was prolonged and painful. For nearly
half an hour she lay thus swept by the waves.
Finally, a huge roller tossed her on top of the reef and turned her over on
her side, throwing those on deck into the water. They struggled to regain the
vessel; those who succeeded clung to guns, tackling, spars and masts; but
twenty were drowned. The vessel lay with her keel to the sea and nearly her
entire hull out of water; so those who clung to the rigging were fairly
protected.
During the day the natives succeeded in getting a line to the wreck, and a
number of the sailors escaped. But the line parted while some were still on
the vessel, and could not be replaced. The remainder of the crew clung to
the wreck through all that terrible day and night, and were finally gotten off
when at the verge of exhaustion.
While the Adler was drifting toward the reef, the Nipsic was battling
with fearful odds. Facing the wind, she was

Page 160

THE ADLER ON THE REEF.

nevertheless dragging her three anchors, and receding toward the reef.
But her chief danger lay in another source. The gigantic Olga, which had
crippled the two vessels already wrecked, threatened to crush her also.
While the Nipsic endeavored by skillful use of steam and rudder to avoid
the Olga, a little schooner, the Lily, fell in her way and was cut down in an
instant. There were but three men on board; two of whom succeeded in
reaching the Olga.
Just then it occurred to the commander of the Nipsic to reinforce the
anchors by attaching a hawser to one of the heavy eight-inch rifles and
casting it overboard. Ere this was accomplished the Olga struck her a
terrible blow directly amidships. Her smoke-stack was overturned and fell
on the deck with a terrible crash. One of her boats was carried away and the
rail splintered. No one at first knew the extent of the damage. The
frightened crew clambered into the rigging, thinking the ship was sinking.
The lumbering smoke-stack dashed from side to side with the roll of the
ship.
It was a frightful moment. Only a few yards away the Eber had
disappeared. The Nipsic had swung around and was rapidly nearing the
spot. Only promptness and most skillful management saved her officers and
crew from the fate of the Eber.
Captain Mullane was on the bridge at the time, and took in the situation
in an instant. With the smoke-stack gone it would be impossible to keep up

Page 161

steam; without steam the reef could not be avoided. At once the smoke-
stack was chocked to prevent its rolling about the deck, and orders were
given to beach the ship while a small head of steam was still available. Two
hundred yards away lay the sandy beach before the American consulate.
A great throng awaited anxiously the result of this manœuvre. The
vessel’s course was parallel to the terrible reef, and but a few feet from it.
Her crew were gathered about the bow, and those on shore recognized many
a familiar face or personal friend in the driving spray, on whom they might
be looking for the last time. One or two of the crew had been on shore
during the night, and now stood watching the fate of their comrades.
Barely escaping the reef, the steamer plunged into the sand a few yards
from the shore, and swung around diagonally to the storm. The breakers
dashed furiously upon her stern, and it seemed as though she would be
beaten to pieces in an instant. Those who escaped must do so at once.
Five sailors dashed into a boat; but the falls did not work properly, and
one end of the boat dropped. The men fell into the sea and were drowned.
The surgeon and five sick men were placed in another boat: no sooner
launched than capsized. But the natives had formed a chain by grasping
each others hands; and dashing into surf where a white man would have
perished at once, they seized the men and passed them to the shore. Several
of those on the Nipsic took advantage of the opportunity and sprang
overboard. But two of these were lost.
Meanwhile, all those remaining on board had crowded into the
forecastle. The natives in the surf, under the direction of two of their chiefs,
Seumanu Tafa and Salu Anae, had succeeded in getting lines to the vessels,
and double hawsers were quickly stretched to the shore. Scores of eager
hands were outstretched to assist in the work. The waves broke high on the
beach, and the undertow was so strong that even the natives narrowly
escaped being carried out into the bay. The white men on shore scarcely
dared venture into the surf. The rain poured more heavily. The clouds of
flying sand grew thicker and more

Page 162

SAMOANS SAVING THE LIVES OF AMERICAN SAILORS.

cutting. The hoarse shouts of the officers mingled with the roar of the
storm, and the stricken vessel quivered in every fibre. Fragments of
wreckage were ever and anon hurled amongst those in the surf. The gloom
of the awful tempest combined with all these things to produce a tableau of
chaos itself.
Yet, throughout the whole fearful scene, the natives never faltered, but
sang and shouted words of encouragement to each other as they stood at
their chosen posts. The white men on shore rendered all the aid in their
power; but the posts of danger and need were filled by the natives. An eye-
witness of the scene says:
“To one who saw the noble work of those men during the storm, it is a
cause of wonder that they should be called savages by more enlightened
races. There seemed to be no instinct of the savage in a man who could rush
into that boiling torrent of water that broke upon the reef, and place his own
life in peril to save the helpless drowning men of a foreign country.
“While the Americans and Germans were treated alike, it was plain that
their sympathies were with the Americans, and they redoubled their efforts
when they saw an opportunity to aid the men who represented a country
which had insisted that their native government should not be interfered
with by a foreign power.”
The coolness of Captain Mullane had mastered the frightened crew.
There was no longer confusion. The officers stood by the rail and directed

Page 163

the movements of the men. Time after time the rolling billows dashed the
men from the hawser; but the gallant natives succeeded in saving all. By
eight o’clock the Nipsic was deserted. The three smallest of the war ships
were wrecked.
The four large men-of-war were well out in the harbor, and for the time
measurably safe.
But near ten o’clock, the situation became alarming again. Masses of
floating wreckage struck the Trenton, as it was lifted by a heavy wave, and
carried away the rudder and propeller. Her anchors, unaided, would not
keep her from the reef, or from fouling with the other vessels in the harbor.
The Vandalia and the Calliope were drifting toward the wreck of the
Adler. As the Vandalia endeavored to steam away, the iron prow of the
Englishman arose high in the air and fell with full force upon the Vandalia’s
port-quarter. The Calliope lost her jib-boom, and the heavy timbers of the
Vandalia were shivered. Every man near the point of the collision was
thrown from his feet by the shock. Water was rushing through a great rent in
the cabin. It seemed that the Vandalia had received her death blow. The
frightened men swarmed from the hatches, but presently returned to their
posts.
At this crisis the Englishman essayed a bold manœuvre. Seeing that to
remain where he was would be, in a few more moments, ruin to the
Vandalia, he resolved to take all risks himself, and letting go all anchors,
swung around to the wind and endeavored to put to sea. For a moment the
vessel seemed stationary. Then the tremendous power of the propeller
began to tell, and the vessel moved slowly forward in the teeth of the storm.
Volumes of smoke poured from her funnels, and the ship groaned in every
timber. Gradually it became clear that she could escape from the harbor.
This is one of the most daring feats in the naval annals. It was the one
desperate chance to save the Calliope and her crew from certain death. An
accident to the machinery at this moment, or a slight change in the direction
of the wind as she neared the narrow gate-way of the harbor, would have
been fatal. Down in the fire room, the men

Page 164

THE CALLIOPE PUTTING TO SEA.

worked as they never had before. The Trenton lay close to the reef, and the
Calliope was compelled to pass between the two. The flagship’s fires were
out, and she could do nothing to save herself. Every man felt that a few
moments longer would find him a grave in the coral reef. Those on shore
were watching with intensest anxiety.
Just then a strange sound came, borne on the wind; a wild ringing cry
from the four hundred and fifty on board the Trenton. The Americans were
cheering the Calliope. Expecting death for themselves, they rejoiced that
their friends might yet escape, and the heart of every Englishman went out
to the brave Americans who gave their parting tribute to the Queen’s ship.
There is something peculiarly touching in this incident. It is far above
the morituri te salutamus of the gladiator in the arena. It was an expression
of immortal courage; the dying saluting the victor; the doomed saluting the
saved; manhood distressed greeting manhood triumphant. The English
seamen returned the cry. The Calliope safely reached the sea. Her

Page 165

commander afterward said: “Those ringing cheers of the American flagship
pierced deep into my heart, and I will ever remember that mighty outburst
of fellow-feeling, which I felt came from the bottom of the hearts of the
gallant admiral and his crew. Every man on board the Calliope felt as I did;
it made us work to win. I can only say, God bless America and her noble
sailors.”
Meanwhile the Vandalia, seeing her doom certain, endeavored to reach
the beach, but being a much larger vessel than the Nipsic, she could not
come so near the shore. A blow from a terrific wave in the night had hurled
the captain across his cabin and so injured him that he was unable to control
his vessel. His executive officer, Carlin, was in command, but the captain
stood by his side to the last. Carlin’s coolness and nerve were wonderful.
He had been on duty thirty consecutive hours, and had not tasted food all
that time.
In order to reach the beach, the Vandalia was compelled to execute the
same perilous feat that had been performed three hours before by the
Nipsic. Slipping her anchors, she crowded on all steam and skirted the edge
of the reef, finally dashing into the soft sand two hundred yards from the
shore and eighty yards from the stern of the Nipsic. The engines were
stopped and the fires put out; all hands were ordered on deck, and the vessel
swung around broadside to the waves.
At first, her position being supposed safe, it was thought the two
hundred and forty men on board might well remain until the storm was
over. The men were scattered about the deck and forecastle, clinging to the
guns, the masts, rigging and sides of the ship. Within half an hour her real
danger became apparent; she wallowed lower and lower in the yielding
sand; more and more frequently the seas dashed over her, flooding the
hatchways with water. Her boats were dashed from the davits and torn to
pieces. It was attempted to fire lines to the shore, but all her powder was
ruined. The spray and mist arose in such masses from the sides of the ship,
that those on shore could hardly distinguish her position.
At this moment a brave sailor volunteered to swim through the surf with
a line, in the hope that his comrades might be rescued. It was a perilous
task, as the water was filled with floating wreckage. Fastening a cord to his
body, he sprang overboard; an immense wave hurled him against the side of
the vessel and struck him senseless. He was drowned almost within touch of

Page 166

his comrades. Gradually the men were driven from the gun-deck. By noon
it was under water. The heavy billows that swept over the ship lifted the
men from their feet and hurled them against the sides. The salt water
intensified the pain of their bruises. Soon all of the men sought refuge in the
rigging, and a few officers only remained on the poop-deck. The waves
grew more violent.
For once the bold men on shore were powerless. No boat could live in
the surf, and there was no firing apparatus on shore, that a line might be
conveyed to the vessel. The scores on the land were desperate, but the
Vandalia’s doom was sealed.
Finally, they resolved on bolder efforts than had hitherto been made.
Three natives fastened a cord to their bodies, and, passing around the side
of the bay a quarter of a mile above the wrecked war ship, endeavored to
take advantage of the powerful current setting toward the shore, and so
reach the vessel. Powerful swimmers as they were, they were hurled to the
beach without being able to get within one hundred yards of the vessel.
Urged by their chief to try again, effort after effort was made, but without
success.
Seeing no other chance, those on the Vandalia one by one dropped into
the sea, in the faint hope that they might yet reach the land in safety. Some
succeeded in reaching the wreck of the Nipsic, only a short distance away,
but many were too weak to draw themselves up to its deck. As they clung to
the ropes, the violence of the waves, in some cases, tore the clothing from
their bodies.
The captain, sick and feeble, was growing weaker every moment. The
brave Carlin stood by him endeavoring to hold him on, and speaking words
of encouragement. He had not sufficient strength left to clamber into the
rigging and refused a life preserver, insisting that it should be given to some
of the others. At length an immense roller plunged toward the vessel, and
the captain bent forward to receive the shock. A heavy machine gun was
torn from its fastening and hurled full upon the captain. His body passed
overboard and was never more seen.

Page 167

THE BOW OF THE SUNKEN VANDALIA.

One by one others of the officers were beaten from the deck. The
suffering was not only with those on the vessel. The brave fellows who
labored on the shore and in the surf were cut and bruised by flying sand and
the floating fragments. Exposure to the sea water was making them stiff and
sore. The natives sought occasional shelter and rest behind an up-turned
boat or the masses of drift, and then returned to the battle.
Finally, as by common consent, nearly all of those left in the rigging
dropped into the sea. It was an easy matter to reach the Nipsic, and a few
succeeded in clambering to her deck; but many were too weak and
exhausted to hold on long enough to receive assistance from their
comrades, and too far off to be reached by the natives.
By three o’clock the hull of the Vandalia had almost disappeared. A few
men were still in the rigging, lying exhausted on the small platforms or
clinging to the rat-lines or yards with the desperation of dying men,
expecting every moment to be their last. Their arms and limbs were bruised
and swollen and cut by holding on the rough ropes. For twenty-four hours
they had been without food, and cold and exposure were doing their work.
At this moment the rear of the Nipsic swung to the sea, so that but fifty
yards separated the two vessels. A successful effort was made to stretch a
line between the two; but before all in the fore-rigging could be rescued, the
line parted and could not be replaced.

Page 168

Meanwhile the Trenton, without steam or rudder, lay with her head to the
wind, while volumes of water dashed through the hawse-pipes and flooded
the engine room. Had the vessel gone down suddenly, none below could
have escaped. They stood at their posts till waist deep in the water and the
fires were extinct. The berth-deck was flooded. Lieut. Allen and a portion of
the men made repeated efforts to close the hawse-pipes, but the force of the
waves tore away every plug. Still they labored on, far beneath the decks,
momentarily expecting the last.
The admiral and his officers stood on the bridge directing the
movements of the vessel. When almost on the eastern shoals a bold coup
was suggested by Lieut. Brown. Every man was ordered into the port-
rigging, and the compact mass of bodies was used as a sail. The vessel was
brought into the center of the bay again. Then she commenced to drift back
toward the Olga, which had been holding up in the gale more successfully
than any of the other vessels. The stars and stripes were flung to the breeze.
If she were doomed, she would go down with flying colors. The Olga
endeavored to steam out of the way, but her bow struck the starboard
quarter of the flagship, shivering the heavy timbers, carrying away several
boats, and throwing the flag to the deck. Again it was flung from the mast-
head. The Olga reached the mud-flat on the east side of the harbor. Not a
life was lost, and a few weeks later the vessel was hauled off and saved.
The struggle of the Trenton was almost ended. It was five o’clock and
daylight was fading as the immense war ship bore down upon the Vandalia.
When she struck the latter, all would be over.
That was a memorable scene. The night was coming on the wings of the
storm. Those in the Vandalia’s main-top still clung, bruised and bleeding.
Their eyes were blinded by the salty spray. They looked on the black waters
below knowing they had no strength for further battle with the waves. The
final hour was upon them. The great black hull of the Trenton could be seen
through the gloom, about to dash upon the stranded vessel and grind her to
atoms. Those on the beach ceased their efforts in despair, and stood waiting
the last act of the tragedy.
At this moment there came over the waves a renewal of the wild cheer of
the morning. Four hundred and fifty voices were heard above the roar of the
storm, “Three cheers for the Vandalia!” A cheer in the morning had
animated the British; perhaps another cheer now would encourage the

Page 169

despairing seamen of the Vandalia to hold on a little longer. A response
went up, feeble, quavering and uncertain, so faint it was scarcely heard by
those on shore. With death staring them in the face, they sent up a cheer for
the flagship; a cheer more pathetic than any lamentation. That was the
saddest cry ever heard. Every heart on shore was melted to pity. “God help
them!” they murmured.
Darkness hid the scene. The last cheer had died away. As those on shore
listened for the crash, another strange sound came up from the deep. It was
a wild burst of music in defiance of the storm. The Trenton’s band was
playing the “Star Spangled Banner.” Never before had the thousand men on
sea and shore heard such strains at a time like that. The feelings of the
Americans on the beach were indescribable. The power of the music vied
with the howling of the storm.
Men who during that awful day had exhausted every means of rendering
some assistance to their comrades, now seemed inspired to greater effort.
They dashed at the surf like wild creatures; but they were powerless. There
was nothing left for them to do but wait; and, if they dared, to hope.
The Trenton proved the Vandalia’s salvation. She bore lightly against her
without a shock, and swung around in the sand broadside to the sunken
ship. Those who remained quickly escaped to the Trenton’s deck.
By ten o’clock the beach was deserted, and all that tempest or man could
do had been done. A few watchers patrolled the beach all night in hope of
rescuing some one who might not have escaped to the Trenton. But one
person was found—a young ensign.
One hundred and forty-four persons had perished. Ninety-one were from
the German vessels; fifty-one from the Americans; two from a little trading
schooner. Not more than one-third of the bodies were recovered.

Page 170

AFTER THE STORM: TRENTON IN THE FOREGROUND; VANDALIA’S BOW IN
RIGHT CENTER; OLGA IN THE DISTANCE.

The storm died away. It was a strange scene which the morning sun
beheld. The shore was strewn with drifted wreck. The shattered schooners
lay about the reef. The streets were crossed with fallen trees, and roofless
houses stood amid the groves. A fragment of the Eber’s bow was high upon
the beach. Far up the western reef the Adler lay. The Olga stood unharmed
upon the eastern shoal. Before the consulate, the Nipsic was fast in the sand.
Only the bow of the Vandalia’s hull could be seen. By her side was the
Trenton, grand though in ruin. And above the desolation floated the Star
Spangled Banner, triumphant over the storm.

Page 171

CHAPTER XII.

ELECTRIC STORMS.

“Far along,
From peak to peak the rattling crags among,
Leaps the live thunder! Not from one lone cloud,
But every mountain now hath found a tongue,
And Jura answers through her misty shroud,
Back to the joyous Alps, who call to her aloud!

And this is in the night:—Most glorious night!
Thou wert not sent for slumber! let me be
A sharer in thy fierce and far delight,
A portion of the tempest and of thee!
How the lit lake shines, a phosphoric sea,
And the big rain comes dancing to the earth!
And now again ’tis black—and now, the glee,
Of the loud hills shakes with its mountain mirth,
As if they did rejoice o’er a young earthquake’s birth.”

HO has not quailed before the storm? Few, indeed, are they whose
spirits kindle with the flash of the lightning, and joy in the roar of the
thunder, that fills the heavens like the voice of many waters. Bold is the
heart that in such scenes can mount with a Byron, and say to the Avernian
gloom that wraps the frightened world,
“Let me be
A portion of the tempest and of thee!”

Only that fiery, untameable spirit, fearless of man or demon, dare so
approach the King of the Storm, or pat the mane of Ocean in his wrath. A
thousand plaudits has he won—but not a follower: for when the lightning
flames and roars, the cheering rabble slink away in fear, nor dare to emulate
that genius, strange and wild as chaos as itself.

Page 172

THE LYSE FIORD.

The fear of the tempest belongs to every age. The ancient Greeks, from
whom the Romans borrowed and modified the myth, told how Hephaistos
toiled in his volcanic forge to form the bolts of Zeus, great father of gods
and men. These flaming weapons could none oppose. By them rebellious
giants were overturned. And the bold Goth, rugged and vigorous, heard the
voice of the war-god, Thor, shout to him:
“Mine eyes are the lightning,
The wheels of my chariot
Roll in the thunder!”

The Arab saw the wild combat of genii, whom the great Solomon had
not subdued. Woe to the luckless wight who should arouse their ill-will!
The Arabian Nights tell us of a contest between one of these spirits of fire
and a beautiful princess, versed in magic. The swarthy Moor beheld the
hand of God, waving on his angels to contest with the hosts of evil: and the
same idea of wild combat in the spirit world is found in the myths of the
Caribs and Lapps. In the Hindoo cosmogony, the lightning and storm are
the chief weapons of Siva, the destroyer, who will one day blot the world
out of existence. Only in the red man’s tales do we find the idea of the
Christian world, of one Great Spirit who rules all nature. In the Persian
mythology, lightning and gloom represent the contest between the forces of
Ahriman, prince of evil, and Ormuzd, the great creator and preserver of
good. And among the old Etruscans, from whom the Romans borrowed

Page 173

many rites and ceremonies, the lightning was one of the chief objects in
their system of augury and divination. A favorable flash of lightning
outweighed all portents of ill. The thunder was the voice of the gods,
communicating their will to men.
And so the ancients were content to pass the mystery by, unsolved. Now
and then a Pliny, a Seneca, an Aristotle, ventured a timid speculation upon
the origin and cause of lightning, but as electricity was an unknown force to
them, their conjectures were as wild as the chimærical tales of Cimmerian
darkness in ultra-Scythian realms, or of the Utopian haven of bliss, where
the Hyperboreans dwelt. But one of their various conjectures is worthy of
note, as it contains an element of truth. It was, that the lightning was
produced by mutual friction or violent concussion of the clouds.
Since electricity has been recognized as the agent in the phenomena of
thunder storms, inquiry as to whether it is a cause or a result of the
formation of clouds, has produced evidence in favor of the latter fact
(though clouds differently charged have mutual attraction for each other),
for rapid motion of gases may be made to generate electricity. A natural
sequence would be that thunder storms are most violent where clouds are
heaviest. Hence, thunder storms are naturally most frequent and violent in
the tropics, where the greater heat produces immense masses of vapor. and
are unknown in the polar world, where the comparative dryness of the
atmosphere is unfavorable. The unusual amount of electricity in dense
clouds in rapid motion is shown by the tremendous electrical displays
attendant upon tornadoes and cyclones. Another illustration of lightning
resulting from cloud agency, rather than controlling them, may be found in
the cloudless Sahara, where evidences of electricity are sometimes to be
observed in the time of the Khamsin, while the thunder storm is unknown.
One notable exception to the rule that thunder storms are violent and
frequent in all tropical regions is to be found in Peru, with its cloudless
skies and eternal sun, where a rainfall or a thunder storm would be as great
a curiosity as a palm tree at the north pole. The mere fact of elevation
renders the thunder storm more violent in mountainous regions, in both
temperate and tropical worlds.
Knowing the character of this mysterious power, we may not enter upon
a lengthy discussion of the changes, chemical, physical and otherwise, that
may be produced by it. Within the scope of this work, only its rank as an
agent of destruction and a historical factor may be considered. Is electricity

Page 174

to be greatly feared? to be put on a par with the flood, the hurricane, and the
earthquake? Has it ever figured in the history of nations sufficiently to
directly affect their destinies?
The first and most familiar aspect of its power is the thunder storm,
which needs not a word of description. It results merely from the discharges
passing between two bodies oppositely charged. There is one comparatively
rare form of lightning, in which it appears as a globe of fire slowly
descending, with wayward and unexpected dashes to the side, sometimes
coming down a chimney and playing about the floor like a kitten, much to
the discomfiture of the inmates, till it at length explodes with immense
force, hurling zig-zag lightnings all about. This peculiar freak, several times
observed, is as yet unexplained.
The lightning seems throughout most civilized nations to be the most
dreaded of all natural agencies, if we may judge from the many precautions
taken against it. And in truth it is a terrific power, cleaving the hardest
rocks, rending the mighty oak, and fusing the most refractory substances.
Darting into the soil it frequently forms tubes of vitreous appearance by
fusing the earth and stones as it passes. The writer has seen masses of straw
fused in the same way. And when we remember that French savants have,
with the most powerful of batteries been able to produce tubes only an inch
in length and one-fiftieth of an inch in diameter by passing shocks through
powdered glass, we may well stand in awe at the terrible power that
produces tubes thirty feet long and four inches in diameter in the far more
obstinate feldspar and quartz.

Page 175

IDEAL SUBTERRANEAN STORM.

There are numerous cases of death by lightning; but the instances in
which more than one person has been killed by a flash are comparatively
rare. The freaks played far outdo those of the wind, and puzzle the wisest.
March 20, 1784, about four hundred people were assembled in the theatre at
Mantua, when lightning struck the building, and killed two persons, injuring
ten. But many who were not hurt found the bolt had melted their watch-
keys, earrings, and split diamonds they were wearing. How such feats could
be performed without in the least harming the possessors is a mystery.
June 11, 1819, while a large assembly were attending divine services in
the church of Chateau Neuf les Montiers, in France, lightning struck the
building, killing nine persons and wounding eighty-two. In 1715 the
lightning fell into the abbey of Noirmoutiers, near Tours, and killed twenty-
two horses, but did no further harm to the one hundred and fifty monks at
supper than to turn over their one hundred and fifty bottles of wine. In
1855, lightning struck a flock of sheep in France, killing seventy-eight of
them and two dogs, and sparing the old shepherdess. A French author
relates the case of a priest who was killed by lightning, while the horse on
which he rode was unhurt, and quietly continued homeward with the
stiffened corpse. A somewhat similar case has come within the knowledge
of the writer: a man on horseback being killed, and the saddle perforated;
yet the horse remained apparently unhurt. I remember another instance of a

Page 176

man who was struck, and escaped unharmed; but one of his boots was torn
to shreds and some of the hobnails melted: and I myself have been struck
upon the foot, with no other result than a peculiar numbness, lasting nearly
half an hour.
In many instances a livid streak is the only mark left upon the dead
body; and again it may be torn almost to atoms; while in some cases not the
slightest trace is perceptible. The greater number fall in the first class. In
1838, some cattle were killed by lightning near Nymnegen, in Holland.
Their bones were shattered to a thousand fragments, as though by nitro-
glycerine; while externally there was no particular token visible. Some
sheep killed in Bohemia, in 1718, were similarly served. The fragments of
bone were driven so thoroughly throughout the flesh that the carcasses were
unfit for food.
In 1869, the mayor of Pradette, France, was killed by lightning, and all
his clothes, with the exception of one shoe, were torn from the body.
“August 11, 1855, a man was struck by lightning on a road near Vallerois,
and entirely divested of his raiment, only a few remnants of which could
afterwards be found. Ten minutes after the stroke he was restored to
consciousness, complained of the cold, and asked how he came to be
without any clothing. No doubt, he would have more easily consoled
himself for the loss of his apparel had he known of the case reported by
Sestier, of a man whose whole right side was burnt, as if he had been held
for some time over a fire-pan, while his shirt, his drawers and the rest of his
dress bore no marks whatever of combustion.” Sometimes the clothing is
found unstitched; again, it is burnt, and again, in some mysterious manner,
seems to be annihilated.
Prof. Tyndall relates his sensations upon having a powerful electric
discharge pass through him: “Life was absolutely blotted out for a very
sensible interval, without a trace of pain. In a second or so consciousness
returned. * * * The intellectual consciousness of my position was restored
with singular rapidity, but not so the optical consciousness. * * * The
appearance which my body presented to myself was that of a number of
separate pieces. The arms, for example, were detached from the trunk and
suspended in the air. In fact, memory and the power of reasoning appeared
to be complete long before the optic nerve was restored to healthy action.
But what I wish chiefly to dwell upon here, is the absolute painlessness of
the shock; and there can not be a doubt that to a person struck dead by

Page 177

lightning the passage from life to death occurs without consciousness being
in the least degree implicated. It is an abrupt stoppage of sensation,
unaccompanied by a pang.”
There is another class of peculiar freaks performed by this subtle force,
which the following instances illustrate. Prof. Perty tells of a thunder storm
in Switzerland, when “the lightning sprang from a pear tree upon the
verandah of a house, where it killed a boy and wounded his mother. The
pear tree and the house were burned down. On the arm of the wounded
woman a remarkably elegant impression of twigs and leaves, like a
photographic copy of part of the pear tree, was found.”
There are several cases noted of persons sitting near windows when
lightning flashing near by has produced an exact likeness of the person, as
though engraved on the glass.
“In 1825 the lightning fell upon the brigantine El Buon Servo, which lay
at anchor in the bay of Armiro, at the mouth of the Adriatic Sea. The
superstitious Ionian sailors generally fasten a horseshoe to the foremasts of
their ships, probably fancying that this simple means affords them
protection against the evil intentions of wizards and witches. Of course, the
Buon Servo was not without its horseshoe. Antonio Teodoro, of Scarpanto,
was sitting near the mast, when it was struck by lightning. He was killed at
once. No marks of combustion were found on his body, nor were his clothes
torn; but on his back was found the distinct impression of a horseshoe of the
same size as that which was nailed to the mast.”
In the records of the Academy of Sciences, we find that “the Signora
Morosa, a lady of Lugano, who sat near a window during a thunder storm,
received a shock which did her no further injury; but a flower which stood
in the passage of the electric fluid was distinctly pictured on her thigh.” She
carried the mark to her grave.
Lightning is one of the most useful purifiers of the atmosphere. There
can be no doubt that large quantities of noxious exhalations are destroyed
by electrical discharges. Its beneficial effects in this respect have been long
noted. “Both Hippocrates and Galenus remark that the water which falls
during a thunder storm is more healthy to drink than that which proceeds
from a uniformly clouded sky: and Plutarch mentions that the rain from a
thunder cloud is considered as more favorable to vegetation, and
communicates to plants a particular flavor.” There are also on record a

Page 178

number of instances in which persons long in poor health, on receiving light
shocks, have greatly improved in health and appearance. Similar results
have been noticed in plant life. Doubtless such cases as these gave rise to
the belief of the ancients, that to be struck by lightning was to be favored by
the gods.
This opinion was especially noted in the case of Mithridates. Slightly
wounded in the forehead by lightning when a child, he escaped unhurt later
in life, when his sword was totally destroyed. These facts caused him to be
held in superstitious fear by the Romans. And Quintus Julius Eburnus
became consul, B. C., mainly because of a similar mark of divine favor.
Those who were killed by a flash were believed to be not subject to decay,
and were robed in white and buried where they fell. So also those whose
tombs lightning struck were peculiarly honored of Heaven. Lord Byron
alludes to this in his stanza upon the bust of Ariosto on the poet’s tomb at
Ferrara, which had been struck by lightning:
“The lightning rent from Ariosto’s bust
The iron crown of laurel’s mimicked leaves,
Nor was the ominous element unjust,
For the true laurel wreath which glory weaves
Is of the tree no bolt of thunder cleaves,
And the false semblance but disgraced his brow;
Yet, still, if fondly superstition grieves,
Know, that the lightning sanctifies below
Whate’er it strikes—yon head is doubly sacred now.”

The identification of electricity with lightning is a comparatively recent
occurrence. The story of Benjamin Franklin, patron saint of the devout
lightning-rod agent, is too familiar to require repetition. Yet, the idea was
first broached in the latter part of the seventeenth century by two students of
the new force, more than fifty years before Franklin’s experiments.
Thunder clouds usually float from two thousand to five thousand feet
from the earth; but there is one case on record of two priests being killed by
lightning from a cloud only thirty yards from the ground; while another
thunder storm is noted as having occurred eighteen thousand feet from the
earth. As sound travels about one thousand and ninety feet per second, any
one may ascertain the distance of a flash by noting the time that elapses ere
the thunder is heard. All existing records fail to tell of thunder heard more
than four miles; while the cannonading at Paris in 1871 could be heard one

Page 179

hundred and five miles; and Waterloo could be heard one hundred and fifty
miles.
The action of lightning is instantaneous, and when near by the report is
at first a single sharp crack; but it is always followed by a long rolling, so
characteristic that every name given the thunder in a measure endeavors to
imitate it. The reason of the continued roll from a single flash is simple, and
is to be found in the fact that a flash usually travels several miles; and as
sound travels as stated above, the sounds generated at different distances
come to the ear in rapid succession, resulting in a continuous roar.
As the flash is due merely to the attraction between two bodies charged
with opposite kinds of electricity, the discharge may pass either up or down.
Cases are on record of persons on a mountain side being killed by lightning
from a cloud below them, and of people on the ground killed by lightning
dashing from them toward the sky.
Among the more notable fatalities resulting from lightning may be
mentioned the terrible thunder storm of 1793, at Buenos Ayres, when the
lightning struck thirty-seven times within the city, and killed nineteen
people. A number of persons were killed on June 18, 1872, in England, at
different places; and numerous others perished within the month from
similar discharges.
Electricity seems to kill by destroying nervous power. Cardanus tells of
eight reapers being killed while taking their meal under an oak. When the
witnesses of the occurrence ran to the spot, they saw a strange sight. The
victims “seemed to be still busy with their frugal repast. One of them held
his glass, another was putting some bread into his mouth, a third had his
hand in the dish. The angel of death had struck them so violently that the
whole surface of their bodies bore the marks of his black wings. They
seemed so many statues sculptured in black marble.”
“In another case where ten reapers were killed under a hedge, one of
them had a dog on his knee at the time when he was struck. The unfortunate
man was caressing with one hand his little companion, and with the other
giving him a piece of bread. Both master and dog were merely inert masses
of rigid muscle and stiffened sinew, and yet the bread was still held by the
lifeless hand. The dog, with his mouth expressively open, seemed still to
beg for the proffered morsel.”

Page 180

A peasant woman in the suburbs of Nancy was struck while gathering
flowers. She was found standing, holding in her hand the daisy she had
been plucking. A French soldier took refuge under a tree during a storm; a
peasant sheltered himself in a copse near by. The soldier was killed by
lightning. The storm over, the peasant crept out and called to the soldier to
come on. Receiving no answer, he

HARVESTERS KILLED BY LIGHTNING.

went up and touched the erect, motionless figure. It at once melted away.
Only a little dust remained. A similar result occurred not long since in a
powerful electric light plant. A large rat endeavored to cross some of the
machinery, and at once became rigid, as though an image of stone. One of
the employes, taking a stick, endeavored to push the carcass off; it at once
disappeared in a cloud of impalpable dust.

Page 181

Terrible results have followed from lightning striking into powder
magazines. August 18, 1769, the powder vault in the tower of St. Nazaire,
at Brescia, was struck. The explosion destroyed one-sixth of the city
completely, and damaged all buildings more or less. Three thousand persons
were killed, while the property ruined amounted to over $3,000,000. June
26, 1807, the lightning struck a magazine in the fortress of the Luxembourg,
ruining the lower town, and killing or wounding two hundred and thirty
people. In 1856 the powder vaults in the church of St. John, in the island of
Rhodes were struck. More than two hundred people were instantly killed.
The lightning often shows in itself a sort of explosive power. Every one
is familiar with the blasting of trees, and the throwing of fragments to a
great distance. Some unusually violent effects of this class have been
noticed. In 1762, stones weighing one hundred and fifty pounds, were flung
from a church in Cornwall, to a distance of one hundred and eighty feet. In
the Shetland Isles, during the last century, a rock of mica schist, one
hundred and five feet long, ten feet broad, and from three to five feet thick,
was in an instant torn by a flash of lightning from its bed, and broken into
three large and several smaller fragments. One piece twenty-six feet long,
ten feet broad, and four feet thick, was merely inverted. A second, twenty-
eight feet long, seventeen feet broad, and five feet thick, was hurled over a
high point to a distance of fifty yards: another mass, forty feet long, was
hurled still further in the same direction, quite into the sea.
Certain localities seem to have peculiar attractive power for lightning.
On the Norwegian coast is a narrow channel between two dark rocky
headlands, where the lightning seems often to play almost incessantly. The
gloomy chasm, so frequently reverberating with the roll of the thunder, is
viewed with superstitious fear by ignorant sailors; and the boldest heart is
filled with awe in the forbidding presence of the Lyse Fiord. By many he is
thought a venturesome captain who will dare take his vessel through this
frowning gateway.
But after a careful consideration of the topic, it is clear that lightning is
less to be feared than almost any other of the atmospheric phenomena.
Comparatively rare are the cases where more than one or two persons are
killed at once. Statistics hitherto collected show that scarcely one death in
two thousand is occasioned by it. And yet no force seems to be so
universally feared. Every people in every age have taken precautions
against it, while the hurricane and the flood pass almost unheeded.

Page 182

The ancient Thracians were wont to shoot their arrows at the sky during
a storm, to remind the fire-gods to be a little more careful in their sport. A
similar practice is found among certain South African tribes: while the
South Sea Islanders, far more fearless, tell of Ina, a woman whom the moon
stole for his wife, while she was beating bark-cloth. She may be seen in the
moon to-day—the figure we call the “man in the moon.” Continually at
work, she spreads out her cloth on the sky to dry—(clouds)—fastening it
down with blue stones, of which the sky is built. When done, she gathers it
up, throwing down the stones, which, falling upon the earth, produce the
sound of thunder. The lightning is the torch the moon holds to aid her in her
work.
Augustus was wont to retire to a subterranean vault during a storm, and
it is said the Japanese emperors had a similar custom, having the additional
precaution of large reservoirs of water over the grottos. When away from
home, Augustus usually wrapped himself in sealskin, believed, not only by
the Romans, but by many others, to be lightning-proof. In some portions of
France, the peasants believe snake skins to be an efficient anti-lightning
charm. And among not a few of the ancients there was a belief prevalent
that lightning never injured a person in bed.
In the passage quoted from Byron on the bust of Ariosto, allusion is
made to the belief that lightning never strikes the laurel-plant sacred to
Apollo. Firm in this opinion, Tiberius, during thunder storms, put on a
laurel crown; and similar virtue is to-day ascribed by the Chinese to peach
and mulberry trees. Not a few persons to-day believe glass to be a
safeguard, and that a person is safe beside a closed window. Seamen, and
not a few of the peasantry of different regions, believe the firing of guns
will break up a thunder storm. Tolling of church-bells is another powerful
protection against the fires of the sky, which has cost many a bell-ringer his
life; a tall steeple being unusually liable to be struck, and a damp bell-rope
forming a good conductor. One authority tells us of three hundred and
eighty-six steeples struck within thirty-three years, and one hundred and
twenty-one bell-ringers killed. The preventive was all right; but these tollers
had sinned away all right to protection, and perished as victims of Divine
wrath, instead of an absurd custom.
Such are some of the many illusory modes of protection in vogue in
times past, and existing to no small extent in the present. Comment upon
them is unnecessary. We know to-day that the higher objects are most liable

Page 183

to be struck, and that metals are the best conductors; and on these facts the
whole system of lightning-rod protection is based.
But in regard to even the best conductors, a witty German has found
much room for ridicule. “While I am writing this, symptoms of dysentery
are showing themselves with us in Gottingen. Six persons are said to have
died of this complaint—that is more than twice as many in a few days as the
lightning has killed in our town in half a century—and yet the public seems
remarkably easy upon the subject. I do not even find that the cheapest
dysentery conductors have been resorted to. People still go about in light
clothing, although the wind is already blowing over the stubble, and I have
even perceived, within the last few days, that some persons sleep with open
windows, which are very carefully closed during a thunder storm, and yet
there is not a single instance known that lightning has ever made its way
through an open window, while dysentery very easily strikes into a
bedroom, particularly when, after a warm day, it makes its appearance in
company of rain and a cool wind. Is not this singular? How would people
conduct themselves in these days if the dysentery was to rise above the
horizon in the form of a low black cloud, changing day into twilight, and
whenever it selected a victim, explode with a violent thunder clap, which
made the house shake? I believe there would be no end of singing and
praying. And yet this storm is now impending on our heads—but without
thunder claps and black clouds, which are, after all, only accessories—and
we go about our affairs as if nothing were happening.”
The fact that objects reaching much above the general surface are most
liable to be struck, places ships at sea in a peculiarly dangerous position;
and considering the relative number of the two, ships are more frequently
struck than houses. The packet boat New York, was struck some years since:
the chain which was attached to the mainmast as conductor was entirely
volatilized, not being large enough to act as conductor.
The fact that electricity passes most readily from elevated points, renders
the ship the scene of the most beautiful of the more common electric
phenomena. Any one who has visited an electric plant knows how sparks
and flashes of light accumulate on the brushes; and a similar spectacle may
at times be seen on the wires of electric lights at night. So at sea during
cloudy weather, the yards, masts, spars and other more prominent points
often glow with pale lambent flames, of greenish or bluish tint. One who
clambers up to them may find upon near approach that they almost

Page 184

disappear; while to one a short distance away they are as distinct as ever. A
hand plunged into the flame glows with the same spectral light. This
phenomenon is popularly known among sailors as “St. Elmo’s fire;” but
there is much difference of opinion as to what it may forebode. Some
sailors believe the ghost of a dead comrade is accompanying the ship.
Others consider that St. Elmo has taken the ship under his protection. A
more common, and the rational view, is thus given by Longfellow:

Page 185

“Last night I saw St. Elmo’s stars
With their glimmering lanterns, all at play,
On the tops of the masts, and the tips of the spars,
And I knew we should have foul weather to-day.
Cheerily, my hearties!—yo-heave-oh!
Brail up the mainsail and let her go,
As the winds will, and St. Antonio.”

This phenomenon has been noticed from the earliest times. Shakespeare
wrote three centuries ago, in “The Tempest:”
Prospero.—“Hast thou, spirit,
Performed, to point the tempest that I bid thee?”

Ariel.—“To every article.
I boarded the King’s ship: now on the beak,
Now in the waist, the deck, in every cabin,
I flamed amazement: sometimes I’d divide,
And burn in many places: on the topmast,
The yards and bowsprit would I flame distinctly;
Then meet and join.”

When Lysander was about to set sail from Lampsacus to attack the
Athenian fleet, “Castor and Pollux” appeared upon each side of the
Lacedemonian admiral’s vessel, greatly encouraging him. Such were the
names of the strange lights among the ancients: and ever and anon we find
record of their appearance.
This title needs explanation. This peculiar halo is not confined to the sea,
nor to inanimate objects. The electric aureole has been frequently observed
upon persons, and has always been considered a good omen. The Spartan
Gylippus on his march to raise the siege of Syracuse, saw a star upon his
lance and rejoiced at the token of divine favor. Nearly every tyro in Latin is
familiar with the tale that Servius Tullius, when a child, was found asleep in
his cradle with flames playing about him, and was in consequence educated
like a prince, and became king of Rome. Stories of halos about Constantine
the Great, and the Visigoth emperor Wamba, are also told. It is said that
during Cæsar’s African war, flames sprang from the standards of the fifth
legion during a stormy night: and at a time when Rome, almost in despair at
the triumphs of Carthage and the death of two Scipios in Spain, was
seriously meditating the abandonment of the contest, Lucius Marcius
ventured upon a harangue to encourage the dispirited legions. While he

Page 186

spoke, a flame rested upon his helmet. Roused by the wonderful mark of
divine favor, the Romans went forth yet again, and gained one of their
greatest victories. What might have been the fate of the world if Carthage,
not Rome, had prevailed? Who dare assert that an electric flame has not
changed the destinies of the universe?
But the earliest story of this sort comes from the famed expedition of the
Argo, in search of the Golden Fleece. During a fearful storm Orpheus
invoked the gods of Samothracia; and immediately divine lights appeared
upon the heads of Castor and Pollux, two members of the party, and the
storm ceased. So after death the two mythical heroes were promoted a place
among the demi-gods, and became the especial patrons of sailors: and the
strange lights on shipboard were supposed to indicate their presence. A
single light, however, was supposed to bode evil, and to be the work of the
mischief-making Helena.
Since the extension of travel and scientific research, this phenomenon
has been so frequently observed as to be no longer considered remarkable;
and it is supposed to be due to electric clouds or currents coming in direct
contact with objects, so that instead of the flash of lightning from a
distance, there is a steady discharge, often with some hissing or crackling
sound, noticeable at the brushes of any electric machine; in fact, the noise is
seldom absent. It almost invariably appears before or after a thunder storm:
and has hardly ever been observed during one. To this same cause must be
attributed the occasional showers of luminous rain and dust.
But no amount of science can rob such appearances of their terrors for
the uninitiated. Of scores of instances we might name, a single one will
suffice. Prof. Siemens tells of an unusual electric disturbance during a
Khamsin, while his party and his Arab guides were upon the summit of the
great pyramid. Hearing a hissing noise as the wind rose, he at length
concluded it must be due to electricity: and “holding up a full wine-bottle,
the head of which was coated with tin foil,” the same hissing was increased.
The bottle was then wrapped with moist paper, to increase its capacity.
Even before this, a severe shock could be obtained from the head of the
bottle.
“The Arabs, who for some time had been looking on with astonishment
at our proceedings, came to the conclusion that we were practicing magic,
and insisted upon our leaving the pyramid. Their remonstrances being of no

Page 187

avail, they now wanted to use the right of the stronger, and to make us
descend by force. I retreated to the highest stone block and loaded my bottle
as strongly as possible, while the leader of the Arabs seized me by the other
hand and was endeavoring to drag me down. At this critical moment, I
touched him with the neck of the bottle, and the effects of the shock it
produced were such as to surpass my keenest expectations. The son of the
desert, whose nerves had never before felt a similar commotion, fell flat
down upon the ground, as if struck by lightning; and then springing up with
a dreadful howl, soon vanished out of sight, followed by all his comrades.”
These cases of halos and electric aureoles thus far mentioned, have
clearly played a far more important part in the history of nations than the
more frequently occurring lightning stroke, merely because of the
wonderful hold they have had upon the superstitious tendency of man.
Leave Servius Tullius out of the history of Rome, or leave out the speech
and aureole of Marcius, and who can say how different the face of the earth
might be?
More frequently observed, and because of its frequency, comparatively
unheeded in northern climes, is the aurora, which in the temperate zone has
frequently inspired terror equal to the earthquake, though absolutely
harmless. The writer recalls that a bright aurora not so very many years ago
caused not a few superstitious folk to believe the end of the world was at
hand. They believed the red streamers to be the chariot of fire in which the
Lord was speeding earthward. This was the great aurora of September 3,
1859, which was visible from the United States to Siberia, from the Cape of
Good Hope and Australia to the north of Europe. It was the most
tremendous ever known, and well calculated to terrify the superstitious.[A]
[A] And even so late as 1872, the brilliant aurora which was seen as far south as Alexandria,
was believed by the intelligent Parisians to forebode terrible wars, and the speedy overthrow of
the hated Germans, who had so lately trampled their capital and their pride. And in earlier days
the northern light had been deemed the harbinger of war, famine or pestilence.
Humboldt, and others since, have supposed the aurora to be light emitted
by the earth itself; but to-day its electric character is proven beyond a doubt.
Electric discharges passed through a tube containing greatly rarefied dry air
produce the same effect on a small scale; and every aurora produces a
powerful disturbance of magnetic instruments. In most cases, they are
attended by a hissing, crackling noise: so the Siberians are wont to say that
“the raging host is passing.”

Page 188

We find occasional references to the aurora among ancient writers, but
little attempt to explain it. So we have even few myths, it not being
common enough in warmer climes to hold a place in popular tales. But in
Iceland, and more northern regions, it is of constant and brilliant
occurrence, merely because it requires dry air, and the coldest air is the
driest. So among Scandinavian races appears the myth embodied by
Longfellow in the “Saga of King Olaf.” The war god, Thor, speaks:
“The light thou beholdest
Stream through the heavens
In flashes of crimson,
Is but my red beard,
Blown by the night wind,
Affrighting the nations.”

And Scott has told us of the belief in Scotland and the northern isles, of
spirits abroad in the upper air:
“The monk gazed long on the lovely moon,
Then into the night he looked forth:
And red and bright, the streamers light,
Were dancing in the glowing north.
So had he seen, in fair Castile,
The youth in glittering squadrons start,
Sudden the flying jennet wheel,
And hurl the unexpected dart.
He knew by the streams that shot so bright,
That spirits were riding the Northern light.”

The light emitted by the aurora varies much in intensity. Ordinarily it is
not greater than that of the moon in her first quarter; but a few instances are
recorded where it was powerful enough to make itself perceptible by day;
and on one occasion it was strong enough at night to cast a shadow in the
midst of a Newfoundland fog. As the phenomenon has been carefully
studied only within a century, it is not safe to affirm with certainty what
records of the past three hundred years have induced many to believe; that it
is of special frequency at periods of one hundred and fifty years. This can
only apply to the temperate zones; for in the polar world it is to be seen on
almost every clear still night.
M. Martins has given us a striking picture of the auroras. “At times they
are simple diffused gleams or luminous patches; at others, quivering rays of
pure white which run across the sky, starting from the horizon as if an

Page 189

invisible pencil were being drawn over the celestial vault. At times it stops
in its course: the incomplete rays

LAND OF THE AURORA.

do not reach the zenith, but the aurora continues at some other point; a
bouquet of rays darts forth, spreads out into a fan, then becomes pale and
dies out. At other times long golden draperies float above the head of the
spectator, and take a thousand folds and undulations, as if agitated by the
wind. They appear to be at but a slight elevation in the atmosphere, and it
seems strange that the rustling of the folds, as they double back on each
other, is not audible. Generally a luminous bow is seen in the north; a black
segment separates it from the horizon, its dark color forming a contrast with
the pure white or red of the bow, which darts forth the rays, extends,
becomes divided, and soon presents the appearance of a luminous fan,
which fills the northern sky, and mounts nearly to the zenith, where the

Page 190

rays, uniting, form a crown, which in its turn, darts forth luminous jets in all
directions. The sky then looks like a cupola of fire: blue, green, red, yellow
and white vibrate in the palpitating rays of the aurora. But this brilliant
spectacle lasts only a few minutes; the crown first ceases to emit luminous
jets, and then gradually dies out; a diffuse light fills the sky; here and there
a few luminous patches, resembling light clouds, open and close with an
incredible rapidity, like a heart that is beating very fast. They soon get pale
in their turn; everything fades away and becomes confused; the aurora
seems to be in its death-throes; the stars, which its light had obscured, shine
with a renewed brightness; and the long polar night, sombre and profound,
again assumes its sway over the icy solitudes of earth and ocean.”
In the presence of such brilliancy and beauty, both poet and artist may
despair. It may be copied only by the master hand that sent it flaming
through the heavens. There is naught under the sun whereunto to liken it,
and it is the electric flash which men may least fear; and yet, even it has
wrought evil at times; for its magnetic power disturbs the compass; and the
electric storms it betokens have more than once in the past caused electric
wires to set objects near them on fire. I well remember the powerful electric
disturbances that attended a magnificent aurora in 1884, which was visible
as far as southern Arkansas. Depots were fired in many places by electric
switch-boards; one in Pennsylvania taking fire four times. During this
electric storm, telegraphs and telephones were temporarily useless.
Such are the phenomena presented in the atmosphere by this most
mysterious power. Dreadful in the lightning’s leap, strange and uncanny in
the aureole’s glow, wildly and weirdly beautiful in the flickering flash and
flow of the Northern Light, we have seen that, though it has played an
important part in the history of the world because of its appeal to man’s
superstition, it is notwithstanding the occasional bolt of death, to be
considered, while one of the most powerful and universal, one of the least
to be feared of all the forces of nature; and is practicably responsible for
few great disasters.

Page 191

CHAPTER XIII.

RAIN, HAIL AND SNOW.

“I bring fresh showers for the thirsty flowers,
From the seas and the streams,
I bear light shade for the leaves when laid
In their noonday dreams.
From my wings are shaken the dews that waken
The sweet birds every one,
When rocked to rest on their mother’s breast,
As she dances about the sun.
I wield the flail of the lashing hail,
And whiten the green plains under.
And then again I dissolve in rain,
And laugh as I pass in thunder.

I am the daughter of earth and water,
And the nursling of the sky,
I pass through the pores of the ocean and shores,
I change, but I can not die.
For after the rain, when with never a stain
The pavilion of heaven is bare,
And the winds and sunbeams with their convex gleams,
Build up the blue dome of air,
I silently laugh at my own cenotaph,
And out of the caverns of rain,
Like a child from the womb, like a ghost from the tomb,
I arise and unbuild it again.”

HE cloud is well worth Shelley’s admiration; for though it be but a
vague oppressive mist when it enwraps, yet afar it assumes either
beauty or gloom, as its seeming whims may dictate. Few are they who
have never paused in silent admiration of some beautiful fleecy spirit of the
upper deep, changing every instant like the shifting figures of a
kaleidoscope, or presenting fantastic likenesses of natural objects, or ever
and anon presenting pictures of strange monsters, such as only the
superstitious and timid can imagine. Often in times past have nations stood
aghast at the portentous signs observed in season of some great calamity. A
lurid beam of light from the hidden sun, darting through a rift in the clouds,
has been reported as a flaming sword. Shortly before the destruction of

Page 192

Jerusalem, the sky was filled with horses and chariots, rushing to battle.
After the siege the wretched survivors recognized too late what was the
purpose of the warning.
Wordsworth speaks of these bizarre fantasies:
“Lo! in the burning west the craggy nape
Of a proud Ararat! and thereupon,
The Ark, her melancholy voyage done.
Yon rampant cloud mimics a lion’s shape,
There combats a huge crocodile—agape,
A golden spear to swallow! and that brown
And mossy grove, so near yon blazing town,
Stirs and recedes—destruction to escape,
Yet all is harmless—as the Elysian shades
Where spirits dwell in undisturbed repose,
Silently disappear and quickly fades,
Meek Nature’s evening comment on the shows
That for oblivion take their daily birth
From all the fuming vanities of Earth.”

And naught can present so sombre and terrifying an aspect as those
phantoms of the air, when mailed with the lightning and flying with the
storm.
Yet, upon the cloud the welfare of the human race is dependent, as much
as upon any other force in nature: for rain or drouth, famine or plenty, snow
or flood, all follow in its path. More than once has rain or storm decided the
destiny of nations. Far different might our own lot have been, if that bitter
storm of Christmas night, 1777, had not given Washington an opportunity
of surprising the carousing Hessians in Trenton, and so reviving the
drooping spirits of his countrymen. Hardly would he have escaped, but that
the sudden frost hardened the ground and enabled him to steal away by
night with his artillery, leaving the chafing Cornwallis the privilege of
attacking the deserted camp on the Assanpink in the morning. It was a
winter storm that enabled the bold Vermonters to surprise the frowning
fortress on the upper Hudson. Napoleon could invade Russia, and drive the
Cossack pell-mell before him; no mortal power could control the elements;
and his splendid hosts melted away like snow in the breath of the icy storm;
and once more the Cossack sang to his steed:
“Now fiercely neigh, my gallant gray; thy breast is broad and ample.
Thy hoofs shall prance o’er the fields of France and the pride of her heroes trample.”

Page 193

Again the “Man of Destiny” was conquered by the elements.
“There was a sound of revelry by night”

as the dread combat of Waterloo prepared. The plan of the “Genius of War”
was superb. But all his contests were problems of artillery. “The Lord is on
the side of the strongest battalions and heaviest artillery"—bold manner of
saying that “when one seeks for the reason of the successes of great
generals, one is surprised to find that they did everything necessary to
insure them.” But he who would insure success must have the clouds at his
beck. That night it rained. The mud crippled his artillery and left the contest
to the rifle and bayonet. Waterloo was lost. A shower of rain changed the
face of Europe—the history of the world.
Scriptural narrative and the sage Josephus tell us how the Philistine host
were cut down by the motley rabble of almost unarmed Israelites, routed
mainly by a terrific thunder storm that beat in their faces, flamed upon their
weapons, and transformed the disciplined army into a panic-stricken
multitude. What might have been the future of Israel and the Jewish faith,
but for the intervention of that storm? We need not multiply instances.

FIELD OF WATERLOO.

Page 194

The causes that produce the different phenomena of condensation in
rain, hail and snow, are not known. Rainfall is the most indefinite of all the
atmospheric phenomena in location, quantity, frequency, and distribution.
The winds do not vary greatly, one year with another; but such is not the
case with the rain. Sometimes the condensation is slow and the moisture
falls on the earth as mist. Some suppose that the rainfall is due merely to the
cold of great elevations: and this would seem to be well supported by the
prevalence of fogs on the Newfoundland banks, where the constant cold
current and the occasional icebergs produce a similar degree of cold at sea
level, condensing the moisture from the warm seas southward. Others urge
that two masses of saturated air of different temperature combine,
necessarily condensing the surplus; and the Newfoundland banks are again
referred to as an illustration.
Light on fog-banks often presents peculiar and beautiful illusions. The
writer remembers having seen a whole town apparently wrapped in flames,
the effect being produced by the lights from many windows shining through
a light mist that was curling and twisting before a light breeze. Similar
causes produce the peculiar halos and mock-suns and mock-moons not
infrequently seen in the sky. These, and the beautiful rainbow, all depend
upon the reflection and refraction of light in passing through vapor masses.
These curious spectacles once had no little terror for the ignorant and
superstitious. Shakespeare doubtless alludes to some such case in the
dialogue between Hubert and King John, making Hubert narrate an
exaggerated version of the facts, as the superstitiously inclined rabble
reported it:
Hubert.—“My lord, they say five moons were seen to-night;
Four fixed; and the fifth did whirl about
The other four with wondrous motion.”

King John.—“Five moons?”

Hubert.—“Old men and beldams in the streets
Do prophecy upon it dangerously;
Young Arthur’s death is common in their mouths.”

Sometimes an appearance more terrifying to the uninitiated is seen. The
traveler in Germany may hear strange myths of specters that frequent the
mountains. It was long said that spirits dwelt on the summit of the
Matterhorn. Gigantic phantoms roamed the Harz Mountains. One of the

Page 195

best known of all these apparitions is the famous “Specter of the Brocken.”
The wanderer on the lonely height at sunrise may see upon a neighboring
summit a gigantic shadowy figure, moving about, and mimicking every
motion of the traveler. Of course, it is but his shadow on a neighboring fog-
bank; but the solution remained a mystery long enough to terrify many a
simple peasant into needless invocations of the saints. But similar
appearances are occasionally observable in many localities. The Spaniard
Ulloa records that on the mountain Pambamarca, in Peru, he saw his
shadow on the cloud surrounded by three complete circular rainbows. The
same peculiarity has been frequently noticed elsewhere, but never on so
grand a scale. We find no peculiar myths concerning halos in general, it
being generally considered that they announce the approach of rain; and the
fog-bank is of no especial danger save to the seaman, or the traveler
overtaken and blinded by one in mountain fastnesses; though their
depressing influence has led one writer to exclaim:
“Fly, fly, profane fogs! fly hence far away,
Taint not the pure springs of the springing day
With your dull influence; it is for you
To sit and scowl upon night’s heavy brow.”

And the fog, though not ornamental—unless we except that dry haze, the
Indian summer—may be useful in preventing a frost, or in keeping a
parched earth from drying too rapidly. But for this last, all the world prefers
the rain, and sings with Longfellow:

Page 196

SPECTER OF THE BROCKEN.

“How beautiful is the rain!
After the dust and heat,
In the broad and fiery street,
In the narrow lane,
How beautiful is the rain!
How it clatters along the roofs
Like the tramp of hoofs!
How it gushes and struggles out,
From the throat of the overflowing spout,
Across the window pane it pours and pours,
And swift and wide,
With a muddy tide,
Like a river, down the gutter roars
The rain, the welcome rain.”

Not always welcome; for we find the same poet moaning:
“The day is cold, and dark, and dreary,
It rains, and the rain is never weary.”

And certainly, the farmer who looks through the driving rain at his
ruined crops has little sentiment left to expend upon its beauty. But the
world over, after a rain every feature of a landscape stands out with singular
clearness; the haze commonly prevalent has for the nonce disappeared.
The amount of rainfall varies so vastly in different countries, that it
would be tedious to the reader to enter upon a detail of the different
amounts. In general it is greatest upon those portions of the land first

Page 197

reached by regular incoming sea winds. So in South America, Peru and
southern Ecuador are practically without rain, as the Andes and the Amazon
forests deprive the trade winds of their moisture ere they reach the Pacific
coast; while southern Chili seldom sees the sun; lying in the track of the
return trades, whose moisture is at once precipitated by the Andes. So in
India the monsoon which pours deluges of water along the southwestern
coasts, brings but twenty-three inches a year to the central plateau; and by
the time Central Asia is reached, it is so dry the steppes of Tartary must
remain almost a desert. And in our own land, we find in general the heaviest
rain from the eastern coast to the central region: while the western plateau
along the eastern slopes of the Rockies is unusually dry, and liable to
protracted drouths: and in the Mojave desert, and in southeastern California,
the rainfall is less than two inches per year. On the North Pacific coast the
rainfall increases rapidly, as in the southern Andes; but in general our
highest mean rainfall is in the southern portion of the Gulf States. The
highest average in the world is so far credited to Sumatra, one hundred and
thirty inches. This, of course, refers to tracts of considerable size; for a
small tract in Assam, on a mountain slope, where is the town of
Cherrapungee, has a rainfall of four hundred and ninety-three and two-tenth
inches per annum—more than forty-one feet! Twenty-two feet of rain have
fallen there in a single month! A better idea of this may be obtained by
observing that our average rainfall, from Missouri eastward, is about three
feet a year. The rains of the Amazon and Congo basins are enormous, and
would suffice to swell our Mississippi to as great volume as either of them.
On the other hand, the lowest recorded rainfall for a large tract is that of
Greenland—fifteen and five-tenth inches; while Australia, with fifteen and
seven-tenth inches, is but little better off. It may be mentioned here, that the
term “mean rainfall” includes snow also: ten inches of snow being
ordinarily estimated as one inch of rain.
A point long mooted, now considered as definitely settled, was, the
influence of forests upon rainfall. There was no doubt that forests retarded
the descent of water into the streams, and so lessened the danger of floods;
and observations of late years have shown that the forest also increases the
amount of rainfall, aiding in the work of condensation. In the northern
lumber regions, the rainfall in the cleared tracts is less than in the time of
the forests, while floods are more sudden and dangerous.

Page 198

These general features being noticed, mention of a few extraordinary
rainfalls may be of interest. The most remarkable rain in one day occurred
September 13, 1879, at Purneah, in Bengal, when thirty-five inches fell;
about as much as Illinois gets in a year. At Nagina, thirty-two and four-tenth
inches fell. Some extraordinary showers have been recorded in our own
country, the most rapid being one and one-half inches in five minutes: the
most rapid long one, ten inches in three hours; but no record of a day in
anywise approaches the Bengal rain.
A peculiar phenomenon of occasional occurrence in the Western States is
that of “cloud-bursts,” or “water-spouts” as they are sometimes called,
when immense masses of water fall in a few minutes. As the entire amount
of moisture that can be held by the atmosphere at ordinary temperature
would make but two inches of rain, it must follow that to produce such
downpours as are here recorded, immense quantities of moisture from a
wide area must be drawn in and condensed rapidly at a single point.
Perhaps this is done by a reverse cyclonic movement, the atmosphere
rapidly descending in a “spout,” instead of ascending.
August 11, 1876, a tremendous downpour occurred at Fort Sully,
Dakota: “and on the opposite side of the Missouri River, the water draining
from a canon was reported to have moved out in a solid bank three feet
deep and two hundred feet wide.” Two others of nearly equal violence
occurred during the same month: one in Utah, and one in Kansas. “June 12,
1879, on Beaver Creek, ninety miles south of Deadwood, Dakota, there was
a cloud-burst, which, without a gradual rise of water, in a few minutes
covered the country and drowned eleven persons.” A cloud-burst in June,
1884, sent a torrent eight feet deep from the hillside into Jefferson,
Montana, drowning several persons. Another one in June, 1885, destroyed a
town in Mexico, drowning over one hundred and seventy of its eight
hundred inhabitants. Cloud-bursts near Pittsburg, on the night of July 25,
1874, destroyed $500,000 worth of property, and drowned or crushed in the
wrecks, one hundred and thirty-four persons. A cloud-burst in Arizona,
August 6, 1881, changed the Hassayampa River from a dry ravine at sunset
to a river a mile wide and from two to fifteen feet deep by 11 P.M.; by noon
next day the river was again dry. Two days later a downpour at Central City,
Colorado, suddenly left from four to six feet of water in the two principal
streets.

Page 199

Snow is practically unknown over two-thirds of the land surface of the
earth, and the damage done by it is confined largely to the inland regions of
the temperate zone. And even then heavy snowfalls do no great injury
unless followed by extremely cold wind. The blizzard laden with “icy sand”
is fearful.
“The night sets in on a world of snow,
And the air grows sharp and chill,
And the warning roar of a fearful blow
Is heard on the distant hill.
And the Norther! See! On the mountain peak,
In his breath, how the old trees writhe and shriek!
He shouts on the plains, Ho-ho! Ho-ho!
He drives from his nostrils the blinding snow,
And growls with a savage will.”

The extreme ranges of temperature produced suddenly by high area or
anti-cyclonic storms are the most dangerous features of the blizzard; while
the only damage done by snow is to blind the person caught away from
home, and cause him to lose his way. The past ten years have been marked
by severe storms in our own winter season, the most terrible being that of
January 11, 1888, when the wind blew from thirty to fifty miles an hour,
and large numbers of persons in the west were frozen, and thousands of
cattle perished. At Helena, Montana, the thermometer fell fifty degrees in
four and one-half hours. The snow-laden wind reached a speed of forty
miles an hour at Galveston, Texas. At Brownsville, Texas, the temperature
fell forty degrees in eight hours. Two months later came an exceedingly
heavy snow attended by high winds, in the eastern Middle States. This is
popularly known as the “New York blizzard.” Snow drifted in many places
ten or fifteen feet deep.
“The fence was lost, and the wall of stone,
The windows blocked, and the well-curb gone,
The haystack had grown to a mountain lift,
And the woodpile looked like a monstrous drift,
As it lay by the farmer’s door.”

The chief damage in all snow storms results from the temporary
obstruction of roads and cessation of business. No very great destruction of
human life has ever resulted, save in case of armies overtaken by the storm.
Napoleon lost four hundred and fifty thousand men on his Russian

Page 200

expedition. Both armies suffered terribly in the recent Russo-Turkish war,
as they lay facing each other at Shipka Pass.
The constant accumulations of snow in the colder regions of the earth
produce those immense rivers of ice known as glaciers, the fragments
breaking from which as they enter the sea are known as icebergs. These,
borne by currents to the southward, have no small influence in modifying
the climate. In mountainous regions the accumulations of snow and ice
produce snow-slides and avalanches; but owing to their entirely local
character, the damage wrought by them is comparatively insignificant, not
even approaching the lightning in the total.
Hail has been far more destructive. As stated elsewhere, the cause of hail
is hitherto unexplained. The storm usually travels in narrow belts. Many are
the wonderful tales told of it. It is said that May 8, 1802, a mass of ice
weighing eleven hundred pounds fell in Hungary. Again, we hear of an ice-
block the size of an elephant, which fell near Seringapatam, in the reign of
Tippoo Sahib. The good father Huc, in his travels in Tartary, reported the
fall of an ice-block the size of a millstone, which, in very warm weather,
required three days to melt. And we are told that in the time of
Charlemagne, there fell hailstones fifteen feet long, eleven feet wide and six
feet thick. All these we steadfastly do not believe.
Yet, there are well authenticated records of many disastrous hail storms
and enormous hailstones. A storm in France, in 1788, traveled in two bands:
one, four hundred and twenty by ten miles; the other, five hundred by five
miles. Five million dollars worth of property was destroyed. In 1865 a
severe storm swept a wide path from Bordeaux to Belgium, accumulating in
such masses that it was not all melted in one or two localities for four days.
One bed was one and one-fourth miles long and two-fifths of a mile wide,
containing twenty-one million cubic feet. Doubtless similar accumulations
in depressions, adhering together, gave rise to the tales of enormous blocks
mentioned above.
An enormous hail storm in India, in 1853, is said to have killed eighty-
four persons and three thousand cattle. During a storm at Naini Tal, in 1855,
hailstones weighing one and one-half pounds fell. Our own land has had a
number of severe hail storms within the past ten years, that have done
immense damage to crops, and occasionally killed cattle, while smaller
animals have perished by hundreds. Frequent are the records of hailstones

Page 201

as large as oranges, goose-eggs, and occasionally as large as a fist, with
gathered drifts two or three feet deep. Europe has also had several of her
smaller towns nearly destroyed by combined flood and hail. Yet, none of
these equal in fatality the great hail storm of two years since at Moradabad,
India.
It smashed in windows, glass doors and the lighter roofs, “The verandas
were blown away by the wind. A great part of the roof fell in, and the
massive pucca portico was blown down. The walls shook. It was nearly
dark outside, and hailstones of enormous size were dashed down with a
force which I have never seen anything to equal. * * * There were long
ridges of hail one or two feet in depth. * * * Not a house in the civil station
that did not receive the most serious injury.
“Two hundred and thirty deaths in all have been reported up to the
present time. The total number may be safely put as under two hundred and
fifty. Men caught in the open and without shelter, were simply pounded to
death by the hail.”
Spain and southern France have on record some showers of extremely
large hailstones. In 1829, masses of ice weighing four and one-half pounds
fell at Cazorta, Spain. Houses were stove-in by them. During a hurricane in
the south of France, in 1844, there fell ice-masses weighing eleven pounds.
Mysterious and ominous to those ignorant of their cause have been the
many showers of “ink, blood, sulphur,” falls of red or green snow, and
similar phenomena. Such things were believed to betoken the wrath of God,
and to forebode war, famine, pestilence, flood, and other dire calamities. Of
course, the good people knew exactly what any shower meant—after the
calamity occurred. When it didn’t occur, the shower was simply a warning.
That such phenomena are readily explained goes without saying; and not
a few of the wise of days past have refused to be seriously alarmed, though
they could not find a correct solution of the mystery. Some of the
philosophic minds of other days endeavored to explain these occurrences by
supposing blood vaporized from battle-fields was mingled with rain, not
knowing that the red portion of the blood can not evaporate.
The microscope has solved these mysteries. The rains of blood are
merely stained by earthy matter: sometimes organic, gathered by the wind;
sometimes volcanic dust, thrown out by eruptions; and in one case, where
numerous blood-spots appeared on houses and fences in Provence, in 1608,

Page 202

and the priests asserted it was the work of the devil, the spots at length
proved to be the excrement of butterflies. Rains of melted sulphur have
been found to owe their color to the yellow pollen of pine trees. Ink is
merely sooty rain-water. Showers of this character are more frequent than
might be supposed. More than a score have occurred in Europe in the
present century; and a number in this country. Red and green snow owe
their color to microscopic vegetable life, and are quite commonly met with
in the Arctic world. One bold headland has long been known as Crimson
Cliff, from the extensive deposits of red snow there.

Page 203

CHAPTER XIV.

FLOODS IN THE SOUTH.

“ ‘Mother dear, the water’s coming after!
Mother, ’tis between us and the hill!’
Looking down, they see the flood, with laughter
Lapping idly ’neath the window sill.
..........
‘Mother, in the water we are wading!
Mother, it grows deeper as we go!’
‘Hasten, children! hasten—day is fading!’
Higher creeps the river, black and slow.
..........
‘Mother, ’tis so deep, and we are dripping!
Mother, we are sinking! Haste, oh haste!’
In her arms uplifting them and gripping,
On she plunges, wading to the waist.
..........
Flowers the river snatches, while it calls so—
Flowers its lean hands never snatched before,
Will it snatch these human flowers also,
Where they cling, sad creatures of the shore?”

VERY country is confronted with a serious problem in its great rivers.
In some lands the only problem is, how to get rid of flood-water as
quickly as possible: in others, comes the additional question of
securing sufficient water for irrigation during the dry season. Egypt
occupies an anomalous position, the latter question being the only one of
any practical interest. Without rains, she depends on the rise of the Nile for
her existence, and no one dreams of such a thing as endeavoring to check
the overflow. During seed-time the fellaheen may be seen sometimes in
mud knee-deep, busily planting their fields; and in summer they may be
seen hoisting water from the stream and emptying it into their irrigating
ditches.
In our own land, we have hitherto had no need of irrigation, except in
those districts where there is no fear of a flood: such as the arid regions of
our southwestern states. In China, the people are contending with both sides
of the problem; and their success in the second feature has not greatly

Page 204

surpassed their achievements in the first. In most other lands, the flood
problem is the chief one. The Amazon at flood time rises from sixty to one
hundred feet, and its volume is almost inconceivable. But since the larger
part of its course lies in an almost uninhabited region, the high water gives
no concern to the people. The Orinoco rises so high, and is in such a level
region, that during part of the year one of its upper tributaries flows
backward and reaches the Amazon.
The great length of the Mississippi and Missouri present the gravest
difficulties. The sources of each lie in regions where heavy snows fall
during a considerable part of the winter: and all the melting snows of the
central portion of the country—from western Pennsylvania to Colorado,
Montana and central Dakota—must find their way to the sea by way of the
single stream. By reason of the difference in latitude and altitude, the
melted snows of the head-waters usually swell the lower river in May and
early in June, after the spring rains are over. But it quite often happens that
after unusually heavy winter snows the warm weather sets in in the
mountains very early: so that the great floods of the upper valleys reach the
lower river just when extremely heavy rains are prevalent in the central and
southern regions. This forms a combination that is terrible to combat, and is
the cause of all the trouble. The present system is effective in ordinary
cases; but for the occasional great exceptions it has hitherto proved
insufficient. We do not seem to be any nearer a practical solution of the
problem than when it first presented itself. Yet, the government of the
United States spends millions of dollars every year in attempts which have,
so far at least, proved totally futile to confine the great river within its
banks, and so avoid the perils which every spring threaten an area larger
than all New England and the Middle States.
The wonderful and often terrible changes that come with the changes of
season, and which produce such effects as the illustrations show, are simply
inconceivable to one who has not seen them. That a stream so quiet and
comparatively small as the Mississippi is at low water, should become a
raging torrent of twenty miles average width, and ten feet average depth
from shore to shore, throughout the eleven hundred miles from Cairo to the
sea, is simply incredible until one has seen it. This river, however, did that
in 1882, when the great general overflow occurred. Unnumbered lives were
lost that year, and the damage to property was never even estimated. Details
were hard to get when communication was so nearly cut off as it then was;

Page 205

and after the floods were over, no effort was made to reckon the extent of
the disaster.
Since that spring the reports have not indicated any flood equal to the
present one; and the only reason why this year has not proved as disastrous
as 1882, is that the levees have been strengthened since then. The fact,
however, that the levee system has, as a whole, successfully withstood the
pressure of the highest water known for many years, is by no means as
reassuring as it seems on first consideration; for there is grave reason to
believe that the levees themselves serve to increase the very danger against
which they are a guard.
The planters of the earlier days made efforts to protect themselves by
means of “levees:” a name given by the

TROPICAL FLOOD.

French to dykes, or artificial banks, and meaning simply “raised places.”
But of later years, both state and national resources have been spent freely
in endeavoring to curb the restless giant. More than $25,000,000 has been
spent in this way since the war. The Mississippi River Commission,
organized in 1879, under the supervision of the War Department, as the
Signal Service has been, had nominally in view the increasing of facilities
for navigation; but as the methods employed for the two objects have
necessarily been much the same, no little has been done for protection.

Page 206

The character of the lower Mississippi and its valley gravely increase the
difficulties of the case. Its bed has been worn for ages through a somewhat
elevated region, and at present the resultant valley has a width varying from
twenty to one hundred and fifty miles. The result has been that the channel
of the river shifts continually, and is extremely crooked, literally turning
time and again to every conceivable point of the compass. These curves
present the most vexatious features the levee system must contend with; for
it is easily perceived that the levee on the convex side of the bend in the
river has the current directed full against it, adding the great eroding power
of the water to the weight it must sustain.
“The levees are relied on as the chief aid to the work of the commission,
but the commission does not construct them, or even work directly to
strengthen them. These levees are nothing more than artificial banks or
heaps of soil shoveled up along the line of the natural banks. The
commission is working to narrow the wide places in the river, so as to
secure a uniform width of three thousand feet. This is done by constructing
revetments, consisting principally of mattrasses of wire and brush, which
are secured by rubble-stone. In other places great quantities of stone are

MAKING MATS FOR LEVEE FRONTS.

Page 207

dumped, and various similar means are used to encourage the scour in the
shallower parts of the river, and also to prevent the undermining of the
natural or artificial banks.
“On a convex shore, where the water is shoal, the levee has been carried
along the river edge as near as possible, as there is no danger, under such
conditions, of a caving bank. Where the bank is liable to give way, the
levees are placed further back, and where a break in the levee itself has
occurred from the caving of the bank, loops are made, joining the two
broken parts. It must be borne in mind that the banks proper along the river
are about forty feet high above low water, and as the river rises five to
seven feet over these banks, the levees are constructed of sufficient height
to restrain the waters within their proper limits. The material is found on the
spot, either clay or sand, as the case may be. A so-called “muck” ditch a few
feet wide is dug along the center line of the projected levee, down to where
the earth is comparatively free from all organic matter, such as grass and
roots of trees. By this method some adhesion to the ground is gained, and
the artificial construction is not easily swept away. The earth is taken from
the front of the levee line as near the water as the circumstances will permit.
Standard levees have a “crown,” or width at the top, of eight feet, except in
the case of a very low levee, when the “crown” is not less than its height.
The side slopes are one vertical to three or three and one-half horizontal.
Present levees are carried up from two to three feet above the high-water
mark of their position.”
The river channel, in general, in the upper danger region, adheres to the
right side of the valley, and on the left the danger lies chiefly at a few points
where the bluffs recede considerably from the river. Throughout the middle
and lower flood districts the bends of the stream are so numerous and
capricious that the danger lies equally upon either side of the stream.
Hence, the levee system is not uniform. The whole alluvial front of the river
is leveed on the left bank, the principal line extending from Horn Lake, just
below Memphis, to Vicksburg, covering the great Yazoo Basin. On the right
bank of the river there are four principal sections which are liable to be
overflowed. The first is known as St. Francis front, which runs from
Commerce, Missouri, to the St. Francis River. The White River front is the
second, extending from Helena, Arkansas, to the mouth of the White and
Arkansas Rivers. The third and fourth, known as the Tensas and the
Atchafalaya fronts, run respectively from the Arkansas River to the Red

Page 208

River in Louisiana, and from the Red River to New Orleans. The first two
sections have received no government work except in limited localities,
where it was merely incidental to the work of river improvement
undertaken by the commission; and those fronts are everywhere exposed to
the overflow, except where private enterprise has done the work. The Social
Circle Levee, near Laconia, Arkansas, is an example, and a notable one, of
what has been done by the residents. These unprotected tracts have all been
submerged, and the low lands turned into an enormous lake.
The overflow waters that pass over the upper part of this section spread
over the northeastern part of Arkansas as far back as the high ground,
reaching their greatest width about opposite Memphis, and then pass back
into the Mississippi by way of the St. Francis River. The overflow below
Helena is carried back by the White River. From Arkansas City down, the
river, comprising the third and fourth sections, is completely leveed.
Throughout all the lowland districts are hundreds of farms and valuable
plantations, the soil being built up by

Page 209

STRUGGLE TO HOLD THE LEVEE.

ages of alluvial deposits. Most of the towns are built on high ground; there
being a few notable exceptions. A general flood in this valley means that
millions of acres of land are submerged, and such crops as are in the fields
are destroyed. More frequently, the land is flooded just at planting time, and
the land remains wet too long to allow certain crops to be planted in season.
Thus, the water in the flooded districts may abate in time to allow a fair
cotton crop; while the chance for corn is lost. Fences and small outbuildings
are floated away, and often large numbers of stock are drowned; but, after,
all, the chief damage is usually indirect: the evil of hindrance rather than of
destruction. Further, the retiring water leaves numerous pools and marshes
that are rank breeders of malaria, adding vastly to the unhealthiness of the
country.
In many places there are marshy or timbered tracts adjacent to the river
that are not available for cultivation. In these districts the levees are often
erected at the border of the cultivable land, so that the river has a large area

Page 210

of waste land over which to spread the surplus water without doing any
injury. Such areas really aid to reduce the high-water level. In some cases, a
second or third levee is built some hundreds of yards to the rear, to serve as
a sort of reserve, in case the river break through the first.
Doubtless the reader has pictured to himself a flooded district as
something like a stream in a mountain gorge; an immense torrent of water
rushing at race-horse speed, uprooting trees, tearing away huge boulders,
sweeping away houses in an instant, without a moment’s warning, and
drowning young and old by scores. If such be his idea, he will find it
necessary to remodel it; or, rather, to cast it away entirely. Let him follow a
guide to the scene of danger. A great levee, the protection of thousands of
acres of rich lands, and perhaps millions of dollars worth of property, is
announced unsafe. Sometimes it is decided to abandon the river line,
weakened for long distances, and erect a new levee some hundreds of yards
to the rear.
But if the design be to hold the line already established, then the scene is
an animated one. All along the narrow ridge of earth patrolmen are
watching the work at every point. Hundreds of men work day and night
throwing up and strengthening the levees, upon which the salvation of the
district depends. Break after break occurs,

Page 211

A MOUNTAIN TORRENT.

and it is as fast mended. The waves caused by the rough March winds send
great volumes of water splashing over the weak embankment, almost
washing the men off their feet. The work is continued all day, force
relieving force at night. Thousands of lanterns flashing in the darkness, as
the men pass to and fro with wheelbarrows filled with sacks of earth and
lumber, present a scene weird and ghostly. At intervals during the night the
sound of steam whistles tell of some new break, some new danger to face
and overcome. Often the negroes seem little disposed to work, even at good
wages, preferring to sit on the levee and fish. But when the danger is fully
upon them, they can work furiously. Sometimes, in leading the forlorn
hope, some energetic old fellow may shout to his terrified, pious brethren,
“Dis is no time for prayin’—go to work!” Out on the border districts where
help is not easily obtained, even the wives and daughters of planters—
ladies of culture and refinement, it may be—sometimes turn out and toil in
the mud and rain, contending with the foe that threatens their homes. If the
levees before a great city be threatened, as frequently occurs, the scene

Page 212

becomes still more exciting. Business is almost entirely suspended in the
city and the clerks in the dry goods stores, the lawyers, the merchants and
the common laborers stand shoulder to shoulder with picks and shovels
fighting the common enemy. What the outcome will be no one knows. All
are alarmed. Hundreds of boats are moored to back-doors, ready for use
when the worst shall come. Merchants have placed their goods high up in
their stores, hoping the waters will not reach them when they rise.
Housekeepers have packed up their goods out of the way of the water and
laid in stores enough to last for weeks, in case it becomes necessary to stay
indoors for that length of time. All railway communication with the outside
world is cut off, nearly all the tracks being several feet under water. The
mails are sent miles away, by boat.

“NO TIME FOR PRAYIN’: GO TO WORK!”

Such cases were frequent in the recent floods. Greenville, Mississippi, is
one of the towns that suffered much. The water from crevasses above came
down upon the town, and were stopped by a levee around the city. But
while the enemy in the rear could be held in check, it was not so easy to
repel the attack upon the river front; and here the water won the day. All
efforts were in vain. The forlorn and miserable city appeared as though
some savage caricaturist had endeavored to perpetrate a burlesque upon
Venice. A few skiffs crept about the muddy currents that answered for
streets. On outhouses and fences occasionally might be seen a few

Page 213

melancholy looking fowls. Here some grocer paddled about to see if his
patrons wanted aught; yonder went a funeral party in a single boat. Many a
weary mile would have to be traversed to reach a dry grave. The lower
floors of most houses lay beneath the water, and from the second-story
disconsolate people looked out upon the turbid waste, wondering what the
end would be.
If the scene upon the levee is exciting when efforts are made to avoid
breaks, still more so is it when a small break is being closed. The scurrying
to and fro; the hoarse shouting of orders; the wild cries for aid from
threatened points; men plunging up to their necks in the rushing flood,
driving stakes, dragging sacks of earth, heaving in boulders and rubble
stone; others bringing timbers and planks from hundreds of yards away; the
dim, smoky glare of countless torches; the burly figures of wearied men
begrimed almost beyond semblance of humanity—such a picture is more
like a strange nightmare that one never forgets.
Then suddenly there is a general melting away of hundreds of feet of the
sodden levee. The fight is lost. Scores of the laborers leave for their homes
to save what they can of their property. From farm to farm the news
spreads. In the dead hour of the night, when all is serene, the dread cry
comes, “the levee is broken,” and then comes a wild stampede for safety,
many in their night clothes, women dragging their babes, husbands carrying
their

Page 214

FUNERAL DURING THE FLOOD.

wives, and the poor negroes, wild with terror, unable to do anything but
stand and view the scene of the waters rushing to bear them to their doom.
Magnificent plantations of yesterday are to-day seas of rushing, foaming
water. Here and there in the shallows stand a few shivering, half-starved
cattle; and occasionally is seen a family, still hoping that the flood may not
be disastrous, clinging to their residence.
The view of a crevasse in an inland levee, miles away from the channel,
is strikingly grand; but for those in its path the grandeur is lost in a feeling
of despair and danger. The ocean presents a different spectacle, for the
ocean has no swift current, and its waves are greater. The foaming mountain
torrent can not compare with it, for the mountain torrent is at best but a few
yards in breadth. But in the swollen river is found an apparently illimitable
expanse of water, heaving restlessly under the swift foot of the wind, or
foaming and dashing at the roar of the storm, hurling itself in billows upon
the toilers on the levee, and striking them into the ditch beyond, yet, with all
the fury expended laterally, rushing seaward almost with the speed of a
train. For miles between the levee and the main channel the stream pours
through a great forest, or canebrake, or cypress swamp.
The fearful noise of a crevasse may be heard for a long distance. No
need to tell the planters far inland the meaning of that distant hoarse
murmur. Approaching the break, the murmur swells to a deep sullen roar.
The water comes tearing through the dense forest at race-horse speed, not in
a broad belt, but closing in from every direction, pouring into that break as
into an immense funnel. As far as the eye can penetrate into that dense,
gloomy forest, it is raggedly carpeted with a heavy, tossing sheet of snow-
white foam. It breaks over stumps, snags and the up-turned roots of fallen
trees, flinging white clouds of spray up among the branches of trees
overhead, mounts in snowy billows over piles of driftwood, it snarls, hisses
and roars like some mad monster at everything in its path, and then plows in
one solid foaming mass into that raging maelstrom between the ragged,
frothy jaws of the crevasse.

Page 215

BREAKING OF THE LEVEE.

“Nearest the break, just as it sweeps into the crevasse, it curls on either
side, and huge breakers mark the line where it chafes the crumbling ends of
the levee. Once beyond the broken barriers, it plunges into a wild,
lonesome-looking swamp, that still shows the tracks of the former disaster.
Here, for the first time, the real power of this tremendous flood begins to
assert itself. Supple young trees, eight or ten inches in diameter, are bent
and stripped of every leaf, their naked branches and twigs whipping the
foaming surface of the rustling cataract.
“It sweeps into the standing timber with a hoarse roar, foaming around
sturdy trunks, and here and there one sees a tall tree swaying to and fro like
a drunken man: then caught in some fierce eddy, it is twisted from its roots,
and reeling around and around it falls into that tremendous current and is
swept away to swell the tangled dams of drift beyond.”
As far inland as the eye can reach there is nothing but flood to be seen,
the currents opening out and racing away in every direction. At some
distance away may be seen a flooded settlement, the water washing the
windows of fifteen or twenty abandoned cottages. On a huge mound some
five or six feet out of the outflow, is a group of disconsolate horses and
mules who have taken refuge from the rising flood, and other hungry-
looking brutes wander over the levee.

Page 216

But once out of the immediate neighborhood of the break, the character
of the scene changes. The current slackens, as the water spreads out like an
immense fan, and at length becomes almost imperceptible. It may come in
the night, giving no warning of its approach. It steals through the grass-
lands like a serpent. The slumbering family hear no sound. The water creeps
stealthily around the house, like the Red men in the olden days.

SURPRISED BY THE WATER.

The morning sun finds it lapping uneasily in the breeze against the
threshold. The wakening family find it crawling across the floor toward
their beds. They look upon a region that appears a vast marsh; grass tops,
bushes, little islets and tall trees, everywhere rising out of the water. In the
barnyard the drowsy cattle chew their cuds in peaceful unconsciousness of
the wily foe. The pig in the lower corner of the lot grunts contentedly to
find his wallow freshly moistened. The quacking duck paddles
complacently about the fields. The farmer watches anxiously the progress
of the flood, trusting that there may be no necessity of leaving. Valuable

Page 217

property that can not be removed is taken to the second floor, if there be
one. A boat, if there be one, is carefully overhauled to be ready for an
emergency.
Noon comes. The flood has risen but a few inches. The cattle eye the
water curiously. The negroes in their cabins speculate upon the future, and
each tells his tale of “hair-breadth ’scapes and ventures” in other days, and
one and all agree that “dis ain’t no flood—sho! no! You orter hab seed the
big high water way back in seventy-four. Dat was sumfin’ like;” and in
humble submission to the opinions of some old granny of unknown age and
grizzled wool, it is unanimously allowed that “we ain’t got no cause to be
skeered dis time; not much!” So the happy-go-lucky fellows sit and chat,
while some oily skinned picaninnies wade to deeper parts of the water, cast
in their hooks and begin to swap tales of the wonderful fish their
progenitors had caught in other floods, and to wonder if more brilliant
achievements may not be recorded of them.
The wind rises. The great crevasse, miles away, has widened till it is
hundreds of yards in extent and many feet in depth, pouring upon the land
millions of cubic feet of water every minute. With the swelling breeze, the
flood goes surging inland in long, low, lazy waves. The planters who have
not already taken flight, conclude it is useless to endeavor to remain. If the
way is open, the cattle are driven inland to the hills. Some of the negroes
straggle after their employers; others cling to their rude log cabins—all they
have to lose—it may be that the flood will not be serious. So long as corn
meal and bacon abound, they may enjoy an endless picnic. They can fling
their lines from time to time into the stream, and perchance vary their
repasts with fish-fry or turtle stew.
Evening comes. The lazy waves now nearly reach the window-sills upon
the lower floors. The cattle left behind low uneasily as they move about in
water knee-deep. No one is near to feed them, and the udders of the cows
are swollen with milk. Here and there a mule is seen, stamping impatiently
and braying mournfully for lack of feed. The water displays a decided but
wayward current, swirling now this way, now that. All the land is covered.
Here and there numerous snakes have crawled into the bushes to escape the
yellow flood. Out in a lowland tract a deserted shanty bobs idly along, now
grounding a moment, now floating lazily around a great tree, finally
becoming an item of the great mass of drift that has lodged at the edge of
the forest, and swarms with small animals flying from the clutch of the

Page 218

crawling water. The game of the canebrakes and swamp regions has fled to
the uplands, and from time to time some needy refugee family, heedless of
game laws, adds venison to its scanty store.
The night wears away. The negro cabins are deserted: most have floated
away with the growing current. The simple folk have abandoned them.
Some have made their way to the levees, hoping for a passing steamer.
Others, dwelling above the crevasse, have little to fear from currents; and as
the water rises around them, they take to hastily constructed rafts,
transferring their few household effects thereto, and dwelling for days in a
floating camp, sheltered from the rain by a wagon-sheet or old quilts
stretched over a low ridge-pole. Mooring the rafts to trees, they lead, to
others a romantic, to themselves a precarious existence.

NOT SO ROMANTIC AS IT LOOKS.

A whole village deserted by its people wears a singularly melancholy
aspect. Let the reader row with a press correspondent through the little town
of Bayou Sara La, as it appeared during the recent overflow. The town lies
on rolling ground, dotted here and there with low hills or drifts of sand and
alluvial deposits, left thereby the floods of ages ago.
“Even over the center of the roadway back from the front street, which is
just behind the levee, it is unusual to find less than four feet of water, while
in many places a nine-foot oar can not be made to touch bottom. In some of
what, in times of low water, are beautiful residence streets, the boat as it
went gliding on the shining moonlight flood would pass so close under the
spreading branches of the great live oaks, which interlock their boughs over
the roadway, that her occupants would be compelled to bend down almost
level with the gunwales to avoid being swept off the thwarts. The freaks of

Page 219

the currents wandering through the flooded streets seem wholly
unaccountable. Sometimes they would run parallel with, and at others
directly at right angles to the streets. Often progress would be blocked by
long sections of wooden-plank sidewalks, gates, doors and cisterns that had
formed barriers across the street, while at every turning the boatman would
be compelled to dodge huge floating masses of drift in which out-houses,
timbers, sections of roofs and other heavy wreckage inextricably
commingling were slowly floating on the lazy current.
“The air was soft and balmy as that of a midsummer night, and the
mellow light of the young moon that was already hanging low over the
great sand hills to the westward, spread a soft pale light of deep blue on the
bright spangled sky. There were faint night breezes waving the topmost
branches of the great shade trees, but they did not touch the rippleless,
shining flood which gleamed in long narrow paths. The white moonbeams
that, like ribbons of burnished silver, but slept inky and motionless under
the black shadows of the trees, and the rounded outlines of each great shade
tree was sharply reflected in the mirror-like surface of the water and
bordered by a dainty rim of silver. Houses with snow-white walls were
faithfully mirrored in that motionless, glittering flood. While to the
eastward of each lay a long, deep shadow—a starless night—huge shapeless
masses of wreckage drifting past black opaque shadows that grew longer
and more intense as the young moon sank so low that her lower horizon
was dipping behind a great hoary-crested sand hill in the west. The scene
was exquisitely beautiful, but at the same time weird and uncanny. Not a
human voice was heard, but near at hand between the lower whispering of
the softly dipping oars came the ever varying chorus of the frogs mingling
with the low musical murmuring of the mighty river and the deep sullen
roar of the crevasse on the far off southern shore. There the sides of the
skiff would brush the perfumed shrubbery of a submerged lawn; there could
be seen the tree-tops of a splendid orchard just rising out of the flood, their
lower limbs swaying and bending with the current. In all this scene of
beautiful ruins there was a sense of utter loneliness that was strangely
oppressive. Of those who a week ago filled this bright and hustling little
town to overflowing, only six families remain. The others have all fled to
the adjoining hills, leaving their houses to their fate till the water shall have
subsided.”

Page 220

Such villages as are not deserted have little to do with the world beyond.
The post-offices are often exhausted, in addition to the fact that the nearest
points not blockaded are miles away; so that the telegraph only brings

TELEGRAPHING UNDER DIFFICULTIES.

news from beyond, or tells the world how fares the little hamlet. The
operator may be driven to the upper story, or to the roof, there to dispute
possession with stray turtles or snakes, or to listen to the hoarse
remonstrance of some old bullfrog whose nocturnal rest is broken by the
clicking of the key. All around is a dreary waste of water, on which the
gleam of the moon appears like a ghostly foot-path, and the dark shadows
of the naked-limbed trees menace like gaunt spectres. From his elevated
position the operator may see the flash of the search-light of a steamer miles
away, as the vessel flits along the stream, collecting refugees from the
shores; and ever and anon the deep harsh bray of the fog-horn breaks the
stillness. Save for these distant tokens of life there is

Page 221

“Death and silence! death and silence!
Death and silence all around!”

At the great crevasse itself the spectacle is exciting. The fight is not
abandoned. Desperate efforts are made to secure the ends from further
washing. That once done, there is hope of closing the gap. At the extremity
of the break a floating pile-driver is fiercely hammering heavy timbers into
the spongy soil. There a tiny, fussing tug is engaged in trying to float a mat
of brushwood against the broken bank, while a score of anxious men are
watching an opportunity to peg it down. Others endeavor to weave pliant
branches among the driven piles to afford a better hold for the guano sacks
of earth that are being thrown into the break. From these moist earth is often
washed out by the powerful current as though it were melting sugar; while
now and then some timber, undermined by the steadily deepening current,
leaps upward as though endowed with a life of its own, and dashes away on
the foaming stream. After hours of the fierce contest, the ends are at last
secured. The pigmy has stopped the giant. The work progresses more easily,
now that the workers are sure of their ground. The stubborn creatures
contest every inch of space. The roar of the battle goes up incessantly. One
fights for life, the other for liberty—such liberty as the tyrant asks of his
subjects; such liberty as the wolf asks of the sheep, or the hawk of the
doves; such liberty as the strong has always demanded of the weak and
defenseless.
By and by the voice of the struggling monster grows weaker. The
persistent creatures that swarm about him assault him with renewed vigor
and pertinacity. The roar of the conflict dies away by degrees. Step by step
the two bands of men approach each other. Only a narrow channel remains.
Presently the forces clasp hands over the chasm. In a few moments there
remains but a tiny, remonstrant, murmuring trickle of water. Another stroke
and it is finished. The pigmy has conquered the giant. The ant has chained
the elephant.
But what, in the meantime, has been the fate of the district along the
levee front? Here the water does not rise slowly and stealthily as in the
regions far inland, where the force of the current is lost. The planters and all
their available forces, it may be, have been busily fighting the rising floods,
but have been finally vanquished momentarily by wind and wave. Hoping
to hold the levee, few, perhaps, have removed their families, goods, or

Page 222

chattels, or livestock. Then when the break comes, the raging flood rushes
in over the fields and woods, demolishing out-houses, shaking cottages,
drowning stock, hurling masses of drift against dwellings that might
otherwise stand—seeming as though a living genius of destruction.
Here a family, carrying only a few changes of clothes, and a purse but
too scantily filled, hurry wildly toward the river front, in hope that a passing
steamer may pick them up; there a planter who has saved his family is
hurrying a drove of cattle to the levee, vaguely wondering, in the mean
time, how he shall feed them if the flood lasts long; here a negro family,
chattering noisily like frightened crows, trudges through water and mire
knee-deep or waist-deep, bearing on their heads bundles of dirty bedding, or
old clothes—one or two lugging sacks of meal and flitches of bacon, with a
blind confidence that they

RESCUING PEOPLE IN INLAND DISTRICTS.

have made sufficient provision for every emergency. There a forlorn
squatter is punting a rude raft with his few belongings slowly athwart the
restless flood. Yonder a band of negroes, unaware of the break in time to
reach the river, have congregated in an old gin house, and swarm upon its
roof, yelling and gesticulating wildly in their terror, for aid, which they fear
will never reach them; and, as the water rises higher, roofs, barns, hen-

Page 223

coops, and carcasses go floating past or lodge against their frail support,
increasing their peril every moment. Some moan and cry; others pray
vigorously, confessing their misdeeds with voluble freedom; occasionally
there is some old crone who terrifies her auditors with the assertion that “de
Lord is sendin’ another ’varsal flood on men for deir wickedness,” at which
the wicked groan and cry, and the pious clap their hands and shout, trusting
to shortly see the salvation of the Lord. In the distance appear a few figures
perched in trees, seeming like enormous crows; over yonder, some
unfortunate has shinned up a telegraph pole, which creaks and sways with
the rush of the water, threatening constantly to return the trembling refugee
to the flood beneath. The last unfortunates have straggled to the levee. The
rest must wait for relief. Here and there a few cattle stand lowing in water
half over their sides; a restless, snorting horse plunges impatiently about. A
floating tree-trunk strikes them from their hillock, to swim aimlessly about
till other drifting masses ride them down. A hen-coop floats past, on which
a hungry chanticleer is perched, occasionally challenging the flood, and in
the meantime, with sidelong glance eyeing the confusion and in undertones
discussing the case with his half-starved, feathered harem.
It is a motley throng that huddles along the levee. That narrow strip of
earth, but eight feet wide at best, is

CAMPS ON THE LEVEE.

Page 224

all that is left as a footing for hundreds. The wares swash heavily at their
feet; or sometimes, as the wind blows stronger, they leap clear over the frail
embankment. Trudging wearily back and forth on the clayey, slippery dykes
are planters, once well-to-do, with families of culture and refinement;
others of a middle class, and occasional specimens of a type denominated
by the “man and brother” as “po’ white trash” are to be seen among the
throng. The “man and brother” is usually in the majority in the lowland
districts, and adds greatly to the picturesqueness of the levees in time of
flood. Some rear their tiny excuses for tents along the bank, and spend the
time in uneasily watching the turbid water. Occasionally some Dinah or
Chloe, who has been on the levee for a week, goes through the motion of
washing clothes in the surging stream, gaining thereby the approval of
conscience over a duty performed, whether the garments be improved or
not. Here there is little concern, these being wandering roustabouts who had
nothing to lose; there some grizzled Uncle Tom bemoans the loss of his two
scrawny mules, and the few pigs and fowls, and his favorite cow, which
represent the savings of years from his toil in his little patch of corn and
cotton; and he feels even sorer over his losses than the rich planter who has
lost a hundred times as much. So the little bands assemble, mingle and
disperse, comparing notes, and all waiting in painful anxiety for some
steamer to pick them up before the sodden levee shall dissolve beneath their
feet and leave them struggling in the stream. At length the government
relief boat appears, and gathers the throngs by hundreds, to transport them
to higher lands. Beyond the levee, skiffs and flat-boats move about the
submerged region, picking up the people who have taken refuge on the
housetops, among the trees, or on piles of drift. None on the levee fear
being passed in the night, for the powerful search-light illuminates every
straggling group.

Page 225

WAITING FOR A STEAMER.

On reaching a place of safety from the waters, scores of the refugees are
almost penniless, and the question of food is a pressing one. The liberal
contributions of scores of generous souls suffice but for a short time. The
government must again come to the front, and issue rations, or a money
equivalent, sufficient to maintain the destitute till the falling of the waters
allows them to resume labor upon their lands. After that, the crop-lien
system in vogue in the South enables the people to get credit of their
merchants until the cotton-picking or corn-gathering.

Page 226

THE SEARCH-LIGHT.

When the waters subside, and the people return, it is often difficult to
find old landmarks. In one place huge trenches may be washed out; but
away from the immediate vicinity of the crevasse the land is covered with
mud, varying from a few inches to four or five feet in thickness—sufficient
guarantee of amazing fertility, when the ground becomes dry enough to
work. In the numerous little depressions in the surface are stagnant pools
that linger for a month or two. The larger ones, if not before filled, are
converted into ponds or marshes, which only thorough draining will
destroy. The air is tainted by the hundreds of carcasses that are entangled in
the heaps of drift. The hot dank soil, steaming under the summer sun, brings
disease in the wake of the flood.
Louisiana, from its character, is usually the principal sufferer: the
Arkansas borders fare little better. All along the course of the stream the
land is dotted with lakes and pools and marshy lands, created by former
overflows. Along the lower portion of the river bayous or sloughs open
from either bank, and meander lazily toward the gulf. As showing the
character of the country may be mentioned the Little and St. Francis Rivers,
which flow southward from southeast Missouri, nearly parallel to the
Mississippi, and but forty miles from it at their furthest points. In flowing
one hundred and twenty miles south they double and twist, expanding into
sluggish bayous as broad as the Mississippi itself, or into shallow island-
dotted lakes; and the total length of the numerous bends and whimsical

Page 227

curves of the main stream, St. Francis, is over two hundred miles. In like
manner, Pine Bluff, Arkansas, is but fifty miles from the mouth of the
sluggish sandy Arkansas as the crow flies; but to follow the windings of that
stream the distance is nearly three times as great. The backwater of the
Mississippi finds its way into these sluggish channels, and renders
comparatively useless any levees on the banks of the great river near their
mouths: and from the northern border of Arkansas to the gulf the old Father
of Waters pursues a course as intricate in its windings as the St. Francis. It is
asserted by many that the mouth of the stream was once perhaps not far
below Memphis, and that all the land to the southward has been produced
partly by slow upheaval of the sea-bottom and partly by the alluvial
deposits of the river and the gradual extension of its delta, which now
projects many miles into the gulf. This would account for the low and
swampy character of the land in the entire region.
The writer has endeavored to give an accurate general view of southern
floods. While differing in some features from floods in other lands, they
themselves are much alike. The description of a flood of to-day would
answer with but little adaptation as a narrative of fifty years ago: and further
details of particular flood scenes are unnecessary. Such great overflows are
not common, the levees holding the river in check on ordinary occasions.
Yet, one flood season deserves more than passing notice.

Page 228

CHAPTER XV.

THE FLOOD OF 1890.

“And rearing Lindis backward pressed,
Shook all her trembling bankes amaine,
Then madly at the eygre’s breast
Flung up her weltering walles againe,
Then banks came down with ruin and rout,
Then beaten foam flew round about,
And all the mighty floods were out.

So farre, so fast the eygre drave;
The heart had hardly time to beat,
Before a shallow, seething wave,
Sobbed in the grasses at our feet.
The feet had hardly time to flee,
Before it broke against the knee,
And all the world was in the sea.”

HE great flood of 1874 is remembered as the most destructive of
human life in the history of the Mississippi valley. It came almost
without warning. The rolling river rose rapidly, and the levees broke in
many places before the masses suspected danger. Hundreds of people were
drowned; and as for the losses of property, no attempt was made to estimate
the amount. Certainly it amounted to many millions. Perhaps only the
Chicago fire could compare with it in this respect. Another great year of
high water was 1882: but the damage done was smaller, as the levees had
been heightened and strengthened.
But the floods of this year, in area submerged, in long duration, in height
of water, and in the pertinacity with which they were contested, eclipsed all
records. There is no measuring the extent of the calamity. There is nothing
in the recorded history of the Mississippi valley

Page 229

THE SCENE AT HIGH WATER.

to compare with it. In some places the gauges were completely overflowed.
Levees that had withstood former waters, and had been strengthened since,
snapped like whip-cords, under the tremendous strain.
Early in the present year, the Signal Service warned the people of the
lower Mississippi that very high water might be expected, as the snows of
the upper Ohio region had been very heavy, while the unusually early
spring would bring the flood water into the lower river at the time of heavy
spring rains. There the levees were carefully examined, and every
precaution against high water taken. But the people, though expecting high
water, had not reckoned upon such a flood as came. The river rose above
the great flood of 1874, passing all previous records by two feet, and
reaching a foot higher than the levees had been built to sustain.
On January 1, Cairo reported eighteen feet and rising, while the river
was falling from Louisville up the Ohio, was falling at St. Louis, and
stationary on the lower Mississippi. From the first day of the year the river
rose at Cairo, and in ten days the river had risen thirteen feet.
From Cincinnati down the Ohio increased in volume for four days, and
on January 16, at Cairo, it passed the danger line (forty feet) by three-
tenths. The rise in sixteen days had been one and three-eighths feet a day. At
that time the river was rising slowly from Evansville down, and falling
above. A few days later came another rise in the Ohio, aided by the
Tennessee and Cumberland, and by the 1st of February the water at Cairo
was almost a flood. The volumes of water continued till the lower
Mississippi was bank full. By the latter end of February, the danger point
had been reached at Memphis, Shreveport, Vicksburg, and New Orleans.
Cairo was already in trouble.

Page 230

On March 12, Cairo reached its maximum, 48.9. The Signal Service
Office had given out a prediction of fifty-one feet, but the failure of the
upper Mississippi to rise, prevented that stage being reached. The river at
St. Louis had then but five feet of water.
On March 14, Chief Signal Officer A. W. Greeley sent out a warning
from Washington to the people living on the lower Mississippi. He told
them that the rain they had had for four days had been drained into the
tributaries of the great river and would swell it considerably. The greatest
flood ever known might be expected within a few days. All stock and
valuable movable property should be taken to the hills. New Orleans had
then higher water than ever before.
The river was then rising in the lower Missouri, and St. Louis was
reporting rapid increase in the stage of water. Cairo had fallen, but the upper
Ohio and lower tributaries brought back the upper line of the flood to near
the maximum stage.
The lower Mississippi tributaries began to swell. The Arkansas and Red
Rivers overflowed their banks. Low levees grew weak and succumbed.
Low lying towns and plantations were flooded.
Then came the nights and days of terrible struggle along lines of levee
that protected vast tracts of lands. Men were pressed into service whether
they liked the work or no, and the shotgun patrol was established for the
protection of the safer levees from being cut. The upper Mississippi swelled
rapidly, and while not reaching a dangerous stage itself, it added
enormously to the peril below. Then came floods in Arkansas, Tennessee,
Mississippi, and Louisiana.
The first serious trouble from the Mississippi in Arkansas occurred in
Phillips county, above the mouth of the White River, where some five
hundred people were driven from their homes to the highest points by the
backwater, and the cattle, gaunt, wild-eyed, starving, were forced to subsist
on cane, twigs of cotton wood and other trees felled for them. Three times
the backwater and heavy local rains flooded this region, while the retiring
flood left a deposit of mud from one to five feet in depth, precluding the
possibility of turning the hungry cattle upon the land for two or three
weeks, and rendering it impossible to raise a crop of corn or more than half
a crop of cotton. At Cairo, the rivers were one hundred miles in width,
covering fifty miles of Missouri lowlands, and extending to the hills in

Page 231

Kentucky; while Cairo itself was partially flooded. The railroads in that
section were forced to stop, and the people fled to the hills for their lives.
Steady rains fell in Arkansas, Ohio and lower Missouri River valleys, and
by the time these began to subside, the floods in the streams below had
passed previous records.
The greatest danger and trouble was in the valley from Arkansas City
southward. Heavy rains produced a break in the levee at that place. March
28, the levees broke at two points on the eastern shore, between Arkansas
City and Memphis, Tennessee, submerging many thousands of acres of
land, and sweeping southeastward to the Yazoo River. Greenville,
Mississippi, a city of 10,000, is partially protected by a high ridge through
the city; but there was no means of holding back the enemy in the rear. The
town is situated at the extremity of a sharp eastward curve, and a violent
storm at length aided the rapid current in cutting away the front defense,
and the town was forced to yield. Strenuous efforts to close the breaks
above completely failed; and all that could be done was to secure the ends
of the crevasses to prevent their widening. Cattle were herded for a time on
the levees and embankments,

Page 232

NEGROES MOVING OUT.

but these gradually yielded, and the animals were drowned in droves.
Defenses yielded where least expected. By April 3, there was two feet of
water in the streets of Greenville. There was nothing left but to make the
best of the situation. People took to the upper floors, and appeals for state,
national and individual aid were sent out. The telephone lines leading out of
the city were destroyed, and communication with the outer world was
greatly hindered. Occasional reports of destitution and suffering came from
Greenville, but these were contradicted by meetings of leading citizens,
who said, “there is no destitution here that home people can not relieve. If
the negroes want to wait for government rations and refuse from $1.50 to
$2.50 per day to work on levees, their starving arouses no sympathy. While
all these sensational reports of destitution are traveling about, the
steamboats are running into Memphis and Vicksburg begging for levee
hands, and the native negro is sitting on the levee fishing.”
The water swept rapidly southward, submerging almost the entire region
between the Yazoo and Mississippi. Meanwhile, the trouble in Louisiana
was just beginning. The banks began caving near the levee in Madison
Parish Front, compelling the erection of a new levee in the rear of the old
one. But the fight went on stubbornly for three weeks, both along the river

Page 233

front and along the bayous in the interior. Atchafalaya River was forty-five
feet above low water. The contest for the levees there was as bitter as along
the main stream. Occasional breaks occurred, but they were closed or kept
from spreading by the twenty thousand men who labored day and night
along the stream between Bayou Sara and New Orleans.
Ere long it appeared that the greatest danger was along the Concordia
and Pointe Coupee parish fronts. (A parish in Louisiana coincides with what
is known as a county elsewhere). Considerable appropriations were made,
and the head of the third district levee system, Captain D. C. Kingman,
conducted the fight on the Pointe Coupee front in person. The battle ended
here in disastrous defeat. The men held their ground manfully till April 20,
no serious breaks having then occurred. All that day the men were
compelled to work in a drenching rain storm that

STOCK RAFT.

was beating fiercely against the already overburdened and sodden levees on
the west bank of the river. The danger at the great Morganza bend grew
excessive. It was hoped that during the night the storm would cease, or at

Page 234

least that the wind might shift to some other quarter, but when the morning
broke there were the same leaden skies overhead, with darker masses still
scurrying to the westward before a fierce easterly gale that was as fresh and
strong as ever, and which hurled storms of white-capped waves upon the
rain-soaked earthworks. Bags of earth and sand were piled up along the
levee, to prevent the waves from washing over. Wilder and more furious
raged the storm: higher and higher beat the waves, as the day passed. “In
the teeth of drenching surf and blinding rain, the battle with rising flood
went bravely on. Sacks were piled upon sacks and revetments of plank and
jute bagging were carried up till the superstructure upon the crown of the
levee looked like a fair-sized levee itself. Not only the men, but even the
women and children fought bravely for their homes in the teeth of that wild
furious storm.
“As Monday night closed in, the situation was more gloomy than ever.
The heavy leaden sky was deeply shadowed by low hanging clouds of dull
slaty black, driven before the fierce gale that was sweeping up the reach,
thrashing it into long ribs of foam that every now and then broke clear over
the levees all along the New Texas system, and beat savagely against the
great Morganza, just below them.
“A nightfall dark and wild with wind and storm was followed by a night
black and tempestuous, and still the desperate fight went on. Here and there
ruddy, flaring torches struggled with the murky gloom, but within their dim
halos could be seen the big breakers hungrily licking the tops of the sodden
barriers that throbbed and quivered beneath every cruel blow.
“Planters’ wives and daughters stood ankle-deep in mud, filling sacks
and helping to lift them upon the shoulders of the men who were carrying
them to the levee. Two bold Creoles stood at one weak place, though they
felt the levee dissolving beneath their feet. They sank to their knees in the
mud and water, but still they stood stubbornly on the sinking dike, piling
sacks in the breach, though again and again the flood seemed to be in the
very act of overpowering and sweeping them away in the very center of a
crevasse. It was a bloodless battle, but many a man has won fame on a gory
battle-field who never turned a more steadfast, unflinching gaze into the
very jaws of death than did those brave defenders of their homes during that
terrible night.”

Page 235

Suddenly there was a wild outcry and a hurried mustering of forces at
the old Morganza levee. But men and materials were no longer of any use.
The dull yellow flood poured through the gap like a mighty cataract. Four
hundred feet of the embankment were gone in a few moments.
At once there was a sauve qui peut. The volunteer forces of the
neighborhood hurried away to save what they could. As the Morganza levee
was backed by a wide uninhabited swamp, there was little danger of any
lives being lost by the sudden breach, though the people had clung to their
homes to the last.
Meanwhile, numerous other breaks were occasioned by the storm. The
first occurred at Bayou Sara, and others followed so rapidly that within
twenty-four hours fifteen huge crevasses were pouring their torrents upon
the land. Two other breaks occurred in the Morganza; and so vast was the
volume of water drawn out by the three that the river at Bayou Sara, a few
miles below, fell a foot in twenty-four hours, while the decline above was
but an inch or two. Despite the gloomy outlook, the men toiled wearily on
and finally succeeded in closing most of the breaks; but the great Morganza
crevasses defied every effort. Then came breaks in the Atchafalaya, and the
turbid waters united and swept southward one hundred miles to the sea.
Some towns were abandoned to the snakes and frogs; in others the people
put false floors in their dwellings and prepared

Page 236

PICKING UP REFUGEES.

for a siege. Government steamers plied up and down the country, picking
up the refugees and all accessible livestock. The effort to keep back the
water was at an end, and all that could be done of any especial use was in
the way of salvage. The only remaining question was that of providing for
the destitute. Appropriations from the State treasury were made, and
corporations and private individuals contributed liberally. On April 24, two
great breaks occurred in Concordia Parish, north of Pointe Coupee, thus
much increasing the submerged area. From the items given, and the fact of
breaks in east Baton Rouge, and the Nita crevasse, and twenty or more
below New Orleans, the reader may see that a large portion of eastern
Louisiana lay more or less under water. By the end of April there was no
fear of further danger, simply because there was little harm left to do. The
continual east wind added to the distress on the lower river by sweeping
Lake Pontchartrain and the gulf water across the land, up to the levees on
the river.
The one peculiar feature of the recent flood is that but few lives were
lost—perhaps not a dozen, all told. The warning of the Signal Service put
people on their guard, and there was no occasion for surprise.

Page 237

The damage to property can not be estimated. Three thousand square
miles of land were more or less flooded in Louisiana alone; and while much
of this was useless swamp land, the larger part comprised some of the most
valuable sugar plantations in the State. Fifty thousand people were directly
affected by the flood in this region. All the railroads in this district suffered
severely from wash outs and loss of time and custom. Any estimate of the
damage done to planters should include not only real estate and personal
property, but also the amount of loss from inability to raise the customary
crops. This single item would be very large. But when we consider the
terrible havoc committed in other lands and attended by fearful loss of life,
we may be devoutly thankful that things were no worse with us.
The levee system is attended by peculiar perils. There must be constant
watching and repairing. At seasons of danger, patrols are needed, even
when the levees are

DESERTED FARMHOUSE.

sound; for human nature is full of rank selfishness, and people who find
their property endangered are apt to cut the levee upon the opposite side
above them, to relieve themselves by flooding others. Hungry wolves will
eat a wounded companion; but man is almost the only animal that seeks an
opportunity for wounding his fellow that he may have a pretext for
devouring him.
The craw-fish is another persistent enemy of the planter, undermining
levees with his numerous tunnels, and even penetrating the low lying fields
at a distance from the river, not infrequently damaging the roots of growing
crops. The ground becomes like a sponge, and water oozes from the levees
in countless places.

Page 238

There are other objections to the levee system; and while the Mississippi
River Commission, and a majority of engineers endorse it, there are not a
few equally capable men who denounce it as false in theory, and
mischievous in practice. The problem remains a puzzling one. If the floods
are unrestrained, a large portion of the river bottom becomes uninhabitable
a considerable portion of each year. As to controlling them, a man of much
experience said at the time of the flood in 1882, “I have lived on the river
for thirty years, and I have studied it, for it was my business to do so. I have
been steam-boating all that time. I am now certain that I don’t know
anything about it, or about what ought to be done to it.”
Another said, “When God put the river into this valley, He told it to go
wherever it pleased, and it always has done so, and always will.”
Yet, the problem can not be considered hopeless, though mere
experiments are dangerous. There is little doubt that the levees would have
withstood the unprecedented high water of the present year, had it not been
aided by the severe and protracted easterly storm. But the levees must
remain a constant expense. More than $90,000,000 have already been spent
upon them, and the question is an even more vital one than ever.
The chief opponents of the levee system advocate the increase of outlets.
A glance at a large-scale map of Louisiana will show the reader how very
narrow the mouths of the river are in comparison with its breadth above;
and when it is remembered that these passages required deepening ere large
vessels could reach New Orleans, it is clear that the outlet men have good
reasons for asserting that the proper thing to do is to open as many outlets to
the sea as possible. Yet, the majority of engineers declare this to be
unscientific, and radically wrong. The levee men propose to narrow the
channel and to rely upon the “scour” of the water to keep the river bottom
free enough to afford a clear passage to the sea. The “scour” is aided as far
as possible by clearing away obstructions where it is desired to maintain a
channel, and by placing other obstructions in places where natural shallows
have been formed. This is the work carried on by the commission, and is
one in theory with that executed by Captain Eads in the South Pass of the
Delta. He claimed that if the water flowing through the pass should be
confined within comparatively narrow banks, it would scour out the bottom,
and so deepen its own bed. The primary result was exactly opposite to this.
The water refused to do the work expected of it, and following the law of
nature, sought the line of least resistance. Finding the South Pass

Page 239

obstructed, or rather narrowed, much of it turned aside and poured through
the Southwest Pass and the Pas a l’Outre, and instead of scouring out the
South Pass, scoured the other two to the depth of two feet below where their
beds had formerly been. As soon as this was discovered, the two passes
were partially dammed up, and the water thus forced through the South
Pass.
It is evident, at a glance, that the amount of “scour” will only be as much
as will permit ready exit of the water at ordinary stages. The moment that
point is reached, the “scour” ceases, and does not again act unless the river
be still further narrowed. Hence, this plan, while increasing facility of
navigation, only robs Peter to pay Paul, so far as protection is concerned;
for what is gained in depth and speed, is necessarily lost in breadth. The
“scour” system has even failed to hold its own, and has had to be reinforced
by dredging machines.
This last fact tends to confirm the arguments of the outlet advocates.
They urge that the immense amount of silt carried by the river is destructive
to the entire scheme. During flood time this silt is nearly equally distributed
throughout the water. When an overflow occurs, the immense quantity is
shown by the vast alluvial deposits left in the submerged region.
According to the believers in the anti-levee theory, if overflows are
prevented, the earth held in suspension, instead of being deposited where it
will enrich the land, will gradually sink to the bottom of the river. The result
will be that the river-bed will be steadily raised until the surface of the
water at ordinary stages will be as high as the present floodmarks. Levees
will have to be built higher and higher, the river will be raised far above the
adjacent country, and should a break occur at any point, the consequence
will be disastrous in the extreme. As an example of the effect of confining a
silt-bearing alluvial river to its bed, the Hoang-Ho in China is cited. By
constant dyking the bottom of the stream has been raised above large tracts
of the adjacent country and some of the most

Page 240

FLOOD IN CHINA.

terrible catastrophes in the history of floods have resulted from a break in
the dykes during floods.
The natural result of the continual raising of the bottom is that where any
serious breach occurs, it is simply impossible to repair it. So the great river
has changed its channel entirely several times in the past two thousand
years. In 1852 it burst through its banks three hundred and fifty miles from
the sea, and cut a new channel through the northern part of the province of
Shantung to the Gulf of Pechili, where it emptied nearly two hundred and
seventy-five miles north of its former mouth in the Yellow Sea. The sharp
angle at which it turned off is noticeable on the maps. This region being
almost unknown to foreigners at that time, no one can say how many
thousands or millions of lives were destroyed by “China’s Sorrow.”
But the greatest disaster of this sort occurred in 1887, when the heavy
fall rains of the northwest provinces swelled the streams, and the Yellow
River finally broke its banks at a sharp bend in the Ho-nan province, where
the town of Cheng Chou is situated. Frantic efforts were made to close the
gap, but in vain. It rapidly grew to a width of one thousand two hundred
yards. Some distance away the yellow torrent turned into the valley of a
small stream known as the Luchia, down which it rushed in an easterly
direction, overwhelming everything in its path.

Page 241

“Twenty miles from Cheng Chou it encountered Chungmou, a walled
city of the third rank. Its thousands of inhabitants were attending to their
usual pursuits. There was no telegraph to warn them, and the first intimation
of disaster came with the muddy torrent that rolled down upon them. Within
a short time only the tops of the high walls marked where a flourishing city
had been. Three hundred villages in the district disappeared utterly, and the
lands about three hundred other villages were inundated.
“The flood turned south from Chungmou, still keeping to the course of
the Luchia, and stretched out in width for thirty miles. This vast body of
water was from ten to twenty feet deep. Several miles south of Kaifeng the
flood struck a large river which there joins the Luchia. The result was that
the flood rose to a still greater height, and pouring into a low-lying and very
fertile plain which was densely populated, submerged upward of one
thousand five hundred villages.
“Not far beyond this locality the flood passed into the province of Anhui,
where it spread very widely. The actual loss of life could not be computed
accurately, but the lowest intelligent estimate placed it at one million five
hundred thousand, and one authority placed it at seven million.”
The inundated provinces were under water four months. Two million
survivors were left destitute. The mind quails at the appalling magnitude of
such a catastrophe.
Such is the warning given by the Yellow River. It is urged that if the
Mississippi is heavily leveed, the same results will follow. The Po is another
instance. The bed of the stream has been raised by dykes until it is higher in
many places than the tops of the houses, and such disasters as have befallen
the dwellers near the Yellow River of China, have only been avoided
because of the fact that the Po is a comparatively diminutive stream. It is
said that the same state of affairs exists on a smaller scale still on the Tiber.
But the opponents of the outlet theory ascribe the China floods to ignorant
engineering—a charge that can not be easily made to stick, when it is
remembered that the Chinese have some of the most remarkable specimens
of engineering skill in existence.
In support of the outlet theory, a number of experienced river captains
and pilots assert that the bed of the river has been slowly rising during the
past thirty years; that levees are needed at points where none were years
ago, while at the same time there is less water in the channel at those points

Page 242

than formerly. At the time of this writing Captain Condon is urging that an
outlet be made through Lake Borgne, from a point ten miles below New
Orleans. His company is to assume all costs, only asking that if successful,
they shall be paid $500,000 for every foot of reduction of the high water
level. He asserts that one-fourth of the flood waters can be readily drained
off by this means. This Lake Borgne idea, commendable as it appears, has
been agitated, more or less, for forty years, without being tried. A noted
government engineer, Charles Ellet, urged it at the time of the flood of
1853, without avail.
Whatever be the result of present deliberations, we must hope that no
effort will be spared to thoroughly test the merits of any system agreed
upon. But the long deliberations and the slow movements of the
governmental committees are vexatious to those most vitally concerned. A
prominent Louisianian says: “If the government and the people had raised
$500,000, placed a larger force, and held that Morganza levee, it would
have cost less than the mere relief expenditures, to say nothing of the
millions of total loss of the flood.” And Harper’s Weekly affirms that “in
one respect the casual observer is moved to sarcastic reflections. When a
flood does come, like the present one, or even one of much less dimensions,
the work of the commission is of necessity suspended, and at first sight it
seems extremely ridiculous to see engineers waiting for the water to subside
before they can place confines many feet below the present surface, which
confines are intended, in part at least, for the purpose of preventing similar
overflows in the future.”

Page 243

THE HOLLAND DYKES.

Holland, the land of windmills, is another region which has a continual
struggle with this levee question. The native name of the country,
“Nederlands,” or Netherlands, refers to the character of the region, which
lies as an average, about on the sea level; while a great portion is even
somewhat lower. The thrifty people who settled here, erected dykes to keep
back the sea, and built windmills to pump out the water, thus reclaiming a
fertile tract from the bottom of the sea. But the great dykes need incessant
watching and repairing; and the expenditures upon them up to the present
time, have been greater than would have been required to build them
outright of solid copper. As the safety of the dykes involves all that pertains
to temporal life and welfare, the people have learned not to trust to a single
line of defenses. Second and third lines are erected in the rear of the first;
and many large towns are completely girdled with defenses of their own.
Since the population of this region is nearly five hundred to the square
mile, while our own land does not average over eighteen to the same area, it
is at once clear that the breaking of the dykes is a far more serious and
terrible matter than the rupture of our levees. Some fearful disasters in
Holland are recorded. In 1421, the dykes gave way at Dort, and more than
one hundred thousand people perished. In 1530, there was a general failure
of the dykes, and the people, not dreaming of danger, were suddenly

Page 244

overwhelmed; four hundred thousand perished, and the loss of property was
proportionate. Two great floods have occurred within this century, doing
terrible damage.
The Dutch, though peaceful and phlegmatic, are a liberty-loving people,
and have often shown themselves ready to sacrifice everything for their
freedom. They have found more than once its safety in the loss of all else.
One of the most thrilling and memorable incidents of the sort occurred in
1574. Under the leadership of William the Silent, one of the noblest of men,
the Dutch

THE RELIEF OF LEYDEN.

were struggling to throw off the yoke of Spain. Leyden was besieged. The
town was well fortified. The Spaniards endeavored to starve the city into
surrender. They swarmed about the outworks and taunted the famished
people as “beggars.” The contest grew daily more hopeless for the besieged.
Hundreds were dead of starvation. But the survivors hurled defiance at the
Spaniards. They were digging up every green thing, devouring roots of
grass, old leather, offal, anything that could in the least aid to sustain life.
But “so long as a dog barked in the city, the Spaniards might know they
held out.” A few faint-hearted ones pleaded with the burgomaster to yield.

Page 245

But the brave Van der Werff, gaunt, pale, wearied with care and watching,
told them they could only surrender when they had eaten him; so long as he
lived, the city should not yield.
It was a terrible time. Scores crept into out-of-the-way places to die, that
their misery might not be seen by their friends. The Dutch without wished
to help their friends within—but the lines of the enemy were too strong. As
the last resort, the “Silent Man” ordered the dykes cut. It was done. The
country folk abandoned their homes. A fleet of two hundred vessels sailed
in over the land fifteen miles. They reached the Landscheiding, a great dyke
five miles from the city. Three quarters of a mile nearer the town was a
second dyke, the Greenway; within that was the Kirkway.
The rising water frightened the Spaniards. But at ten inches, it stopped.
The Spaniards renewed their taunts. Again it rose two feet; the vessels drew
nearer: then they lay aground in sight of the famished citizens. Then arose a
strong southwest wind—and after days of weary waiting, the fleet was close
on the last line of fortifications. It was the first of October. In the morning
the “beggars” of the sea would make a desperate attack upon the Spanish
hordes.
In the night there came a terrible crash. The sea had undermined the
wall. The citizens were filled with panic, fearing an immediate irruption of
the enemy. They stood under arms through the weary night.
The morning came. Not a Spaniard was in sight. Fearing a sortie of the
hunger-maddened people, they had fled in the darkness. The city was saved
by the drowning of the land.
A story is told of Frederick the Great, illustrative of the same
indomitable spirit. After establishing the supremacy of Prussia, he was
suspected of designs upon the independence of the Netherlands. The Dutch
envoy at his court, newly appointed, Frederick endeavored to overawe by a
display of his power. A great military review was held; and Frederick, who
took a peculiar delight in tall men, caused troop after troop of his gigantic
grenadiers to file before the weazened little Dutchman, and asked his
opinion. Of each one the envoy said: “Very good, but not tall enough.”
Frederick, much nettled at this oft repeated criticism, asked the ambassador
what he meant by it. “I mean,” he retorted, “that we can flood our country
twelve feet deep!” Frederick left the Dutch in peace.

Page 246

Though the most terrible calamities of any kind—whether from flood,
famine, or earthquake—are to be found in the history of China, yet other
nations have shared in disastrous floods. We mention a few:
A notable flood occurred on the coast of Lincolnshire, England, A. D.,
245. It seems to have been a high tide, aided by the wind. Three thousand
people and many cattle were drowned by a flood in Cheshire, A. D., 353.
Four hundred families were drowned in Glasgow, A. D., 758, by an
overflow of the Clyde. A tidal wave destroyed several English seaports in
A. D., 1014. The Severn leaped its banks in 1483, submerging the adjacent
lowlands, and drowning hundreds. Fifty thousand people perished in
Catalonia, Spain, during a flood in 1617. In Yorkshire, England, occurred a
remarkable outburst of subterranean waters in 1686.
“In September, 1687, mountain torrents inundated Navarre, and two
thousand persons were drowned. Twice, in 1787 and in 1802, the Irish
Liffey overran its banks and caused great damage. A reservoir in Lurca, a
city of Spain, burst in 1802, in much the same way as did the dam at
Johnstown, and as a result one thousand persons perished. Twenty-four
villages near Presburg, and nearly all their inhabitants, were swept away in
April, 1811, by an overflow of the Danube. Two years later, large provinces
in Austria and Poland were flooded, and many lives were lost. In the same
year a force of two thousand Turkish soldiers, who were stationed on a
small island near Widdin, were surprised by a sudden overflow of the
Danube and all were drowned. There were two more floods in this year, one
in Silesia, where six thousand persons perished, and the French army met
such losses and privations that its ruin was accelerated; and another in
Poland, where four thousand persons were supposed to have been drowned.
In 1816, the melting of the snow on the mountains surrounding Strabane,
Ireland, caused destructive floods: and the overflow of the Vistula, in
Germany, laid many villages under water. Floods that occasioned great
suffering occurred in 1829, when severe rains caused the Spey and
Findhorn to rise fifty feet above their ordinary level. The following year the
Danube again overflowed its banks, and inundated the houses of 50,000
inhabitants of Vienna.” The Saone

Page 247

BREAKING OF THE DYKES, HOLLAND.

overflowed in 1840 and poured its turbulent waters into the Rhine, flooding
one hundred square miles of land, and drowning thousands. Another great
flood in France occurred in 1856. In 1875, still another drowned a thousand
people near Toulouse; while India, the same year lost many through floods.
But no such destruction of life ever visited our own land till within a
year past, and the event is more to be deplored, in that it was caused by
unexcusable negligence. That flood we must next consider.

Page 248

CHAPTER XVI.

THE JOHNSTOWN FLOOD.

“A sullen hoarse murmur, and nameless fear!—
A sound like the tread of a hurrying host!—
A roar like the storm, as the wild waters near,
Like the dash of the sea on a crag-bordered coast!

A wave like a mountain sweeps swift through the vale
Ten thousand wrecked homes tossing dark in its spray,
Wild cries of death-anguish echo mocks with her wail—
And the fiend of the flood now has claimed his prey!”

NDIA, profiting by long and sad experience, has provided, as far as
may be possible, against the contingencies of drought and famine, by
the establishment of a magnificent system of storage reservoirs, to
furnish water for irrigating when rain is wanting. Some of these tanks are
fine specimens of engineering, and so far as records go, no disaster has ever
attended their establishment. But to be ready and efficient, for purposes of
irrigation, the water must be above the level of the surrounding country:
hence, the only practicable plan has been to dam up the courses of streams
and ravines in the hills. As nearly all Bengal is comparatively low and level,
this method is not applicable there; hence, the terrible famines consequent
in a comparatively small decrease of the average rain supply. But in the
Deccan, in the Madras presidency, and in Ceylon, the reservoir system has
been carried to an extent astounding to the white man, who depends with
tolerable certainty upon the rain, and who is accustomed to consider other
races as universally indolent and improvident. In fourteen districts of the
Madras presidency

Page 249

MAP OF CONEMAUGH VALLEY.

are nearly fifty-five thousand irrigation reservoirs, four-fifths of which are
in regular operation. Their size may be estimated by the fact that the
retaining dykes average half a mile in length. One ancient reservoir, now
broken, had a dam thirty miles long, shutting in an artificial lake of eighty
square miles. The Veranum tank covers fifty-three square miles, has a dam
twelve miles long, and produces $55,000 per year. In Ceylon may be seen a
gigantic dam of cemented stone, fifteen miles long, one hundred feet wide
at the base, and forty feet wide at the top.
The same plan is of late years being extensively operated in our western
tracts for the reclaiming of extensive tracts otherwise not cultivable. With
these exceptions no great use of the reservoir system has been made in this
country. Every saw-mill, grist-mill or factory in our land usually has its dam
in an adjacent stream to insure a fair supply of water: but none of these can

Page 250

be properly considered general precautions against drought. The only
prominent public works of the sort are the Croton storage reservoirs, by
which New York is supplied with water. There are eighteen reservoirs, with
a total capacity of fourteen thousand millions of gallons. China has a great
canal irrigation system, which is, perhaps, safer in some respects than the
Hindoo system, but which can not command as large an increase of supply
in time of drought, the water being drawn from the rivers, and thus having
comparatively little fall. But the canals so thoroughly intersect the whole
country as to serve as public highways: and in many sections there are no
other roads.
Doubtless the methods of construction in India have been learned by
long experience. Certain it is that for many years, at least, no serious trouble
has ever arisen from defective retaining dykes. The public welfare is so
intimately connected with these pools that they are carefully inspected and
repaired. The destruction of the system might at any time precipitate a
terrible famine.
Not having a similar condition of things to contend with, the average
American is not concerned about the few dams scattered about the land, not
one in a score of which would cause any serious loss were it to break: and
even were such death-traps scattered over every county, it is doubtful if a
race who will crouch behind a Mississippi levee and refuse flight till the last
moment, could ever be brought to a proper realization of the danger, or their
culpable negligence. The American is in a hurry: and so if speed be
obtained, trains may wreck, vessels collide, or boilers burst, and the
coroner’s jury will obligingly render a verdict of “nobody to blame.” Since
he also wants things at the bottom market price, he encourages the
production of countless unsafe buildings, dams, and similar structures,
merely because they are cheap.
The most terrible lesson ever given to cheap dam builders in the history
of our country is one, which, with the reader’s indulgence, we shall
endeavor to narrate.
In southwest central Pennsylvania, among the foot-hills of the
Alleghanies, lies the peaceful and picturesque valley of the Little
Conemaugh. Here, in 1889, within a stretch of a dozen miles, lay five
industrious and thriving towns: South Fork, Mineral Point, Conemaugh,
Woodvale and Johnstown. The last of these, embracing as it did, Cambria

Page 251

and Conemaugh Borough, was a city of thirty thousand people. The
population of South Fork was two thousand, Mineral Point had eight
hundred, Conemaugh and Woodvale about two thousand five hundred each.
The total population of the valley within the distance named could not have
been far from thirty-eight thousand.
Johnstown was the center of interest as of population. Thither came on
May 30th—“Decoration Day"—people from Altoona, Hollidaysburg,
Somerset, Latrobe, Ebensburg and Wilmore, and from the four other towns
already mentioned. There was a great concourse, a long and impressive
procession of soldiers and secret orders, with bands of music, flags, regalia,
banners, bunting and devices. With solemn pomp the cemetery was visited,
and flowers were strewn on the graves of the patriotic dead. This sad but
pleasing duty ended, the procession turned again toward the city, and
entering the Opera House, listened to an eloquent oration. It was a day of
more than ordinary interest and elation for Johnstown. The city stood happy
and unsuspecting on the very brink of an awful doom.
During the day the sky had been overcast, and there were occasional
light showers. At nightfall the clouds lowered more heavily, and seemed to
descend nearer to the earth. At nine o’clock there was a gentle rain; at
eleven, a tremendous down-pour, which continued with little interruption
during the remainder of the night. It seemed as if the windows of heaven
had been opened.
The site of Johnstown is at the Junction of Stony Creek with the Little
Conemaugh. Before eight o’clock on the morning of the 31st of May, both
streams were bank-full. As the day advanced the lower parts of the town
were inundated. By eleven o’clock there was a depth of five feet at the
corner of Main and Market streets, and at the Cambria Iron Company’s
store.
Still higher the waters rose. In the houses most exposed, carpets were
removed from the floors, and pianos and organs were lifted on chairs and
tables. Soon the two angry streams were mingling their waters in the
business center of the town. Both streams had been as high before, but
never both at the same time. Some thought the Cambria Iron Company,
which had narrowed the channel below the stone bridge, was responsible,
and should be required to widen it again, and so make a free exit for the
waters.

Page 252

By two o’clock the water was two to ten feet deep all over the city
proper, and the people had retired to their houses. There was inconvenience
and cessation of business, but no one apprehended serious danger. They
surveyed the providence of God without fear; little thinking of the
destruction that, swifter than the avalanche, would presently come through
the heedlessness or the greed of man.
Twelve miles up the river, eastward, and at an elevation of four hundred
and fifty feet above the city, lay Conemaugh Lake. This was an artificial
reservoir, covering four hundred, or perhaps four hundred and fifty acres of
land, and having an average depth of thirty feet. Across the south fork of the
Conemaugh, about two miles above its junction with the main stream, had
been built a dam, sixty-two feet high in the center, and eight hundred and
fifty feet long. The valley, narrow at the dam, widened above into an
extensive basin. Proposed in 1836, and authorized three years later, this
reservoir had been finally constructed in 1852, as a feeder to the
Pennsylvania canal, fourteen miles below. A culvert at the bottom of the
dam contained fine iron discharge pipes, each two feet in diameter, which
could be opened at low water thus sending the contents of the reservoir to
the canal at Johnstown. In 1857, the Pennsylvania Railroad Company,
having bought the canal, abandoned it, and the reservoir was thenceforth
disused. In July, 1862, the culvert beneath it gave way, owing to some
imperfection of the foundation. The depth of water in the reservoir was, at
the time, not greater than forty feet; hardly more than half its actual
capacity. The breach widened into a chasm, and the water of the reservoir
was discharged, with the exception of about eight feet at the bottom; but so
slow was the process, owing to the substantial character of the dam, and the
resistance it presented, that little harm resulted.
From 1862 to 1880, the reservoir was empty, and the property,
containing something more than five hundred acres, was a waste. In 1875 it
was bought by Congressman John Reilly, and was by him, four years later,
transferred to the South Fork Fishing and Hunting Club. This was an
association of three gentlemen; suggested and organized by Colonel B. F.
Ruff, a successful railroad and tunnel contractor. All these parties had
ceased from membership in the club prior to the great disaster.
The original dam, constructed with care and solidity, had involved an
expenditure of $240,000. It was built in regular layers and solidly rammed,
and when finished was higher in the middle than at the ends, having a spill-

Page 253

way cut through rock in the side of the hill. The cost of reconstruction was
no more than $17,000. No engineer, good or bad, had charge of the work.
The material used was, for the most part, not more substantial than shale
and earth and straw. The pipes at the bottom were permanently closed, and
as the dam advanced, the water was discharged through a board flume over
the top. It was at first intended to raise the new dam to a height of no more
than forty feet, but it was presently discovered that to cut down the spill-
way through rock would cost more than to construct the dam to the original
elevation. This was accordingly done, though not perfectly, as the dam was
two or three feet lower than the old one, and had, besides, a sag in the
middle. A fatal mistake, if once the water should begin to flow over the
crest.
Another mistake was the obstruction of the spill-way with an iron
grating placed to retain the fish, without taking the precaution at the same
time to enlarge the passage. This would have been expensive; and here, as
in the construction of the dam, it is apparent that economy was consulted.
The sum of the mistakes made in the summer of 1880, and which
culminated in the disaster of 1889, were, according to the report of a corps
of engineers, who made a careful survey, “the lowering of the crest, the
dishing, or central sag of the crest, the closing of the bottom culvert, and the
obstruction of the spill-way.”
The people of the towns below had often discussed the possible rupture
of the dam, but they scarcely feared it. Had it not been built by men who
understood their business; and might not these be trusted, as men trust their
lives to the doctor and their souls to the priest? Had it not resisted the flood
of June, 1887—the highest ever known—and why then should it yield to
any other? It is certain that in the towns below some were not thinking of
the reservoir at all; while, in case it should give way, few had formed the
remotest conception of the possible disaster. On the very day of the awful
calamity, when the streets and sidewalks of Johnstown were already under
water, a leading citizen, to the question, “How much higher do you think
the water will rise if the reservoir should burst?” answered quietly, “About
two feet;” and we have not heard that any ventured to correct the estimate.
Unsuspecting souls were they, and yet wholly like other men. Those long
resident by the volcano have ceased to fear its fires. Familiarity, even with
danger, breeds contempt. The evil which still delays, we fondly believe will

Page 254

never come. And as to the consequences, if those who build dams know so
little, why should simple townsmen be expected to know more? Had they
guaged that reservoir, and did they know that up there in the mountains
were six hundred and forty millions of cubic feet of water, enough to make
a veritable Niagara, for more than half an hour, ready to rush down upon
them? Had they calculated the awful energy of twenty millions of tons of
water falling four hundred and fifty feet in a progress of a dozen miles; and
this progress down a pent-up valley, in some places not more than three
hundred feet in width? Had they considered that the flow of a mountain of
water, sixty feet high at starting, must be far more rapid on the top than at
the bottom? That the base, entangled among obstructions, and
overspreading them, would furnish to the water above, an inclined plane,
smooth as glass, along which it would shoot with the speed of an arrow, to
fall over the edge of the retarded water beneath, and furnish in its turn a
ready passage for the water above and behind? That in consequence of this
law, the flood would come not by a gradual rise, giving time for escape, but
like a rolling mountain, to smite with the impact of a falling asteroid, and
crush in an instant everything in its way? Had they reflected that such a
body of water would outrun the swiftest Paul Revere who might mount
steed to fly with the warning to the towns below? That to the doomed, the
first announcement of danger would be the stroke of the destroyer? That to
the living there would be absolutely no more time for flight than to the
sinner, of preparation for judgment after Gabriel shall have blown his
trumpet? It is safe to say that few, if any, had even remotely conceived the
possibilities in the case. Men learn by experience, and even from experience
they fail to learn; for the lesson of to-day is forgotten to-morrow: and
human heedlessness is perpetual.
The crest of the dam stood four or five feet above the spill-way. Towards
noon of the 31st, persons on the watch saw the water of the reservoir rising
at the rate of a foot an hour. Meanwhile a rumor had spread that the dam
was leaking, and this attracted other observers. Some declared that jets of
water were leaping from the lower side to a distance of thirty feet.
Somewhere about half-past two o’clock water began to run over the top.
The structure was then evidently doomed; for, though riprapped with stone
on both slopes, no rampart of earth could long withstand the abrasion of a
torrent running over its crest, and down its lower face. A South Fork pastor
reached the spot at ten minutes before three. A foot of water was then

Page 255

running over the dam. A few minutes later a break was made “large enough
to admit the passage of a train of cars;” then presently the whole thing
dissolved almost instantly, like a phantom. A breach was made four hundred
and twenty-nine feet wide clean down to the bottom, and with the noise of
seven thunders and a tread that shook the hills like a young earthquake, out
rushed a mountain of water “tree-top high.” At such a sight the awed
spectator could only gasp, “God have mercy on the people in the vale
below.” Rushing onward a mile in three minutes, or as some have claimed,
twice or thrice as fast, in an instant down went a mill, two houses and some
barns, up went an iron bridge tossed like a thing of straw, and a moment
later the flood was at South Fork. Two trains, a passenger and a freight,
detained by a wash-out further up the road, were standing at the station.
Warned by the awful roar, the passenger train sprang out just in time to save
the lives of the people on board. The engineer of the freight, seeing it
impossible to move with his heavy train, unhitched the locomotive, opened
the throttle-valve, and with the fireman, flew for life. The seething
mountain leaped on the train and dragged it away, regardless

THE BROKEN DAM.

of two brakemen, who surrendered their lives. The village of South Fork,
standing in the angle above the junction of two streams, and on high

Page 256

ground, was comparatively unharmed, though two lives and considerable
property were destroyed.
On rushed the river down a valley, having from the lake to Johnstown an
average grade of more than thirty feet in a mile. A mile and a quarter below
South Fork the river strikes at right angles a projecting cliff. The baffled
stream makes a detour of two miles and returns almost into itself, having
accomplished an absolute advance of no more than seventy-five feet. A
railroad cut no longer than this quits the river above, then regains and
crosses it by a viaduct below. The railroad bed at the upper end of the cut is
twenty feet above the stream, while at the lower end it is seventy. Here the
torrent divided; a part of it, twenty feet deep and forty feet above the river-
bed, flowing through the cut, the other part following the channel around.
When this latter portion returning struck the cliff at the lower end of the cut,
the water rose to the enormous height of one hundred and twenty-five feet.
From this point the monster, towering to heaven, and like a “wild beast
dreadful and terrible and strong exceedingly,” and ravening for prey, sprang
upon Mineral Point, a little more than a mile below. The town was instantly
“wiped out,” forty houses being swept away and sixteen persons drowned.
The rest doubtless were saved by clinging to the wreck; or warned by the
ominous roar, they had fled to the neighboring hills. The Methodist church,
lifted from its foundation and tossing on the torrent, solemnly, and for the
last time tolled its bell, as if recognizing the end of its days and usefulness;
and continued to toll until its burial was accomplished beneath the waters.
Two miles and a half below Mineral Point the flood encountered another
bend of the river, with a cut and viaduct in all respects similar to that which
has been described. Here again was enacted the grand and terrific scene
which took place above. Then from this augmented height the torrent swept
down upon East Conemaugh and Franklin, a mile below. These villages
standing on opposite sides of the river, constituted the first of that series of
boroughs known by the name of Johnstown.
An engineer, backing up the road, and pulling at the nose of his
locomotive a train of freight cars, had proceeded a third of a mile above
Conemaugh. Here the roar of the coming flood broke upon his ears, and
looking up the river he saw the descending avalanche. Instantly reversing
his engine and drawing the throttle, his whistle all the while shrieking a
wild alarm, he pushed at utmost speed the obstructing cars back to the yard
of the Pennsylvania road. Then leaping from his engine, and leaving his

Page 257

whistle still to sound its warning, he ran to his house near by, and with his
family escaped to the hill just as the rolling torrent dashed its billows at his
feet.
Three passenger trains and one freight had been standing on the side-
tracks some hours, detained by the wash-out already mentioned. The
passengers were reading, writing, conversing, worrying, walking up and
down the tracks in the rain, or watching the driftwood and the constantly
rising river, but conscious of no danger. Something was said about a
reservoir somewhere up the road, which might burst and come down upon
them, but they gave the matter no second thought. Twice was one of the
trains compelled to move, as the water undermined the track, and caused it
to fall into the river. Once they were startled by the crash of a bridge, which
yielded to

FLEEING ENGINE.

the rushing waters, and was swept away. It was near the hour of four in the
afternoon, and they were still wearily waiting. Suddenly they were startled
by the long, shrill shriek, close to their ears, of engineer Hess’ whistle, and
looking out of their windows up the river, they saw an enormous mass of
wreckage, roots, trees, and driftwood borne aloft on the back of the torrent,
and rushing toward them. With one impulse, the most of the passengers

Page 258

leaped from the trains and fled for their lives. Those in the first train had to
run round, or creep under the second in order to reach the town, and thence
the hill. Between the trains and the town there was a ditch ten feet wide, and
five and a half feet deep, and filled with water. Into this, many plunged—
nine women and girls together. A gentleman who had leaped across tarried a
moment to give a helping hand, and all were rescued, save one, an aged
woman. She was apparently dazed; for, refusing the proffered hand, she
said, “I will go this way,” walked toward the maddened waters, and was
lost. The rest fled amain to the rising ground near by, with the raging torrent
not ten feet behind them. Gaining the hill they turned to behold a grand and
awful scene—the crashing, tumbling buildings lifted from their foundations
and hurled against each other; the shrieks and cries and screams of
agonizing, despairing, dying men and women, and all Conemaugh going
down in the fierce river. The round-house sprang from its seat like a toy
tossed from a giant’s hand, and more than thirty great locomotives were
rolled along “like so many pebbles.” All the trains were carried away. In
some of the cars the passengers could yet be seen, while on the top of one
car, loosened from the rest, were two men struggling desperately to keep
their hold as it rolled from side to side. The whole four trains drifted down
about five hundred feet, when they were stopped in a singular manner.
Some inexplicable movement of the water lifted the head of one train and
threw it across that of the other. Engines from the round-house were rolled
down and piled against these, a mass of trees and drift were added, and the
whole four trains, with the exception of two or three cars, were arrested and
anchored in the midst of the flood.
But, though the whistle was a warning, and the hills were a refuge to the
people of East Conemaugh, the lives of twenty-four were lost; while of the
passengers on the trains, twenty-six are known to have perished.
One family were carried down in their house, which held together till it
drifted against the steep hillside, some distance below, where it was arrested
long enough for them to make their escape.
Two sisters, clinging to driftwood, were being swept past the woolen
mill in Woodvale, when a rope was thrown to them and they were saved.
One man was carried on a drifting log clear through Johnstown and over
into Kernville, to find deliverance at the end of a wild, three-miles ride.
Another, overtaken at the fair grounds, climbed on the ticket shed, and

Page 259

thence upon a telephone pole. This being quickly broken down by the
impact of some solid body, he mounted a passing log and dashed ahead all
the way to the stone bridge, a distance of more than two miles. Here he took
hold of some wreckage, and by the backwater was carried to Main street,
near the Presbyterian church, whence he worked his way to final safety.
A quarter of a mile below East Conemaugh was the town of Woodvale.
The story of its calamity has few details, since all its five thousand
inhabitants were either drowning or engaged in a mad struggle for their
lives. Every one of its eight hundred houses was lifted in a minute—not one

WRECK OF THE TRAINS.

remained; nothing but parts of the walls of the large woollen and flour
mills. To the hills forty or sixty rods distant, not many succeeded in
escaping. Relatively but few attempted it, for when the whistles sounded the
alarm, the hills were too distant and the flood was too near. Such as fled
were overtaken by the raging waters, and, to make destruction doubly sure,
a freight train was standing between them and the hill, and this at the
supreme moment, began to move. Thus many perished when there was but
a step between them and deliverance. The houses were mostly frames, and
the people were commonly swept away with their shattered dwellings. We
know there were thousands of wonderful escapes, the recital of which

Page 260

would fill a bulky volume; but more than one-third of the total population
were quickly counted with the dead.
Laden with corpses and debris gathered from five towns; with cars and
trees and all the nameless accumulation from a valley twelve miles long, the
torrent now swept down on Conemaugh Borough. This in turn was quickly
swept away, though more of the inhabitants succeeded in escaping to the
hills. At the lower end of the borough were the Gautier Mills, a part of the
great Cambria Iron Company’s plant. These occupied perhaps ten or twelve
acres of ground. When the flood struck them with their hundreds of fierce
fires, there were thunderous explosions that shook the hills, and the whole
seemed to rise up at once and slide forward on the slanting flood. One or
two experiences from this part of the town must suffice for hundreds more.
One lady drifted far down across the Seventh Ward and lay all night among
the wreckage, within easy reach of seven dead persons, while the luxuriant
hair of a dead woman drifted frequently across her face, half buried beneath
the water. A wealth German lady, a prominent member of the Lutheran
church, said, “My son Henry and his wife, my son Charles and my son-in-
law were all drowned; my pastor and his wife and four nice little children
were lost; there is not one brick of our good, big church left on top of
another; and here is the key, which alone remains. I think my heart must
break from overmuch sorrow.” A few days later she sank into the grave.

Page 261

CHAPTER XVII.

INCIDENTS AT JOHNSTOWN.

“They shall sleep
Where death may deal not again forever,
Where change may come not till all change end.
From the graves they have made they shall rise up never,
Who have left naught living to ravage and rend.
Earth, stones and thorns, of the wild ground growing,
While the sun and the rain live, these shall be,
Till a last wind’s breath, upon all these blowing,
Roll the sea.”
* * * * * *
And till in his triumph, where all things falter,
Stretched out on the spoils that his own hand spread,
Like a god self-slain on his own strange altar,
Death lies dead.”

HE Johnstown flood has no parallel in suddenness and
destructiveness, save in the convulsions of the earthquake and
volcano, agencies which will be noticed shortly, but which have never
wrought such serious havoc in our own land as elsewhere. But the most
deplorable feature of this terrible calamity is, that it might easily have been
averted. It was due entirely to the culpable carelessness of a club of wealthy
pleasure-seekers. It would be senseless to prate of “mysteries of
Providence” in this connection.
Nothing can give so clear an idea of the exact character of the terrible
flood—totally different from the overflow of a river—than the personal
narratives of survivors. A chapter devoted to these will be of interest, and
serve also to illustrate the breaking up of family and social ties that are an
inevitable consequent of great calamities of every kind.
The flood was slightly less sudden at Johnstown proper than higher up
the valley. Yet, to the inhabitants, in every part of the city, it was almost
instantaneous. All narrators agree in the statement that they were taken
completely by surprise. Few of them, whether by sound of whistle, or sight
of cloud, or of coming torrent, had so much as a minute’s warning. Mr.
Rose seems to have had the longest notice of any. He reckons less than

Page 262

three minutes after he looked from his window and saw the flood a mile
above, before his house fell, and himself and family were struggling
beneath the water. His carriage-house was broken, perhaps three minutes in
advance of his dwelling. The water which overthrew it was a sort of
advance guard preceding the main body. This partial division of forces was
doubtless due to the two great bends in the river, which have already been
described, or rather to one of them, since one would have nearly the effect
of two. The upper bend was two miles round, while the railroad cut across
the neck was only seventy-five feet. The smaller portion of water pouring
through the cut got nearly two miles the start of the main body, which had
to flow round the bend. The water which got the start at the first cut had to
flow round the second bend, not being high enough to command the short
way through the second cut. Practically, therefore, the distribution of water
made at two bends and cuts was only a little more than that which was
made at one. Had there been no bends and railroad cuts between
Conemaugh Lake and Johnstown; had the flood been confined for the entire
distance to a single channel, then the towns below would have recognized
no previous swell whatever; a single gigantic wall of water would have
struck Johnstown as distinctly as it struck South Point; the inhabitants, in
most cases, would not have had time even to reach their

Page 263

MILL CREEK.

upper stories; the wave, even more than it did, would have crushed as with
the single blow of a mighty hammer, and the number of survivors who
could tell a tale of wonderful deliverance would have been correspondingly
diminished. The lesson of these facts is for those who dwell below dams or
reservoirs. If there be nothing in the nature of the channel to distribute the
water, and the rupture be instantaneous, the destruction of life and property
will be awful to contemplate.
At the Gautier Works, the flood, while extending over all the valley, was
yet parted into three principal divisions. One of these, following the course
of the Conemaugh, rushed down against the foot of the hill, just above the
Stone Bridge, and would have instantly swept away that magnificently solid
structure, had it not stood parallel to, rather than at right angles with the
torrent; another turning to the left, swept across Conemaugh Borough and
the upper wards of Johnstown, destroying hundreds of stone buildings, the
German Lutheran church, and the Hulbert House; while the third swept

Page 264

straight down through the middle of the city, demolishing the Y. M. C. A.
Hall, the Municipal buildings, and scores of the finest residences. This last,
turned into a reverse current by the damming of the water at the bridge, was
presently rolled back, to ensure the destruction of whatever had escaped in
its downward course.
Thousands of people, drifted from the towns above, were dead already,
or still struggling in the water; and to these were now quickly added many
thousands more. Of the people of Johnstown, it may be said that not a soul
had time to fly. We hear nothing at all about escapes to the hills. At the
scream of the warning whistle, some were startled, and looked up the river.
According to their place in the town, they saw, at the distance of a mile, half
a mile, or only a hundred yards away, an ominous and inexplicable dark
cloud, which might be smoke or spray, hanging upon the surface of the
water. They felt that something unusual had taken place, but of its nature
they were not well aware. Those who saw it at the greatest distance had
hardly time to scramble to the upper stories of their dwellings, before, even
there, they found themselves struggling in the water; while the vast
majority, on looking forth, saw buildings, not a half block above them,
already leaping from their foundations. Simultaneous with the roar and rush
of the torrent, came the crash of houses, the shrieks and cries of men,
women and children, the revolution of everything as in a kaleidoscope, and
then, driven with the speed of a race-horse, houses, furniture, cars,
locomotives, railroad tracks, the Gautier plant, animals alive and dead,
trees, lumber and infinite wreckage were rushed onward to be jammed and
piled at the railroad bridge in a maze of ruin fifty feet high and covering
forty acres of ground. Here the laboring waters finding no ready exit, were
in part turned to the left up Stony Creek, and in part rolled swiftly backward
across the center of the city, bearing the drift on their bosom, and in some
instances dropping shattered houses within a square or two of their former
places. The wreckage above the bridge, entangling and holding fast,
hundreds, if not thousands, as well of the living as the dead, presently
caught fire, thus adding, through all the long awful night, to the horrors of
flood, the fiercer horrors of flame. From the roaring conflagration, a sickly,
baleful gleam was thrown through a mile radius of surrounding gloom; but
like the Miltonic fires of perdition, from those flames

Page 265

“No light, but rather darkness visible,
Served only to discover sights of woe.”

Some say they saw hundreds throw themselves backward into the
flames, to perish, and the record of the morgues, showing how often a
charred arm or leg or half a body was interred, prove that upon many, dead
or alive, the fire did its awful work, while in many cases, doubtless, it was
done so effectually that not a remnant could be found.
As the night drew on, St. John’s Roman Catholic church which had
successfully withstood the angry waters, was seen to be on fire, driving out
the miserable creatures that had taken refuge in it, and with its fierce heat
scorching those on the surrounding drift, till they were fain to relax their
hold and drop into the water. Those flames, as they climbed the beautiful
spire and seized the emblem of Christianity on its lofty top, seemed to mock
the confidence of those who in their last extremity were still clinging to the
cross. In the tower of the Lutheran church, near to Stony Creek, the town
clock was still sustained far above the raging waters. The flood had struck
the city at four, and as the hour of five drew on, when drifting corpses were
now everywhere, and thousands clinging to the wreck lay at the mercy of
the flood or flame, the mechanism of the clock serenely moving brought the
hands to mark the hour, and slowly five times the ponderous hammer smote
the massive bell, tolling the knell of thousands which that hour had rushed
into eternity. On the ears of the living, the sound of those slowly beating
strokes fell with a horrible sensation; for at the end of another hour would
be tolled a dirge for them. There was something terrible in the calmness of
that clock, faithfully telling the flight of Father Time, reckless whether he
had brought joy or woe to mortal men.
But not engulfing flood, nor burning temple, nor holocaust of victims at
the bridge could shake the steadfast confidence of many in their God. One
little boy, when his mother and the rest were clinging in the drift at the

Page 266

AT THE STONE BRIDGE.

bridge, asked, “Mamma, where is that God that Mr. Beale and Mr. Moore
told us about, and said that he would save us?” but another little boy,
despairing of temporal deliverance, was heard closing his prayer with the
beautiful words of the 23rd Psalm: “Though I walk through the valley of the
shadow of Death, I will fear no evil; for thou art with me; thy rod and thy
staff, they comfort me.” A son asked his mother, “Will we die?” She
answered, “I can not tell; but one thing I do know, that God does all things
well, and if he wants us to-night, he will take us; if not, he will find a way
for our escape. We will go and sit down and see what the Lord will do.” A
pastor, just escaped with his family to the third story, and waist-deep in
water, before he could reach it, instantly opened and read from the family
Bible, which he had caught up in his flight: “God is our refuge and strength,
a very present help in trouble; therefore, will not we fear, though the earth
be removed, and though the mountains be carried into the midst of the sea;
though the waters thereof roar and be troubled; though the mountains shake
with the swelling thereof.” One of the sweetest singers in the city had
retreated with her family to the attic; the house was lifted and apparently
moving to destruction, when, to soothe her children and her husband, she
calmly sang, “Jesus, lover of my soul.” While she continued to sing, the end
of a large tree, having great roots, was driven through the house, anchoring
it firmly just in the edge of Stony Creek River. A man who was carried over
the Stone Bridge, saw a lady on a piece of wreckage shooting down the
valley of death, and heard her singing those same immortal words of

Page 267

Charles Wesley; written by him at night, by a feeble spark, in a spring-
house, where he was hiding from a raging mob:
“Jesus, lover of my soul,
Let me to thy bosom fly,
While the raging waters roll,
While the tempest still is high.”

A venerable man was seen upon his knees, with clasped hands, gazing
steadfastly at the cross above St. John’s Roman Catholic church; while
another, converted the previous winter, full of faith, and always rejoicing in
hope, was last seen kneeling upon the roof of his house, riding with the
torrent, and shouting, “Glory to God.”
The narratives of the survivors, whether from the upper, middle, or lower
portions of the city, all alike serve to show that the suddenness of the doom
could only be equalled by its awful horror.
The Hulbert House, built of brick, and one of the finest hotels in
Johnstown, stood in the upper portion of the city. There were about sixty
persons in it at the time of the catastrophe, and of these, the lives of forty-
nine were lost. Many of these were in the office, when an unusual whistling
of engines was heard. Imagining a fire had broken out in the midst of the
flood, they all ran to the upper stories, except the proprietor, the clerk, and
one guest. Two or three minutes later, the clerk walked to the window, and
looked across the Conemaugh in the direction of Prospect Hill, and seeing
what he mistook for a great cloud of dust, exclaimed, “My God, the hill is
falling!” At that, the proprietor ran to the door, and looking up the street,
realized at once the situation. Directing the other two to hasten upstairs and
spread the alarm, he ran to the kitchen to warn the girls; then fleeing to the
fourth floor, he reached it just as the building fell. One of the few survivors
declares that the catastrophe overtook nearly all the guests no further
advanced than to the foot of the stairway on the third floor, and as yet
unapprized of the nature of their danger.
Rev. D. M. Miller, pastor of the Presbyterian church in East Conemaugh,
had his home in Johnstown. To him and his family the deluge came without
a moment’s warning. They were in an upper room, fearing, suspecting
nothing, till they saw houses not half a square away starting from their
places, reeling and crackling onward over fences, telephone poles and fruit-
trees, and jostling against each other. Before they could fly in any direction,

Page 268

they were waist-deep in water. Beneath the lower sash which was raised,
Mr. Miller sprang out upon some floating timbers, urging his wife to follow.
She, however, mounted the bed, which being instantly forced up to the
ceiling she was almost smothered. The water had closed the opening
beneath the sash, and up to her neck in water she now set herself
desperately to effect an opening at the top of the window, but she only tore
her hands in the vain attempt to wrench away the slat. Mr. Miller, by this
time recovering from his first plunge, with one hand caught hold of the
spout beneath the eaves, and with the other, battered through two panes of
glass, cutting himself badly. Drawing up one foot, with it he now kicked out
the sash, when his wife dived out under the lintel, expecting to reach
footing on the roof of a small porch below. The porch, however, was gone,
and she disappeared deep beneath the turbid flood. A moment later, by some
violent ebullition of the water, she was thrown to the surface, and at once
laid hold on the spout. Meanwhile, the house was drifting rapidly toward
Stony Creek. When the vast number of houses adrift struck the hill beyond
the stream there was a fearful rebound; many houses were crushed to
splinters, many were upset, and scores of clinging wretches were mangled,
killed, or plunged into the water and drowned. The current, arrested by the
hill, divided; a part turned to the left up Stony Creek, carrying many houses
nearly a mile; part turned to the right, to add its freightage of life and ruin to
the already tremendous gorge above the bridge, while between these
currents a central portion was rolled back in the direction whence it came.
On this portion Mr. Miller’s house was carried, till wandering round and
having described two-thirds of a complete circle, by the subsidence of the
water it found rest at last not more than a hundred yards from its original
position. During much of this journey the pastor and his wife, up to their
necks in water, and battered and bruised incessantly by the terrible drift,
were clinging to the spout. At last two of their neighbors being in some
manner, incomprehensible to themselves, thrown upon the roof and sitting
on the comb, after a time espied beneath the eaves the heads of the
unfortunate couple. To creep down to the edge of the steep roof, slippery
through incessant rain and recover the pastor and his wife was an
undertaking fraught with extreme peril, yet these men, as did hundreds
more in this awful hour, freely risked their lives in the effort to save others.
A little later a woman and a boy were recovered, and brought to the same
roof, on the comb of which six persons now sat until nightfall, when the

Page 269

house having ceased from its wanderings, they managed to creep into the
attic. This being unfinished, there was no floor on which even the sick
could lie; so, in the dark, in their torn and wet and filthy garments, through
all the long, dreary hours of an endless night, through the forenoon of the
following day, and until the middle of the afternoon, on a narrow board,
they sat together until the rescuers came. Then there was a laborious
clambering over broken houses and great piles of wreck, a tramp of half a
mile through mud and water, when they found at last rest and refuge and
friends. Twenty-eight hours they

DESPERATE STRUGGLE FOR LIFE, JOHNSTOWN.

had passed without a wink of sleep or a morsel of food, while their wounds
and bruises were such as for a time to render doubtful their recovery.
Mr. Calliver, a machinist, had his dwelling in one of the upper wards of
the city. His wife, an invalid, had not walked for seven years. He was
watching the flood, and telling his neighbors that the worst was already
past, when, looking up the river, he saw houses bounding from their places
and skurrying towards him. He shouted to his family at once to flee to the
attic, but, before they could reach it they were knee-deep in water. The
house was floated, and borne swiftly away, but fortunately did not turn over.
It drifted out of the main current, struck upon something, and was held fast,

Page 270

while other buildings were drifted onward. Union street school house was
near, and to this place, late in the afternoon, by clambering over the
accumulated drift, it became possible to escape. Here they found
themselves in the company of nearly two hundred others rescued in various
ways. Some were crippled, some were shivering with cold, and all had lost
their nearest and dearest friends. Many were in awful suspense concerning
the fate of loved ones. A sleepless, endless night dragged its slow hours
along, and when at last Mr. Calliver, watching anxiously from the roof, saw
the first gleam in the east, he cried out in an ecstasy, “It is morning! it is
morning!” After deliverance came, being curious to know what it was that
had so opportunely arrested his floating house, he made examination, and
found that, of several open cars that had drifted into the neighborhood, one
had dropped endwise into a cellar, and his house driven upon the end that
was elevated had been penetrated with the shaft of the brake-wheel, and
securely held in that place.
Rev. David J. Beale, D.D., pastor of the Presbyterian church, to whose
authentic and thrillingly interesting book “Through the Johnstown Flood,”
we are principally indebted for our statement of facts, and to which the
reader is referred for a fuller account, records an experience, which, like
those already narrated, serves to show that the visitation was as sudden as it
was awful. His first intimation of the coming ruin was a roar, increasing
like that of an approaching train, and a moment later the torrent had struck
his residence. Urging in advance of him his family and two neighbors who
were present, he rushed up stairs, and reaching the second floor found
himself already waist-deep in water. At that instant, a man was shot by the
force of the current through the window, and to the sudden interrogatories,
“Who are you? Where did you come from?” breathless and strangling, he
could only answer, “Woodvale.” He had been carried on a floating roof a
mile and a quarter, and as it violently struck the parsonage, he was pitched
from his hold and dashed through the window. In another minute the whole
company were in the third story, witnesses, blanched and mute, of the awful
scene of destruction and death.
They recognized many acquaintances and friends riding on to death.
They saw two little children, almost nude, clinging to one roof; four young
ladies, in agonized embrace, clinging to another; houses for squares north
and west torn from their places, and the whole drawn onward, to be crushed
and jammed in the gorge below. Meanwhile, Capt. A. N. Hart, his wife and

Page 271

two children, were seen struggling in the wreckage which had drifted near
the parsonage, and Mr. Beale, descending into the water in the second story,
assisted them to enter through the window. Their arrival in the garret
increased to fifteen the number of persons there collected.
The parsonage now began to show evident signs of giving way, and it
was decided to abandon it. After an unsuccessful attempt to gain the roof,
the whole party were safely passed by means of a rope from the highest
window to a floating roof below. They had hoped to reach the church,
which still stood secure, a short distance away; but, on making the attempt,
they found themselves confronted with fifty feet of water which could not
be crossed. They now began a perilous journey over wreckage to Alma
Hall, half a square away. This was a four-story building, the largest and
strongest in the city. Their way lay over logs and roofs and houses, fixed or
moving box cars, and various debris which often concealed them from one
another. One of the young ladies, crossing open water on a scantling, fell
and disappeared, all but her floating hair, by which she was caught and
recovered. About dark they gained the hall, and found no less than two
hundred and sixty fortunate unfortunates like themselves, rescued in
wondrous ways from ghastly death.
Then followed the long night of sleepless horror, unillumined, save from
the burning church, and from the horrible holocaust at the bridge. The
suppressed moans of those with bruised bodies and broken limbs, the crying
of little children, cold and wet and hungry, and without a place to lay their
heads, the anxiety for loved ones, the mourning for them that were certainly
lost, the momentary dread lest the building should give way and yet
overwhelm all with sudden death, conspired to make it a night never to be
forgotten. Morning came at last, and then, as the sun rose above the hills,
might have been seen a curious and mournful procession. Descending
through a window, they walked and jumped, and crawled and clambered
over several blocks, filled with broken buildings, cars, trees, furniture,
bridges and dead bodies, till they reached the hill.
What a spectacle of human misery was there presented!

Page 272

THE GORGE AT THE BRIDGE.

Fully three thousand people were gathered, weary, wet, cold, haggard,
hungry, homeless, shoeless, hatless, coatless, ragged, muddy, many almost
naked, gazing in mute despair, in awful anguish that could shed no tear (for
no tears were shed) upon miles of wreck, containing by the thousand the
dead bodies of husbands, wives, parents, children, lovers, and precious
friends. Could humanity be called to suffer more?
Mr. Horace W. Rose, Esq., a prominent attorney about fifty years of age,
had spent his life in Johnstown, and remembered distinctly all the great
floods it had experienced. The highest he had seen was in 1887, and he had
little fear that ever he would see another higher. He was not alarmed when
the water entered the lower story of his dwelling, but as he saw it advance
above the wash board, and with its foul freight stain the beautiful paper
recently put upon the wall, he was not without a feeling of sadness. He
conversed pleasantly with his neighbors, and twitted their children with
invitations to come across the way and make a friendly visit. Fifteen
minutes before the catastrophe he was engaged in shooting rats, and
continued the occupation until hearing a loud crash, he ran to the back part
of his house, and saw that the water had broken down his carriage-house
and was driving the carriage into the yard. At the same moment he heard
cries, the alarm of a bell, and the loud screams of a steam whistle. Feeling
that something awful must have happened, he ran to the third floor,
followed by all his family, and looking out through a window, which

Page 273

permitted a view of nearly a mile up the Conemaugh, the awful fact was at
once apparent. “I saw stretching from hill to hill, a great mass of timber,
trees, roofs and debris of every sort, rapidly advancing, wrecking and
carrying everything before it. It was then about the midst of what was
known as the Gautier Works, a department of the Cambria Iron Works,
which covered perhaps ten or eleven acres of ground. A dense cloud hung
over the line of the rolling debris, which I then supposed was the steam and
soot which had arisen from hundreds of fires in the Gautier Works as the
waves rolled over them. I stood and looked as the resistless tide moved on,
and saw brick buildings crushed in an instant pass out of sight, while frame
tenements were quickly crushed to atoms.
“Members of my family asked me if there was no escape. I answered,
‘No; this means death to us all.’ My wife with blanched face said, ‘Won’t
our big strong house stand?’ I replied deliberately: ‘No, Maggie; no
building can stand this awful jam, and we are all lost.’
“The press of the heaving, surging mass rolled steadily on, and in less
than three minutes, as nearly as I can estimate time, from the moment I saw
the front of the angry torrent it was upon us. The great Municipal building
above me fell with a crash. The stately dwelling of my neighbor, John
Dibert, was broken to atoms. I walked rapidly to the southeast window, and
saw the front of the brick dwelling above and adjoining mine, crushed to
rubbish. Several persons were floating directly down Main street, in front of
me; a large frame building directly opposite me careened, at the attic
windows of which I saw a number of ladies, one of whom held an infant in
her arms; there was a crash, a sensation of falling, a consciousness that I
was in the water, and all was dark. A moment later, I felt the press of a
heavy shock, a sense of excruciating pain, involving my right breast,
shoulder and arm. The thought came upon me that I was being crushed to
death, that I could not long endure the agony I then suffered, and that death
would come soon. I watched for the change, expecting in a moment to
know the reality of eternity. I heard the moan of my eldest son, who was at
my side when the crash came.
“I felt myself struggling, with my left hand clutching at something, I
know not what. I heard the voice of my youngest son, as I thought,
imploring me to aid him. I told him I was powerless to succor him. A
moment later I realized that he was endeavoring to have me reach a higher
elevation, when I told him my whole right side was crushed; he came to my

Page 274

relief and aided me in getting upon a fragment of the slate roof. A moment
after, a little boy whom I had sheltered, appeared and informed me that my
wife was drowned; he had barely made this announcement when I saw my
only daughter, June, rise up out of the water among the debris to perhaps
her waist, and immediately sink out of sight. As she sank, I saw my wife
rise out of the water to about her waist, and almost immediately sink out of
sight; a moment after, they rose together, and I saw my son Winter, a lad of
twenty years, a strong, robust person, and heard him say, ‘Ma, hold on to
me, and I can save you.’ I was lying on my side, perhaps twenty or twenty-
five feet distant from where my wife, daughter and son were struggling, the
skin torn from the right side of my face, the blood flowing profusely from
the wound, the skin torn from the back of my left hand, my right collar-
bone broken, my shoulder-blade fractured, the ribs crushed in upon my
lung, my right arm from shoulder to wrist lying limp on my side, powerless
to give aid or assistance to my loved ones. At this moment a young man
seemed to shoot up and out of the debris at my side; I realized that he was
an acquaintance, but could not name him. I at once, however, addressed
him, saying, ‘Young man, won’t you go and help Winter save my wife and
daughter? I am helpless; my whole right side and arm are crushed.’ He
made no reply, but

Page 275

THE BATTLE WITH THE WATERS.

at once hastened across the debris, and aided in relieving my wife from the
timbers in which she was pinioned. Then he immediately disappeared from
my sight; but I afterward learned he was Harry Philips, who was reared in
Johnstown, was then practicing his profession of dentistry in Pittsburg; was
home on a visit, and in the house of Dr. L. T. Beam, and was the only
person who escaped with his life, while his mother, niece, nephew and
brother-in-law were lost in the flood. My eldest son had disappeared. I
believed I had heard his dying moan. All the other inmates of my house at
the time it was struck, were now floating on different fragments of houses,
and being rushed with fearful velocity in a westerly course to and across the
Stony Creek River.
“They saw a stout roof on the edge of the debris and succeeded in
reaching it; an old lady on bended knees and holding with her hands,
floated by on a shutter, and Winter assisted her to gain the roof; the current
suddenly turned and swept them rapidly up Stony Creek, a distance of half

Page 276

a mile; they came to rest above Morris street in the Fifth Ward, and lay for a
considerable time; some inexplicable force then carried them across the
river, and they lay for a while in the mouth of Franklin street; the Catholic
church was on fire, and the town clock struck five; a cold and pitiless rain
poured down upon them; the current now changed and buildings and
wreckage were borne rapidly down the stream; as houses were broken to
pieces, clinging wretches with wild shrieks sank to watery graves; the two
sons were separated from the remainder of the family on the roof; it drifted
once more down the stream, was struck by a heavier building and pushed
upon the bank; over various drift they climbed till they reached a three-
story brick which stood intact; they entered it just as the town clock struck
six—two awful hours, and yet no member of the family lost. Happier far
their fate than that of many others. The two boys returned to their parents at
four o’clock the next day.”
These incidents will suffice. Thousands of the same sort might be given.
No wonder that many were crazed with grief. One woman, wife and mother,
sole survivor of a happy family, was found sitting in the wreck, holding in
her arms her family clock which she had found. She told her story without a
tear. Her mind was unbalanced. A man who had never been known to touch
liquor was found the day after the flood, reeling to the bridge, drunk and
raving, determined to drown himself. In agony at the loss of all he held
dear, he had taken to drink, that he might remember his misery no more; but
in vain: whisky could not destroy his terrible memories. Talmage in a letter
to the New York World, said: “Such an avalanche of horrors never slipped
upon any American city. Horrors piled on horrors, woe augmenting woe;
bankruptcy, orphanage, widowhood, childlessness, obliterated homesteads,
gorged cemeteries and scenes so excruciating it is a marvel that any one
could look upon them and escape insanity * * * *
“Was the work of devastation as great as I supposed? Far worse. Types
can not tell it. Only the eye can make revelation. But the worst part of it can
not be seen. The heart-wreck caused by the sudden departure of so many
can be open only to one eye, and that the All-Seeing. Think of one family of
fourteen all dead except one, and that the wife and mother, and she the
witness of their drowning. I saw the grave trench in which two hundred and
sixty were buried, and the whole graveyard like a national cemetery, in
which the unrecognized dead have a particular number placed above them

Page 277

and are recorded in the undertaker’s rooms with a description of the body
and clothes.”
On many a life a shadow has been cast that will never be lifted. Many a
heart will ache until it breaks. One who had lost wife and children and was
alone, whose verses and whose name the world has never heard, more than
thirty years ago wrote the following most touchingly beautiful lines, which
will find an echo in the hearts of thousands of survivors of the Johnstown
flood, as well as among countless millions of others in every age of the
world:

Page 278

Down by the cedar sitting,
Lonely and sad and still,
Watching the shadows flitting
Over the distant hill.
Yearning for by-gone hours,
Never again to come;
Longing for beauteous flowers,
Never again to bloom.

Ever there flits before me
A shadowy form and face;
Ever it hovers o’er me,
Wearing a nameless grace.
Above my brow there lingers
A breath like summer air;
Unseen and loving fingers
Stray through my tangled hair.

Silence, slow creeping nigh me,
Out from the leafy shade,
Bringeth the dead hours by me,
And rests on the darkening glade.

O ye beloved of spring time,
Can ye come back no more?
Bending I trace your footsteps
Over the distant shore;
Down to the misty river,
Into the depths of death,
Seeking your presence ever,
Praying with sobbing breath,
“Can ye come back no more?”
Echoing clear from the unseen shore,
Answer sweet voices “No more, no more!”

O for the pearly gates
Of the golden nightless plain,
Where your gentle spirit waits
For the hour we meet again.

Out from the darkness, soft and plain,
Comes the glad echo, “We meet again.”

Page 279

CHAPTER XVIII.

RELIEF MEASURES.

“Abou Ben Adhem (may his tribe increase)
Awoke one night from a deep dream of peace,
And saw within the moonlight of his room,
Making it rich and like a lily in bloom,
An angel writing in a book of gold:
Exceeding peace had made Ben Adhem bold,
And to the presence in the room he said,
“What writest thou?” The vision raised its head,
And with a look made all of sweet accord,
Answered: “The names of those who love the Lord.”

“And is mine one?” said Abou. “Nay, not so,”
Replied the angel. Abou spoke more low,
But cheerily still, and said, “I pray thee then
Write me as one who loves his fellow men.”

The angel wrote and vanished. The next night
It came again with a great wakening light
And showed the names of whom love of God had blessed,
And lo, Ben Adhem’s name led all the rest!”

T goes without saying that the destitution and suffering occasioned by
the flood were fearful. Everywhere might be seen hundreds of sad-eyed,
disconsolate, almost famished creatures, groping about the wreck,
almost unconscious of present necessities by reason of present woe. Scores
were compelled to drag their precious dead from the wreck and bury them
with their own hands—a trying task. Other scores found never a trace of
many whom they sought. Hundreds of telegrams of anxious inquiries will
never be answered.
The pressing necessities of the hungry people soon drove many to seek
escape from the place. Yet all railroads were damaged, and in Johnstown
itself one could hardly get about the streets. A stranger describes it as it
appeared on June 1:
“Johnstown proper was partly a lake, partly several small streams, partly
a vast sandy plain, and partly clusters of more or less ruined houses.
Around, among, between, inside and on top of these houses, wherever the

Page 280

rushing torrent had been checked, were piled masses of wreckage; trunks of
mighty trees, household furniture, houses whole and in fragments, bridges,
locomotives and railroad cars, hundreds of tons of mud and gravel. Thickly
strewn through it all were hundreds of corpses and carcasses. The only
communication between this section and the Pennsylvania Railroad and the
village of Peelerville on the north, and Kernville on the south, was across
swollen torrents in skiffs, which required constant bailing to keep them
above water. From the Stone Bridge of the Pennsylvania Road, for a
distance of half a mile, no river could be seen, simply a dense mass of drift
from twenty to fifty feet deep, apparently inextricable, bound together with
miles of wire, here blazing and there smoldering, and enveloping the bridge
in a cloud of nauseating vapor and smoke, giving unmistakable evidence of
the presence of burning flesh. Not a thoroughfare was passable for a team,
and very few for a horse. Locomotion was difficult, the mud was deep, the
streets obstructed often to the roofs of houses, the rain was incessant.
“How poor, how rich, how abject, how august,
How complicate, how wonderful is man;
How passing wonder He who made him such,
Who centered in our make such strange extremes
From different natures marvelously mixed.”

The flood quickly called forth the best and the worst exhibitions of
human nature. We shall mention first the evil, as a back-ground against
which the good may stand more conspicuous. We believe that to most men
it will be simply incomprehensible that anybody should think of adding so
much as the weight of a hair to the calamities of Johnstown, as they were
seen on the morning of that first day of June. Ghouls were quick to enter,
snatching from the living, robbing the bodies of the dead. Johnstown
doubtless had her complement of thieves, and these were speedily
reinforced by many more—crooks and jailbirds, pickpockets and burglars,
from cities like Baltimore, Philadelphia and Pittsburg; for “where the
carcass is, there will the eagles be gathered together.” Residents guarding
silverware and other valuables were, in some instances, overpowered in
broad daylight and their goods taken away from before their eyes. These
crimes were diligently laid at the door of the Hungarians, but better
knowledge acquitted them of the charge and proved that they were not more
guilty than others.

Page 281

The American, accustomed by republican training to regard himself as
the chief source of law, is never slow to take things into his own hands in
cases of extremity. We are told that a few of these ghouls were summarily
dealt with; and under the circumstances the most conservative find it hard
to condemn the grief-crazed men. One correspondent asked Deputy Sheriff
“Chall” Dick if the reports of summary execution were true. Chall replied
slowly:
“There are some men whom their friends will never again see alive.”
“Well, now, how many did you shoot?” was the next question.
“Say,” said Chall. “On Saturday morning I was the first to make my way
to Sang Hollow, to see if I could not get some food for people made
homeless by the flood. There was a car-load of provisions there, but the
vandals were on hand. They broke into the car, and in spite of my
protestations carried off box after box of supplies. I only got half a wagon
load. They were too many for me. I know when I have no show. There was
no show there, and I got out.
“As I was leaving Sang Hollow and got up the mountain road a piece, I
saw two Hungarians and one woman engaged in cutting the fingers off of
corpses to get some rings. Well, I got off that team and—well, there are
three people who were not drowned and who are not alive.”
“Where are the bodies?”
“Ain’t the river handy there?”
Another form of robber appeared in the relic-hunter. He is a
phenomenon inexplicable—at least to the writer of these pages. Why men
should think to chip off pieces of the Washington Monument, or from
Lincoln’s coffin, or from the granite sarcophagus in the great pyramid, and
carry them home and put them in a cabinet, and call people to admire them,
without thereby simply advertising themselves as vandals, passes
comprehension. Why a chip from Johnstown should be better than the same
kind of a chip from any other place, no man can tell. But the world has
always had a good stock and store of this kind of fools, well described by
our neglected and forgotten poet, Robert Pollok, as men who roamed about
the world searching for pieces of old pottery and the like, and

Page 282

“Wondered why shells were found upon the mountain-tops,
And wondered not at that more wondrous still,
Why shells were found at all.”

These relic-hunters, commonly of genteel appearance, were in force at
Johnstown, picking up knives, forks, silver spoons, communion vessels—
anything they could call fools like themselves to gape at because it came
from Johnstown, and sometimes judiciously preferring as mementoes the
things that were of greater value.

JOHNSTOWN AFTER THE FLOOD.

There were professional thieves who entered the morgues and identified,
with expressions of sorrow, their dear departed dead, strangers never seen
before, in order that they might secure the valuables found on their persons.
There were others who offered their services for the recovery of the dead,
and who were placed upon the details sent out for that purpose, and
plundered many corpses before the arrival of Mann’s detectives pointed
them out as the worst of thieves and robbers.
Besides these there were sleek scoundrels, too base and black for
respectability even in the pit, who approached weeping, orphaned, beautiful
young girls with alluring offers of jewelry and fine clothes and delightful
homes, in great cities. Their object has no need to be stated.

Page 283

It is pleasant to turn from these few ghoulish and degraded human
reptiles to the mighty army of noble men and women who succored
Johnstown.
The story of the help rendered, how much, by whom, and in what ways
can not be detailed in this place. It will be enough to give a brief and
general statement, while for full particulars, even to the long list of the
dead, known and unknown, the reader must be referred to Dr. Beale’s most
interesting book.
The faults and evils of government have been conspicuous since man
was upon the earth. The contemplation of these has turned some shallow-
brained people into anarchists, who think the ideal state of the race must be
one in which there is no government at all.
There was no government in Johnstown while the flood was sweeping it
away. All human laws were then suspended, for there was no human power
that could enforce them. It is curious and instructive, in a condition of
complete anarchy, to note the spontaneous movements towards organized
government—movements simply evoked by the popular need. Government
was introduced into Alma Hall almost before the sun had set on that
dreadful day. Two hundred and sixty-four men, women and children, from
various directions clambering out of the debris, had been gathered there.
They were wretched enough already, but disorder would only add to their
woes, and for the sake of order, and to feel that the strongest and wisest
were at the helm, they were ready to submit themselves to command.
Accordingly, a meeting was at once called on the stairway to elect a director
to control the whole building and one of the stories, and two subordinates to
take charge of the other two stories. Orders were at once issued that there
should be no lights, lest the escaping natural gas should explode, and that
all persons having spirituous liquors should surrender them to the directors.
These orders were cheerfully obeyed.
As this company was wending its mournful way the next morning to
Adam street, Dr. Beale saw a man taking some valuables, and ordered him
to put them down. With this hint as to the capabilities of bad men, he sent a
boy a little later to the nearest telegraph station with a message to Governor
Beaver to send the military. The response came soon in the presence of the
National Guard, the services of whose officers and men were, in almost
every way, of inestimable value.

Page 284

But the necessity for government was instant, and could not await the
coming of a National Guard. The community called Johnstown consisted of
seven straggling boroughs, each with its own officers. Some of these were
dead, all were scattered and paralyzed, while furthermore, the common
calamity demanded common action, and this called for a single government
instead of seven. Accordingly, before the sun was high in the heavens on
that first day of June, government had been organized. According to our
Declaration of Independence, it must have been a lawful government, for it
had for its basis the consent of the governed.
But it was not a republican government; it was an absolute monarchy—
Charles L. Dick, Esq., was elected generalissimo to direct all matters
according to his will,—the best government in the world if always there
were a wise and good man at the head; for the wisdom of one man is better
than the folly of a multitude.
It makes one proud of his race as he watches this stricken community in
the midst of overwhelming sorrow and loss taking action immediately for
preservation and recovery. Barbarians would not have done it; Asiatics
would not have done it; nor would anybody else have done it so quickly and
so well as Anglo-Saxon English-speaking republicans, full of energy,
resource, and indomitable courage, and habituated to the idea of a
“government of the people, for the people, and by the people.”
Avoiding details let us see in brief what was done.
Within eighteen hours after the flood, there was a force of three hundred
qualified policemen guarding the vaults of the First National and Dibert’s
banks, and patrolling the town. A few were armed with shot-guns, the most
with base ball clubs extracted from a wrecked store. The size of their batons
was an indication that they were not on dress parade, but were equipped for
war. Committees were quickly appointed on finances, on supplies, on
morgues, on the removal of dead animals and debris, on police, on
hospitals; and these committees entered on their respective duties without
an hour’s delay. Farmers and others were now crowding to behold the ruin,
and there were many with hearts to sympathize and hands to aid. Dr. Wm.
Caldwell, one of the oldest and best known merchants in the place, met the
wondering comers and engaged many of them for service in the removal of
the wreckage and the recovery of the dead. Details were at once constituted
and sent forth under proper leaders for these purposes. Within a brief while,

Page 285

Charles Zimmerman had removed more than two hundred dead animals,
and Thos. L. Johnson, his assistant committeeman, one of the owners of the
great plant at Moxham, had made visible progress in clearing the streets of
debris.
A crying and instant need was a hospital. Before the flood there was only
one hospital in Johnstown. This was built by the Cambria Iron Company for
the use of their own men. This hospital was now almost instantly filled and
running over; but before sunset on this memorable Saturday, June 1st, the
committee had opened another. Telephonic communication was broken, but
a boy was sent on horseback to Shoyestown with a message to Pittsburg for
hospital equipments—cots, mattrasses, pillows, medicines and other
necessities; and such was the energy of all concerned that by two o’clock on
Sunday, less than twenty-four hours from the sending of the message, the
equipment was in Johnstown. At that time every bench and counter and
even the floor was crowded with the sick and wounded from all parts of the
city.
It is impossible to describe the varied movements of that dreadful day.
There was little shelter and less food, death everywhere, and some
doubtless imprisoned in heaps of wreck, and not yet dead, but dying of
wounds, or of cold and exhaustion. The first patient in the Bedford street
hospital had been taken up, presumably dead, and carried to the morgue;
there he was found to be yet alive, was removed to the hospital and died of
congestion the next day. The claims of the dead and of the living seemed to
be equally urgent. Many of the living, for food and shelter, pushed to the
country; the farmers received them with

Page 286

AT THE MORGUE.

open doors. They sent wagon loads of provisions to the valley of death; the
dairymen came with milk and distributed it freely; but what was this among
so many? It is needless to say that the flood, even where buildings had
escaped wreck, had overflowed cellars and lower stories and destroyed or
badly damaged almost everything eatable in the city.
Not a few of those who survived the flood are notable for their untiring
and abundant labors. It was no time for perpetuating sectarian differences.
Dr. Beale pays a warm tribute to Father Davin, a Catholic priest, who stood
at his post, laboring with superhuman energy, though constantly urged to
take even a short rest. But he could not rest in view of so much misery. He
and Dr. Beale turned their respective churches into morgues, and labored
like heroes, incessantly. Father Davin’s health gave way under the terrible
strain, and he finally went to the mountains; but it was too late. He died of
overwork and exhaustion.
Nor must the work of that much abused fraternity, the newspaper
reporters be forgotten. None but reporters can appreciate the difficulties
under which those men worked; and one, a pale, earnest, sympathetic little
Philadelphian, toiled on till his health failed. He died at the sea shore,
whither he had gone to recuperate. These men we must thank for the prompt
and full reports sent throughout the country, stirring it to prompt and
energetic measures of relief.
The advantages of Christian over Asiatic civilization are never more
apparent than when the calamity of some calls for sympathy and help of all

Page 287

the rest. Then, in an hour, the news is borne to every city and hamlet in a
broad continent, in another hour the press has thrown it off in millions of
sheets, and every street is vocal with the cry of the newsboy proclaiming
the disaster, millions of hearts are throbbing with sympathy, voices from
opposite sides of great cities are talking to each other over the telephone, a
meeting is called and quickly assembled, counsel is taken, performance is
prompt, and before the day is done, the railroad train, bearing the necessary
forms of aid, is flying with the speed of the wind to the relief of the
sufferers.
Not often, even in a Christian land, has relief been so prompt or so
bountiful as it was to Johnstown. Pittsburg read the news in the papers of
Saturday morning. The Mayor called a meeting for one o’clock. It was
crowded to overflowing, for the interest was intense. A committee was
appointed, and work began instantly. By four o’clock nearly twenty cars
were ready. Seventy volunteer aids were on board—all that could be taken
—and the train was flying towards Johnstown. At 10:30 P.M. Sang Hollow,
four miles from the scene of death, was reached. Here three-quarters of a
mile of track had been washed entirely away, and the train stopped. But the
men from Pittsburg stopped not. They sprang out, and trip after trip through
the mud and dark, in the use of hands and shoulders, they bore onward their
precious burdens of food for the starving brothers and sisters. Long before
daylight, the installment of provisions—a car load and a half—was
deposited at the Stone Bridge. Further than this it was impossible to go. The
flood had broken the embankment beyond the bridge and a furious river a
hundred feet wide was sweeping through.
But while these valiant relievers were struggling forward under boxes
and parcels, the railroad management was working a veritable miracle. Men
and material were placed on the ground, the grade was restored, the track
was laid, and at seven o’clock the next morning the train was quietly
standing at the Stone Bridge!
Was ever human energy more conspicuous, or in a better cause? Some
corporations must have souls—at least, the Pennsylvania Railroad—for this
triumph was stimulated not by self-interest, but by the interests of
thousands dead or ready to perish. And it was General Superintendent
Pitcairn of the Pennsylvania Road who moved the mayor to call the
Pittsburg meeting.

Page 288

The Baltimore & Ohio Road also signalized its achievements and
generosity. By Monday morning it had entered the south side of Johnstown,
bringing relief, or exit to the suffering people. Superintendent Patton called
on the villages and towns along the road to load as many cars as they
pleased, and they would be transported to Johnstown without charge. The
services of both the Baltimore & Ohio and the Pennsylvania Roads were of
inestimable value, and from first to last, in a spirit of true philanthrophy,
they co-operated with the efforts for the relief of a stricken people.
The labors of the Pittsburg committee knew no pause nor rest for ten
days, until the State, whose duty it was in so great a calamity, stepped in,
and through the Flood Commission, took hold and continued the work.
Even then their labors did not cease, but were continued in hearty co-
operation with the officials appointed by the State. During those ten days
from the first of June to the eleventh, they had placed in the field under the
most efficient management between 6,000 and 7,000 laborers, they had
supplied a population of about 30,000 people with food; they had looked
after sanitation and hospitals and morgues; they had accomplished much in
the way of opening the streets and clearing the properties of filth and debris
deposited by the flood. They had been the ministers not only of the charities
of the twin cities, Alleghany and Pittsburg, but of other and more distant
cities. These, recognizing the integrity and efficiency of the Pittsburg
committee, directed their benefactions to them, with the request that they
would control their administration. A total of $831,295 passed into their
hands; of this $560,000 was turned over to the Flood Commission, the
balance having been expended by themselves. Of this total, $250,770 was
contributed by the cities of Pittsburgh and Alleghany.
In the ladies’ committee, Pittsburg developed another agency that was
vastly beneficial. Established in rooms of the Second Presbyterian church,
they began work on the 4th of June, and their doors thereafter were open
day and night. A special committee was always on duty and waiting to
receive every train, both of the Baltimore & Ohio and the Pennsylvania
Roads. These brought scores and hundreds of refugees who had lost
everything, and who did not doubt that in Pittsburg, at the hands of people
they had never seen, they would receive sympathy and aid. They were met
at the depots, conducted to the rooms of the committee, fed and clothed,
and sent to comfortable quarters till they could see a way to provide for
themselves. Many were seeking homes in the country or cities beyond, and

Page 289

the railways generously furnished free transportation to all who were
certified by the ladies’ committee. Situations were procured for many, and
many fragments of families, seeking permanent homes in Pittsburg, were
aided even to the anticipation of their winter supplies.
Philadelphia has long been an example to other cities, in that it has had a
permanent committee of relief, ever ready with men and means to answer
the call of some unusual distress. At the announcement of the great
calamity, this committee was at once summoned by the mayor. R. M.
McWade, city editor of the Public Ledger,

CONEMAUGH VIADUCT.

a gentleman who had raised $25,000 and sped with it to Charleston, South
Carolina, at the time of the earthquake, was present, and at once moved the
appropriation of $5,000, saying that when the facts should become known,
ten times the sum would be required. Others did not wait for organized

Page 290

effort, but hastened with medicines, surgical instruments, shoes and
carloads of prepared food—bread, butter, bacon, cheese, coffee—to the
field of disaster. Personal contributions were many and liberal. On the 11th
of June the committee placed $500,000 subject to the order of Governor
Beaver. As late as the 4th of August the committee was induced through Dr.
Pancoast to appropriate $10,000 to the Red Cross Hospital in Johnstown.
Philadelphia is truly a city of “brotherly love.” Newsboys and bootblacks
anxiously offered their mites; and in the penitentiary hundreds of convicts
gave eagerly of the hard-earned pennies gained by working extra time, till
the warden placed a limit upon the amount each might give. The total
contributions of Philadelphia amounted to nearly $800,000.
New York went promptly to work on the 2nd of June. The churches
beginning. Monday, the 3d, liberal contributions were placed in the hands
of a committee, by individuals and corporations. The poor or bad boys in
the charity and reform schools were an example to many, for they of their
penury cast in all that they had. The boys in the House of Refuge on
Randall’s Island, gave $258.22. Perhaps such lads may be yet worth saving.
The total amount contributed by the City of New York was very close to
$1,000,000.
Boston gave upwards of $500,000, Chicago about $200,000, Baltimore
gave liberally, and received and cared for a multitude of refugees. Fifteen
hundred rendered homeless by floods at Johnstown and elsewhere arrived
in Baltimore in one day.
We may not detail further. The reader who desires the fullest account of
what was done, and how, and by whom, must be referred to Dr. Beale’s
most interesting book. It may suffice in this place to say, that contributions
were forwarded, not only from the principal cities and from every State in
the Union, but from foreign countries. Ireland sent $18,252.21; England,
$33,158.36; Canada, $4,454.64; Mexico, $130.40; Turkey, $876.57; Italy,
$9.46; Austria, $481.70; Germany, $34,199.36; Prussia, $100; Wales,
$68.60; Saxony, $2,637.20; Persia, $50; France, $24,511.13; Australia,
$1,251.12. Total, $120,187.79. These figures prove that there are men
everywhere who love their fellow men, and that the whole world is of kin.
The total loss in the Conemaugh valley was between $8,000,000 and
$9,000,000; the total bestowment about $3,000,000. The loss of life is

Page 291

estimated variously; from 4,000 to 10,000. It will never be definitely
known.
The aid of the sympathetic public—was it charity? No, it was duty. I owe
to help my fellow man in distress just as much as I owe to pay my debts,
and sometimes more. Mercy is due to men no less than justice. “If any man
seeth his brother have need and shutteth up the bowels of his compassion
against him, how dwelleth the love of God in him?” We might add: How
dwelleth the love of man in him? He that does not love his fellow men is
not entitled to a place among them, any more than fleas or serpents are
entitled a place in human beds.
“That man may last, but never lives,
Who all receives, but nothing gives;
Whom none can love, whom none can thank,
Creation’s blot, creation’s blank.”

Page 292

CHAPTER XIX.

FAMINE AND PESTILENCE.

“Then—see those million worlds which burn and roll,
Around us—their inhabitants beheld
My spher’ed light wave in wide Heaven; the sea
Was lifted by strange tempests, and new fire
From earthquake rifted mountains of bright snow
Shook its portentous hair beneath heaven’s frowns,
Lightning and inundation vexed the plains,
Blue thistles bloomed in cities; foodless toads
Within voluptuous chambers panting crawled;
When plague had fallen on man and beast and worm,
And famine: and black blight on herb and tree.
..........
* * and the thin air, my breath, was stained,
With the contagion of a mother’s hate,
Breathed on her child’s destroyer.”

IGNS and wonders, grave omens, strange portents, have by the
ignorant and superstitious been believed to precede and presage the
approach of famine and pestilence. Comets have terrified the
multitudes; the rabble has quailed at the aurora, and blanched with fear at
the sight of colored rain and snow. And yet nothing is clearer than that
famine is the result of the simplest meteorological causes. A deficiency in
rainfall is sufficient cause—is almost the only cause. Elsewhere we have
noted how dependent we are upon the winds and clouds, and we need spend
no further explanation of their causes and variations.
Owing to the decidedly local character of our own rains, the probability
of a general famine in this country is very slight, though local droughts are
of continual occurrence. Europe has been affected with serious famines at
various periods; but the greatest “harvest of death” has been in Oriental
lands. During the present century there have been two or three severe
famines in Asia Minor, the last but two or three years since. But it is in
India and China, with their overcrowded populations and lack of facilities
for inter-communication, that famine becomes most terrible in its ravages.
The story of one is that of another; a deficient rainfall, a failure of the rice

Page 293

crop, a multitude eating grass, dead leaves, straw, offal—millions starving.
As these lines are written come reports of great dearth in some provinces in
Japan.
One of the best known famines of recent date is the great Bengal famine
of 1866. When the rice crop failed the British government at once used
every possible means to facilitate the importation of rice and established
large systems of public works that the people might earn money wherewith
to buy. Yet it was but the chief of many great employes. Great companies
pushed great projects. The customary wages remained steady; but rice had
trebled in price. Hence, even by doing double work the people could not
procure their usual food. And no allowance had been made for the scores of
isolated villages where the news of relief measures penetrated not. So the
employed grew weaker continually and less able to labor and earn; those
unemployed perished by hundreds. Private charity supported thousands; for
the Hindoo dreads the beggars’ curse as much as the loss of caste. The
women added their labors to those of the laboring husbands, but this did not
suffice to support the weakening families.
Then government charity was broached; but it was at once seen that
efforts in this direction would cause the cessation of individual charity.
Every village looks after its own poor; every noble family continues to
dispense alms, even when every vestige of wealth and greatness is gone. It
would not do to take steps that might instantly suspend this work. Yet the
famished crowds grew daily greater, and the residents of the European
quarter of Calcutta were horrified by the influx of thousands of squalid
creatures in the last extremity of hunger.
At this crisis another factor came into play. Every pious Hindoo
merchant writes at the top of his day-book each day the name of the divinity
whose favor he courts, and immense sums—even millions of dollars—are
spent in the annual celebration in honor of Kali, the especial favorite of
Bengal. A wealthy and humane Hindoo merchant suggested that Kali would
be better pleased if her celebration fund were used to relieve her starving
worshippers. The idea became popular at once; and the fund, promptly
swelled by the exigencies of the case, aided greatly in the relief of the
destitute. When we remember that Kali is a fiend incarnate, who delights in
human blood, and wears a necklace of skulls, we can but consider the
suggestion of the pious merchant as savoring of the ludicrous.

Page 294

Another objection to government charity was in the fact that the
government could only hope to establish a few great central depots. Again,
the Hindoo does not discriminate between the professional beggars, fakirs,
hermits, yogis, and those whom we consider more deserving: and such
discrimination as it was certain the government would make would only
render it odious, and probably cause grave disturbances. So the government
lost three weeks when it should have been actively at work. Meanwhile
English residents were spending liberally their means in private relief
depots.
The government found its way out by making quietly large grants to the
private relief committees established. But it was two or three months ere the
best scheme was adopted. Rice could be imported in abundance. How to
place it within the purchasing power of the people was the problem. The
government turned merchant, and established depots where the laborer
could buy at a price within his means. But while placing the market rate
within reach of the needy one-third, the rate for the remainder must not be
disturbed, or the merchants would be antagonized. It was easily
accomplished. The market was opened but a short time each day; and the
“respectable” Hindoo would never expose himself or his family to be
jostled by the hungry labor-stained multitude that at once thronged the
places. And public opinion, all-powerful in little Bengali towns, strongly
condemned any one who without good reason, bought at the relief depots.
By June, every one was anxious to know if the rains would come and
insure the September crops—there are two rice harvests each year.
Thousands of sacrifices were offered, and sometimes human beings were
offered. But the rains came, and the fall brought abundant crops.
The total loss of life was about 1,250,000, of whom one-fourth starved
outright, while the remainder perished from disease and pestilence resulting
from the scarcity of food. A famine in the same region in 1769 carried off
6,000,000; but then the government did nothing, and after the scourge
immense tracts of cultivated land returned to their original wilderness. The
reverse was the result in 1866. The methodical work of the government and
the great corporations left the land far more improved than ever before;
with the increasing facilities for communication and transportation, a
repetition of the disaster even of 1866 is almost impossible—certainly
beyond probability.

Page 295

We may not go into details of scores of famines, ancient and modern; we
have selected this one, showing how, even in adverse circumstances,
prompt work lessens the ravages of the destroyer. Judging from the
percentage of 1769, the loss of life in 1866 would, but for the relief work,
have been about 9,000,000—one-third the population of Bengal. The only
other calamity in recent years at all comparable, is the terrible famine of
1876 in China. How many perished then may not be definitely known; but
it has been variously estimated at from 15,000,000 to 50,000,000. We may
not dwell upon the horrors of such things—the hideous cannibalism that has
at times resulted; as when we are told that during one famine in Egypt, in
the dark ages, human flesh was openly sold in the markets!
A terrible scourge that frequently visited the old world in the middle and
dark ages is that known as the “Black Death.” As to its real character and
source, the world is yet in ignorance. Whether it was readily conveyed in
the atmosphere or not seems a mooted point. Modern medical science has
robbed many contagious diseases of their terrors. Small-pox is easily
guarded against. Diptheria has no terrors for clean streets. Yellow Jack has
little chance against sound sanitation and hygiene. The germ theory of
disease has greatly aided disinfective measures.
In contagious diseases, infection proceeds chiefly from personal contact
with a diseased person or objects that have been touched by him. In
malarial diseases there is no danger from personal contact; the disease
resulting clearly from a poisoned atmosphere. But in the case of what are
known as epidemics, the source of infection is not clear. The disease may
attack thousands in a short time, and yet not appear readily communicable
by personal contact. Doubtless in these cases the atmosphere is the medium
of infection. Hence, disinfective measures are of little or no use against
them. So while such can not properly be classed among atmospheric
phenomena, yet it would seem that in the atmosphere we find the chief
vehicle of the disease.
We may not here undertake any discussion of the several deadly
contagious diseases that are known to modern medicine. Suffice it to say
nearly all of them may be classed as filth diseases, arising from impure food
or water, or filthy streets. Most notable of these is perhaps the terrible
Asiatic cholera, that has swept Europe frequently, and which is now known
to originate in the overcrowding and filth attendant upon the great twelve-
yearly festival in honor of a Hindoo idol. Had the people of the middle

Page 296

ages, who regarded its ravages as a visitation of God upon them for their
sins, been aware of its origin, they might have been disposed to wonder
why they should be punished for the idolatry of a people thousands of miles
away. Possibly such reflections might have originated either a new species
of crusade, or have opened the missionary movement several centuries
earlier than it really began.
Comparatively speaking, there is little mystery left in connection with
the greater contagious plagues known to modern medicine. But the famous
Black Death, or Plague, or the Pestilence, as it is variously called, remains a
secret so far as its origin and its proper treatment are concerned. Its
symptoms are somewhat variously described by various ancient writers. In
one point all agree: that when near death the body of the victim was
covered with dark, gangrenous or carbuncular spots and swellings, or boils
made their appearance in the glands of the neck, armpit and groin. It may be
that the plague of boils and blains sent upon the Egyptians was none other
than this Black Death. And doubtless it is identical with the terrible plague
that visited Athens, B. C., 430, continuing its ravages through three years.
People died in swarms, and the dead lay about the streets.
During the middle ages it appeared in Europe on an average, every fifty
years, its last visitation being upon London, in 1665, when 100,000 people
perished. Here its danger was increased by the fact that its character was
more insidious than usual. The plague described by Thucydides was
characterized by high fever and unquenchable thirst, and a reddish
inflammation or eruption of the skin lasting seven or eight days before the
appearance of the fatal spots; while from Defoe’s account of the plague in
London, these symptoms, though common, were anything but universal;
and frequently persons felt no special disorder till the appearance of the
spots told that death was at hand. Both in Athens and London, contact with
the dead bodies seems to have been fatal to any animal. The suddenness of
death in many cases calls to mind the last plague of Egypt, or the fate of
Sennacherib’s host:

Page 297

“Like the leaves of the forest, when summer is green,
That host with their banners at sunset were seen;
Like the leaves of the forest, when autumn hath blown,
That host in the morning lay withered and strown.

For the Angel of Death spread his wings on the blast,
And breathed in the face of the foe as he passed;
And the eyes of the sleepers waxed deadly and chill,
And their hearts but once heaved, and forever grew still.

And there lay the steed, with his nostrils all wide,
But through them there rolled not the breath of his pride;
And the foam of his gasping lay white on the turf,
And cold as the spray of the rock-beating surf.”

The horrors of the plague are beyond description. The panic consequent
upon the appearance of Yellow Jack in the South gives but a faint idea of it.
And this very panic was a most—we had almost said the most—powerful
factor in the augmentation of the plague’s fatality. It is also the case with
cholera that a disturbed condition of the mind is fatal in the mildest form of
the disease. Some one has thus embodied the case, though of course with
exaggeration: A traveler leaving Bagdad met Cholera entering. “For what
are you come?” “To slay 10,000 people.” Each went his way. On returning,
the traveler met Cholera once more. “But you killed 30,000!” “Nay, friend,
I killed but 10,000; scare killed the rest!”
Occasionally this panic took a terrible form; as when during a season of
plague in Germany, the idea seized the people that the Jews had occasioned
the plague by poisoning the wells; and Jews were murdered, tortured, and
burned by the hundreds; which reminds one of a modern writer’s sarcastic
definition of hydrophobia. “A peculiar periodical madness, impelling men
to destroy dogs.”
Of the thousand tales of interest that have come down to us, we may give
place to one, a story of Florence. This city had twenty-three visitations of
the plague; the first in 1325, the last in 1630. The plague of 1338 is the
noted one described by Boccaccio. The story which we condense here is an
incident of the plague of 1400.
Among the noble families who were sworn foes, were those of
Rondinelli and Almieri; and one might as soon have expected the lion to
mate with the serpent, as to hope for an alliance between the two families.
But Cupid has never bothered his meddlesome pate with politics or

Page 298

theology; and so it came about that, as with Montague and Capulet, Antonio
Rondinelli fell in love with Ginevra Almieri, one of the most beautiful
women of the time—certainly unsurpassed in Florence. Of course, Signor
Almieri could not for a moment think of such a hateful match, and so
Ginevra was given to Francesco Agolanti. The young wife remained
faithful; but she gradually faded; and in four short years sunk into a sort of
lethargic stupor, resulting in death. The plague was then at its highest, and
the panic was great. Every death from uncertain cause was a source of
alarm, and burials were informal and hasty. The poor young wife was
promptly bundled off to the family vault beneath one of the great
cathedrals.
It seems that it was merely a case of coma, or suspended animation. The
lady revived, only to find herself entombed with the skeletons of her
husband’s ancestors. Horrible as this would be for any one, it is a wonder
that the weak nerves of Ginevra did not give way entirely under the strain.
She screamed and called—only the dead heard. She groped about her tomb,
and found a ladder; clambering up, she found a ray of moonlight streaming
through a crevice, and learned her location. She looked abroad
“Upon the moonlight loveliness, all sunk
In one unbroken silence, save the moan
From the lone room of death, or the dull sound
Of the slow-moving hearse. The homes of men
Were now all desolate, and darkness there
And solitude and silence took their seat,
In the deserted streets: for the dark wing
Of a destroying angel had gone by
And blasted all existence, and had changed
The gay, the busy, and the crowded mart
To one cold speechless city of the dead.”

After desperate effort, and with strength astounding in a frame so weak,
she forced up one of the paving stones that formed the roof of the vault, and
dragged herself out. Sitting wearily down for a brief rest, a sudden shower
came up and chilled her to the bone. She rose and went to her husband’s
house. He, at a second story window, astounded at the ghostly figure in
grave clothes that roused him in the dead hour of night, “when ghosts do
mostly walk abroad,” and doubtless remembering that his treatment of the
living wife had not been such as to recommend him to the favorable notice
of her ghost, shut the window with alternate imprecations and invocations,

Page 299

and covered his head with the bedclothes—well-known in all ages to be
thoroughly ghost-proof. Ginevra was similarly repulsed from the houses of
her father and of various relatives. As a last resort, though exceedingly
repugnant to a woman of her delicate feeling, she betook herself, almost
chilled to death, to the house of Rondinelli. To his inquiry as to who was
there, a weak voice responded, “Do you not know me, Signor Antonio? It is
I—Ginevra. Neither my father nor my husband will receive me. Will you,
too, turn me away?”
Great as was Antonio’s fear of ghosts, the bare possibility that Ginevra
was actually there in the flesh was a far stronger consideration; and he
hastened to test the reality of his fair visitant. Having her properly cared for,
he hastened to the vault, where the displaced stone confirmed her story.
A few days later, Antonio boldly applied to the civil authorities to marry
the “late Ginevra degli Agolanti,” and backed his application with
certificates of the death and burial of the lady! The authorities hearing the
facts—and mayhap being romantically disposed—decided that the lady was
legally dead, that her relatives, by their own unwilling confession, had
persisted in so regarding her; hence, she was no longer bound by any legal
tie to the living, father or husband! She was absolutely free!
So Antonio and Ginevra were married, and of course, “lived happily ever
after.”

Page 300

CHAPTER XX.

THE VOLCANO.

“And it bubbles, and seethes, and hisses, and roars,
As when fire is with water commixed and comblending,
And a hell-molten surf thunders wild on its shores,
While a red-tumbling flood from its caverns outpours,
Hurling hills from their place, and the mountains downrending,
So the chaos eternal
Born of fury infernal,
Boils and belches and rumbles, unreined and unending.”

T is an axiom that there are three misstatements in the popular
description of a crab: “A fish, of a red color, that runs backward.”
Ques. What is a volcano?
Ans. A volcano is a burning mountain, from the summit of which issue
smoke and flames. (Old Geography.)
The writer remembers the surprise he felt when a lad of nine, full of
childish confidence in the infallibility of text-book misinformation, on
reading in Prescott’s “Conquest in Mexico” that Cortez obtained sulphur to
replenish his stock of powder by lowering one of his soldiers into the crater
of Popocatepetl. He wondered how so reputable a historian as Prescott had
been induced to credit such an extravagant “yarn” on the part of the Spanish
chronicler. To his youthful fancy, fired by the teachings of primary
geographies, a volcano was a sort of chimney to a titanic iron furnace in full
blast; indeed, he would have supposed it safer to descend into an iron
furnace than into the crater. He speculated long on the matter, and wondered
if fire-proof dresses were known in those days.
No small part of the non-traveling public has similar misconceptions of
the character of volcanoes; and to obtain the truth it is not so necessary to
learn as to unlearn. The description quoted from the old text-book is false in
every particular. The mountain can not be said to be burning any more than
melted lead. Nor does anything that answers to either smoke or flame issue
from it. Be it known to all, that the greatest portion of the surface of an
active crater is usually covered with a solid crust, in which there may be a

Page 301

small fiery lake, or inner secondary cone or crater. Into many craters it is
possible therefore to descend: and into one volcano of the Mediterranean
Sea an enterprising Scotch firm have long had quite remunerative chemical
works.
The name is taken from one of the Lipari Islands—a small group near
Sicily—which was known to the ancients as Vulcano. When the Romans
imported the Grecian god, Hephaistos, to be their chief blacksmith, they
assigned him Vulcano as his forge, and rechristened the lame old fellow
with the adjective appellation of Vulcanus.
Men much prefer the marvellous or mysterious to the true. And, while
their reverence is of a merely superstitious sort, the reverence of the
ignorant often surpasses that of the learned. A superstitious people readily
manufactured a myth to explain the awe-inspiring demonstrations of
volcanoes; and the myth itself, because of its religious character, would
discourage any attempt to closely investigate volcanic phenomena as
sacrilege and impiety. There are similar volcano myths in the island and
Asiatic world. So firm was the belief of the Sandwich Islanders in the
certainty of dire vengeance upon all who trespassed on the domain of Pele,
the goddess of Kilauea, that when a princess of the blood royal safely
defied the goddess, ate her sacred berries, and threw rocks into her boiling
lake, the people at once abandoned their whole race of gods. If there was no
Pele, they knew of no god. Such reasons prevented the ancients and the
barbarian world from obtaining any light on volcanic action.
Similar causes operated with equal force to hinder investigation during
the middle and dark ages. Christian teachers seized upon them as
convenient openings to the abode of eternal torment. The Arian heretic, the
Emperor Theodosius, was assigned to Vulcano; while poor Anne Boleyn,
for whose sake the “Defender of the Faith” defied the Pope, was sent by the
latter to Mt. Ætna, as the shortest route to her destination.
Similar ideas are noticed among semi-barbarous races. The Aztecs
deemed Popocatepetl, the greatest of their volcanoes, to be the place of
punishment for wicked rulers. These gentry were supposed to cherish no
good will toward their subjects, whose complaints had brought them to that
place of torment, and to be always seeking opportunity for vengeance. The
people held them in great awe, and were wont to invoke the aid of the gods
when it became necessary to travel near the volcanoes. It is related that the

Page 302

high priest, Tezozomoc, was wont to give aloe-leaves inscribed with sacred
characters, to such persons. These leaves were amulets to preserve the
wearer from harm. Southey uses this story in Madoc:
“So ye may safely pass
Between the mountains, which in endless war,
Hurtle with horrible uproar, and frush
Of rocks, that meet in battle.”

This mountain was in eruption when Cortes reached Tlascala on his
march to Mexico. It was believed to bode evil to the people of Anahuac.
Learning the native superstition, Diego de Ordaz, captain of artillery,
determined to beard the demons in their den, and with some companions
ascended the mountain. Their safe return convinced the natives that the
Spaniards were in league with the spirits, and did much to dishearten them.
In memory of this feat, the Ordaz family has a volcano pictured on its coat
of arms.
The Javanese call their greatest volcano Maha-Meru. Meru, in the
Sanscrit mythology, was the home of Brahma, and the Malays, having
adopted the legend, consider their greatest volcano the fittest symbol of his
throne and power.

Page 303

AT THE SUMMIT OF POPOCATEPETL.

Virgil’s Æneid affords a passage containing the Roman myth concerning
Mt. Ætna, and showing that the people of Virgil’s day were acquainted with
the phenomena of that mountain. Thus Dryden has translated:
“The flagging wind forsook us with the sun,
And wearied, on Cyclopean shores we run.
The port, capacious and secure from wind,
Is to the fort of thundering Ætna joined,
By turns a pitchy cloud she rolls on high,
And flakes of mountain flames that arch the sky;
Oft from her bowels massy rocks are thrown,
And shivered by the force, come piece-meal down;
Oft liquid cakes of burning sulphur flow,
Fed from the fiery springs that burn below.
Enceladus, they say, transfixed by Jove,
With blasted limbs came trembling from above,
And where he fell, th’ avenging father drew
This flaming hell, and on his body threw.
As often as he turns his weary sides,
He shakes the solid hill, and smoke the heaven hides.”

This conception was borrowed from the Greeks, one of whose poets has
told us

Page 304

“How shaggy-breasted Typhon lay,
From sea-girt Cuma to Trinacria’s bay.”

Yet, even among the ancients an occasional great mind disregarded
popular superstition, and enunciated just and rational views upon the matter.
The elder Pliny lost his life in an effort to observe closely an eruption of
Vesuvius. But the ideas advanced by these men were speedily forgotten; and
the exact scientific examination of volcanoes is of the past hundred years,
the great Italian, Spallanzani, being the first to publish a series of valuable
observations on the volcanoes of his own land.
The ancients were acquainted only with the few active volcanoes
distributed about the Mediterranean Sea, and the casual thinker might hence
suppose their opportunities for observation were quite limited. But volcanic
principles are the same everywhere, differing only in violence. In the Lipari
Islands is situated the volcanic cone of Stromboli, which has been in a state
of constant activity, though very mild, for at least two thousand years. This
affords excellent opportunities for study, and much of our most valuable
information on the topic is derived from careful observation of it. When the
wind is steady in any quarter, a person may sit to windward for hours within
a few yards of the boiling mass, while the noxious vapors and gases are
borne away in the other direction.
The expulsive agent is in all cases steam, mingled to a greater or less
degree with other vapors or gases. Its operation may be simply illustrated.
Pure water does not readily boil over in any open vessel of ordinary
dimensions. But if the vessel be very deep in proportion to its width, and
the heat is applied at the base only, it boils over more readily. Now, if
instead of water, we substitute porridge, thick molasses, or any similar thick
or viscid material, the bubbles of steam rise slowly; and if rapidly
generated, they force the matter out at the top ere they escape. Such bubbles
as reach the top, burst, throwing tiny particles of the mass into the air.
How great a portion of the material expelled from volcanoes consists of
steam and other gases is not easy to determine. But that the quantity of
vapor is enormous is indisputable. Vesuvius is noted for the “pine tree” of
vapor that overhangs it. The ascending steam and gases, on reaching an
upper atmosphere as light as themselves, spread out horizontally in every
direction, thus much resembling in outline the stone-pines that are a
prominent feature in the Neapolitan landscape.

Page 305

Some effort has been made to connect volcanic eruptions with
atmospheric pressure; for, say the theorists, a fall of two inches in the
barometer removes a pressure of over 2,000,000 tons from each square
mile. A sufficient answer to this is, that this, after all, is only one pound to
the square inch; while the force that can cast up volumes of melted matter
from a great depth must needs be many tons to the square inch. Clearly
these gentlemen would perch us on a sort of universal fire-box, and poise
the lid on a hair trigger.
But heavy rainfalls and terrific thunder storms are almost invariable
accompaniments of explosive eruptions. That these are the result and not
the cause of volcanic action is clear. An electrical machine was invented by
Sir William Armstrong, in which electricity was generated by forcing steam
at great speed through a narrow orifice. This same principle would produce
volcanic thunder storms. The immense volumes of vapor, reaching the open
air, must rapidly cool and be precipitated as rain. The Italians dread these
torrents, sweeping down immense quantities of mud, more than they do the
streams of lava.
If an eruption causes an immediate fall of two inches of rain over an area
seven miles square, it will be found that such a rainfall amounts to more
than seven millions of tons of water. Yet the rainfall often is greater, and the
area affected is larger; while it is not to be supposed that the entire volume
of vapor cast forth is at once precipitated on the earth. This computation can
not be assumed as anything more than a mere illustration of the tremendous
forces brought into operation.
The solid substances emitted by volcanoes are popularly styled ashes,
cinders, or scoria and lava. But what is called ashes would be more
appropriately named dust; for it is merely finely divided lava, and in no way
resembles genuine ashes.
Lavas present a general resemblance to the slag and clinkers of smelters
and brick-kilns, but vary considerably in appearance and chemical
composition. We need not touch this question further than to state that
oxygen forms nearly one-half the weight of all lavas, silicon one-fourth of
most, and aluminum one-tenth. From fifteen to twenty per cent. is made of
various others, magnesium, calcium, iron, sodium and potassium being
most common. Hence, the compounds present are always of the class
known to chemists as silicates, substances requiring great heat to melt.

Page 306

These, from being long melted, abound more or less in crystals; but if any
one re-melts them and cools them suddenly, the result is a simple glassy
mass, with no trace of crystals.

VIEW IN ACTIVE CRATER.

Scoria or cinders differ from ordinary lava only in the peculiarity of
having partially crystallized in some portions and then stiffened or
solidified while large bubbles were yet imprisoned or in the act of bursting;
thus leaving the mass very ragged and cellular. But if the lava contains no
readily formed crystals, the imprisoned bubbles of steam slowly rise to the
surface, and being greatly elongated by the flowing of the lava, produce the
beautiful material known as “pumice.” It is to lava exactly what froth or
foam is to water. Usually it is much lighter colored than the lava on which it
floats, for the same reason that well-worked molasses candy is nearly white:
they both contain a vast number of minute air bubbles. Pumice floats on
water, and its decomposition being generally very slow, it drifts about the
sea currents, and is often found thousands of miles from any volcanic
region. In the immediate neighborhood of volcanoes it often accumulates on
the sea to such an extent that vessels can hardly force their way through it.

Page 307

In the Sunda Islands it has been seen on the sea three feet in depth. During
the year 1878 the accumulation of pumice near the Solomon Isles was so
great that it took ships three days to force their way through. Sometimes
such masses accumulate along the coast line to such an extent that a person
can not readily tell where the shore line is. One may land and walk about on
the great floating raft of pumice, unable to guess within even a mile of the
actual shore. Deep sea soundings show that the entire ocean bottom is
covered more or less with the pulverized pumice and volcanic dust. From
the wide distribution it is not probable that the layer attains any great
thickness.
The Mangaians of the South Pacific told the earlier missionaries of a feat
of one of their heroes which at first was unaccountable. This demigod,
Maui, a sort of Pacific Hercules, raised the sky to its present position. Not
getting it high enough to suit him, he put his head between the legs of his
old father Ru, and heaved him and the half-raised sky up together. Ru stuck
fast among the stars, and Maui left him there till his body dropped to pieces
and his bones fell over the ground below. To prove the truth of their story
they brought the missionaries bits of pumice, which they said were the
bones of Ru. Singularly enough the white porous stone looked much like
bone. The myth had been invented by the simple folk to explain the origin
of pumice.
The ashes, or volcanic dust, is excessively minute, and in consequence
readily penetrate crevices that are hardly visible. Professor Bonney,
examining dust thrown out by Cotopaxi, has calculated that it would require
from four thousand to twenty-five thousand particles to make up a grain in
weight. The substance known as tufa is merely volcanic dust or ash upon
which rain has fallen while the former was still hot. The resultant paste
solidifies into a porous and loosely compacted rock.
Why some volcanoes nearly always throw out dust and fragments, while
others throw out mere molten streams, was for a time not clearly
understood. Some suggested the dust was the result of the continual
collision of fragments as they rose and fell, and hence would increase in
quantity as the eruption continued. This clearly would not meet the case of
volcanoes which, without showing any previous signs of activity, burst into
action with tremendous volumes of dust.

Page 308

It was at length noticed that dust and fragments always were
accompanied by tremendous explosions; while eruptions of melted lava
were far more quiet, shocks being few and the explosions insignificant as
compared with the former. This gave a clue to the mystery.
Many liquids and solids have the power of absorbing vast quantities of
gas. Under pressure their absorbing powers may be vastly increased.
Sometimes the property appears only at high temperatures. Silver when
melted absorbs twenty-two times its volume of oxygen. If suddenly cooled
the oxygen is given off with a rapidity verging on explosion. This is called
the “spitting” of silver. Tiny cones and melted streams appear on the cooled
surface—volcanoes in miniature. The same property belongs to the oxide of
lead, and some other metals.
Now water can be made to absorb more than a thousand times its bulk of
ammonia; more than five hundred times its bulk of hydrochloric acid.
Alcohol may absorb three hundred times its volume of sulphurous acid.
Charcoal may absorb one hundred times its volume of ammonia, eighty-five
times its volume of hydrochloric acid, sixty-five times its volume of
sulphuretted hydrogen, fifty-five times its volume of sulphurous and thirty-
five times its volume of carbonic acid. Iron, steel and melted sulphur absorb
many gases.
We have already seen that immense volumes of gases are thrown off in
volcanic action. Now if a column of lava rises comparatively slowly in its
“chimney,” the imprisoned gases rapidly escape, producing violent boiling,
but not a positive explosion. But if it rises very rapidly, the sudden removal
of the pressure causes so sudden an expansion of the compressed gases in
its upper portion as to amount to a tremendous explosion, which reduces the
lava to microscopic dust.
This very principle was made practical use of in a mechanical
contrivance invented to make paper pulp out of common cane, such as the
farmer’s boy delights in for a fishing pole. The hard, woody fibre was
placed in a powerful iron cylinder full of water. A strong lid being adjusted,
the whole was heated far above the boiling point of water. Naturally, every
cell would be forced full of moisture by the immense pressure. After some
hours heating, the lid was suddenly removed, and by the sudden expansion
of the water into steam the cane was blown to atoms.

Page 309

CRATER OF ORIZABA.

A beautiful product of the volcano of Kilauea is the substance known as
“Pele’s Hair.” Small particles of glass shot violently into the air leave
behind them long, glittering filaments, like gossamers. Birds often build
their nests of these beautiful threads. Man, taking a hint from nature, has
learned to manufacture the glass hair for himself by passing jets of steam
through the molten slag of iron furnaces. It much resembles cotton wool,
and is used for packing boilers and piston-heads, and similar purposes.
The appearance of fire at the summit of a volcano is rarely ever real
flame. Any who has seen the peculiar appearance occasioned by brilliant
illumination on a moist or foggy evening may readily perceive the cause.
The phenomenon popularly known as the “sun drawing water” is of the
same character. The immense cloud of vapor ascending from the volcano
glows with the light sent up from the molten mass below. So it may be seen
brilliant by night, and only a dark cloud by day. Stromboli has been called
the light-house of the Mediterranean. In constant action, the brilliant light at
night slowly fades: then suddenly breaks out as bright as before. This
alternating results from the bursting of bubbles in the crater, which expose a
new, hot surface. This rapidly cools; then another bubble bursts; and so the

Page 310

process continues. This may have suggested the alternating light now in
common use in great light-houses.
In the Galapagos, and other volcanic islands of the Pacific, occurs
another curious feature of volcanic action. Some places abound in seeming
mounds or domes, which may be sometimes readily broken in with a heavy
stone. These are produced by bubbles which partially cooled, when the lava
below found some rent or outlet in another quarter and flowed away,
leaving the solidified bubble.
Sometimes the cavern left by the retreating lava abounds in strange
beauties. A sailor, who with a comrade, explored one of these volcanic
caverns, gives the following account of it:
“In a sharp, deep valley of Albemarle we had broken in the roof of a
bubble; and as we looked in we saw we had opened the way into a tunnel
about fifteen feet in width, and extending either way as far as we could see
from our position. By the lights which entered from above, we made out the
floor as about twenty feet beneath us, and that the walls were curiously
marked with columnar forms. My companion, who had dabbled in the
sciences, proposed that we should take an underground view of volcanic
action and appearances.
“So, on the following day, provided with a couple of lamps, a coil of
knotted line, and a couple of waist-lines and iron poles for staves, we
proceeded on our exploration. We descended with the knotted rope around
our bodies, and stuck our feet into the rough side, lighted in our way by a
single lamp. We carefully watched for any side openings which might
confuse us or lead us astray in returning, but we saw none and felt safe. It
soon became evident that the tunnel had not been formed by a rent of the
mass after cooling, but rather by the molten lava’s having drained away
after a crust had formed upon it. This may account for the singular and
beautiful formations by which we found ourselves surrounded. After
proceeding some distance through a passage with a pretty uniform width of
fifteen to twenty feet, and of about equal height, we paused to examine the
formation of the cavern. The dim light of our lamps illuminated the
pilastered walls, and a roof raftered and groined with straight and curved
beams of crystalline structure many feet in length. Some of these were of a
reddish appearance, and others had a vitreous lustre, resembling immense
crystals, in places broken into the semblance of foliage, which reflected an

Page 311

olive green light. The gloomy splendor of this solemn architecture was
relieved by the gold or amber reflections of crystals of sulphur, which, like
marigold or sunflower, gleamed in the passage.
“The broad bases of the pilasters were enriched with counterfeits of fern,
palms, and growths intricate and delicate as the penciling of the frost spirit’s
pictures. But these metallic pictures, under the limning of the fire-fiend had
been inlaid with the brilliant facets of igneous minerals, green and brown in
tint. Tempted onward by the increasing beauty of the scene, our lamp
revealed new objects of interest in the increasing lustre of the arched
ceiling, and the carved and painted walls. Our lamp was multiplied by the
sparkle from the faces of unknown minerals. In places the passage was
divided by central columns of basalt crystals, which terminated in curves,
and were in form and tracery varied beyond man’s power. The rude Goth
for his cathedral, the Moslem for his mosque, the Celestial for his pagoda,
might have drawn inspiration from this solemn portal to Nature’s vast
workshop.
“As we advanced further into the recesses of the mountain, the character
of the cave changed. The angular crystalline forms which indicated the
sudden withdrawal of the molten matter, or the deposit of elements
sublimed by intense heat, yielded to smooth and rounded structures, like the
worn rocks of the river side, giving the impression that the walls had served
as a sluice to fiery torrents pouring from the volcano. A few steps farther
showed us the singular curtain-like foldings of a substance resembling
lampblack. Absolutely without lustre, and absorbent of every ray of light, it
was present, as it were, only to the touch. With certain misgivings under
this curtain of gloom, we entered a cavern the form or extent of which could
only be known by touch of hands, for no possible brilliancy of light would
command an answering reflection from the absorbent surface. Broken as
was the surface to the touch, to the eye it was without form. The floor was
invisible, and we were guided in our steps by our staves alone. It was like
stepping into primal chaos, before light and form had birth. A profound
chasm seemed to yawn at our feet; yet the rocky floor rang to the blow of
the staff, and with cautious tread we proceeded. The flame of the lamp met
no responsive glow; save from the two intruders who stood awe stricken in
this strange emptiness; it stood in the still blackness unflickering, like a
solid. Feeling the broken walls, the hand was met by an oily softness; the
eye was useless, and even the touch now failed to guide us. Solid walls

Page 312

were not to the eye; rocky barriers seemed simply impenetrable darkness to
the hand.
“From repeated contact with sooty walls, we also became covered with
this strange, light-absorbing powder, until we were enveloped in an
invisible mantle, and also passed from each other’s sight. Eye alone
answered to eye in their reflections of light. Too deeply impressed for
conversation, we stood still with outstretched hands. My comrade asked at
length, ‘May it not be even so in the valley of the Shadow of Death?’ And
we looked for strength into each other’s eyes and linked our arms that we
might have the companionship of touch. We were now thoroughly
frightened, and turned to retrace our steps; but which way? We stood in a
sea of nothingness—locked in the foundations of the mountain. The walls
were lost to the sight, and were nothing to the touch. We stooped to the deep
dust of the floor and held the flame to read our foot-prints; but the soil
absorbed the light, as the sand of the desert does the raindrop. We reached
forward, and the hand failed to meet the wall; we reached downward; there,
too, was empty space. The light showed no defining edge between the solid
rock and the void. We swung the lamp from the brink on which we lay; it
revealed nothing. We dropped a heavy stone into the chasm and listened for
the rebound. No sound was returned as it sank into the profound. We cast
another stone across to test the width, but this, too, was lost to the senses.
Silently they passed away, as the mist wreath on the hill side. And then we
knew we had been preserved from death. A careless step and we had found
a grave in the depths of the world’s foundations. We realized that we were
lying in trembling safety on the threshold of the extinct volcano, and lifting
our useless eyes from the impenetrable blackness, the awful whisper ‘Lost!’
passed between us. We were afraid to move; but the wasting oil of our lamp
warned us that time must not be lost. Presently our ears caught the heat of
surf on the rock as the tide came in, and following this direction, we finally
reached the entrance, almost fainting from joy when we stood beyond this
chamber of gloom. Once more we stood under the wondrous tracery and
reflections of the outer gates of the inter-world of mysterious.”
A most thrilling experience, and one giving a fine picture of what may
be found in the mysterious depths of a lava bubble. In some cases the
bubbles are very thin; and an unwary passer might be suddenly plunged into
unfathomable depths should he tread on one. Usually, however, they are
formed over horizontal currents or passages.

Page 313

We have endeavored to give the well-established facts concerning the
principles of volcanic action. It only remains, ere we leave this phase of the
subject, that we notice the one point on which as yet our knowledge is not
clear. That point is, the source of the heat which produces the remarkable
effects.
Several theories are advanced. One class of scientists believes that the
earth is a mass of molten matter, with only a thin outer shell of cooled
material. That a very

Page 314

ERUPTION OF MOUNT VESUVIUS.

high temperature exists at no very great distance from the surface is beyond
a doubt. The observations made in mines and artesian wells show that the
average increase in the temperature is one degree for every fifty-five feet in
depth. One noted variation exists in the deep wells at Buda-Pesth, in
Austria, where the temperature increased up to 3,000 feet; but beyond that
depth it became cooler again. The Comstock lode in Nevada, the richest
mineral vein in the world, is nearly at the limit of practicable working, the
normal temperature being as high as one hundred and fifty degrees.
Even if it be conceded that the material of the earth is a molten mass,
there would be two theories to explain it: one, that the earth was originally
in a state of fusion, and was slowly cooling; the other, that the great
pressure from without keeps an otherwise solid center greatly compressed
and heated, and consequently liquid. Either supposition is based on well

Page 315

established facts; but it does not appear clear that the molten globe with a
cool shell can settle the entire question.
The objections to this are several. One, the complete absence of
uniformity in the increase of heat as we descend. While the total average is
as given above, the variations are so many and vast, that there does not
seem to be any general law, as there should be if the molten interior
possessed the least uniformity. In some shafts the increase is one degree for
twenty feet; in others, one for every one hundred; in some, the temperature
increases much more rapidly at great depths, in others, much less rapidly.
A second objection is, the vast difference in the character of lavas, even
in districts very near each other. Thirdly, there seems no definite connection
between volcanoes in the same region. Two adjacent ones may exhibit very
different conditions. Mauna Loa is about 10,000 feet above Kilauea, a great
crater of the same mountain. Yet the upper is often in a violent state of
eruption when the latter is perfectly quiet. It would be difficult to conceive
how these are supplied from the same source. If the interior were a molten
mass in a state of equilibrium, as would be necessary if the uniformity of its
motions in the solar system were to be preserved, any undue pressure would
compel the molten matter to escape from the lowest opening. This would be
in accordance with the simplest laws of liquids. Then we should find
volcanic action most vigorous at the lowest active volcano; but such is not
the case. The idea of a uniformly liquid interior seems hardly tenable.
There is still other objection to this theory. Experiments have been made
with various materials to ascertain the change affected in them by heat. It is
found that a block of granite five feet long, by a change of ninety-six
degrees in temperature, is expanded .27792 of an inch; crystalline marble,
.03264; sandstone, .0549. If, then, a portion of the earth’s crust ten miles in
thickness be heated six hundred degrees, its crust would be raised two
hundred feet; or a change of one degree, the rate of expansion being fairly
uniform to five hundred or six hundred degrees, would raise the surface
four inches. How important this matter is may be better understood when
we consider that if the interior of the earth be a uniformly molten mass,
with a crust ten miles thick, a contraction of one-twelve thousandth of an
inch should force out of the crust a cubic mile of lava. We should find then
a change in temperature one forty-eight thousandth of a degree should
effect this, if the crust were ten miles thick.

Page 316

We are then forced to conclude that the earth is not cooling to any
appreciable extent; or that the liquid interior is still capable of indefinite
compression without necessarily being forced out through orifices in the
crust; or that the interior is not a uniformly molten mass.
Such are the arguments against a melted interior.
The reader should avoid the assumption of a uniform rate of contraction
or expansion of heat. Within very narrow limits, such a hypothesis may be
allowed; but to assume that it is universal, would be to affirm that if you
could only make the earth cold enough it would shrink to nothing at all! The
earth and the temperature would swallow each other, like the two snakes,
till neither was left. To illustrate more seriously, suppose a race of men
existed whose only experience of temperature ranged between forty and
two hundred degrees. They could consistently calculate, from the change of
water between these limits, that it would require a temperature of many
thousands of degrees to expand it to seventeen hundred times its bulk. Yet
we know they would have to raise it only to two hundred and twelve
degrees to produce the required effect. And if they could go below forty
degrees, they would be astonished to find that water then expanded instead
of contracting.
That the earth, if it cools, does so very slowly is clear, from the character
of the materials thrown out. Lava from Mt. Ætna has been observed slowly
moving nine months after the eruption. Lower portions of the beds have
been found to be abnormally heated ten years after pouring out. Compare
the thickness of a lava bed with the depth from which it is thrown, and it
will be seen that little heat is lost in the subterranean depths. One instance,
showing how slowly the lava is to part with its heat, may be given:
In the year 1828 a great mass of ice was discovered on Mt. Ætna. In
consequence of the protracted heat of the season, supplies of ice at Catania
and the adjacent regions failed entirely, and the people suffered
considerably for the want of an article considered necessary to health as
well as comfort in that hot climate. The Catanian authorities caused search
to be made for some crevasse or natural grotto on Mt. Ætna, where drift-
snow might exist. Near the base of the highest cone was found a vast mass
of ice, covered by a lava bed. How old it was there is no means of knowing;
nor can we tell how much of the ice might have originally been melted by

Page 317

the overflowing current. But there it was, so hard and firm that the
workmen quarried it with great difficulty.
Lastly, it appears that the causes of earthquakes and volcanic action must
be the same. A violent volcanic outbreak causes earthquake shocks at once,
as though relieved by a safety valve. The experiments of Mr. Robert Mallet,
the best known authority on earthquake phenomena, tend to prove that the
shocks necessarily originate at a comparatively short distance below the
surface. So, from two independent lines of investigation, the same
conclusion is reached.
These objections have caused inquiry to be made as to what causes
might locally develop heat. Here there are so many possible methods that
scientists may not be expected to unite. One is the chemical theory: water
coming in contact with quick-lime, or metallic sodium or potassium, would
evolve intense heat. One or two locomotives have been invented which
need no fuel, obtaining their heat supply thus.
But it is objected to this that the products of volcanic action are not such
as would result from such a cause; that all experience indicates that water
has already penetrated every portion of the earth, the deepest borings
always crossing veins, and all great mines requiring to be artificially
drained.
One other theory is, that the slow contraction of the globe from the
radiation of heat into space necessarily affects the outer portion most
directly, and in consequence, the shrinking of the crust at the weakest points
produces unusual pressure there, which can evolve intense heat, as is shown
by the fact that nearly all rocks so twisted or strained are more or less
changed in their internal structure by heat. It is also evident that a region
once thus weakened and seriously broken would necessarily form a fairly
permanent volcanic tract. As the work of nature all goes to preserve
equilibrium or balance of forces, an unusual upheaval would necessitate
unusual subsidence near at hand; and in fact the highest mountain is always
near the deepest ocean.
This explanation, combined with that of chemical action seems to us the
more tenable. None of these theories conflict with the nebular hypothesis of
Kant and Laplace.
In looking over the areas of volcanic action, we will find they have
changed considerably from the areas of the past.

Page 318

In the continent of Europe there is but one active volcano—Vesuvius;
but there are six others on islands in the Mediterranean. Africa has four
active volcanoes on the west coast, and six on the east; while ten others are
to be found on adjacent islands. Austria has no volcanoes, so far as is
known. In Asia are twenty-four active volcanoes; but twelve of these are on
the peninsula of Kamtschatka. On the American continent we find a larger
proportion. North America has forty-five, most of which are in Mexico and
Central America; and South America has thirty-seven. Of these continental
volcanoes all are near the sea, except four which are reported to lie in the
great unexplored tableland between Siberia and Thibet; and some are said
to exist in the Chinese province of Mantchooria. No white man has visited
them.
But it is in the island world that we must look for the most numerous
volcanoes.
A great ridge runs through the Atlantic; and along this lie a number of
islands with active centres. Jan Mayen, in the Arctic circle, has an active
volcano; Iceland, thirteen; the Azores, six; the Canaries, three; east African
islands, eight; the West Indies, six; three submarine volcanoes have been
observed at different times in the Atlantic. But through the same region the
number of extinct volcanoes is far greater. Of those which exist several
seem approaching extinction.
But in the isles of the Pacific and between the Pacific and Indian oceans
we have a vast series of volcanic vents of wonderful activity. In the
Aleutian Islands are thirty-one; in the Kurile Isles, ten or more; Japan and
the adjacent groups have twenty-five. Southeast of the Asiatic continent is
the most active region on the globe. Fifty volcanoes are here known.
Farther south are four in New Guinea, one or two submarine vents, a
number in New Britain, the Solomon group, the New Hebrides, three in
New Zealand, and Erebus and Terror in the Antarctic circle. Add to these
the islands of the Central Pacific, and we have more than one-half the
volcanoes of the globe. Besides there are a large number of nearly perfect
volcanic cones which must recently have become extinct.
In conclusion, we find all the oceanic islands are either of volcanic or
coral formation; and as we find that the coral polyp can not live at a greater
depth than one hundred and twenty feet; as we know the ocean in the
immediate neighborhood of these islands to be many thousand of feet in

Page 319

depth; as we know coral islands to be circular, often enclosing a lagoon of
water, it is fair to suppose that the polyps have not built through long ages
of subsidence, as is usually supposed; but that they have built upon the rims
of extinct craters lying near the surface. The fact that these circular reefs
always have one or more breaks in their circuit is additional reason for the
belief. The fact of a coral island lying within a barrier reef, then,

CORAL REEFS.

resolves itself into a volcanic crater with an inner cone, as every active
volcano has. It is rather ludicrous to suppose that polyps, among the lowest
of created beings, leading an ephemeral existence, should yet have such
unanimity of purpose, such perfect mutual understanding, as to undertake to
build their reefs in a more or less circular form; it is preposterous to
suppose the unvarying form of the structure is the result of mere chance.
Clearly we must find some other influences; and the most reasonable is to
suppose the foundations of these islands were laid by the same agency that
raised all other Oceanic islands from the bed of the sea.
The volcano thus plays an important part in the earth’s economy. Not
only does it add to land areas by upheaval from the deep. The amount of
material thrown out by the Javanese volcanoes alone during the past
hundred years is greater far than all the silt borne to the sea by American

Page 320

rivers during the same period. Krakatoa, in its recent eruption, threw out
more than the Mississippi bears to the sea in sixty years.
There is some doubt as to how much volcanoes effect by direct
upheaval. The formation of many observed cones shows that the majority
are mainly built up by the materials thrown out, and not by any great
elevation of the adjacent surface. In the case of a volcano already existing,
it is of course not easy to know what proportion of its mass is merely
accumulation of lava, cinders, or tufa.
As to the form of volcanic cones, those of ashes, cinders, and scoria are
of course steepest; those of lava thrown out when liquid having a very
gradual slope. The difference may be readily illustrated by comparing a
heap of sand and pebbles with a heap of stiffening molasses candy. One is
steeply conical; the other, rounded or dome-like. But either form of volcano
may abound in crevices and apertures from which issue sulphurous vapors
and gases. These fumaroles, as they are called, are usually surrounded with
mineral deposits, often resembling the most delicate filigree work.
Having considered the general phases and principles of volcanic action,
we may now notice some of the more famous eruptions of the past.

Page 321

CHAPTER XXI.

GREAT ERUPTIONS OF VESUVIUS.

“E’en while they cheered the gladiator’s thrust,
And shouted as the lion crunched his bones,
Up sprang the Fire King from his ages’ sleep
Shook wide his robe of ever-deepening night,
And flung his fiery banner on the wind.
The groaning earth then trembled at his tread,
And thousand thunders rent the raging mount,
While prince and pauper, ’mid the scorching gloom,
Groped through the gaping streets; the ocean hissed,
And palaces and marble temples reeled,
And crushed or prisoned; still the ashes fell,
Till mansions, statues, homes and colonnades,
And Strength, and Beauty, Love, and Life, and Death,
Lay heaps on heaps, in one black ruin blent.”

OR nearly seventeen hundred years there lay beneath a sea of ashes
near the Naples Bay, a city whose destruction had not been described
by the younger Pliny; and in the lapse of years its site had been
forgotten. During the construction of an aqueduct in 1592, workmen
frequently came upon foundations of buildings. No curiosity seems to have
been aroused. Nearly a hundred years later other buildings were discovered,
with the inscription “Pompeii.” Still there was no practical interest. Then the
attention of the learned was drawn to the discoveries at Herculaneum; and
Alcubierre, a Spanish colonel of engineers, in examining the subterranean
canal, was led by the discovery of a house and statues to conjecture that
some great treasures might lie buried there. Obtaining permission of the
King of Naples, he began excavations in the year 1748. In a few days he
unearthed “a picture eleven palms long by four and one-half high,
containing festoons of eggs, fruits and flowers, the head of a man, large and
in good style, a helmet, an owl, various small birds and other objects.” Then
was found the skeleton of a man, covered with the lava mud. By his side
were eighteen brass coins and one of silver. Then was found an
amphitheatre, with a seating capacity of ten thousand. But the work was
poorly conducted: valuable pictures were detached from the walls, and the

Page 322

buildings again covered with rubbish. No strangers were allowed to copy
anything.
When the French occupied Naples, the work was for a time better
conducted; then it again declined. When Victor Emmanuel became King of
Italy, a distinguished antiquarian scholar, Guiseppe Fiorelli, was appointed
director-general of the works. Since then, the work has been well done,
Signor Fiorelli noting “every appearance or fragment which might afford or
suggest a restoration of any part of a buried edifice; replacing with fresh
timbers every charred beam, propping every tottering wall or portion of
brick work,” till the tourist sees to-day a town in the integrity of its outlines
and order of its arrangement. “Temples, baths, markets, tombs, stand out
just as they stood eighteen hundred years ago. The villa of the port, the
forum, the counting-house, the baker’s shop, the school-room, the kitchen,
carry us into the very heart of Roman life in the brightest days of the
empire. The jewelry of beauty, the spade of the laborer, the fetter of the
prisoner and the weapon of the soldier are all there, reproducing and
realizing the past with a vividness which can scarcely be conceived.”
Relics and historic records give us an ideal of the past. How correct is
the ideal may be inferred from the fact that no two antiquarians have the
same conception of a Druid temple. With all the details of Scripture and
Josephus, we have not an exact model of the temple. Inhabited ruins change
with their possessors: those uninhabited decay in the war of elements. But
Pompeii was, so to speak, hermetically sealed, in the height of its
prosperity, preserved from Goths and Vandals, and is laid before us to-day
as it stood over eighteen centuries ago, allowing us to see how sudden was
the storm that burst upon it long years ago. The paintings are “undimmed by
the leaden touch of time; household furniture left in the confusion of use;
articles, even of intrinsic value, abandoned in the hurry of escape, yet safe
from the robber, or scattered about from the trembling hand which could not
pause or stoop for its most valuable possessions; and in some instances the
bones of the inhabitants, bearing sad testimony to the suddenness and
completeness of the calamity that overwhelmed them.”
“There are the very ruts which were made by the wheels of chariots,
flying, perhaps, from the impending ruin; there are water-pipes, in the
cavities of which, sealed by the hand of time, the splashing fluid can still be
heard; there are rude and grotesque inscriptions, scratched by some loiterer
on the stucco, and as fresh as when they excited the mirth of the passer-by;

Page 323

there are egg-shells, bones of fish and chickens, and other fragments of a
repast of which skeletons lying near were partaking when the catastrophe
overwhelmed them; there is fuel ready to be supplied to furnaces for
heating the baths; there are the stains left upon the counters of drinking
shops by wet glasses; there are the vials of the apothecary, still containing
the fluids he was wont to dispense; there are ovens in which loaves of
bread, carbonized, but otherwise perfect, may yet be seen; there are vases
with olives still swimming in oil, the fruit retaining its flavor, and the oil

DESTRUCTION OF POMPEII.

burning readily when submitted to the flame; there are shelves, on which
are piled stores of raisins, figs and chestnuts; there are amphorae containing
the rare wine for which Campania was so famous.”
Here you saw a new altar of white marble, wondrously beautiful, just
from the hands of the sculptor; “an enclosure was building all round; the
mortar just dashed against the side of the wall was but half spread out; you
saw the long, sliding stroke of the trowel about to return and obliterate its
own track; but it never returned; the hand of the workman was suddenly
arrested, and the whole looks so fresh and new that you would almost swear
that the mason had only gone to his dinner, and about to come back
immediately to smooth the roughness.”

Page 324

The younger Pliny tells us of his uncle’s death, and of the suddenness of
the calamity. The people were in the amphitheater when the volcano burst
forth. The elder Pliny, in command of the fleet at Misenum, was called by
his sister to notice a strange cloud that had just appeared. He had just
returned from a walk, bathed, and gone to his study. This was August 24, A.
D. 79, about 1 P.M. The dense cloud occasionally glowed with light; again, it
was of inky blackness. It was the “pine tree banner,” since become so
familiar to the Neapolitans. Pliny at once started for his galleys, determined
to have a closer view of the strange scene. As he went to the shore he
received a note from a lady who lived at the base of the mountain, urging
him to come to her assistance. He set out at once to render what aid he
could; “for the villas stood extremely thick upon that lovely coast.” They
neared the mount; cinders, pumice, ashes, and glowing stones fell on and
among the vessels. Sternly ordering the frightened crew to press on, Pliny
stood in the bow of his vessel, calmly dictating notes and observations on
the awful scene. Reaching Stabiae, he found a friend in great fear, preparing
for flight, and waiting for a change of wind. Pliny ordered baths, and sat
calmly down to supper, assuring his friend that the lurid flames on the
mountain sides were but villages fired by the heated stones. Retiring to rest,
his anxious friends heard him snoring. Finding they were about to be
entombed in the falling cinders, they roused him, and all, tying pillows on
their heads as protection from the showers of stones, sought the seashore;
but the waves ran too high for them to embark. It was still dark as Erebus in
the limit of the cloud, though already broad day. Drinking some water, Pliny
stretched himself on a mat; but an unusual rush of sulphurous vapor
compelled the company to disperse, and two servants assisted him to rise,
but he at once fell back dead. Perhaps the noxious vapors were in greater
quantity near the ground. His nephew tells us he always had weak lungs.
The company fled. Three days later, Pliny’s body was found “looking more
like a man asleep than dead.” At Misenum, fourteen miles away, the earth
was constantly and violently shaken. Houses were toppling down. Chariots
could not be steadied, even by supporting them with large stones. The sea
rushed back, leaving many marine animals stranded high and dry. The dark
cloud on Vesuvius flamed and roared. The cloud enveloped Misenum and
spread to Capreæ. “Nothing was to be heard but the shrieks of women and
children, and the cries of men; some were calling for their children, others
for their parents, others for their husbands, and only distinguishing each

Page 325

other by their voices; one was lamenting his own fate, another that of his
family; some wished to die that they might escape the dreadful fear of
death; but the greater part imagined that the last and eternal night was
come, which was to destroy the gods and the world together.” Then came
the flash of flames; then darkness and ashes, blinding, crushing, burying.
Stabiae also was buried. But the destruction of the two great cities is given
no word; it was sudden and complete. The ruins show they were shattered
by an earthquake. Then showers of broken lava rushed upon Herculaneum;
while Pompeii, farther away, was reached only by the cinder-showers. Dion
Cassius tells us the people were seated in the theatres when the shock came.
In their terror, every object was distorted and magnified. “A multitude of
men, of superhuman stature, resembling giants, appeared sometimes on the
mountains, sometimes in the environs; stones and smoke were thrown out;
then the giants seemed to rise again, while the sounds of trumpets were
heard.”
Cassius, however, wrote a century and a half after the disaster; and the
chief value of his testimony is to show how terrible and lasting an
impression had been made upon the Campanians, from whom he derived
his narrative.
After the desolation, the site of Pompeii was searched for such relics as
might be of practical use elsewhere. The search was rough and destructive.
The Emperor Alexander Severus made the place a “sort of quarry from
which he drew a great quantity of marbles, columns and beautiful statues
which he employed in adorning the edifices which he constructed at Rome.
Modern research has discovered but few gold and silver articles, coins, and
statues. It has developed however, a far more fearful and faithful picture of
the eruption than has been given by any historian. The clouds of falling
ashes so enveloped each object as to preserve an exact impression, from
which casts have been made, showing every curve and line, even to the
texture of the clothes. So we look upon the death-agony, and conceive the
terrors of the scene.
Here is the arena. Here were skeletons; perhaps of gladiators already
slain; perhaps of wounded men, unable to rise, who rolled and gasped, and
struggled in the choking gloom. There is the prison; you may see the fetters
still round the leg bones of the inmates.

Page 326

Here stood the temple of Isis. On that pedestal was a beautiful image of
her, draped in purple and gold. In the next room lay a priest beside the
battered wall, with axe in hand. In the next room sat a priest overtaken at
his dinner. In other cloisters lay other priests, who had remained at the
temple, perhaps deeming Isis would protect them in that awful hour. Close
by the prison door lay a skeleton with a handful of silver coins. Mayhap
some one had perished there while endeavoring to bribe the jailor to release
a prisoned friend. Close by that column, in his narrow niche, a Roman
sentry stood, full armed; observing to the last, stern, unflinching obedience
to superior powers, who neglected to relieve him in the terror of the time.
In the vault of a beautiful suburban villa of Diomed, lay eighteen adults,
a boy, and an infant, huddled together in attitudes terribly expressive of the
agony of a lingering death. To the skulls of the children still clung their
long, blonde hair. There was the impress left by the bust of a young girl of
striking beauty. Near the garden gate without the house were two skeletons;
one with a bunch of keys and a quantity of money; the other with a number
of silver vases. Doubtless the family had thought to escape by retiring to the
well-provisioned cellar; while two slaves endeavored to profit by the
confusion to escape with their booty. The stifling sulphureous vapor found
them out.
In the house of the Faun stood the skeleton of a woman; her hands raised
over her head. Her scattered jewels lay about the floor. Endeavoring at
length to leave the house, she found the doorway blocked with ashes. The
flooring of the upper rooms began to fall, and she lifted her arms in vain
attempt to stay the crumbling roof. Thus was she found.
In a garden near by a woman was found seven feet from the earth. She
had surmounted many obstacles, but perished as she scaled a wall.
Beneath a staircase lay a man who had with him a vast treasure of gold
and silver. He had preserved it at a terrible cost. Near by were five others
who had met a similar fate. They lay fifteen feet above the earth. Plunderers
were these, overpowered by a rush of mephitic gas while delving for buried
treasures.
Here lay two bodies, feet to feet—mother and daughter, perhaps. The
former lay outstretched and tranquil; the young girl of fifteen, in an attitude
expressive of frightful agony. Her legs are drawn up and her hands
clinched. With one hand she had drawn her veil about her head, to screen

Page 327

herself from the ashes and smoke. The form and texture of her dress are
clearly seen; and through its rents the fair young skin appears like polished
marble.
Close by lay a young woman of high rank; young, richly dressed and
beautiful. One upraised arm and her clenched hands tell plainer than words
her agony and despair. A man—tall, stalwart, in coarse dress and nail-
studded sandals, lay at hand. Upon his back, with straightened limbs and
extended arms, he had resolved, since unable to escape, to die like a man.
His powerful features are clearly shown, and a portion of his moustache
adheres to the plaster cast.
Such are sights from which the veil of time has at last been lifted. How
many perished in that fearful outbreak we shall never know. Seven hundred
skeletons have been found in one-third of the city of Pompeii. Perhaps two
thousand perished there. But of the scores who fled from the city, from
suburban villas, from villages along the mountain, and who were overtaken
by the fiery storm ere they reached a place of safety, who shall tell? Who
may declare the fate of the lady who appealed to the Roman admiral Pliny
for relief? Such questions each may determine for himself. History will
preserve an eternal silence.
Such are the facts concerning the first great historic eruption of
Vesuvius. That volcanic phenomena were known to the ancients we have
already seen; but the character of Vesuvius seems to have been unsuspected.
The Greeks knew of the mountain top as a depressed plain, covered with
groves and wild vines. Spartacus and his gladiators, with their thousands of
followers, had their fortified camp there. Strabo called it a volcanic
mountain, but Pliny the elder did not include it in his list of volcanoes. The
fertile, rounded slopes were covered with well-tilled fields.
But the neighboring regions were active, though Vesuvius was not.
Pithecusa, the modern Ischia, was often and terribly shaken, and various
attempts to settle upon it were in consequence abandoned. Poisonous gases
poured forth, even when there was no active eruption.
Still nearer Vesuvius lay the noted lake Avernus, which in Roman
mythology was the gateway of hell. It was said to exhale noxious vapors so
powerful that birds could not cross it. At the present day it is only a pretty
lake, without any unusual properties. It appears to cover an extinct crater.

Page 328

In the year 63 a great earthquake was felt in the Vesuvian region.
Hundreds of lives were lost, and great damage was done in many cities; and
numerous lighter shocks occurred during the next sixteen years. No one
seems to have apprehended any danger from the mountain. How long it had
remained dormant is unknown. But Pompeii and Herculaneum are both
built upon lava beds. That Pompeii itself was a very old city is clearly
established. In general outline it is elliptical, nearly two miles in circuit, the
entire area being one hundred and sixty acres. Characters upon many of the
foundation stones would seem to indicate a period earlier than the Etruscan
occupation; while other portions, especially the towers, are certainly of later
date. It is quite fair to suppose that Vesuvius, from these facts, had lain quiet
for a thousand years or more.
One effect of this first eruption of Vesuvius was to break down the
western wall of the crater and destroy the entire side of the mountain next
the sea, leaving as the only remains of the ancient crater a little ridge on the
south flank, and that portion, which under the name of Somma, still
encircles the present cone.
From the time of its first eruption, the restlessness of Vesuvius has been
well observed. The next action occurred in the year 203. In the meantime
the sides of the crater had become overgrown with brushwood and forest
trees, and the basin itself was a favorite haunt of wild boars. In the year 472
the mountain broke forth with more violence than at either of the former
periods. The roaring was simply indescribable. The clouds of ashes spread
over the entire adjacent region. Houses toppled down miles away. Scores of
people were suffocated. The ashes fell in showers at Constantinople and
Tripoli.
Other eruptions followed in 512, 685, and 993. No stream of molten lava
issued at any of these. But in 1036, a great eruption took place, during
which, we are told, the lava poured forth from fissures in the sides, as well
as from the top, and ran in a broad and deep stream into the sea. Thirteen
years later another similar outbreak occurred; then ninety years passed
without any disturbance.
Of these eruptions, little beyond the bare fact is known. But from the
time of the last one referred to, 1139, scientific men have carefully watched
each outbreak. In 1198, the neighboring crater of Solfatara Lake was in
eruption; in 1302, Ischia, dormant over fourteen hundred years, exhibited

Page 329

wonderful activity. For more than a year earthquakes shook the island, and
at length there burst forth a lava stream from the southeast side of the
mountain, flowing two miles, to the sea. Many houses were destroyed
during the two months’ eruption; and not a few of the inhabitants
abandoned the island. But Vesuvius was quiet till 1306. Again it broke forth
in 1500. During this time Ætna was in a state of unwonted activity.
The eruption of 1538 broke forth at the foot of the mountain, and was
marked by some peculiar features. The plain between Avernus, Monte
Barbaro, and the sea, was first raised a little, and many cracks made in it,
from some of which water issued. The sea retreated about two hundred
paces, leaving many fish on the sands at the disposal of the people of
Pozzuoli, a little watering place on the Bay of Baiæ. On the evening of
September 29, numerous shocks of earthquake occurred, and about two
o’clock in the night an immense fissure opened near the lake and extended
toward the town. Smoke, fire, stones, and mud made of ashes, were vomited
furiously, the whole process being attended by a terrible roaring, as of
continual loudest thunder. Stones and masses of pumice larger than an ox
were thrown out. The gulf in the town widened, and not a few houses were
broken to pieces, or swallowed up in the chasm.
The large stones were thrown about as high as a crossbow would carry,
and then fell, sometimes into the lake, sometimes into the chasm again; but
mostly upon either side of it. The mud was ash-colored, very liquid at first
but rapidly thickening; and within thirty-six hours the site of Pozzuoli was
covered by a volcanic cone. A contemporary chronicler, present at the time,
says this cone was one thousand paces in height; by which he probably
meant slant height. The cone at present is four hundred and forty feet above
the Bay of Naples. Two days later it again began to cast forth stones and
ashes; and again on the seventh day. Several persons who had ascended the
hill were killed in this sudden outbreak by falling stones, or smothered by
the sulphurous vapors. This “Monte Nuovo” or New Mountain, is a mile
and a half in circumference at the base, and four hundred and twenty-one
feet deep. It is apparent, then, that its bottom is nineteen feet above the sea
level. The Lucrine Lake was almost filled up. Only a shallow pool remains.
Falconi writes that from Naples the flames were seen, bursting forth in
the night, between the hot-baths and Tripergola. The next morning might be
seen the poor people flying in terror, begrimed with the black and muddy
shower, which continued throughout the day. Flying from death, death was

Page 330

painted in their countenances. Some bore their children in their arms; some
carried sacks full of goods; some led donkeys loaded with valuables, or
such as were unable to walk.
The few eruptions after 1039 had been feeble. We find the mountain
coming to be regarded as extinct as a volcanic crater. Nearly five centuries
passed. Bracini, who visited it in 1631, writes that “the crater was about
five miles in circumference, and above a thousand feet deep; its sides were
covered with brushwood, and at the bottom was a plain on which cattle
grazed. In the woody parts wild boars frequently harbored. In one part of
the plain, covered with ashes, were three small pools; one filled with hot
and bitter water, another salter than the sea, and a third hot but tasteless.”
Such was the general character of the crater in A. D., 78, save that it was
not so deep.
In December, 1631, with a sudden, tremendous roar, the mountain
flamed into action. This outbreak has never been surpassed in fury and
destructiveness by any eruption of Vesuvius, unless we except the one
which destroyed Pompeii. The fatalities between the two eruptions had been
few, the most of the mischief being damage to property. One of the
eruptions failed to throw out any marked amount of matter of any sort.
But in 1631 the woods and pastures, vines, and fields within the crater,
were annihilated. Explosion followed explosion in swift succession. The
great crater was filled with molten rock. Stream after stream poured swiftly
forth, till seven rivers of fire were desolating the land. Crops were fired by
the cinder showers. Millions of tons of ashes were scattered over the land.
The mountain slope was dotted with ruined villages. Resina, a populous
little town on the site of Herculaneum was completely destroyed. Storms of
wind and rain swept the mountain, and the huge rivers of mud buried
whatever had escaped the lava and ashes. The crater itself was shattered and
nearly destroyed. Hundreds of cattle were destroyed by the fiery storm. Not
less than eighteen hundred people perished in this great convulsion. Thirty-
five years later another outbreak occurred; and since then the mountain has
been in constant activity.
The next unusual activity of especial note occurred in 1737. Breislak has
estimated the outflow of lava at

Page 331

VESUVIUS IN 1737.

10,237,096 cubic meters; enough to cover a square mile twelve and a
half feet in depth. Immense quantities of white ashes were thrown out, and
the entire mountain was filled with rents and fissures, from which poured
volumes of noxious vapors that suffocated man and beast. The quantity of
ashes thrown out doubtless exceeded the volume of lava. In 1766 occurred
another unusual convulsion, the mountain continuing vigorously active
from March till December, vomiting lava streams and huge volcanic
“bombs.” These last are masses of lava enclosing a bubble of gas, which is
set free by the breaking of the bomb as it falls. In 1779 the lava streams for
a time threatened Naples itself.
Sir William Hamilton, long time English ambassador in Italy, has left a
careful record of the eruption of 1793-94. Passing by such features as,
common to all its eruptions, we have noted elsewhere, we may note the
more striking particulars: Millions of heated stones were thrown high in the
air, and fell in beautiful curves about the cone. It might be likened to the

Page 332

bursting stars of our pyrotechnic displays. Nearly half Vesuvius was
covered with fire. “Huge masses of white smoke were vomited forth by the
disturbed mountain, and formed themselves at a height of many thousands
of feet above the crater into a huge, ever-moving canopy, through which,
from time to time, were hurled pitch-black jets of volcanic dust, and dense
vapors, mixed with cascades of red-hot rocks and scoriæ. The rain from the
cloud canopy was scalding hot.”
“As the lava rushed forth from its imprisonment it streamed a liquid,
white and brilliantly pure river, which burned for itself a smooth channel
through a great arched chasm in the side of the mountain. It flowed with the
clearness of honey in regular channels, cut finer than art can imitate and
glowing with all the splendor of the sun.” Various were the effects of stones
thrown in. “Light bodies of five, ten or fifteen pounds weight, made no
impression; but bodies of sixty, seventy and eighty pounds were seen to
form a kind of bed on the surface of the lava and float away with it. A stone
of three hundred weight that had been thrown out by the crater, lay near the
source of the current of lava. I raised it up on one end and then let it fall in
upon the liquid lava, when it gradually sank beneath the surface and
disappeared. If I wished to describe the manner in which it acted upon the
lava, I should say that it was like a loaf of bread thrown into a bowl of very
thick honey, which gradually involves itself in the heavy liquid and then
slowly sinks to the bottom.”
As it flowed down the mountain the brilliant whiteness disappeared.
Then it began to wrinkle, where flowing slowly, like the cream on a pan of
milk when poured off. Crusts formed, which were speedily cracked to
pieces, as the current underneath pressed on. On such crusts a person may
cross the stream, if not particular as to singeing his boots. Being cooled
when near the bottom, yet forced on by the pressure behind, the whole mass
“resembled nothing so much as a heap of unconnected cinders from an iron
foundry, rolling slowly along and falling with a rattling noise over one
another.”
This eruption continued from February, 1793, to July, 1794. Rocks were
hurled two thousand feet into the air. The lava flowed from fifteen different
sources, and pouring in one stream from twelve to forty feet thick, flowed
three hundred and eighty feet into the sea, requiring but six hours from the
time of the outbreak to reach the shore. The sea boiled for one hundred
yards around. The town of Torre del Greco was destroyed, and a number of

Page 333

persons were killed. The natives insisted, when the paroxysm was over, on
rebuilding on the old site. The Neapolitans have a jest concerning their own
exemption from the calamities which Torre has endured: “Naples sins and
Torre is punished.” The lava of this discharge is estimated at about twenty-
one million cubic metres.
Several eruptions of Vesuvius have occurred during the present century.
Of these, the most notable are those of 1822 and 1872. They have given us
exact information upon a point where formerly there was only conjecture,
viz: the height which the material thrown out may reach.
In 1822, the ashes for twelve days fell in a continuous shower. The lava
which had boiled up and hardened till the appearance of a depressed crater
was lost was blown away. An immense abyss was formed, three-fourths of a
mile in length and two thousand feet deep. The entire top of the cone was
then blown away. Masses of lava weighing many tons were hurled two or
three miles. Darkness prevailed in broad day, as far away as Amalfi, where
the ashes fell to the depth of several inches. The dense column of ashes and
vapor was thrown ten thousand feet above the level of the sea. In no known
eruption has the electrical display been so brilliant and continuous. The roll
of thunder could be clearly distinguished from the rumble of the volcano.
In recent years an observatory has been erected on the mountain, and all
its phenomena carefully noted. During the eruption of 1872 instantaneous
photography was pressed into service. A comparison of the whole view with
the height of the mountain, showed that the vapors and fragments were
thrown twenty thousand feet into the air—nearly four miles. This outburst
began on April 24, and reached its climax in two days. The entire mountain
filled with fissures and cracks—in the words of Prof. Palmieri, “sweated
fire.” Enormous volumes of steam poured from the crater, with such a
prodigious roar, that the terrified Neapolitans rushed from their houses, and
spent the night in the open air. The lava floods rushed down the mountain
side; and one of them destroyed two villages, besides many country houses
adjacent. The whole region for several days quivered with shocks of
earthquake.
Such have been the more important eruptions of Vesuvius. Its position,
by an ancient and populous city, has made it the most celebrated of
volcanoes. There seems no doubt that it is supplied from the same source
which feeds the others in the neighborhood, as well as Mt. Ætna. When

Page 334

Vesuvius is quiet, Ætna is active, and vice versa. Close observation has
established a well-defined daily periodicity: so that the most favorable
period for visiting the crater may always be known beforehand.
In fine, about sixty eruptions of Vesuvius are on record. Of these,
twenty-three were during the last century, and twenty-five during this. The
activity of the entire region seems on the increase.

Page 335

CHAPTER XXII.

OTHER GREAT ERUPTIONS.

“Hast thou observed the ancient tract,
That was trodden by wicked mortals,
Who were arrested on a sudden,
Whose foundation is a molten flood?
Who said to God, Depart from us,
What can Shaddai do to us?
Though he had filled their houses with wealth.
(Far from me be the counsel of the wicked!)
The righteous beheld and rejoiced,
The innocent laughed them to scorn,
Surely their substance was carried away,
And their riches devoured by fire.”

UCH is Dr. Henderson’s translation of Job XXII, 15-20. By many the
passage has been supposed to refer to the destruction of the cities of
the plain, and used to support the theory that a volcanic eruption was
the means of their overthrow. If the theory were true, the catastrophe is the
earliest historic eruption. A brief statement of the reasons for the belief may
interest the reader.
The entire Dead Sea valley is depressed far below the level of the sea.
From the Dead Sea to the head of the Red Sea is a well-marked trough,
supposed to indicate that the Jordan once emptied into the Red Sea. The
adjacent Sinaitic peninsula is a volcanic region, which may have been in
eruption when the Israelites passed it. Dr. Robinson reports water marks left
high on the cliffs, far to the south of the Dead Sea. Fragments of lava have
been picked up among the salt-crusts and bituminous deposits on the
shores.
In short, the region is one in which, at some time, volcanic action
occurred. It lies between two great volcanic

Page 336

DESTRUCTION OF SODOM.

centers: Sinai, and the volcanic region of Arabia and Syria. The question
really is, whether any disturbance occurred there at so late a period as the
destruction of Sodom.
The idea advanced by several thoughtful men is, that in the bituminous
plain occupied by the cities, fissures opened and flames and cinders issuing,
rained upon the inflammable surface, speedily destroying the cities, which
sunk with the earth till the sea covered them. Such cases, minus the
bitumen, have several times occurred. And, again, the sea might have
existed before, and merely have been extended by the convulsion. Such is
the substance of the theory.
Cases in support of it are not wanting. The city of Euphemia, in Calabria,
was so swallowed up in 1638. Kircher, who was near at the time, tells how
he and his companions, unable to keep their feet, during the violent
earthquake, lay upon the ground till the paroxysms were somewhat abated.
Rising and looking for Euphemia, only a frightful black cloud was seen. It

Page 337

slowly cleared away revealing a loathsome and putrid lake. No trace of the
city or its inhabitants was ever found.
In the island of Trinidad is a vast lake of pitch, of which the Indian
legend tells the origin. The words are Kingsley’s:
“Once that dark and loathly pitch-lake
Was a garden, bright and fair,
And the Chaymas, from the mainland,
Built their palm ajoupas there.

There they throve, and there they fattened.
Hale and happy, safe and strong,
Passed the livelong days in feasting,
Passed the nights in dance and song.

Till they cruel grew, and wanton,
Till they killed the colibris,
Then outspoke the Great good Spirit,
Who can see through all the trees.”

The spirit proceeded to remind the Chaymas of all the good things he
had provided for them; how he had allowed them unlimited use of all things
which could be of any possible good to them; how he had even been patient
with their thanklessness. Only the colibris or humming-birds, useless to the
Chaymas, he had reserved for himself, that he might have pleasure in their
beauty and happiness. The story continues:
“But the Chaymas’ ears were deafened;
Blind their eyes, and could not see,
How a blissful Indian’s spirit
Lived in every colibri.

Lived, forgetting pain and sorrow,
Ever fair and ever new,
Whirring round the dear old woodland,
Feeding on the honeydew.

Then one evening roared the earthquake,
Monkeys howled, and parrots screamed,
And the Guaraons, at morning
Gathered here, as men who dreamed.

Sunk were gardens, sunk ajoupas,
Hut and hammock, man and hound,
And above the Chayma village,
Boiled with pitch the cursed ground.”

Page 338

The salient points of the evidence being presented, the reader may draw
his own conclusions. Perhaps the cities were fired in the manner suggested
—perhaps lightning ignited the bitumen. But it is generally supposed that
their site lies beneath the sea.
After the account given of Vesuvius, the reader will no doubt be
surprised to learn that this noted mountain can not rank as more than a
respectable fourth-rate volcano. It will require but a brief comparison with
others to show that such is the case.
By far the largest volcano in Europe, and next to Vesuvius, the most
noted, is Mt. Etna, in the island of Sicily. It was well known to the ancients,
and appears to have been in eruption from the most remote historic times.
Diodorus Siculus records that a violent eruption caused an adjacent district
to be deserted by its inhabitants before the Trojan war. Thucydides tells of
three eruptions between the colonization of Sicily by the Greeks and the
Peloponnesian war—431 B. C.
Notwithstanding the great antiquity of the records of this mountain, but
little detail is known of its earlier eruptions. The first of which any extended
account exists is the great outbreak of 1669. The convulsion began with a
tremendous earthquake. Many villages and towns in the adjacent districts
were leveled to the earth. In the plain of St. Lio, a fissure six feet wide and
twelve miles long and of unknown depth opened from north to south with a
terrific, crashing noise, and extended nearly to the top of the mountain.
Flashes of intense light poured from it. Five other parallel fissures
afterwards opened, one after the other, emitting smoke, and the most horrid
bellowings, which were heard to the distance of forty miles.
This explains the manner in which dykes or banks of lava are thrown up
amid other rocks. The light emitted by these fissures would indicate that
they were, to a certain height, filled with glowing lava.
The lava, during this eruption, having overwhelmed and destroyed
fourteen towns, some of them containing three or four thousand inhabitants,
at length arrived at the walls of Catania, a populous city, situated ten miles
from the volcano. These walls had been raised sixty feet high, towards the
mountain, in order to protect the city, in case of an eruption. But the burning
flood accumulated against the wall, so as to fill all the space around and
below that part, and finally poured over it in a fiery cataract, destroying
every thing in that vicinity.

Page 339

From Catania the lava continued its course until it reached the sea, a
distance of fifteen miles from its source, in a current about eighteen
hundred feet broad, and forty feet deep. While moving on, its surface was,
in general, a mass of solid rock, or cooled lava, and it advanced by the
protrusion of the melted matter, through this hardened crust.
As an illustration of the intense heat of volcanic matter, the Canon
Recupero relates that in 1766 he ascended a small hill composed of ancient
volcanic matter, in order to observe the slow and gradual manner in which a
current of liquid fire advanced from Ætna. This current was two and a half
miles broad; and, while he stood observing it, two small threads of lava,
issuing from a crevice, detached themselves from the main stream, and
approached rapidly towards the eminence where he and his guide were
standing. They had only just time to escape, when they saw the hill on
which they stood a few minutes before, and which was fifty feet high,
entirely surrounded, and, in about fifteen minutes, entirely melted down
into the burning mass, so as to be incorporated with, and move on along
with it.
According to Hitchcock, 77,000 persons perished during the eruption of
1769, and eighty-four square miles were covered with lava.
The slowness with which lava cools may be inferred that ten years later,
workmen endeavoring to sink a shaft through the bed were forced to
abandon the work when near the bottom, by reason of the heat.
While this was Ætna’s greatest outbreak, several of terrible
destructiveness have occurred since. In 1693 an eruption was accompanied
by earthquake shocks, which in three days did more damage than the lava.
Catania was almost destroyed; great sea-waves rolled in upon the

Page 340

DESTRUCTION OF CATANIA.

wreck; the vessels in the harbor were dashed against each other or upon the
beach: the ringing of the bells and the roar of the mountain and sea was
mingled with the cries of thousands of unfortunates struggling in the ruins.
Not less than 16,000 people perished in Catania alone.
In 1755 occurred an eruption which is memorable for the great flood
which attended it. Immense quantities of snow and ice, accumulated about
the summit, were melted by the intense heat, and the waters rushed down in
a column thirty feet deep and one and three-quarters miles wide, into the
plain below. The lower portion of the valley was filled with the debris.
Those who were not buried in the rubbish were swept out to sea. The total
loss of life is not exactly known, but amounted to many thousands.
Second in volume to the eruption of 1669, but very slightly destructive,
is the eruption of 1852-53. It began August 20, 1852, and continued nine
months. “The united width of the lava streams was two miles, with a depth
of from eight to sixteen feet, piled up in some places to one hundred feet. It
reached to near Zarafana,—almost six miles, descending thirty-five hundred
feet in sixteen days. The Val del Bove, from the upper part of which it
proceeded, looked like a sea of fire. Explosions as of artillery were
frequently heard, and the scoriæ were sent up to great heights.” The intense
heat set fire to the trees in the vicinity.
In January, 1865, a considerable eruption took place from an immense
fissure on the northeastern slope of the mountain. Seven active craters

Page 341

developed along the fissure, sending out a lava stream one and one-half
miles wide.
Three other eruptions have taken place from Ætna since 1853; but, save
some damage to property, these have been comparatively unimportant, save
from a geological standpoint. One began in 1874 from a fissure on the north
side, but suddenly ceased. Prof. Silvestri, after examining the locality,
asserted that the next eruption would take place from this same fissure. Five
years later his assertion was verified, large streams of lava being sent out,
with heavy showers of ashes and sand. Large areas of forest were destroyed,
and the stream drew alarmingly near some populous villages, but stopped
not far from a small river. The area of the lava bed was about seven hundred
and fifty acres, the volume being about twenty-three and a half million tons.
Ætna’s last eruption was in May, 1886; a few houses were destroyed, but
no lives were lost. Ætna and the adjacent Lipari Islands exhibited unusual
activity during the entire seventeenth century, having a total of fourteen
eruptions; as many as are recorded in all their previous history. The next
century witnessed fifteen outbursts from Ætna, and during the present one
there have been eleven.
It will be noticed that both Vesuvius and Ætna seem to have reached
their maximum activity at the close of the last century. The same is true of
the volcanoes of Iceland. This island, which is as large as Ireland, is built up
entirely of volcanic matter. It doubtless began with a single, great
submarine volcano; but to-day it has at least thirteen active vents. It
presents us with the most tremendous outpour of matter in the history of the
world. For seven hundred years there has not been an interval of forty, and
seldom of more than twenty, without eruptions and earthquakes in some
portion of the island. Single eruptions of Mt. Hecla have lasted six years.
Often during violent earthquakes, old mountains have disappeared; new
ones have been raised up; rivers turned from their courses, or dried up
altogether. The old Norseman who discovered the island might much more
appropriately have named it Fireland. Doubtless had his ancestors known
the island they would have chosen it as the home of the terrible fire giants.
But Iceland is the realm of both frost and fire; and there is no more
romantic or painful chapter in history than the story of this hardy and
spirited race to maintain their foothold in the face of such terrible odds.
Those who hold that a nation’s progress and stamina are in proportion to its

Page 342

material advantages, would have to make an exception in favor of blood.
The plucky Norsemen have held their own in this region for nine centuries;
nor is there any deterioration. No nation can to-day show a better
intellectual or moral condition than these poor but hardy islanders. Yet there
is not a region of the world that has been more frequently or terribly
scourged than this semibarren island.
The best known volcano in Iceland is Mt. Hecla, which ranks with Ætna
and Vesuvius in fame. It is not the highest nor most remarkable of Icelandic
volcanoes; but the frequency of its eruptions, together with the fact that it
may be easily reached, have brought it to the front. It is five thousand feet
high, and lies but thirty-five miles from the sea. The larger portion of the
material thrown out by it consists of slag, cinders, pumice, and ashes, the
slope of its cone being about 35 degrees. It has nothing answering to the
customary crater; the eruptions break from fissures in its sides; and, in
consequence, it may emit several streams or showers at once.
Hecla has been in eruption about thirty times since its character was first
known, and has at times made fearful havoc. Its last great outbreak was in
1878.
Hecla has adjutants in this volcanic field that are more savage and
relentless than the generalissimo. One of the most destructive outbursts of
recent times occurred in the Vatna district in 1875. In this region, about
sixty

Page 343

MT. HECLA.

miles by one hundred and fifteen, is a very nest of volcanoes. The
convulsion lasted several months, the entire region being active; and great
numbers of people perished. So great was the destruction of property, crops,
and flocks that the people, reduced to starvation, were compelled to appeal
to Britain and Denmark for assistance. This has happened more than once in
Iceland’s history.
But far up in the impenetrable deserts of the interior is a mountain which
has seldom shown any activity; but when in full blast, its power is
unsurpassed by any volcano on the globe. This is the fearful Skaptar Jokul,
or Skaptar mountain. A single instance of its power will suffice.
One of the most stupendous outbreaks recorded in history is that of
Skaptar Jokul in 1783. In the quantity of lava ejected, it is hardly surpassed
by any single eruption; and few disturbances of the sort have surpassed it in
fatality. Immense volumes of ashes were hurled into the air, spreading over
the whole island in dense clouds. Streams were poisoned by the minerals
and alkalies thrown out. Immense numbers of sheep and cattle perished.
Thousands of acres of pasture lands were ruined. Where the grass was not
killed, it often was rendered poisonous, like the water, by the mineral dust
falling upon it. The hills were dotted with the decaying carcasses. The air
was filled with horrible stench. The ashes fell in such volumes into the
ocean that the fish deserted the coast. The flying clouds of dust spread to
Europe. The appalling horror of the scene can hardly be imagined. Death
stalked abroad in his most repulsive form.

Page 344

“The river Skapta, a considerable stream, was for a time completely
dried by a torrent of liquid fire. This river was about two hundred feet
broad, and its banks from four to six hundred above the level of the water.
This defile was entirely filled for a considerable distance by the lava, which
crossed the river by the dam thus formed, and overflowed the country
beyond, where it filled a lake of considerable extent, and great depth.
“This eruption commenced on the 11th of June. On the 18th of the same
month, a still greater quantity of lava rushed from the mouth of the volcano,
and flowed with amazing rapidity, sometimes over the first stream, but
generally in a new course. The melted matter having crossed some of the
tributary streams of the Skapta, completely dammed up their waters and
caused great destruction of property and lives by their overflow. The lava,
after flowing for several days, was precipitated down a tremendous cataract,
called Stapafoss, where it filled a profound abyss, which that great water-
fall had been excavating for ages, and thence the fiery flood continued its
course.
“On the 3rd of August, a new eruption poured forth fresh floods of lava,
which, taking a different direction from the others, filled the bed of another
river, by which a large lake was formed, and much property and many lives
destroyed.
“The effect of this dreadful calamity may in some measure be imagined
when it is known that, although Iceland did not at that time contain more
than fifty thousand inhabitants, there perished nine thousand human beings
by this single eruption, making nearly one in five of the whole population.
Part of them were destroyed by the burning lava itself; some by drowning,
other by noxious vapors which the lava emitted, and others in consequence
of the famine, caused by the showers of ashes, which covered a great
proportion of the island and destroyed most of the vegetation. The fish,
also, on which the inhabitants depended, in a great measure, for food,
entirely deserted the coast.”
The quantity of lava which Skaptar Jokul emitted during this eruption
was almost beyond belief. The two principal branches were respectively
forty and fifty miles long. The branch which crossed the Skapta was from
twelve to fifteen miles wide; the width of the other was seven miles. The
usual depth was one hundred feet; but two and three hundred were frequent;
and where the streams dashed across gorges or narrow valleys the depth

Page 345

was six or seven hundred. It would be quite safe to estimate the average
depth at one hundred and fifty feet. These two principal streams were, then,
sufficient to cover one thousand square miles to a depth of one hundred and
fifty feet. Contrast with this the twenty million cubic meters estimated to
have been poured forth in one of the great Vesuvian eruptions. This last
would cover one square mile to a depth of twenty-five feet. Vesuvius sinks
to an insignificance that is pitiable; its great outbreak produced but one-six
thousandths as much as the single eruption of Skaptar Jokul! Such
calculations may give us a comparative estimate of the two; but no figures
can give us any conception of the force required to elevate such a stream of
melted rock through the crust of the earth. And if we compare the resultant
fatality, it is clear that this great convulsion, in a very sparsely settled
island, destroyed more lives than all the outbursts of Vesuvius in its densely
populated neighborhood.
This eruption of Skaptar was preceded by several outbreaks in the sea;
some of them close to the shore; some many miles from land. Such
phenomena have become tolerably familiar. Livy informs us that a
disturbance of this kind near Sicily, occurring with similar phenomena at
the time of Hannibal’s death, so terrified the Romans as to induce them to
proclaim a day of supplication to the gods to avert their displeasure.
Santorin in the Grecian Archipelago is a similar production. And in 1831 an
island was thrown up to the southwest of Sicily, where previous soundings
had shown a depth of six hundred feet. It was preceded by a violent
spouting of steam and water. The sea around was filled with floating
pumice and dead fish. The crater reached a height of two hundred feet,
being three miles in circumference. Its circular basin was full of boiling,
dingy, red water. It continued active three weeks, and then slowly sank,
leaving a dangerous reef eleven feet below the surface; while a single black
volcanic rock projected from the sea near the center of the reef. It is known
as Graham’s Island. Thus we see that volcanic action is not confined to the
land, and that the areas affected are continually shifting.
Jorullo, in Mexico, affords an example of the way in which new
volcanoes are constantly being formed. In the parallel of the City of Mexico
exist five volcanoes, extending in a line across the country as if thrown up
along some immense fissure or subterranean fault, extending from sea to
sea. Of these Popocatepetl is perhaps the largest, and Jorullo the most
recent.

Page 346

There formerly existed in Mexico an extensive plain of remarkable
fertility, covered with fields of cane, cotton and indigo, and watered by
irrigation from the reservoirs in the basaltic mountains that bounded it. This
region, the Malpays, had no volcano within eighty miles, and lay twenty-six
hundred feet above the sea. In June, 1759, alarming rumblings were heard
in the earth, which were succeeded by severe earthquakes. These
phenomena lasted several weeks, to the great consternation of the
inhabitants. In September it seemed that quiet was restored, when suddenly,
on the night of the 28th, a fearful subterranean noise was again heard;
fissures opened, and hot stones were thrown out. Part of the plain rose up
like

JORULLO.

an immense bubble to the height of sixteen hundred feet. Imagine the
astonishment of the natives when morning showed them a mountain where
the night before was a level plain! It almost seemed as though some magic
had transported them to another land. Smoke and ashes spouted forth; five
smaller cones were thrown up, the least of which was three hundred feet in
height. The plain was dotted with thousands of small conical mounds,
called by the natives hornitos, or ovens. Each emitted vapor for a time; but
at length all the upheavals, save Jorullo, ceased action, though the plain
remained so hot as to be uninhabitable for many years. Jorullo continued to

Page 347

throw out lava several months, and has been in more moderate action ever
since.
In some respects the terrible outbreak of Skaptar Jokul has been several
times exceeded. While almost alone in the immense quantity of lava thrown
out, we have seen that great streams of lava are not accompanied by the
most violent explosions. In the number of lives destroyed, Skaptar has also
been exceeded; but if Iceland had been as densely populated as Ireland,
which it equals in area, the convulsion might have destroyed half a million
or more.
One of the best examples of the force of steam on a smaller scale is seen
in the eruptions of volcanoes, is to be found in the geysers of Iceland. These
lie in a strip of ground one hundred yards wide and about a quarter of a mile
in length. The ground is dotted with numerous dark apertures and conical
mounds, from which clouds of steam ascend continually. Of these the Little
Geyser is no longer active, being merely a pool of still, hot water. The Great
Geyser is periodically active, and the Strokr, or Churn, may be excited at
any time by throwing a quantity of earth into it. As a matter of course, these
boiling springs never do any damage, the quantity of water thrown out
being of no consequence. The water holds in solution a vast quantity of
silicious matter, which is deposited around the mouth of the geyser, forming
sometimes a saucer-shaped basin, sometimes a nippleshaped mound. From
the rate at which the deposits are made, it is estimated that the Great Geyser
is about ten hundred and sixty years old.
One of the most tremendous outbursts of which we have any authentic
account occurred in the island of Sumbawa. It is one of the Molucca
islands; and the mountain from which the outbreak occurred is called
Tomboro.

Page 348

GEYSER.

“This eruption commenced on the 5th of April, 1815, but was most
terrific on the 11th and 12th of that month; nor did it cease entirely until
some time in the following July. The explosion so much resembled the
firing of heavy cannon at a distance that the people of many vessels at sea
supposed there was a great naval engagement within hearing, but could not
imagine what nations were engaged.
“The commanders of some ships, and several English forts, gave orders
to prepare for battle, though they were several hundred miles distant from
the mountain. At Sumatra these tremendous explosions were distinctly
heard, though not nearer than nine hundred and seventy miles from
Tomboro. They were also heard at Ternate, in the opposite direction from
Sumatra, at the distance of seven hundred and twenty miles from the
mountain.
“So immense in quantity was the fall of ashes, that at Bima, forty miles
from the mountain, the roof of the English resident’s house was crushed by

Page 349

the weight, and many other houses in the same town were rendered
uninhabitable from the same cause. At Java, three hundred miles distant, the
air was so full of ashes that from this cause, at mid-day, it is said, the
darkness was so profound that nothing like it had ever before been
experienced during the most stormy night.
“Along the coast of Sumbawa the sea was covered with floating lava,
intermixed with trees and timber, so that it was difficult for vessels to sail
through the mass. Some captains, though at a long distance at sea, mistook
this mass for land, and sent out their boats in order to ascertain the safety of
their situations. The sea, on this and the neighboring coast, rose suddenly to
the height of twelve feet, in the form of immense waves, and, as they
retired, swept away trees, timber, and houses with their inhabitants. All the
vessels lying near the shore were torn from their anchoring and cast upon
the land. Violent whirlwinds carried into the air, men, horses, cattle, trees,
and whatever else was in the vicinity of the mountain. Large trees were torn
up by the roots and carried into the sea. But the most calamitous part of the
account still remains; for such were the tremendous effects of the burning
lava—the overflowing of the sea, the fall of houses, and the violence of the
whirlwind, that, out of twelve thousand inhabitants on this island, only
twenty-six individuals escaped with their lives, all the rest being destroyed
in one way or another.
“The whole island was completely covered with ashes, or other volcanic
matter. In some places the bottom of the sea was so elevated as to make
shoals where there was deep water before; and in others, the land sunk
down and was overflown by the sea. Adding those who were killed on other
islands, the total death roll was over twenty thousand.”
This entire region is one of wonderful activity. Mount Api, in the island
of Banda, in the same group, has had twelve violent eruptions in two
hundred and thirty-four years; and, indeed, it is hardly ever really quiet. The
volcano of Abo, in the island of Sanguir, broke out in 1711, burying a large
number of villages in cinders, covering extensive areas of forest and plain,
and destroying many thousands of people. This same volcano burst forth
suddenly in March, 1856, vomiting torrents of mud, streams of lava, and
clouds of ashes and scoria, doing almost as much mischief as on the former
occasion. In the island of Timor, a gigantic volcano, long known as the
Peak, began a violent eruption in 1638. When the convulsion was over the

Page 350

mountain had disappeared; partly blown away, partly sunken, and the site is
to this day covered by a great lake.
But the center of this great volcanic region lies in the island of Java,
which possesses about fifty craters, half of them still active. The heat and
vapors poured out, combined with the power of the sun, combine to make
this one of the most noted tempest regions in the world. Nowhere else are
such terrific thunder-storms so common; and more than twenty water spouts
are sometimes seen at one time.
One of the most remarkable eruptions of modern times is that of
Papandayang, in this island, which occurred in 1772. The mountain burst
forth suddenly, with a tremendous roaring. Cinders and ashes were almost
insignificant. Immense boulders were hurled about the neighboring regions.
The mountain was veiled in a cloud of glowing vapor. A tract of land
seventeen miles long and seven miles wide, with over forty villages, was
swallowed up. Several thousand people perished. When the cloud finally
vanished it was found that four thousand feet of the upper portion of the
mountain had been blown away. The broad, ragged mass remaining was of
little more than one-half the original height. Two other mountains in the
island were in action at the same time; while several intervening active
cones remained quiet. Mt. Guntur, in the same island, has had a number of
violent eruptions. The last, occurring in 1800, sent forth in addition to lava
streams, a torrent of white, acid, sulphurous mud, which swept a populous
and fertile valley, engulfing hundreds of men and animals in its course. We
shall notice by and by a still more remarkable Javanese convulsion.
Time would fail were details to be given of the numerous volcanoes of
Sumatra and Celebes and the adjacent islands, or of the eruptions and
boiling springs of New Zealand, or the towering cones of New Guinea, or
of the peaks of the Canary, Cape Verde and Azores. Let us notice briefly a
few of the more noted volcanoes of America.
Our own land is free, for the most part, from such disturbances; the only
recorded outbreaks being those of Rainier and St. Helens, in 1842. But in
prehistoric times it had numerous volcanic areas. The Raton peaks in New
Mexico once sent out lava streams that spread over the country between the
Upper Arkansas and Canadian rivers; and St. Helens, Hood, Edgecombe,
Baker, Rainier, Fair Weather and Shasta, are cones well known to the
western tourist. These, except Hood and Shasta, are still active.

Page 351

But better known examples of great internal heat are found in the hot
springs of different portions of the country; though these merely show the
existence of subterranean heat, and afford no conception of its power or
violence. Quite as famous is the famous geyser basin of the Yellowstone.
Here is a region surpassing greatly the geyser district of Iceland, both in
area, and in the number and power of the geysers. The whole region is
pierced with fumaroles, around which sulphur and other minerals crystalize
in beautiful forms; and steam jets break through the soil in countless places.
Certain of the geysers are exceedingly periodic; and others, like the Strokr
of Iceland, may be incited to action at almost any time by casting in earth or
stones. The more powerful of these “toy volcanoes” send water to a height
of four hundred feet.
In the southern portion of the continent and in South America we find a
region of remarkable activity. Central America has had several violent
convulsions at a comparatively recent period. The volcano of Las Virgines,
in Lower California, had a great eruption in 1746; but the country being
sparsely peopled, little harm was done, and the fact of the eruption was
made known by the light and clouds seen from vessels at sea, and the ashes
and cinders that fell in the adjacent regions of Mexico.
If eruptions be measured by the violence of explosions,

THE YELLOWSTONE PARK.

Page 352

then the famous outburst of Cosequina must rank among the greatest, if not
itself the greatest, that is known to history. The narrative of its eruption, as
related by an eye-witness, seems almost beyond belief; but the facts are too
well authenticated. The extent of the destruction of life, though certainly
reaching many hundreds, was never definitely known. The personal
narration serves to show the fearful impressions made upon those who
experience such awful convulsions:
“The wonder to me is how any man could live through such a burst as
Cosequina’s in San Salvador. ’Twas the 21st of January, 1835—as fine a
morning as ever was seen on earth. The Bay of Fonseca was smooth as silk;
never a cloud in the sky. The lazy folks of Playa Grande and Nagascolo
were lying in the hammocks beside the doors, smoking and dozing, and not
a soul had a notion of ill from any side on that sunny morning, which was to
be the last for half of them. They lay in hammocks and smoked and dozed
like worthless cusses, as they are; and most of ’em, no doubt, had full in
sight the big mountain on t’other side the gulf. They’d nigh forgot to call it
a volcano. Not for a thousand years, as the Indians told, had smoke or
mischief come from that hill; they’d ha’ laughed silly any one as had talked
danger from Cosequina.
“At ten o’clock that morning that mountain burst out again, and in a fury
such as never yet was known in the upper world—no, nor ever will be
again, as I believe, till the last day. Suddenly it burst out—not muttering
beforehand, nor smoking—but crash! all on the moment, as if to remind
men what evil power was yet left in nature to destroy them. At ten o’clock
that day the voice of the mountain was heard after one thousand years’
silence—in such a thunderous roar was it heard that beast and bird fell dead
with the sound alone, and great cliffs pitched headlong into the sea! There’s
thousands still alive to witness. For a while the streets of Playa Grande and
Nagascolo must have seemed like streets of the dead; for every soul was
stunned. Folks were lying in their hammocks or on the floor, motionless and
senseless as corpses. The sky was still bright and blue, but on the mountain
side was a cloud like ink, which rolled down like a cap to the foot. Naught
afterwards seemed so horrible as the sudden heaping of that jet black
mound in the place of the sunny, green hill.
“But it didn’t long offend any man’s sight—over heaven and sea the
cloud opened and spread. Lightning and thunders burst from the heart of the
ocean, and sheets of flame glared luridly the sides of Cosequina. The

Page 353

darkness spread so quick, that at Leon, two hundred miles away, they were
lighting the church candles within an hour after the outbreak. But candles,
nor torches, nor houses aflame couldn’t disperse that darkness. For three
days no soul in Leon saw another’s face, nor ventured out but to the
howling churches, to grovel there. Night dragged after night, but no day
shone over the land. A lighted torch could not be seen at arm’s length! The
ashes fell softly and silently, till buildings crushed down headlong with the
weight. Tigers were in the churches, and panthers entered house doors in
search of companionship and protection. Hundreds committed suicide in
their madness, and hundreds more became simple for life. Men’s faces were
blistered by the hot winds; the paint fell from the statues; the crash of
falling, and the faint light of burning houses doubled the horror of darkness.
Such a time as that was never seen on earth since the plague of Egypt, I
guess!
“But of course the most awful work was around the Gulf of Fonseca.
The water rose in waves twenty feet high, dashed over the Estero, and
swept off the towns of Playa Grande and Nagascolo, slick as a prairie fire.
Scarce a soul escaped for twenty miles about. The cattle crushed over the
barrancas in search of water, and were destroyed in herds of thousands at a
time; for none could see, nor hear, nor breathe. Rivers were dried by the
heat, and choked with ashes; forests burned up; the very grass withered
throughout the whole length and breadth of Nicaragua, and hasn’t sprung
since. Sacate (‘a broad flag-like blade’) alone escaped, and the country
which was once the grazing land of Central America was ruined till eternity,
for that business.
“During this time of death, as they still call it, at Balize, one thousand
miles away, the commandant called out the garrison, and kept them under
arms twenty-four hours, thinking all the navies in the universe were at
action in the offing. There ’twas too dark to see fifty yards oceanwards. The
roar of Cosequina was heard miles around, spreading fear and perplexity.
Four thousand miles in radius the ashes fell; they lay on the roofs at San
Francisco, California.
“Well, the mountain’s behaved like a decent sort of powder-cask ever
since. The fuse has always been burning and spitting; but you see there’s a
big consumption of power in such a burst, and I guess the old machine
wants to recuperate awhile.”

Page 354

Those familiar with the terrific effects produced on the gunners by the
discharge of heavy artillery, can understand that the atmospheric concussion
produced by tremendous volcanic explosions might kill large numbers of
birds and small animals in the vicinity.
As to the distance to which ashes may be carried, a late eruption in
Iceland was announced by a Professor in Germany long before any vessel
brought the news. The atmosphere was unusually full of dust which, on
examining with a microscope, he pronounced to be pulverized Iceland lava.
The detonations of Cosequina were heard over the peninsula of Yucatan,
along the shores of Jamaica, eight hundred miles distant, and as far as
Bogota in South America—nearly ten thousand feet above the sea. Ashes
fell on vessels twelve hundred miles westward at sea. Fortunately the
eruption was soon over.
Another unusual outbreak occurred in Central America from the volcano
of Leon in 1867, beginning November 27. First there were a number of
violent explosions, which shook the earth for a great distance. Immense
quantities of black sand were then thrown out, and a column of vapor and
fire, filled with meteor-like specks, was hurled to a height of three thousand
feet. Closer observation showed the “specks” to be rocks four or five feet in
diameter, and weighing thousands of pounds. The showers of sand lasted
three days, covering the earth for fifty miles around. The forest for leagues
was scarred by the swift-falling showers of sand and stones; and for half a
mile around the cone the trees were leveled to the ground.
Central America contains twenty-nine volcanoes, eighteen of which are
active. Twenty cones are in sight from the town of Leon. One cone, Izalco,
suddenly manifested signs of activity, but no eruption took place. But the
sudden heating rapidly melted the snow on the mountain, and the torrents of
water inundated the town of Guatemala, destroying thousands of dollars
worth of property, besides many lives. The mountain has since been known
as “Agua,” or water.
South America is noted for the frequency and extreme violence of its
earthquakes; of which more hereafter. Though possessing a greater number
of very lofty volcanic cones than any other region, the direct effect of its
eruptions have not been so disastrous as the results of many eruptions
elsewhere. There is but one very notable exception; the earthquake that
destroyed Riobamba in 1794 was followed at once by an outpour of mud

Page 355

from Tunguragua, which overwhelmed forty thousand people, still dazed by
the shock, or struggling in the ruins of their villages.
One notable incident is the continual subterranean roaring heard for a
considerable period over twenty-three hundred square miles of Northern
Venezuela, a number of years ago, during a violent outpour of lava from the
volcano of St. Vincent, an island six hundred and twenty-three miles to the
northeast. No motion of the earth was perceptible. It has been supposed that
the noise was merely the roar of St. Vincent conveyed through the crust of
the earth; but this would raise the question as to why the same noise was not
audible at points nearer to St. Vincent? Another suggestion is that the source
from which the lava of St. Vincent was derived lay beneath Northern
Venezuela; and a fact brought in support of this is, that the great earthquake
of Caracas was immediately followed by action at St. Vincent. Similarly,
the great eruption of Cotopaxi, in 1744, was attended by subterranean
rumbling at Honda, four hundred and thirty-six miles away, and eighteen
thousand and one hundred feet lower. Between are the colossal mountains
of Pasto, Pichincha and Popayan, with countless valleys and ravines.
The cone of Cotopaxi is the smoothest and most symmetrical in the
world; perhaps because its eruptions are almost entirely of ashes or
fragmentary lava. As no villages lie in its immediate neighborhood, the
clouds of ashes have not done so much damage as might be expected.
The first sign of an eruption is the melting of the snow upon the cone.
Torrents of water sweep down the mountain. Such an outbreak occurring in
1741, after two centuries repose, the amount of snow accumulated may be
imagined. The rush of the water tore away blocks of lava, ice and scoria; the
plain below was covered with dashing waves. Twelve miles from the
mountain the waters still had a velocity of fifty-six feet per second, or about
two-thirds of a mile a minute. Escape from such a current would be
impossible. Six hundred houses were swept away and one thousand people
destroyed. The sides of the cone glowed in the night with a reddish light.
Cotopaxi also had a great eruption in 1533, which hurled lava blocks
containing one hundred and thirty cubic yards to a distance of nine miles.
Such masses would weigh more than two hundred and eighty tons. Such
feats will serve to give clearer ideas of the immense power of volcanic
action.

Page 356

Perhaps a statement of the force required to raise a column of lava would
interest the reader. Lava being about twenty-eight times as heavy as water, a
column of it eleven and three-sevenths feet high, and one inch square,
would weigh fifteen pounds. Then to raise lava to the tops of various
volcanic cones would require pressure or initial velocity as follows:
Pressure per Initial velocity
Height. square inch. per second.
Stromboli 2,168 feet. 2,640 pounds. 371 feet.
Vesuvius 3,874 “ 4,710 “ 496 “
Hecla 5,106 “ 6,195 “ 570 “
Ætna 10,892 “ 13,230 “ 832 “
Teneriffe 12,464 “ 15,135 “ 890 “
Mauna Kea 14,700 “ 17,865 “ 966 “
Popocatepetl 17,712 “ 21,525 “ 1,062 “
St. Elias 18,079 “ 21,975 “ 1,072 “
Cotopaxi 18,869 “ 22,380 “ 1,104 “
Sahama 22,965 “ 27,756 “ 1,212 “
When we remember that our powerful steam engines are operated by
pressures varying from one hundred and twenty to two hundred pounds per
square inch, it is evident we can have no adequate conception of the
magnitude of a force of twenty-seven thousand pounds to the square inch.
And yet such a power must be but a tithe of the force exerted; for it
represents only the force necessary to throw the lava from the surface to the
tops of the mountains; whereas the lava reservoirs are far beneath the
surface. Also, the above calculation considers only the mere weight of the
lava; it allows nothing for the resistance of cohesion, friction, or a heavy
crust to be often burst through. When we consider all these, each of which
must far surpass the weight of the single column of lava, it is evident that
the pressure that can hurl lava blocks of two hundred and eighty tons nine
miles from a mountain must reach a million pounds per square inch. These
are meaningless figures. Human thought cannot grasp so stupendous a
power.
Perhaps the best known of the great volcanoes are those of the Sandwich
Islands. We find there the largest extinct crater in the world. The great dead

Page 357

crater of Haleakala, in East Maui, is thirty miles in circumference. The
crater of Kilauea, on the flank of Mauna Loa, is about seven miles in
circumference. Several great eruptions have occurred in these islands
during the past fifty years; and in one of these convulsions the volume of
lava poured out was at least equal to the great outburst of Skaptar Jokul in
Iceland. And when we consider the frequent recurrence of the Hawaiian
eruptions, it at once appears that in this region lies the greatest lava
producer on the globe.
But in regard to destruction of life or property, there has so far been no
more harmless region in the world. There are two reasons: The lava poured
out is very liquid, and cools slowly; hence a cone formed from it has a very
gradual slope. The actual grade of Mauna Loa is but five or six degrees. So
a lava stream descends it very slowly; and the light on the mountain warns
the people of the outbreak. The shore region is the only one inhabited, the
interior being covered with dense forests. So the lava may burn a path
directly through to the sea, and yet do no great damage to the interests of
the people. The greatest damage done to the island has not been from an
outpour of lava, but from earthquakes and sea-waves. The great eruption of
1868 was accompanied by continual shocks—two thousand being felt in a
fortnight, and numerous tidal waves being produced; yet the total fatality
was but one hundred, and nearly all of these were old or weak persons who
were unable to swim well enough to escape from waves that overtook them.
A few were overwhelmed by a torrent of soft, red clay that broke from a
fissure in the mountain. Cliffs and crags were thrown down by the
earthquakes, and the top of one hill was thrown one thousand feet. The lava
stream reached the sea at Nanawale, fifty miles from its source, and pushed
three-fourths of a mile into the sea.
Again, in an eruption in 1880, two lava streams poured out toward the
town of Hilo; and though the great crater continued in full blast, it was nine
months before the people could be sure whether the streams would destroy
the town or not. At length the lava was within five minutes walk of the
town. Many collected their chattels and left. Then the action on the
mountain suddenly subsided; and in a few days the “great red dragon” lay
stiff and cold, almost at the people’s doors.
Since the natives build their houses almost invariably of one story and of
the lightest materials, earthquakes can do comparatively little damage to
most property. Hence, with all the activity of the great volcanoes, the

Page 358

inhabitants are far more secure than those of many other regions apparently
not so dangerous. Persons may readily visit the great crater in eruption,
though at full blast; and excursion parties are organized to visit this
“Niagara of fire” on every occasion of unwonted activity. Nowhere else in
the world can volcanic action on the grandest scale be so carefully
observed.
The details given hitherto will serve to illustrate the terrible havoc
wrought by subterranean forces. So far only outpouring of volcanic matter
has been especially noticed. But ere examining the terribly destructive force
of earthquakes alone, it is meet that the story of the tremendous eruptions of
the century be closed with the story of the greatest of the age; and indeed,
when all details are considered, it may rank as the most tremendous
convulsion of all history. In certain details, Skaptar may have exceeded it:
in destruction of life. Ætna surpassed it in 1669; but as a whole, it is simply
without a parallel.
The reader will rightly judge that such a convulsion could hardly occur
elsewhere than in the Malayan archipelago. Already the terrible outburst in
Sumbawa has been noted; also several others in Java.
Java and Sumatra formerly formed a single island, but were separated by
a terrific earthquake in 1115. Shocks are felt in one of the two islands nearly
every month. The list of calamities occurring there during the past hundred
years is appalling. Besides the convulsions before noted, an eruption of
Galung-gung, in 1822, overwhelmed one hundred and fourteen villages and
destroyed four thousand people. In 1843 Mt. Guntur cast forth 30,000,000
tons of ashes, doing immense injury to life and property. In 1867 there was
a tremendous earthquake which killed many thousands in the interior of the
island, and dried up or greatly obstructed the water courses. Immediately
afterward the volcano of Gunung-Salak ejected such a quantity of cinders
and lava that the work of obliterating or obstructing the streams was
complete. The cess-pools and marshes bred pestilence and epidemics,
which have carried off from Batavia alone nearly a million of inhabitants in
the past twenty-two years. In 1872 the volcano of Mirapi burst out and
destroyed several thousand people in the province of Kadu. Sixteen severe
earthquakes were felt in 1878, and another one in 1879.
At length, in 1883, Krakatoa, a volcano on a small island in the Straits of
Sunda, in the very center of the greatest subterranean furnace on the globe,

Page 359

began to manifest some uneasiness. As in the case of Cosequina, people had
almost forgotten to call it a volcano. And when the mountain muttered and
fired a little in February, they regarded it with some curiosity, and then,
when it quieted down, thought no more about it.
On the 25th of August the people of Batavia heard peculiar subterranean
mutterings, as they thought, but the roar increased till it might have been
compared to a battery of fortress artillery. An avalanche of stones and ashes
began to fall, and continued all night. Krakatoa had begun.
By morning it was impossible for Batavians to reach the Straits of
Sunda. The bridges were down and the roads impassable. The waters of the
straits were in fearful turmoil. Explosions beneath the sea followed each
other in rapid succession. The waters were sixty degrees hotter than usually.
The rebounding waves were dashing upon Madura, five hundred miles
away, mountains high.

Page 360

CATTLE IN VOLCANIC MUD.

The dance of death had hardly begun. Louder and louder roared
Krakatoa; ere noon, Maha-Meru, the greatest of Javanese volcanoes, had
joined in. Then Gunung-guntur opened; others rapidly followed, till fifteen
volcanoes of Java were in eruption; most of them in full blast. The awful
scene was beyond description. Krakatoa could still be heard thundering
above all the rest.
Before nightfall Gunung-guntur, the greatest active crater in the world,
four miles in diameter, was spouting enormous streams of lava and
sulphurous mud. Tremendous explosions followed with showers of cinders
and stones, as though the old giant were endeavoring to out-do the leader of
the dance. Terrible was the slaughter by the flying fragments.
The sea was more violently agitated. Dense clouds of hot, sulphurous
vapors, charged with electricity, hung over the waters, and added
whirlwinds and thunderstorms to the scene. Fifteen large waterspouts could
be seen at one time.
On the shore, men, women and children ran wildly about. There was no
safety upon sea or land. Houses were crumbling, the atmosphere darkening,
the storm increasing. Hundreds of people were buried beneath ruined
houses. Hundreds more were struck down in their flight. Immense crevices
opened and swallowed; huge waves rushed inland and devoured. It seemed
as though Java were to buried, with a rain of fire, in the unfathomable
depths of the sea.
Towards midnight, it seemed as though the Prince of Darkness might be
present in person to direct the work of destruction. “A luminous cloud far
more colossal than that which had appeared above Gunung-guntur, gathered
above the chain of the Kandangs, which run along the southeast coast of
Java. This cloud increased in size each minute, until at last it came to form a
sort of a gray and blood-red color, which hung over the earth for a
considerable distance.
“In proportion as this cloud grew the eruption gained fresh force, and the
floods of lava poured down the mountain sides without ceasing, and spread
into the valleys, where they swept all before them. On Monday morning
about two o’clock, the heavy cloud suddenly broke up, and finally
disappeared. When the sun rose, it was found that a tract of country
extending from Point Capucine to the south as far as Negery Passoerang, to

Page 361

the north and west, and covering an area of about fifty square miles, had
entirely disappeared.
“There stood the previous day the villages of Negery, and Negery
Babawang. Not one of the inhabitants had escaped. They and their villages
had been swallowed up by the sea. The population was not so dense in this
part of the island as in others, but for all this the total number of victims fell
little short of fifteen thousand.
“The chain of the Kandangs, which runs along the coast of Java in a
semi-circle for sixty-five miles, had also disappeared.
“The waters of Welcome Bay, in the Strait of Sunda, those of Pepper Bay
to the east, and those of the Indian Ocean to the south, had burst in upon the
country, where they formed a raging torrent.”
All the furies of the deeps of earth and sea seemed freed to work their
will and wreak their wrath. The great Papandayang now joined in the chaos.
The cannon-like reports could be heard fifty miles away.
Then Sumatra was infected with the wild fury. From one of her
volcanoes three columns of lava shot up from three different places, and
three leaping red streams of lava dashed forth for the plains below. The
mountain hurled after them showers of stones. Volumes of black dust flew
after, making thick, stifling darkness which could be felt. Banks of ashes
lay upon the roofs of houses, or muffled the city streets. A tornado hurried
by, bearing stones, dust, roofs, trees, houses, and men.
In Java the fierce Papandayang burst open. From the seven great fissures
the lava in its basin plunged out and reached for miles from the mountain’s
base. On the site of the island of Merak, which was swallowed up by the
sea, the next day fourteen volcanic mountains sprang up, forming a chain
from St. Nicholas Point, Java, to Hoga Point, in Sumatra.
In Batavia and Anjer were three thousand five hundred European
residents; eight hundred of these never saw the light again. An
overwhelming avalanche of rock, mud, and lava, poured upon their quarter
in Anjer; then the sea leaped upon those struggling in the ruins and swept
away all. Not so much as a trace of them was left. Two thousand inhabitants
perished, besides a large number of fugitives from other quarters. Bantam
was submerged, and one thousand five hundred people drowned. Waves
dashed completely over the island of Serang, and not a single inhabitant

Page 362

escaped. The storms of rock and lava numbered their victims at Cheribon,
and at several noted pleasure resorts.
The great temple of Boro-Buddor was ruined, its dome being beaten in
by the showers of rock. This is a most deplorable architectural loss. It was
the largest Buddhist Temple in the east, and had no equal in the world.
Erected eleven hundred years ago, it stood on an eminence in a circular
valley. It had a great central dome one hundred and forty-five feet high,
surrounded by seventy smaller domes. On the platforms beneath were four
hundred and fifty chapels, cut in openwork out of granite, and each having a
statue of Buddha. The walls of the temple contained a complete picture-
history of Buddha, there being four thousand beautifully chased bas-reliefs.
Not a stone was left uncarved. The great chapel under the central dome was
reached by a series of four grand staircases of five hundred feet each. No
other structure is comparable to it. A few may be even more splendid; but it
was decidedly sui generis.
The list of calamities grew rapidly. The town of Tamarang was devoured
by the lava. Red-hot stones fired many houses. Eighteen hundred people
perished. The island of Onius was terribly shaken and then plunged into the
sea. The island of Midah was swallowed up. No one escaped. The
lighthouses on Sunda Strait were wrecked. The town of Tjeringen was
destroyed with ten thousand people. Nine hundred people perished at
Waronge. Three hundred corpses were dug from the ruins of Talatoa. The
river Jacatana was blocked with lava and ashes, and leaving its bed poured
through Batavia.
The island of Merak, a fortified place three miles from Krakatoa, was a
valuable Government stone quarry, six or seven years in use. Thousands of
native workmen were assembled there, with engineers and overseers. Their
huts were on hills one hundred and fifty feet above the sea. The end of the
season was at hand. The 1st of September would see them returning to their
Java homes. The island trembled, paused—sank slowly—the sea plunged
over it. Two natives and an European bookkeeper escaped.
A steamer put out from the port of Telok Betong. Two inches of lava lay
upon her deck. Pumice stone lay ten feet deep on the sea around her. When
but a short distance out “we saw a gigantic wave of prodigious height
suddenly advancing upon us at great speed from the

Page 363

CONVULSION ON THE COAST OF SUMATRA.

direction of the open sea. Immediately the captain brought his vessel round
so as to meet the wave stern foremost. After a moment of most piquant
anxiety, we found ourselves lifted up with terrific speed; our vessel
bounded upward, and then we felt ourselves plunged into the abyss. But the
wave had passed us and we were out of all danger. Like a high mountain the
gigantic wave sped furiously towards the shore, while immediately after
three other great waves followed it. The waters rushed in and destroyed the
town, sweeping away first the light house, which fell in like a pack of cards,
then all the buildings beyond. In a few moments all was over, and where
once Telok Betong stood there was nothing but water.”
Livid with terror, the captain steamed rapidly to warn the town of Anjer.
There was no longer an Anjer, a Dutch fort, a garrison. A single sailor, who
had caught a floating tree, stalked about among the corpses.
Krakatoa, which had opened this fearful carnival of death, sank slowly
into the sea. Of the island, twenty-five miles long and seventeen wide, a
small portion of the terribly shattered cone remained in sight. New islets
were made; vast shoals created. Sailors discovered new islands and landed,
only to find themselves on vast floating pumice rafts, miles from land. New
charts had to be made. For a time the seas were hardly navigable.
Such is the story. The damage to property was millions of dollars. The
loss of life will never be definitely known. First estimates placed it at

Page 364

80,000. Conservative judges pronounced it in all probability between
50,000 and 60,000.
The explosions were heard as far away southward as Australia; to the
westward as far as Southern India; to the eastward, they are said to have
been heard in the Caribbean Sea. Even if we reject the latter, we may take
the others, and obtain some idea by imagining volcanoes at St. Louis to be
heard at New York and San Francisco, at Mexico and in Hudson’s Bay.
The great sea wave rushed from Krakatoa to the Mauritius in eight
hours. It rolled around the coasts of the Australian continent, dashing into
the southern harbors, sweeping through the narrow Bass Straits. It rose and
fell upon Hawaiian coasts in a perplexing manner. It surged against South
America; against East Africa; it rounded Cape Horn and made itself known
on the coasts of France, upon our Atlantic shore. It encircled the world—the
greatest sea wave ever known.
The volcanic, microscopic dust remained long in the air, and occasioned
the singular redness of the sky at morn and eve that prevailed throughout
the world for the next two years. Apart from this suspended dust, the
volcano threw out as much matter as the Mississippi bears to the gulf in two
hundred and fifty years.
The atmospheric wave of low barometer was even more marked than the
oceanic wave. On the day when Krakatoa sank into the sea, the barometric
oscillation was noticed all over the world. From the time at which it reached
Berlin, it is found to have travelled eight hundred and seventy-five miles an
hour. Thirty-six hours later the barometric oscillations were repeated, but
less pronounced. Thirty-seven hours afterward there came a third, and still
fainter series. It appears, then, that the atmospheric wave, set in motion by
this stupendous outbreak, was powerful enough to thrice encircle the world.
It has been but a short time since geologists believed the magnitude of
the subterranean forces to be greatly decreased; but in view of a century of
great eruptions closed by such an appalling convulsion, it must be said that
the fiery forces are at least as active and powerful as ever.

Page 365

CHAPTER XXIII.

EARTHQUAKES.

“Diseased Nature oftentimes breaks forth
In strange eruptions: and the teeming earth
Is with a kind of colic pinched and vexed
By the imprisoning of unruly wind
Within her womb; which for enlargement striving,
Shakes the old beldam earth, and topples down
Steeples and moss-grown towers.”

UCH is the theory of earthquakes as laid down by “Wild Will
Shakespeare.” Whether it be an expression of the popular belief of the
day, or a personal opinion, is not easy to determine. If the latter, he
had, as we shall see by and by, many predecessors in the same belief. His
metaphor, though more elegantly expressed, cannot compare with the
Indian’s for terseness and force: “Ground heap sick—heap belly ache—no
good!”
We have already seen that the forces producing earthquakes and volcanic
action are conceded to be practically identical. The latter seldom occurs
without the former; but the former are frequent in districts far removed
from any known vent of subterranean heat. So the expression of
Shakespeare is not so far wrong as might be, so far as our present
knowledge goes.
In the Hindoo cosmogony successive ages of the world are separated by
periods of chaos; and no wilder image of unreined destruction has fancy
ever dreamed. The earth is to be eternal. There is one eternal, invisible
spirit, Brahm, from whom springs Brahma, who creates a race of gods.
These frame the earth into orderly condition, and rule it for four hundred
thousand years. At the end of that time, the land and sea and sky meet in
gigantic ruin; the gods are no more, save only Vishnu, the preserver. The
sea covers all things and eternal night is accompanied by eternal tempest.
Eternal is not strictly correct, however. This reign of destruction lasts
four hundred thousand years, during which time Vishnu sleeps on the coils
of the great seven-headed serpent of eternity, which floats upon the gloomy

Page 366

sea. The long night over, Vishnu wakes and remodels the earth, and peace
and light resume their sway. Seven such cycles pass; all things are
annihilated, and Brahm sets about a new creation which goes the same
round.
The eastern wise men, fond of allegory and parable, doubtless intended
by this to express the persistence and order in the universe, even in periods
of the most inexplicable disaster; and to picture for the ignorant the absolute
eternity of God.
The thing was too good to let drop; and others added to it by asserting
the earth was upborne by an elephant who stood on the back of a tortoise.
The tortoise rested on a fish; the fish on water; the water on air; the air on
light; the light on darkness; the darkness on the Lord only knows what.
When these animals were somewhat wearied, they changed their position,
and the earth trembled.
Greece had a somewhat better myth of the giant Atlas, who bore the
world on his shoulders; but the old fellow’s gait was not of the steadiest.
Rome, not much given to manufacturing her myths de novo, imported the
Grecian fable. We have to-day appropriated the old fellow’s title for a
geography supposed to contain the whole earth. The figure is lost on most.
But the alleged drunkenness of Atlas did not consort precisely with the
popular ideas of the proper conduct of a steady old porter in a responsible
position; and the mythmakers dragged in a new scapegoat in the person of
the Titan Typhon, or Enceladus, supposed to be entombed in Mt. Ætna, as
we have elsewhere noticed.
Inhabitants of parts of Farther India and of some Malayan islands believe
that far down in the bowels of the earth an immense tiger, Pelu, lies asleep.
The sole object of his existence is to destroy the earth; but he may not do
this till the human race is extinct. Then he will rise to his feet, the earth will
burst into fragments and fly into the distant realms of space. It must of
necessity follow that our feline friend’s existence is a somewhat
monotonous one, and to avoid ennui in his cramped quarters, he passes
much time in sleep. Waking occasionally, and wishing like the German
Barbarossa, to know if his time is come, he cautiously raises a few hairs on
his back. The earth trembles, and the natives, rushing from their tottering
houses throw themselves upon the ground, shouting loudly “Pelu! Pelu!” to

Page 367

assure his tigership that they are certainly alive. Satisfied on this point, the
worshipful beast composes himself for another nap.
Thor, the war god of the Norsemen, wielded a mighty hammer, Miolnir.
In the “Saga of King Olaf” we find Thor shouting:
“The blows of my hammer,
Ring in the earthquake.”

Another myth attributes the earthquake to the restlessness of the serpent
Midgard, who encircles the universe, his tail in his mouth. Also, the wolf
Fenrir, who is to take part in the final contest that produces Ragnarok, is
supposed to have occasional differences of opinion before the time with
certain of the fire giants. The earth is then liable to be shaken.
Natives of the Tonga group, in the South Pacific, believed that their
hero-god, Maui, upheld the world on his breast. When he became restless
and shook the earth, they would rush out and beat the ground with sticks to
make him lie still.

EFFECT OF A POWERFUL EARTHQUAKE ON MASSIVE MASONRY, ITALY.

Page 368

From traditions concerning Mohammed we learn that the circular earth
lies in the midst of a vast sea, and is encircled by an immense whale, upon
whose back 700,000 gigantic bulls walk up and down. Said whale swims
about the earth very cautiously, but occasionally jostles it slightly. On the
night when Mohammed was born this noble animal was so agitated with
joy, that had not the Lord restrained him, he would assuredly have
overturned the earth.
The Sandwich Islanders believed that the goddess Pele, who dwelt in the
great volcano of Kilauea, was displeased with the conduct of man; she
proceeded to admonish him of her power, by shaking him out of bed in the
night, or tumbling his house about his ears. If especially angry, she set her
volcanic home to fuming and firing.
So-called scientific theories on various topics have in time past been
little more respectable, and need not be given any detailed attention. The
pious gentry who deemed Roger Bacon a wizard and Columbus and Galileo
heretics, would have listened with horror to any effort to explain the
phenomena of earthquakes as anything else than a direct manifestation of
the wrath of God. Researches in any branch of natural science met with
decided discouragement in Christendom during the dark and middle ages;
and the goddess of wisdom found a decidedly more congenial atmosphere
at Moorish and Saracen courts.
Hence the modern science of seismology, as the investigations of
earthquakes are called, is comparatively in its infancy. Yet the subject of
seismic phenomena has been of interest to the thoughtful from a very early
period, earthquakes being of far greater frequency than most persons
suppose. Some of the earliest philosophers ventured opinions on the topic;
for the records of earthquakes, more distinctly than those of volcanoes, go
back to the earliest times.
We find Aristotle, in his treatise on natural events, rejecting the
explanations of three other philosophers as untenable, and propounding a
theory of his own. Anaximenes, of Miletus, suggested the drying and
moistening of the earth occasioned irregular contraction and expansion, and
from the cracking and readjusting shocks resulted. Democritus, of Abdera,
shook his earth by means of vast subterranean bodies of water which some
force compelled to move from one cavity to another. Doubtless the peculiar
wave-like motion of the earth in many earthquakes suggested his theory.

Page 369

Anaxagoras, of Clazomenae, believed that ether—by which the old Greeks
seem to mean air—was confined in underground cavities, and in its efforts
to escape upward produced the vibration of the earth. Aristotle substitutes
for the disturbing agent wind, which has flowed into fissures and caverns
and is endeavoring to flow out again. Virgil and Pliny stand by the old
Greek; and it is quite probable that Shakespeare acquired his idea from one
of the three. And these, with Anaxagoras, are but little out of the way; for as
seen in the discussion of volcanic action, the explosive or disturbing agent
is generally steam, though other gases are present in large quantities.
We have already noticed that earthquakes and volcanoes are produced by
the same causes; but as the myths of many nations do not connect the two,
it is evident that such people did not recognize their essential identity.
But after knowing they are but variations in results, we cannot so readily
explain the reason of the variations. Certain facts are well established; and
from these common premises widely different conclusions have been
deduced.
We know to-day that in active volcanic regions, an earthquake almost
invariably precedes an eruption; and a violent one has never, within the
historic period, followed an eruption. So the most reasonable inference is,
that the earthquake merely betokens the presence of a vast quantity of
imprisoned vapor which has not found an outlet; and that so soon as a
volcanic vent is found, the pressure is relieved, and the earthquake subsides.
But this leaves us just where the theorists of volcanic agency have
stopped. The question of the sudden formation of volumes of gases in
sufficient quantities to produce such terrible effects is to be solved.
Mr. Mallet, who is one of the best authorities on the subject, considers
that submarine eruptions must account for them. A volcanic upheaval of the
sea bottom would produce crevices, by which the sea is brought directly in
contact with subterranean fires. An explosion is the result, like those that
have occasionally occurred at foundries from dumping masses of fiery slag
into a snowbank. So what began with a gradual upheaval ends with a
sudden concussion, the vibration of which passes along the sea bottom to
the mainland. Every one who has lived in the city is familiar with the fact
that the vibration produced by a carriage may be felt at the top of a very tall
building.

Page 370

But the idea that the explosion always occurs at the sea bottom leaves no
way to account for the fact that a volcanic eruption acts as a safety-valve.
Mr. Mallet’s conclusions are largely based on personal observations of
earthquakes in England, where no active volcano exists.
That earthquakes are more violent and volcanoes more numerous on
islands or near the sea coast is well-known. It is also well established that
shocks frequently occur at sea, which are not perceptible on the land. The
shock is similar to that produced by striking on a reef. Often have sailors
been mystified, on receiving such shocks and hastily heaving the lead, to
find the ocean unfathomable. Again, shocks which are most violent on land
are not perceptible at sea, unless a great sea wave be produced; but such a
wave in the open sea, as often experienced, produces no shock but passes
under a vessel like a heavy swell. And a shock at sea is sometimes severe
enough to snap a spar, or wrench loose bolts like the blow of a reef, yet no
trace is perceptible on shore. Lastly, earthquakes often happen in inland
regions, and affect but a small area. Clearly it will not do to attribute effects
so different to explosions at the sea-bottom.
Those who attribute all earthquakes to subterranean heat and gases,
whether local or general, find it easy to account for the occurrence of
violent earthquakes in regions remote from active volcanoes. In case of the
gradual decline of volcanic action, such as we know from the great numbers
of extinct volcanoes, old trap-dykes, and ancient lava beds, to be
continually taking place in one region or another, the old vents or safety-
valves would cool and close. The pent up power would in consequence
gradually accumulate, till finding no outlet, it would burst the crust over a
wide area, and so relieve the pressure.
This finds further confirmation in the fact that the noted non-volcanic
regions which are seriously shaken are all coincident with or adjacent to
regions of extinct fires; while in such regions as are very seldom shaken,
such as Germany, portions of North America, Brazil, the eastern slope of
the Andes, the traces of such agency are less common, or of older date.
Noted regions of volcanic action of comparatively recent extinction are
Asia Minor, Turkey, Spain, Southern France and Greece. These, belted
together by the active regions of Western Asia, the peninsula of Arabia, the
Mediterranean, and Azores and Canaries, form a region which has suffered
from earthquakes as much as, if not more than, any other tract upon the
globe.

Page 371

Those who have been puzzled by the appearance of earthquakes some
distance from any actively volcanic region, have endeavored to divide
earthquakes into two classes, which they have called volcanic and plutonic.
This second class they have considered as originating, like the other, in the
depths of the earth; but have endeavored to account for them by supposing
them to be occasioned by the falling in of great caverns at a considerable
depth. This theory has found a fair objection in the fact that in such cases an
earthquake should always be a sinking of the ground: while the wrecking
power and peculiarities of some earthquakes indicate a decided upward
concussion as the first of shocks; and at the seashore, where any change in
level is at once detected, upheaval is quite as common as subsidence.
Much speculation has been spent upon the fact of an earthquake being
very severe in two or three different localities, but being imperceptible or
very mild in intervening places. In South America it has become so
common a peculiarity that the natives speak of such localities as “bridging”
the earthquakes. Not improbably the reason is the same that produces calm
when two waves interfere, crest to trough; the motions destroy each other. It
may be also that the character of the underlying rocks has much to do with
such cases. Experiments with explosions in mines show that vibrations of
the soil travel over three hundred yards per second through sand beds, or
about as rapidly as in the air; over five hundred yards in granite; while
through iron they travel over three thousand eight hundred and fifty yards
per second. So a vibration extremely destructive to a region underlaid by
massive rocks might be comparatively harmless to a town on a sand-bed or
mud-bank. Observations on earthquakes themselves have shown great
variation in the rate of speed. The earthquake of Germany of 1846 moved
four hundred and ninety-two yards per second; while the earthquake of
Viege in 1855 traveled nine hundred and sixty yards a second toward
Strasburg, but only half that speed towards Turin. So, also, the Lisbon
earthquake traveled three times as rapidly around the coast as down the
Rhine valley. So it must be that certain regions owe their comparative
immunity from earthquakes to the nature of the ground beneath.
One or two ingenious savants have suggested that the earth is a vast
thermo-electric pile, and that disturbances in the electrical equilibrium of
the earth are the cause of earthquakes and volcanic eruptions. But as already
seen, the electrical phenomena of volcanic eruptions are fairly considered
an effect, and not a cause, of the eruptions, as the hydro-electric machine

Page 372

illustrates. In the theory of these men, the molten veins of the interior
represent conductors which are too small or imperfect to allow the
electricity to pass freely, and are fused in consequence. One of these men,
Steffens, alleges that such phenomena can only occur where large veins of
coal exist, because large masses of carbon would be necessary to keep up a
strong electric tension in the interior. Herr Steffens must account for the fact
that the great coal regions of the world have been peculiarly favored in their
comparative immunity from shocks.
Still others have advocated the idea that atmospheric whirlwinds and
cyclones produce earthquakes. While not a few shocks have been
accompanied by violent storms, the exception seems to be the rule. And in
the case of storms, we have seen that the outpour of heat and vapor in a
volcanic eruption would necessarily produce one. As concerns the winds
that have accompanied earthquakes, they have as often come after the shock
as before.
But these bring up certain phenomena that must be noticed. It is not easy
to say how great is the connection between electrical and atmospheric
disturbances, and the shiverings of the earth; but that there is some peculiar
bond between them has been thought indisputable. It is only in the present
century that scientists have carefully conned this matter, and generally
rejected the belief. But the opinion is very ancient, and has a strong hold
upon the people. It is generally adhered to by South Americans, Italians,
West Indians, Japanese, and the inhabitants of Central Asia. Kamtschatkans,
Kurile Islanders and Japanese, assert shocks are most frequent at the
equinoxes. In equatorial America, the natives say an earthquake is preceded
by drought, and is the precursor of rain. In the Dauphiny Alps, the people
regard earthquakes as the result of avalanches; and the latter are readily
started by the slightest atmospheric disturbances. In Central America the
equinoctial idea prevails.
These things set the wise men to investigating. Much to their surprise,
they began to discover that the idea of connection between the seasons and
shocks seemed well-grounded. In 1834 Professor Merian announced that of
one hundred and eighteen earthquakes at Basle, the majority had occurred
in the winter. Volger made a list of twelve hundred and thirty shocks in the
Alps; seven hundred and seventy-four occurred in autumn and winter.
December showed one hundred and sixty-eight; July forty. Of ninety-eight
quite severe shocks, but one had occurred in the summer. Of five hundred

Page 373

and thirty-nine earthquakes in the Rhine basin, one hundred and three
occurred in the spring, one hundred and one in the summer, one hundred
and sixty-five in the autumn, one hundred and seventy in winter.
Observations in the Antilles show a slight predominance of autumn and
winter.
Another peculiar fact is that most shocks seem to occur at night. Out of
four hundred and seventy-two earthquakes in 1855-56, whose time was
exactly noted, but one hundred and seventy-two happened in the day. Of
those at night, three-fifths were during the latter half, forty-four being
between one and two o’clock. Squier has told us that during several years
residence in Central America, nearly all shocks occurred at night; also, that
he experienced none save at the change of seasons. Hence, one is almost
compelled to conclude that, while the primal cause of earthquakes must
exist in the depths of the earth, yet external and climatic influences are
strong modifiers.
Some other peculiarities are adduced to show the connection between
atmospheric disturbances and earthquakes. In Central and Tropical America
the temperature is said to fall after any shock. After the earthquake at
Lechsand, Sweden, in 1856, the temperature fell eighty-six degrees. The
same shock was violent as far as Smyrna in Asia Minor, where the
thermometer fell at once twenty-nine degrees, the night being the coldest of
the winter. Many similar cases are mentioned. But in view of the fact that
one hundred times as many sudden and marked changes of temperature
occur every year in various localities without the intervention of an
earthquake, it seems difficult to regard the above instances as more than
mere coincidences. The greatest fall in temperature the writer ever
experienced occurred within three hours of a transit of Venus; but one
swallow—nor a flock of them—cannot make a summer.
Barometric observations have been dragged into the combat. The great
Lisbon earthquake, and the convulsion in Calabria, were preceded by low
barometer. Similar observations have been made in this century. The
constantly recurring shocks of 1855-56 were in each case preceded by fall
of barometers. But Humboldt, in South America, and Ehrmann, in Central
America, were unable to find such order; though the shocks were so
invariably followed by such changes that unusual earthquakes were
believed by the natives (as is also believed in India) to advance the rainy
season. The resultant electric phenomena might produce this expedition.

Page 374

But in this field all at present is mere guess work. The exceptions to any
association of earthquake and storm are so far the rule; except in case of a
volcanic eruption also occurring. In the latter case a storm invariably
follows, so far as present observations go; but then the storm is not co-
extensive with the earthquake, but is usually confined to the neighborhood
of the volcano.
It should be noticed that certain scientists have endeavored to prove
these convulsions are due to planetary influence. It does not appear that
they have been able to find the least trace of any connection between the
earth’s convulsions and the planets; but some affirm the existence of an
earthquake cycle coincident with the Saros of the moon. Effort is also made
to connect earthquakes and volcanoes with the gigantic convulsions of the
sun, known as “sun spots.” It is argued by certain advocates of the molten
interior that the attraction of the sun and moon produces an interior tidal
wave, like that of the sea; and any irregularities in this produce the
phenomena of earthquakes and volcanic eruptions. Objections to the molten
interior have been already noted; and in regard to the other suggestions, so
long as the great convulsions are peculiarly prevalent in certain regions, so
long it will be necessary to seek their chief cause or most powerful
modifiers in entirely local influences.
In conclusion, it does not yet seem clear that we can rely absolutely upon
a single cause as productive of all the convulsions of the earth’s crust.
Internal local heat, pent up gases, suffice for volcanic phenomena; but
earthquakes present so many peculiar variations that it seems almost
imperative to many men to admit, at least, the modifying influence of other
agencies. But so long as these agencies appear to be quite as frequently the
modified as the modifier, no laws concerning them can be announced.
Hence, internal conditions are the only clearly identified factors so far.
There is quite as much difference of opinion as to how far beneath the
surface the shocks originate. Robert Mallet’s investigations have led him to
believe the depth cannot be over thirty miles, and that seven or eight miles
is the limit for most, and his views are those of most scientists. But a few
others conclude that we cannot find molten matter and gases to produce the
concussion at a less depth than seventy-eight miles. But, as their
conclusions are based largely upon the idea that the melting point of
minerals is raised uniformly with increasing pressure, their conclusions
must be rejected as unreliable.

Page 375

The character of the motion is well known. Each point of the surface
begins to move with the vibration first upwards, then away from the center
of shock, then downward and backwards. Thus, each point describes a small
ellipse, which is repeated with each wave of vibration. If the longer axis of
the ellipse be vertical, the main force of the concussion is directed upwards;
if the shorter one be upright, the shock is an undulatory one. An alternation
of the two forms the most destructive combination. The difference is readily
perceived in the effects produced. A sudden upward shock may wreck the
roofs or floors of buildings, while an undulatory one brings down the walls.
Houses erected on sand, immediately overlaying compact rock, usually
suffer most during earthquakes. The effect is that of the vibration of a sheet
of glass covered with sand. But, if a second sheet of glass be placed on that,
the vibration is hardly communicated to it at all. So, while sand is a bad
foundation, a sand-bed beneath the surface seems to deaden the shock.
It is not difficult to understand that lofty buildings, and those of stone or
brick, must be vastly more dangerous than those of wood, and low and
broad. Throughout many portions of Central and South America, the people
endeavor to compromise, by building houses of stone, but low and massive,
with very light roofs. These are far less safe than light structures of wood;
also, it is clear that cupolas and towers must be peculiarly liable to injury.
For this reason, churches have often suffered more from shocks than other
buildings, and the throngs of penitents who flock to them in the hope of
propitiating an offended providence are often the first victims of an
earthquake.
“It is to earthquakes, rather than to barbarians, from the fifth to the ninth
century, that Rome owed the loss of so many superb palaces and temples.
One might imagine that in these great disasters, the architect is the ally of
the subterranean scourge. The Indian’s hut and the Arab’s tent, may be
overturned without any great loss or injury to their owners; but the marble
of the patrician crushes him as it falls, and the inhabitants of a great city
meet their death under the ruins of their sumptuous buildings. The
Peruvians of old were not far wrong in making merry at the folly of their
Spanish conquerors, who, in erecting great buildings upon a soil so
constantly agitated, were preparing, at great expense, their own tombs.”
It will be shown, by and by, how the motions of earthquakes are
becoming so carefully noted that their path can be pointed out beforehand.

Page 376

Ere many years are past, the prediction of earthquakes may become as
important a feature of the Signal Service Department, as the foretelling of
storms.

Page 377

CHAPTER XXIV.

EUROPEAN EARTHQUAKES.

Page 378

“The thunder roared his signal to the sea,
While shook the frightened earth through all her coasts,
And mountains bowed their trembling heads in awe,
And yawning gulfs leaped up amid the plains.
The fountains of the mighty deep were rent,
The waves, long prisoned in their rocky bounds,
Roared, in a strange new freedom rushing forth,
And sprang on forest, plain, and mount, and hill, and vale,
Exulting in destruction; while the frightened hordes
Of men, with birds and beasts of every sort,
Fought each with each for refuge from the flood,
Yet none escaped.”

ECORDS and myths of great earthquakes go back almost to prehistoric
times. The Greeks tell of an immense flood—perhaps a sea wave—
which overwhelmed Attica immediately after an earthquake in the
nineteenth century before Christ. It is known as the deluge of Ogyges, from
the name of the reigning king. Some three centuries later is the story of a
great earthquake and flood in Thessaly, from which Deucalion and Pyrrha
escaped. There is a still vaguer legend of an immense earthquake about
2400 B. C., that shook all Southern Europe, and Asia Minor, opening an
outlet for the Black Sea, which had before been entirely inland. In the
convulsion of the seas, we are told almost all the people of Greece and Asia
Minor perished. Chinese traditions and monuments tell of an immense
earthquake at the same period, which suddenly raised the bottom of the
great Northern Sea, pouring its waters out upon all North China and
drowning the people. Where the great sea once was is now the great
Mongolian Desert.

Page 379

THE DELUGE.

Likewise the Egyptian priests told Plato of a great island, Atlantis, lying
off the coast of North Africa, stretching an unknown distance to the west;
the home of a mighty nation that ruled all the western world, to the shores
of the Mediterranean, and threatened the liberty of the European world. It is
said that they made war on the combined forces of Greece and Egypt; and
in the crisis of the struggle a fearful earthquake swallowed up the Grecian
soldiery in a single night, and sunk Atlantis in the ocean since called from
its name, Atlantic.
Doubtless all these traditions relate to the same terrible catastrophe
described in Genesis. The Chinese even tell us in what way the “fountains
of the great deep were broken up.” It would seem that a great sea once
extended northeastward from the present basin of the Caspian over the
deserts of Central Asia; and that an awful upheaval of this basin was the
chief factor in the flood. Isthmuses were torn asunder: vast oceans hurled
their gigantic waves over the continents, and over islands engulfed forever.

Page 380

The extraordinary evaporation from the unusual expanse of water, the
sudden chilling of the atmosphere, produced torrents of rain. “The same day
were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of
heaven were opened.” Whatever be the truth of the traditions, it is certain
they preserve the memory of a catastrophe unparalleled in recent days.
Of a later date, there is the story that the Ciminian and Alban lakes near
Rome were created by a terrible earthquake; but the date of this event is not
very definite. The Japanese tell us that the great volcano, Fujiyama, was
thrown up in a single night, and at the same time the lake in Oomi was
created, near by, on the site of a number of flourishing villages.
Occasionally an earthquake has brought about a historic crisis. In the
year 464 B. C., “in the fourth year of the reign of Archidamus, there
happened the most dreadful earthquake in Sparta that had ever been known.
In several places the country was entirely swallowed up: Täygetus and other
mountains were shaken to their foundations; many of their summits, being
torn away, came tumbling down; and the whole city was laid in ruins, five
houses only excepted. To heighten the calamity, the Helots, who were
slaves to the Lacedemonians, looking upon this as a favorable opportunity
to recover their liberty, pervaded every part of the city, to murder such as
had escaped the earthquake; but finding them under arms, and drawn up in
order of battle, by the prudent foresight of Archidamus, who had assembled
them around him, they retired into the neighboring cities, and commenced
that day open war, having entered into an alliance with several of the
neighboring nations, and being strengthened by the Messenians, who at that
time were engaged in war with the Spartans.” But for the timely aid of
others, Sparta might have been overthrown. The most striking feature is the
astonishing coolness and presence of mind of the Spartans in the face of
such a dire calamity.
This is, perhaps, the earliest earthquake of which careful historic
mention is made. But from that time, the record thickens rapidly. In the year
373 B. C., a great shock did fearful damage throughout all Greece,
destroying thousands of lives and damaging millions of dollars worth of
property in a single night. The inhabitants of the Peloponnesus, roused by
the convulsion, waited in fear for the morning. Dawn showed that the two
beautiful cities of Bura and Helice were no more. The sea rolled above.
Long after, on calm, clear days, Helice, once an inland town, could be seen

Page 381

at the bottom of the Corinthian Gulf; silent and beautiful in its ruin, marble
temples and shattered homes presenting a literal “city of the dead.”

RUINED ROMAN COLONNADE.

The year B. C. 217 found Rome and Carthage locked in deadly combat.
While Hannibal and Flaminius fought by Thrasymene, earth felt the throes
of war, and shook Italian cities down, while lakes and streams were tumbled
from their beds. North Africa suffered, perhaps, the greatest shaking
recorded in her history; one hundred towns were lost, and tens of thousands
of people perished.
In A. D. 17 thirteen cities of Asia Minor were thrown to the ground. The
Emperor Tiberius rebuilt them at his own expense. The grateful people
presented him with a magnificent pedestal, which he had placed in the
forum at Pozzuoli.
A. D. 27 Egypt was shaken, and the great statue of Memnon overthrown.
In A. D. 63 came a great earthquake in Central Italy.
The earthquake in A. D. 33, at the time of the crucifixion, was felt
throughout Asia Minor, Greece, Sicily and Southern Italy. In the Syria
corpses were tumbled from their rock-hewn tombs. The town of Nicaea, in
Bithynia, was totally destroyed. How many perished in this widespread

Page 382

shock is not known. Tradition has it that a fissure in a great rock, which
overhangs the shore at Gaeta, was made by this earthquake. Till quite
recently passing vessels were wont to salute the rock in commemoration of
the great event.
No city has suffered from these terrible throes of Mother Earth as much
as Antioch. In the year 115, the Emperor Trajan, extending his territories to
the wilder regions of the Caucasus, was in the city with his army. There
came heavy thunders, great winds, fearful subterranean rumblings; the earth
shook; down tottered temples, towns, palaces, colonnades, statues, homes
and huts, in irretrievable ruin. The Emperor sprang from a window and ran
for his life, like a peasant, through the streets resounding with the groans
and cries of the unfortunates buried in the ruins. Mountains were rent
asunder, rivers turned from their courses, new streams were created, old
valleys disappeared. Eighty thousand people are believed to have perished
at Antioch alone.

ANTIOCH.

In A. D. 365 a fearful earthquake was felt throughout the entire
Mediterranean region. The sea rolled back, leaving fishes and vessels high

Page 383

and dry; then, suddenly returning, it carried large boats two miles inland.
Fifty thousand people were lost at Alexandria. Shortly before, a number of
towns in Palestine had been destroyed. This second great disaster shook all
Asia Minor. In every town men began to talk, with bated breath, of the
fearful wrath the Lord manifested because of those who had lent a willing
ear to heretical doctrines. “This was why only the priests and holy men of
the church could appease the Divine wrath; and if the town of Epidaurus
had escaped the ruin which befell all the other towns along the coast, it was
because the inhabitants had taken the statue of St. Hilary to the sea-shore.
The Saint made the sign of the cross, and the mountain of water, bending
low before him, forthwith receded.” Whence, it seems the Lord was
supposed to have greater regard for crooked saintly fingers than for
heretical doctrines. Numerous were the direful prodigies said to have
accompanied this fearful shock.
The next century brought calamities once more upon Asia Minor. A
series of tremendous shocks were felt in 458, wrecking many of the finest
cities. The renowned Antioch, rebuilt in its pristine splendor, was once more
humbled in the dust. Eighty thousand people perished within its walls;
many thousands more in the adjacent regions. Probably one hundred and
twenty-five thousand in all were slain in this earthquake.
Years passed by, bringing, from time to time, minor shocks which
destroyed hundreds in different locations, but which passed with but little
notice amid so many greater disasters, and wars and rumors of wars.
Antioch had been gradually rebuilt, and was more splendid than ever
before. The first quarter of the sixth century was past. The time of the great
festival of the Ascension was at hand, A. D. 526. From all the country round
came people flocking to the celebration, to witness the pageantry and
procession. Without a moment’s warning, a great earthquake came, as
fearful as the shock four hundred and eleven years before. The destruction
was vastly greater. The tottering walls crushed thousands in the crowded
streets. Every avenue and alley became a death-trap. There is not, in all the
pages of history, record of an earthquake of greater destructiveness. Gibbon
estimates the number of victims at two hundred and fifty thousand.

Page 384

MASSIVE ARCHITECTURE WRECKED, ASIA MINOR.

Nor was Antioch the only sufferer. The number of victims at other points
in Asia Minor might be fifty thousand more. The whole sixth century is
noted for the unusual number of appalling disasters of this sort which
occurred at different places in the then known world. Probably a million
people perished during this period in earthquakes alone. Such unwonted
havoc may well cause us to wonder what manner of convulsions were
occurring in the great volcanic regions of the Pacific and the then unknown
western world. If the same general rule prevailed then that has been
noticeable in more recent periods; if great convulsions were then, as now,
comparatively synchronous, it would be difficult to form any adequate idea
of the magnitude of the disturbances.
In 742 there was a tremendous earthquake in Egypt and Arabia, which
overturned scores of cities and villages, rent mountains asunder, buried
people in the wrecks of their dwellings, tossed the sea to and fro, swallowed
up towns, wiped out thriving seaports, and numbered its dead by many tens
of thousands. Four years later Jerusalem and all Syria experienced a
dreadful shock, which made terrible havoc. In 823, Central Europe was
shaken and Aix-la-chapelle nearly destroyed. In 860 Persia and Syria were
again shaken; and in 867, Antioch, after its three centuries of comparative
rest, was again ravaged by the destroyer. This shock extended to Mecca,
which was fearfully rent. Part of a mountain in Syria was hurled into the
sea. The century closed with a fearful convulsion in far distant India,

Page 385

wherein no less than one hundred and eighty thousand people were killed.
Western Syria suffered again in 1169 and 1202. All the cities of the
Mediterranean coast were shaken to pieces, with the usual terrible loss of
life. The valleys of the Lebanon district were upheaved and altered
throughout their whole extent.

RUINS NEAR CAIRO.

Shock after shock came in the succeeding decades. One of these
destroyed forty thousand persons at Bagdad alone. In 1759, the long list of
catastrophes in Asia Minor was increased by one of the most terrible on
record. At the first shock the proud Antioch was once more totally
destroyed. Within the next forty-five days Baalbec, Sidon, Acre, Foussa,
Nazareth, Safit, Tripoli, and scores of lesser towns and villages were almost
blotted out. The horrors of that period are too awful for description. Even
more fearful, if possible, was the earthquake of 1822, which once more
made Antioch a shapeless mass of ruins. Aleppo, Djollib, Riha, Gisser,
Chugra, Dieskrich, and Armenas shared a like fate. In the whole pashalic of
Aleppo not a house or hut was left standing. Several severe earthquakes
have followed during the century. In one, we are told the force of the shocks

Page 386

was so peculiar and powerful that in some places stone walls were
converted to heaps of dust or lime.

RUINS NEAR NINEVEH.

This record, which is but a partial one, is enough to explain the utterly
ruined condition of Baalbec, Palmyra, and many other relics of ancient
grandeur. They have contended with a force more terrible than ever was
shot or shell of the cannonier. Thousands are familiar with the views of such
massive columns and walls of the Temple of Jupiter as are still standing,
eighty-four feet high from base to capital. The marvel is, that after such a
succession of fearful quakings there is the slightest semblance of their
former condition remaining.
Terrible as these calamities are, not a great deal beyond the bare fact is
known of many of them. To learn more exactly the dreadful capabilities of
this stupendous agent, it is necessary to examine European and South
American earthquakes that have come directly under the observation of
scientific men. From these we may learn more particularly of the details of
various fearful shocks.
In all Italy, so famed for its warmth and beauty, there is not a more
lovely district than Calabria, which lies in the Southern portion of the
peninsula. Yet no part of Italy has suffered such great calamities. An

Page 387

earthquake in 1693 shook the whole of Calabria and Sicily, totally
destroying sixty towns and villages, and not fewer than one hundred
thousand people. Eighteen thousand perished at Catania alone. Forty-eight
years later a violent earthquake shattered one hundred and ninety towns in
Calabria and completely swallowed up Eufemia, leaving only a stinking
lake. But these were before the day of minute scientific observation.
In 1783, a series of shocks, unequalled in recent years in violence, began
in Calabria and continued through four years. The scene was visited and
carefully examined by several able men, and from their accounts a fine
conception of the whole may be obtained.
The subterranean concussions were felt beyond the confines of Sicily;
but if the city of Oppido, in Calabria, be taken as the center, a circle around
it, whose radius is twenty-two miles, would include the space which
suffered the greatest calamities. Within this circle all the towns and villages
were almost entirely destroyed. A radius of seventy-two miles would
include the whole region affected.
It was a calm, hazy day in February, 1783. At a

REMAINS OF ANCIENT HEBREW MASONRY.

Page 388

quarter to one o’clock was felt the first shock, which “threw down, in the
space of two minutes, a greater part of the houses within the whole space
above described. The convulsive motion of the earth is said to have
resembled the rolling of the sea, and that in many instances it produced
swimming of the head, like sea-sickness. This rolling of the surface, like the
billows of the sea, was like that which would have been produced by the
agitation of a vast mass of liquid matter under the ground.
In some walls which were shattered, the separate stones were parted
from the mortar, so as to leave an exact mold where they had rested, as
though the stone had been carefully raised from its bed in a perpendicular
direction; but in other instances the mortar was ground to powder between
the stones, as though they had been made to revolve on each other.
It was found that the swelling, or wave-like motions, and those which
were called vorticose, or whirling, often produced the most singular and
unaccountable effects. Thus, in some streets in the town of Monteleone,
every house was thrown down, except one, and in some other streets all but
two or three;” and these were left uninjured, though differing in no respect
from others. In some houses which were wrecked, deep foundations were
thrown clear out of the ground, as though upheaved by a direct lifting.
Sometimes very massive buildings escaped; sometimes they suffered most.
Obelisks and pillars made in sections showed the effects of the vorticose
motion. The separate portions were partly turned upon each other, without
being thrown down.
The number and size of the fissures in the soil is astonishing. “In many
instances, these fissures were so wide, as in an instant to swallow up men,
trees, and even houses; and when the earth sunk down again, it closed upon
them so entirely, as not to leave the least vestige of what had happened, nor
were any signs of them ever discovered afterwards. In the vicinity of
Oppido, the center of these convulsions, many houses were precipitated into
the same great fissure, which immediately closed over them; and,

Page 389

GREAT EARTHQUAKE IN CALABRIA.

in the same neighborhood, four farm-houses, several oilstores and dwelling-
houses were so entirely ingulfed that not a vestige of them was seen
afterwards.
In some instances these chasms did not close. In one district a ravine,
formed in this manner, a mile long, one hundred feet broad and thirty feet
deep, remained open; and in another a similar one remained, three-quarters
of a mile long, one hundred and fifty feet wide, and one hundred feet deep;
in another instance there remained such a chasm, thirty feet wide and two
hundred and twenty-five feet deep.” In another place a gulf three hundred
feet square was left open; again, we are told of one seven hundred and fifty
feet square. A calcareous mountain, Zefirio, was rent in twain for half a
mile. Similar effects were observed in Sicily, where Messina was almost
totally destroyed, and the ruins devoured by the flames. “In various places
the ground sunk down, and lakes were formed, which, being fed by springs,
have remained ever since. The convulsions also removed immense masses
of earth from the sides of steep hills into the valleys below; so that, in many
instances, oaks, olive-orchards, vineyards and cultivated fields, were seen
growing at the bottoms of deep hollows, having been removed from the side
hills of the vicinity. In one instance, a mass of earth two hundred feet thick
and four hundred feet in diameter, being set in motion by one of the first
shocks, traveled four miles into the valley below.
The violence of the upward motion of the ground was singularly
illustrated by the inversion of heavy bodies lying on the surface, and which

Page 390

can hardly be accounted for, except on the supposition that they were
actually thrown to a considerable distance into the air. Thus, in some towns,
a considerable portion of the flat pavingstones were found with their lower
sides uppermost. Mr.

DESTRUCTION OF MESSINA.

Lyell accounts for this effect by supposing that the stones were propelled
upwards by the momentum which they had acquired, and the adhesion of
one end of the mass being greater than the other, a rotary motion had been
communicated to them. It is difficult to conceive how a whirling motion, so
rapid as to produce such an effect, could have been communicated to a
whole town without producing some consequences still more
extraordinary.”
In many places in the plain of Rosarno, funnel-shaped pits were formed,
with crevices radiating in every direction like fractures in a pane of glass.
These were partially filled with sand and water.
Polistena was so absolutely wrecked that not the least semblance of the
plan of the town could be detected. Terranova was precipitated, with its
fourteen hundred inhabitants, three hundred and twenty-five feet into a deep
gorge, and turned upside down. Moluquello, on an opposite hill between
two streams, was rent in twain—one-half fell into the stream on the right,
the other on the left. There was left a ridge so narrow at the top one could

Page 391

not keep his balance on it. Santa Cristena was hurled from the top of a
sandy hill into the valley beneath. Out of three hundred and seventy-five
towns and villages, three hundred and twenty were destroyed. Two hundred
and fifteen lakes and morasses were created by displacements of the ground
and blocking of water-courses. The pestilence bred by these vied with the
direct power of the earthquake.
Some slight disturbance was manifested on the day before the great
shock. Prince Scylla, an old man, warned his people to take to their boats,
and himself set the example. When the first shock came, many of these
people were sleeping in their boats near the shore, while the others were on
the shore at a little place elevated above

THE DISASTER OF SCYLLA.

the sea. With this convulsion the earth rocked, and suddenly there was
precipitated a great mass of rock from Mount Jaci on the plain where the
people had taken refuge; and immediately after the water arose to a great
height above its ordinary level and swept away the sleeping multitude. The
wave then instantly retreated, but soon after returned again with increased
violence, bringing back many of the people and animals which it had
carried away. At the same time every boat in the vicinity was overwhelmed,
or dashed against the beach, and thus destroyed. The Prince, who was an
aged man, with thirteen hundred of his people was swept away and perished

Page 392

in the sea. The total loss of life resulting from this earthquake is estimated
at eighty thousand. A shock which came on the 4th of March was as violent
as the first one. Eleven hundred shocks were felt in two years.
Doubtless not a few of those who perished died merely from hunger or
confinement. Quite a number of those rescued after several days were
uninjured.
If it be true that prosperity shows men in their true colors, the reverse is
equally marked. It is hard to believe the tales of barbarous inhumanity of
the occasion. Says Dolomieu: “As egotism and the instinct of self-
preservation crushed all other feeling, no help was brought to the unhappy
victims buried beneath the ruins; yet many of them might have been
rescued. When calm was restored, the lower orders, succumbing to the
vilest passions of nature, thought of nothing but pillage.”
Like a certain class of ghouls who follow in the wake of armies to enrich
themselves by plundering the slain, “men might have been seen scouring
the fallen ruins, braving imminent danger, and treading under foot dying
persons who appealed piteously for help, in order to go and plunder the
houses of the wealthy. They robbed

LISBON BEFORE THE EARTHQUAKE.

the very injured, who would have paid them handsomely for rescuing them.
At Polistena a person of quality had been buried head downwards beneath

Page 393

the ruins of his house, and when his servant saw what had happened he
actually stole the silver buckles off his shoes, while his legs were in the air,
and made off with them. The unfortunate gentleman managed, however, to
rescue himself from his perilous position. For several days cries of anguish
were heard coming from underground.” For days afterward the fearful
stench of putrefying corpses filled the atmosphere. Such were the horrors of
this memorable occasion. So sudden was the calamity that many of those
buried supposed only their own houses were overthrown and wondered why
their neighbors were so slow to aid them. Many suffered greatly from thirst,
and in consequence hardly felt the pinch of hunger, though entombed
several days.
One of the most notable of the earthquakes of the last century is the one
which overturned Lisbon, November 1, 1755. In extent of territory affected,
it is the greatest of any known; but because it bears the name of the place
where it was most violent, it is supposed by many to have been confined to
a single district.
The morning was magnificent. At 9:35 A.M. there was a loud
underground roar, like distant thunder, followed at once by a tremendous
shock, which overthrew churches, convents, and many others of the finest
buildings of the city. This shock lasted five seconds. There was two minutes
pause, during which thousands of shrieking people rushed about the streets
to escape the falling ruins. Then came a second shock, and two minutes
later a third. In five minutes the Portuguese capital had become a ruin, filled
with fifty thousand corpses.
The churches were filled with people, it being All Saints’ Day, and the
hour of high mass. The great cathedrals were but death-traps. All apparatus
that could be of use in the work of rescue was buried in the wreck. The
streets were crowded with sobbing multitudes, calling in vain for friends
and kin.
At the sea-shore was the magnificent quay, Cays de Prada. It was built
entirely of marble, and just finished at an immense expense; and on it, after
the first shock, a vast concourse of people had collected as a place of safety,
having left the city to escape the fall of the houses. But it proved the most
fatal spot in the vicinity; for at the next shock the earth opened and instantly
swallowed up the whole quay, with the multitude which had there
assembled; and so completely were the whole retained by the closing of the

Page 394

earth, that not a single dead body ever rose again to the surface. A great
number of small boats and other vessels near the quay, and filled with
people as a place of safety, were also precipitated into the yawning vortex;
and it is stated that not a single fragment of any of these boats was ever
seen afterwards. When the disaster was over, soundings were taken. Six
hundred feet of water rolled above the marble quay and its countless
victims. St. Ubes was swallowed up by sea-waves, while rocks fell from its
promontory into the sea.
Then the sea suddenly retired, leaving the bed of the harbor exposed. A
moment later a gigantic wave, fifty feet in height, rolled in upon the
doomed city.
Two hours later fire broke out in the wreck, and driven by a high wind,
swept the ruins, and also the houses left standing. The furious flames raged
three days, burning hundreds imprisoned in the wreck. Every element
seemed in conspiracy against the city.
In addition to threatened famine and pestilence among the survivors, the
rabble, as in Calabria, showed a disposition to indiscriminate plunder. Upon
this “the King gave orders immediately for gallows to be placed all round
the city, and after about one hundred executions, amongst which were some
English sailors, the evils stopped.” The King was very prompt and
energetic, initiating every practicable system of relief, and having the really
needy cared

Page 395

EARTHQUAKE AT LISBON.

for at the expense of the State. Several lighter shocks were felt in the
succeeding two months. At the end of three months the Government began
to rebuild the town. In fifteen years it was well restored, and to-day is one
of the handsomest in Europe.
The immense area over which this earthquake was felt is very
remarkable; for not only was every part of Spain and Portugal convulsed,
but the shocks were perceived, with greater or less intensity, in England,
Holland, Italy, Norway, Sweden, Germany, Switzerland, Corsica, the West
Indies, at Morocco and Algiers in Africa, and in a part of South America. At
Algiers the shock was so violent as to throw down many buildings; and an
oasis, with all its population, not far from Morocco, was swallowed up. Fez
and Mesquinez were destroyed, with fifteen thousand people. The town of
Setubal, seventeen miles from the Tagus and twenty-two miles southeast of
Lisbon, was almost entirely swallowed up. The shock was almost as severe
at Oporto as at Lisbon. The premonitory roar was compared to the rattling
of many carriages over a rough road. The loftiest mountains were shaken,
and many cleft or shattered. Masses of rock tumbled from the crags into the
valleys. At Colares, seventeen miles from Lisbon, flames and smoke were
seen to burst from the Alviras, and also out of the sea. These phenomena
continued for some days. A chasm fifteen miles long opened in the
Pyrenees. Towns were seriously damaged in Switzerland, France and Italy.
Vesuvius, in a state of eruption for a period, suddenly ceased. The shock
was also felt by ships far at sea, and, in several instances, the concussion

Page 396

was such as to make the people suppose their vessels had struck on a rock.
In one instance, it is said that the people on board a vessel off the West
Indies were thrown up a foot and a half from the deck. This circumstance
may be

RUINED CATHEDRAL, LISBON.

accounted for by the inelasticity of water; so that a violent and sudden
movement of the bottom of the ocean would be communicated to the
surface and to the ship, through the medium of the fluid, with nearly the
same force as though the vessel had been on the ground itself.
Quite as remarkable was the immense wave produced. At Cadiz its
height was sixty feet, and the damage in proportion. Rolling to the
northward it inflicted vast injury upon Cornwall, England. At the Canaries
and Azores the waves rose repeatedly to an immense height; and at Madeira
the injury was still greater. In less than an hour the wave had traveled to
Leyden. Norway and Sweden felt its presence, even to the recesses of the
Gulf of Finland. On the western border of the Atlantic, among the lesser
Antilles, where the tide scarcely exceeds twenty-nine inches, a black wall of
water twenty-two feet high rushed upon the coasts. The steep and rocky
islet of Stabia was dashed over by the waves. In Martinique the water rose
to the roofs of the houses, and then receded from the shore for more than a

Page 397

mile. The unusual commotion stirred up the bituminous sediment of the sea
bottom, and at Barbadoes the waves were in consequence black as ink.
There have been numerous earthquakes since in Europe which must pass
without mention. One in 1817 completely destroyed Vostitza, a town in
Greece not far from the site of ancient Helice. Another well-remembered
one in 1855 desolated the Canton of Valais in Switzerland. This country has
had numerous shocks—sixteen hundred or more, in the past few centuries,
and once or twice Basle has been almost totally destroyed. Valais itself is a
beautiful vale accessible only by a cleft in a mountain range eighty-five
hundred feet deep. Numerous small towns and hamlets are scattered about
the vale, and the precipitous slopes around are dotted with shepherds’ and
hunters’ huts.
On July 25, 1855, after an extremely hot morning, the people were
astounded by a great earthquake—an abrupt and vertical shock. Then came
wave-like motions throwing every one prostrate. Houses tumbled in all
directions. People were rolled about like logs of wood. Nearly every village
in the canton was destroyed. Great landslips and avalanches rushed down
from the hills. So tremendous was the shock that the mountain tops could
be seen to sway to and fro. Crags and blocks of ice fell into the vales,
crushing and grinding. The terrible uproar sounded as though the whole
range of the Alps was about to collapse. The terrible shocks were felt at
Lyons, at Paris, at Heidelberg, at Milan, at Genoa. Lisbon had no severer
shock. And this great convulsion, that dandled mountains as though mere
puppets, and destroyed towns and villages by the score—killed one person.
It is one of the most remarkable occurrences in European history.
Among the more destructive recent shocks in Europe are those of 1881-
84. Chio, one of the most beautiful islands of the Grecian archipelago, and
the home of a thrifty and enterprising people, was visited by an earthquake
on April 3, 1881. The whole city, with its hospitals, schools, libraries and
works of art, was laid in ruins in a few seconds. This convulsion forms a
strange contrast to the more violent one just described. Numerous adjacent
villages were overthrown; and after the shock was past it was found that
more than five thousand persons were killed and ten thousand others more
or less injured. After making all possible efforts at restoration, the
authorities were compelled to pull down many still tottering walls and
scatter disinfectants over the wreck to

Page 398

SCENE AT CHIO.

avoid an epidemic from the thousand corpses left beneath the ruin.
The entire adjacent coast of Asia Minor was more or less shaken, and
several scores of people were killed in some seaport towns. The shocks
continued several days, each being accompanied by a peculiar subterranean
roaring. Two years later, ere the town was fairly rebuilt, there was another
earthquake, which, however, did more damage in Asia Minor than in Chio.
But the most striking example of great damage done by an earthquake in
a very small tract is the case of the island of Ischia. This tiny islet, the
Imarina of Horace and Virgil, was well known to the Greeks, who at one
time endeavored to establish themselves upon it, but were finally driven
away by repeated volcanic outbursts. Since the activity of Vesuvius, Ischia
has remained quiet, though a dozen extinct craters bear witness to its former
fury. Its highest point is two thousand, seven hundred and seventy-two feet

Page 399

above the sea, while the entire island is but six miles in diameter. It is
evidently cast up by an ancient, submarine volcano.
Situated a few miles from Naples, Ischia has for years been a favorite
summer resort for the Italians of the neighboring coast. A score of little
towns and villages dot its shores and hills, and the view of the Gulf of
Naples, Baiae, and adjacent islands and coasts forms one of the most
beautiful landscapes in the world.
After its abandonment by the Greek colonists the islet was quiet for
sixteen centuries. In 1302 an eruption and earthquake occasioned
considerable loss of life and property. After that, though the main peak,
Epomeo, has been occasionally muttering and fuming, no serious
disturbance occurred for nearly six centuries. The subterranean heat
occasions numerous hot springs, the water reaching a temperature of 178
degrees. These baths, and the abundance of choice fruits afforded by the
island, afford additional attractions to visitors, and the twenty-five thousand
inhabitants would seem to have an earthly paradise.
March 4, 1881, the people were suddenly roused from their slumbering
security by two sharp shocks half an hour apart, which overthrew seven
hundred houses in the little town of Casamicciola, killing one hundred and
twenty-six people and wounding one hundred and seventy-seven more. The
only premonition was that a few minutes before the hot springs suddenly
reached the boiling point.
Yet this disaster was comparatively insignificant when we consider the
one of July 28, 1883.
It was the height of the summer season. The little island was thronged
with pleasure-seeking visitors. The night was dark and cloudy; the sea was
unusually agitated. The small theatre at Casamicciola was filled with an
animated throng, who cared not for the boding storm. The play opened with
an earthquake scene. As the clock pointed to 9:32, the Punchinello rushed
on the stage, shouting, “Un terremoto! un terremoto! alla mare! alla mare!”
(An earthquake! an earthquake! to the sea! to the sea!) The audience
thought it was part of the play; but ere they could applaud the vigorous
acting, the lights were out, a thundering sound was heard, and the crashing
roof was upon them. The appalling roar was followed by profound silence,
as clouds of stifling dust were whirled up by the wind. Then in the darkness

Page 400

were heard the cries of terrified people, seeking one another in the gloom,
and groping for the shore as in the days of Pompeii.
A visitor who was in the theater said, that at the first noise, which
resembled the discharge of a heavy battery of artillery, “not a cry was
uttered, though terror was depicted in every countenance; but when the first
shock was followed by several others, a shriek of despair went up from
every lip. The lights went out, pieces of timber were falling all about us,
and cries of terror were succeeded by shrieks of pain from those who had
been injured. It was a trying moment. When the shocks ceased, I crawled,
like many others, out of the ruined building in order to reach the shore. The
dust was literally blinding. Several times I stumbled over heaps of masonry
and rubbish from which heart-rendering groans and shrieks were
proceeding. Upon the shore I encountered many others as frightened as I
was, and endeavoring to escape in fear of there being more shocks. Seeing
that all remained quiet, we retraced our steps in order to relieve the injured.
But it was not until the morning, upon the arrival of the authorities and the
troops sent from Naples, that it was possible to take any effective steps for
surmounting the difficulties by which we were surrounded. The firemen,
assisted by volunteers, then set to work energetically to clear away the
rubbish, laying the dead bodies in a row, and handing the injured over to the
doctors. It was necessary to go to work very carefully, so as not to injure
those still unhurt; and so the work continued very slowly, during which time
we felt our heart-strings torn by the piteous appeals for relief. Some people
were covered by so much debris that it took hours to reach them, and when
we did so, some of them had succumbed to their injuries, while others had
gone out of their minds. The dense clouds of dust had choked many of those
who were not killed on the spot.”
Some strange scenes occurred; and there were instances of remarkable
coolness. An Italian professor of surgery who had taken his child to the
theatre, coolly took out his watch at the first crash, and noting the exact
time, sat

Page 401

THE PANIC AT CASAMICCIOLA.

perfectly still while the surging crowd endeavored to escape. There he sat
with his child till morning, when the light enabled him to find his way out
of the wreck.
The sea shore was a weird spectacle. Lighted up by a pile of blazing drift
might be seen scores of naked children, and grown persons in their night
clothes, scurrying wildly about. An eye-witness tells of many crazy with
fear and grief. All night long the wreck resounded with groans and cries.
One woman, whom he heard continually moaning, and crying “My
children! my children!” was found at daybreak on the edge of a shattered
terrace, and clad only in a chemise. Wondering what he could say by way of
consolation, he chanced to observe two little ones playing not far away
amid a tottering wreck that threatened at every moment to crush them. They
were hers.
Further down a woman’s jewelled arm and shoulder protruded from the
wreck, while her husband, buried nearly, kept crying “save her, never mind

Page 402

about me.” As a helping hand was reached to her a sudden landslip crushed
out the remaining life.
A young English lady sat playing a funeral march. An Italian count
sprang up, saying, “I cannot stand such music!” Just as he cleared the door
the hotel fell in ruins behind him. The young lady was found dead at the
piano.
For days the work went on, pressed by the energy of the Italian
government. All the native police had been killed in the wreck. King
Humbert in person visited the scene and had the work pressed as rapidly as
possible.
There was no more complete wreck of any town than of Lacco Ameno.
Of fifteen hundred and ninety-three people but five escaped. At
Casamicciola but one house was left intact. Not a few houses in the former
place were swallowed up in fissures. Floria was totally destroyed. Yet the
largest town on the island, Ischia, with the adjacent villages, was scarcely
hurt; and at Naples, on the mainland, the news of the catastrophe was a
complete surprise. Yet on the half of the islet that was most severely shaken
the earthquake numbered four thousand victims. A greater contrast to the
great Valais earthquake could hardly be imagined.
Still more recent is the catastrophe of Southern Spain, one of the
loveliest regions in the world. This district has several times been shaken;
but notably at the time of the Lisbon earthquake, when so much damage
was done by shocks and sea-waves at Cadiz; again in 1833, when in the
single province of Murcia more than four thousand houses were destroyed,
with hundreds of the inhabitants. Again the ground was in a state of
constant tremor from November, 1855, to March, 1856.
But more severe than these was the shock of 1884. About the end of
November slight vibrations were perceptible in Spain, Portugal, Italy, and
Southern France. The shocks did not manifest especial intensity at any
especial locality, and no attention was paid to them, as such occurrences are
so frequent that they cannot be regarded as indicative of greater shocks to
come. For example, there were forty-six hundred and twenty shocks
recorded in different portions of the earth during the years 1850-57; yet
none of these were followed by earthquakes of great severity. So in the case
of the November shocks of 1884, no one seemed concerned to know where
they originated, or if they boded evil.

Page 403

But on Christmas day, 1884, there came, a little past nine at night, an
intense subdued roar like that of a hurricane; and at once the plateaux of
Andalusia, the mountains of Murcia, and the sunny plains of Granada, Jaen

GREAT EARTHQUAKE IN ANDALUSIA.

and Cordova shook from one end to the other. At Seville the terrified people
rushed into the streets and camped there all night; but this city did not suffer
so much as in the shock of 1755. In Granada the motions followed in rapid
succession for several weeks; but though many other buildings were
overthrown, the far-famed Alhambra was not injured. Twenty thousand
people camped without the city gates.
The shocks were much severest in the mountainous districts. Villages
and hamlets in ravines and along mountain slopes were speedily destroyed.
The town of Alhama lost thirteen hundred and twenty houses at the first
shock. Five hundred and seventy-six bodies were taken out of the ruins.

Page 404

Two hundred and eighty houses were overthrown by subsequent shocks.
Abumelas lost five hundred and seventeen people, and four hundred and
sixty-three houses out of four hundred and seventy-seven. More than three
thousand houses were wrecked throughout Andalusia and Granada. Fifty-
six towns and hamlets were greatly damaged, twenty of them entirely
destroyed. Parts of mountain slopes slid slowly into the valleys. Deep
crevices, like those of the Calabrian earthquakes, were opened in some
localities. One of these is two miles long and of unknown depth. Boiling
water burst from fissures in the mountains. The course of the river Gogollas
was changed. Portions of the country were upheaved; others depressed.
Shocks were felt at sea near the Azores.
Several thousands were killed and wounded, and the survivors suffered
much from cold and hunger. The young King Alfonso took active part in the
work of relief; but so numerous were the dead that many of them had to be
buried in heaps or covered with quick-lime. There was not time to bury all
properly.
Such are details of the more prominent European earthquakes. There
have been others of almost equal importance; but three years ago a severe
earthquake killed two thousand or more in the Italian Riviera; but the cases
given well illustrate the destruction wrought in Europe, and other regions
claim attention.

Page 405

CHAPTER XXV.

EARTHQUAKES IN THE UNITED STATES AND ENGLAND.

The fowls of every hue,
“Crowding together, sailed on weary wing,
And hovering, oft they seemed about to light,
Then soared as if they deemed the earth unsafe.
The cattle looked with meaning face on man,
Dogs howled, and seemed to see more than their masters,
And there were sights that none had seen before.
And hollow, strange, unprecedented sounds,
And earnest whisperings ran along the hills,
At dead of night: and long, deep endless sighs
Came from the dreary vale; and from the waste
Came horrid shrieks, and fierce unearthly groans,
The wail of evil spirits that now felt
The hour of utter vengeance near at hand.
The winds from every quarter blew at once,
And shapes, strange shapes, in winding sheets were seen,
And voices talked amid the clouds: and then
Earth shook, and swam, and reeled, and oped her jaws,
By earthquake tossed and tumbled to and fro.”

T is a common assertion that when persons are drowning, all the events
of past life rush suddenly before them with startling distinctness:
sometimes in amusing combinations: generally the reverse.
Something of the same effect is produced by the earthquake; but in a far
more terrifying way. Each one is witness to the panic of his neighbor; and
no fright is so terrible as that which is infectious. In moments of great peril
a single calm master-spirit may quiet a mob. But when the eternal hills are
shaken, when the groaning earth reels beneath the feet, and the mountains
are removed and cast into the midst of the sea, who is there that retains his
presence of mind? Man’s social arrangements are calculated upon a
supposition of the earth’s stability: and when he finds himself the victim of
misplaced confidence, there is neither courage nor spirit nor reason left in
him. Numerous are the cases where men have been rendered insane by such
convulsions.

Page 406

To the ravage of the hurricane, the roar of the storm, the surge of the sea,
the rush of the flood, one becomes in a measure accustomed, and in the
moment of danger may take precautions for personal safety. But in the case
of earthquakes the reverse is the rule; none dread them more than those who
know them best. The stranger in tropical America may sit at his ease on a
summer evening, enjoying the beauties of the landscape; or he may stand in
a crowded hall, amongst a galaxy of wits and beauties, observing the
kaleidoscopic movements of the gorgeous costumes before him. There
comes a faint peculiar quiver of the earth, so insignificant that the
uninitiated foreigner may hardly observe it: but there goes up a wild shout
of “Tembla! Tembla!” and in an instant a terror-stricken, breathless throng
surges wildly into the streets, the fields, the parks—anywhere: anywhere
away from the heavy roofs and massive walls that would defy a hurricane;
all blindly seeking to be under the open sky, only too often to be engulfed in
gaping crevices.
It is preternaturally terrible; this emblem of solidity quivering beneath
our feet, reminding us that the days of unbridled chaos, the wild war of all
the elements, the tremendous geological convulsions that have exterminated
so many races of animals in the days of the past, may be as ready and
powerful for destruction in the present! The sensation of utter
powerlessness is so overwhelming, that amid the crash of falling houses, the
cries of entombed victims, the shrieks of flying multitudes, the rumblings in
the earth beneath, and the trembling of the soil like that of a steed in the
presence of a lion, the boldest and bravest can but sit with bowed head, in
silent, motionless despair, awaiting whatever fate a grim capricious chance
may determine. In the strange mysterious phenomena, which strike and do
their work in a few seconds, one is disposed to see the disturbing dreams of
fever, or the touch of a horrible nightmare, rather than any possible reality.
It is no wonder that insanity, hallucinations, or graver nervous disorders,
in such moments fasten themselves on people for life. When a power, which
despite its constant recurrence, remains almost unknown, holds the lives of
untold thousands in its grasp, the mind is affected beyond the power of pen
to describe. Long stress of poignant grief finds its effects equalled in a few
seconds. People dash convulsively on the ground, as though seized with
epilepsy. Some may become paralyzed: paralytics may recover the use of
their limbs: others lose the power of speech: yet others are hopelessly
idiotic. Not less marked are the effects on the brute creation. The owl, with

Page 407

nervous twitching head, and feathers all awry, flits to the trees near the
house, as though imploring the protection of man. The panther forgets his
ancient enmity, and creeps within the city gate. The screaming swallow
leaves the eaves, and wings her way to other lands. The long-silent
crocodile scrambles from his native lair and rushes moaning about the sand.
The frightened nightingale forgets her song. The doleful dog howls loudly
in the street. The trembling ox and horse together huddle, and groan as they
tremble. The air itself is chill, as though it were turned cold at the
manifestation of some awful being. All things are awed by the terrible
“Wrath of God.”
The “Wrath of God!” Yes, such is the actual name of the earthquake
among the modern Greeks—Theomenia. No other title will they give it.
They have braved the

WRECK OF THE CHARLESTON EARTHQUAKE.

storm and the flood, the famine and the pestilence for three thousand years,
and recognize in each the operation of law, and against each may take
precautions; but the earthquake, absolutely beyond control, is to them
inexplicable by natural causes, and any attempt to explain it is resented.
They know the quicksand in which the victim, erect, vigorous, in full

Page 408

possession of his faculties, stares his fate in the face; stands for hours with
death grinning from the sand at his feet, as it slowly drags him down; but
this fearful opening of the soil, that in an instant swallows young and old,
rich and poor, the loved and hated, the city and the castle—it can only be
the “wrath of God!” So to the Jew was the fall of Sodom.
Not a single agent of nature can equal it in sudden destruction. It comes
and it goes in a few seconds; almost ere you are aware of its presence it has
claimed its thousands. There is no escape; no ruin so absolute; no desolation
so pitiful; no death so remorseless. You stand chatting with a friend, the
earth shakes, gapes, and the friend at your side finds a grave in the
foundations of the earth. “Two women shall be grinding at the mill, the one
shall be taken and the other left.”
“Think ye that those twelve on whom the tower of Siloam fell were
sinners above all that are in Jerusalem? I tell you nay.”
So, as we have already seen, the phenomena of earthquakes are as
clearly under the domination of law as any other forces of nature. We know
the forces that produce them, and though we can not tell with certainty what
combination of them existed at the location of any particular shock. We can
not hope to control the causes, but we can to a large extent avert the
seriousness of the results. With this in view, we can consider seriously the
extent of the ravages of this strange destroyer, without considering them as
direct visitations upon the sins of a people.
Such views as those of the Greeks, however, have been common among
all Christian nations of non-Saxon origin, and still prevail to no small
extent. But the peculiar sense of personal responsibility and power that
belongs to the Teuton, Scandinavian and Saxon stock has given a different
impress to British and American ideas. Perhaps, too, the fact that Britons
and Americans have suffered less from earthquakes than many others, has
gone far to modify the trend of their thought. Be that as it may, the
dominant element of the race—reverence, awe, and with common sense and
a dash of contempt for those of more superstitious disposition, may be
found in the old hunter’s comment on the outburst of Cosequina: “What
was the meaning of those shakes in New Granada a month agone? Natur’
don’t mostly toss about this big earth just for sport and idleness; there’s a
meaning and a reason and a secret in every movement she makes. But
eighty earthquakes in twenty-four hours aren’t sent just to scare a pile of

Page 409

Nicaraguan Greasers. Guess earthquakes don’t take no more regard of
Greasers than of other big folks!”
So long as superstitious ideas prevail among a multitude of people, it is
not surprising that they find portentous signs in earth and sky betokening
the near approach of the dread visitation. This is naturally increased by the
desire to have due warning. The ancient Greeks were especially anxious in
this regard. So we find one of their grave geographers, Pausanias, declaring
that earthquakes are preceded by unusual rain or drought, eclipses, sudden
disappearing of springs, great hurricanes, fiery apparitions in the sky with
long trains of light, and the appearance of new stars in the sky. The people
of Mendoza, South America, when overtaken by a great earthquake,
suddenly remembered that but a short time before, a flaming meteor of a
brilliant blue color and awful appearance had hissed past their town. So
before the Riobamba earthquake, a brilliant shower of meteors took place;
so, also, at the Cumana earthquake. At other times the weather has been
unusually rainy; again, long drought has prevailed. Sometimes springs have
become suddenly muddy, and cleared as suddenly after the shock. Again,
muddy streams have become clear till the shock passed. Again, we are told
that all animals manifest great fear before the earthquake comes; that
lizards, snakes, mice and rats rush from their holes in terror. Doubtless
many smaller animals perceive tremors of the earth that pass unnoticed by
men; but as to the efficacy of such signs in general, it is suggestive of
Hotspur’s reply to Glendower. The fiery Welshman, endeavoring to prove
that he, too, is some great one, asserts that at his nativity
“The front of heaven was full of fiery shapes,
Of burning cressets: and at my birth,
The frame and huge foundations of the earth
Shaked like a coward.”

To which Hotspur answers:
“Why, so it would have done,
At the same season if your mother’s cat
Had kittened, and yourself had ne’er been born!”

So much for popular beliefs. Quite generally there are subterranean
rumblings, or slight tremors preceding the more violent shock; but even
these are not sure signs, as they may occur alone, or the earthquake may

Page 410

come unannounced. A notable case of the former sort is the remarkable
subterranean roaring heard at Guanaxuato, in Mexico, in 1784. It lies in a
rich mining district, with no volcano in the vicinity. On January 9 there
broke out, after some preliminary muttering, a great uproar which seemed
as if a thunder storm were going on beneath the surface of the earth. A short
distance from the town it could not be heard; and not the slightest tremor of
the soil was perceptible, even in mines sixteen hundred feet deep. But so
great was the panic it created, that thousands fled from the town, leaving it
entirely to the mercy of thieves and bandits. The alcaldes, with true Spanish
grandiloquence, asserted that the government would “be able in its wisdom
to say when danger is imminent, and to take measures for enabling the
people to fly for refuge;” and it determined to impose a penalty of one
thousand piasters on the rich, or of two months imprisonment on the poor
who fled ere the word was given. But though it was easy to make laws, it
was not so easy to feed the people; for the affrighted peasantry would not
set foot in the city; so the month of uproar became one of famine as well.

HOUSES THROWN INTO A RAVINE BY AN EARTHQUAKE.

A similar rumbling occurred in Melada, an island off the coast of
Dalmatia, in 1822, and the frightened inhabitants besought the Austrian
government to transport them to a place of safety; but though the explosions
continued during two years, sometimes more than one hundred in a single
night, nothing ever resulted therefrom.

Page 411

So with regard to all popular beliefs on this topic—no dependence can
be placed on any of them. There is nothing to warn us of the approach of
the earthquakes, neither in the heavens above, nor the earth beneath, nor the
waters under the earth.
Has the reader ever experienced one of these strange earthstorms?
Perhaps not. Is it believed they are rare? They are as common as storms in
the atmosphere. Within a period of seven years, four thousand six hundred
and twenty have been recorded. Many more, doubtless, occurred
completely beyond the pale of civilization. Hundreds have passed unnoticed
save by delicate instruments. Not a day passes without several being
recorded. They are as widely various in power as the storm and the breeze.
Not a region on earth is unvisited by them.
Yet the reader will be disposed to think that the United States is almost
free from these visitants. To a certain extent it is; we have not in all our
history, had a shock of extreme violence, or one that can compare in
destructiveness with the strange convulsions of tropical regions: but in the
rarity of shocks we are not so favored as might be supposed. A few
moments consideration of the records will be sufficiently convincing.
In the memoirs of the “Academy of the Arts and Sciences” in Boston, is
a paper read in 1783 by Prof. Williams, recounting the story of some of the
earlier earthquakes in our history.
The first one noticed after the landing of the Pilgrims occurred June 1,
1638. We are told it was preceded by a rumbling noise like remote thunder,
which gradually grew louder and nearer. Then the earth began to quake till
pewter and crockery tumbled from the shelves, stone walls

Page 412

WRECK ON KING STREET, CHARLESTON, S. C.

toppled over, and chimneys crumbled and fell. The shock passed from
northwest to southeast, and was followed by a second in half an hour.
People found it difficult to keep their feet. It occurred in the afternoon but
there is no means of knowing what area was affected. As the country was
then unsettled, the damage done was of course nil. Nearly four years later
occurred a light shock, barely noticeable, in the same region. In 1653 an
earthquake on the 29th of October stirred up the Puritan divines to
admonish their flocks of the wrath of God. Still another occasion of the
same sort was given in 1658. But of this latter, though we are told it was a
very great earthquake, we have neither day nor month, nor any record of its
violence, extent or duration.
The first convulsion of which there is any detailed account, occurred in
1663, January 26-28, Old Style. An old narrative thus records it:
“About half an hour after five in the evening a most terrible earthquake
began. The heavens being serene, there was suddenly heard a roar like the
noise of a great fire. Immediately the buildings were shaken with amazing
violence. Doors opened and shut of themselves with a fearful clattering.
The bells rang without their ropes being touched. Cracks appeared in the
walls of buildings, and floors separated and in some cases fell down.
Chasms appeared in the fields, and the hills seemed to be in motion. The
fright of the inhabitants was shared by the beasts and birds, who sent forth
fearful cries, howlings and bellowings. The duration of this earthquake was

Page 413

very uncommon. The first shock continued half an hour before it was over,
but it began to abate about a quarter of an hour after it began.” (Probably
there were a considerable number of shocks, gradually lessening in
violence.)
“The same day about eight o’clock in the evening, there came a second
shock, equally violent as the first, and within the space of half an hour, there
were two others. The next day about three hours from the morning, there
was a violent shock, which lasted a long time, and the next night counted
some thirty-two shocks, of which many were violent. Nor did the trembling
of the earth cease until the July following. Many trees were torn up, and the
outlines of the mountains appeared to be much changed. Many springs and
small streams were dried up; in others the waters became sulphurous, and
the channels in which some had run were so altered as to be
unrecognizable. Half way between Tadousac and Quebec two hills were
thrown down and formed a point of land which extended half a quarter of a
league into the St. Lawrence River. The island Aux Coudres became larger
than it was before, and the channel of the St. Lawrence was greatly
changed.”
This is, perhaps, as severe a shock as has been felt in this country; but
though the shock extended southward to Pennsylvania, its chief energy was
centered in a narrow strip on the St. Lawrence, giving our Canadian
neighbors the lion’s share of the fright. Other light shocks were noticed in
New England in 1665, 1668, 1669, 1670, 1705, and 1720.
October 29, 1727, another severe earthquake was experienced about
10:40 P.M. It seems to have had Southern New Hampshire as its focus,
extending thence to the Delaware and Kennebec rivers. Its approach was
heralded by a subdued roar from the northwest, which, as it drew nearer,
“was thought to be the roar of a blazing chimney near at hand, and at last
was likened to the rattling of carriages driven fiercely over pavements. In
about half a minute from the time the noise was first heard, the earthquake
was felt. It was observed by those who were abroad that, as the shake
passed under them, the surface of the earth rose and sank.” Houses trembled
and rocked, as though about to fall to pieces. Movables were dashed about
with a fearful clatter. Crockery was smashed; stone walls and chimneys
thrown down.

Page 414

At Newbury, ashes and sulphur were cast forth from the earth, and also
volumes of sand. Sulphuretted hydrogen seems to have been present in
large quantities: also chemicals readily decomposed by warmth and
moisture.
A correspondent of the Royal Society wrote that a clergyman near
Boston assured him “that immediately after the earthquake there was such a
stink that the family could scarce bear to be in the house for a considerable
time that night.” Another clergyman writes that in the following April the
fine sand thrown up by the earthquake “had a very offensive stench—nay, it
was more nauseous than a putrefying corpse: yet, in a very little while after,
it had no smell at all. How long it was before it began to have this stench, I
am not certain; but I believe it was covered with snow until a little while
before.” Another minister records that “about three days before the
earthquake there was perceived an ill-stinking smell, in the water of several
wells. Some searched their wells, but found nothing that might thus affect
them. The scent was so strong and offensive that for eight or ten days they
entirely omitted using it. In the deepest of these wells, which was about
thirty-six feet, the water was turned to a brimstone color, but had nothing of
the smell, and was thick like puddle water.” Some wells, dry just before the
shock, immediately filled up. Occasional shocks were felt for some months
after.
From the phenomena present here, and in many similar cases, it will
appear that large volumes of pent-up

Page 415

SCENE AT CHARLESTON.

gases may be discharged in districts remote from any volcanic region. In
some instances, we are informed that immediately after severe shocks, the
streams and vegetation have proved poisonous to cattle. There were light
shocks felt in 1732, 1737 and 1744; but none of these are said to have done
any damage beyond throwing down a few stone walls. Thus we find within
a century fourteen earthquake periods in New England alone; and in several
cases the shocks were numerous, extending over a period of several months.
Comparing the small area with the whole region, and remembering that
shocks are more frequent in the central, southern and western portions of
the country, it is fair to conclude that the merest tithe of those actually
occurring could have come under the notice of our ancestors.
The most violent shock ever known in New England came eighteen days
after the great Lisbon earthquake of 1755, preceded by a peculiar, rumbling
roar. Then came a “rapid, jarring, vibrating motion,” with an upward shock:
then a “violent, prodigious shock, as suddenly, to all appearances as a
thunderclap breaking upon a house and attended by a great noise.” Then
followed a series of “quick and violent concussions, jerks and wrenches,
attended by an undulating, waving motion of the whole surface of the
ground, not unlike the shaking and quaking of a large bog.”
Several writers give a graphic account of the behavior of the good
people of Boston at this juncture. The shock came at a little past four in the
morning. Some sprang from their beds and ran into the street; some lay

Page 416

shivering with fear, not daring to rise; others rushed to the windows, and,
seeing in the gloom their unclad neighbors rushing about the streets,
shrieked aloud that the judgment day was at hand. Others thought that they
heard Gabriel’s horn, and fell on their knees, crying for mercy, or fainted
away. The boldest feared the crash of tottering houses; children ran about
crying for their parents; dogs howled dismally; birds flew aloft with
frightened cries; cattle bellowed with fear as they dashed about their pens.
Screaming horses struggled in their stalls. Numbers of fish were killed by
the shock. Changes were wrought in springs and streams, after the manner
of 1727.
The damage done was not so great as might have been expected from the
unusual alarm shown. A large number of chimneys in Boston were thrown
down; clocks were stopped; a new vane was broken from the market house,
the spindle being snapped at a place where it was five inches thick; but we
are not told of any serious loss of life or property. The shock extended
southward, and was plainly felt along the east side of the Chesapeake, but
not on the western shore. The sea wave set in motion travelled southward,
and it is supposed to have occasioned the unusual commotion of the water
in the West Indies. At St. Martin’s the sea suddenly fell five feet below its
level, and then rose six above.
The time of the shock was determined exactly by an accident. Prof.
Winthrop, of Cambridge, had placed a long glass tube in his tall clock, as a
safe place. This tube, thrown against the pendulum, stopped the clock,
which the day before had been adjusted to meridianal noon; and as Prof.
Winthrop had compared his watch and clock the night before, he was able
to show that the shocks began at eleven minutes and thirty-five seconds
after four A.M., November 18, and continued about four and a half minutes.
Eighteen periods of earthquakes are noted in the next fifty-five years;
and at one of these, in 1791, nearly one hundred and fifty shocks were felt.

Page 417

OLD STATE HOUSE, CHARLESTON.

In 1810-11-12, a series of remarkable shocks were felt throughout a
large portion of the United States, but with especial force in the central
Mississippi valley. The first were noticed near St. Genevieve, but the center
of violence seemed to lie around New Madrid, Mo. The shocks became so
sharp and frequent that Dr. Robertson was sent out to observe and record
them carefully. He kept count up to five hundred, and then abandoned that
portion of the work.
The phenomena were much like those of the milder type of earthquakes
everywhere. Around New Madrid huge fissures opening in the earth emitted
volumes of sand and gas, occasionally spouting water, or sending out bursts
of flame. Some of the fissures were six hundred feet long and twenty feet
wide. The sand and water was sometimes thrown as high as forty or fifty
feet. During the whole period there were unusual disturbances in other
regions. On the night of the most violent shocks occurred the great
earthquake at Caracas, Venezuela, which destroyed so many thousands. Had
the Mississippi region been a very thickly settled one, the loss of life would
have been fearful. Upon the upheaval of a new island, Sabrina, in the
Azores, to a height of three hundred and twenty feet, and an eruption of the
St. Vincent volcano, in the Antilles, the disturbance ceased. It is not safe to
assert positively that there was no connection between these phenomena;
but there is little probability that there was. They serve rather to show how
universal are the subterranean forces with which man must deal. The year

Page 418

1811 was also marked by a storm of unusual violence, and by the
appearance of a brilliant comet. But, as noticed before, efforts to establish
any especial connection between such phenomena have not met with any
marked success.
These earthquakes were so violent in the river itself as to almost shatter
boats in mid-stream. Trees at some distance from the bank were hurled into
the water with tremendous force. Flashes of fire and molten matter were
thrown to great heights. The explosions seemed like a battery of artillery.
Sunken logs and snags were thrown from the deep bottom of the river to a
height of thirty feet above the surface. Sulphurous streams dashed from a
thousand rents, leaving unfathomable fissures. Great forest trees lashed
their heads together, or were snapped off by the shocks. Small islands sank
to the bottom of the river. Quantities of coal and charred wood were thrown
up; some lying a considerable distance from the fissures that discharged
them. Many boats were lost; quite a number of people were buried under
falling banks. It was undoubtedly the most violent convulsion in the history
of our country. Reelfoot lake, now a noted fishing resort, we are told was
formed by this earthquake.
Time would fail us to give an especial notice of the many shocks
received since the country has been more widely settled. With a notice of
the recent Charleston earthquake this list must be closed.
This convulsion owes its importance rather to its location than to its
violence. It was felt over about one-fourth of the entire country, its greatest
force being felt along the Atlantic coast from New Haven to Savannah. The
area affected was elliptical, and the shock was but little less severe at
Atlanta, Georgia, in East Tennessee, and many North and South Carolina
regions, than in Charleston itself. It was felt at Charleston at 9:51, August
31, 1886, and reached Toronto, Canada, in four minutes. It did not travel so
readily westward as northward.
It is of course impossible to estimate exactly the damage done. A
considerable number of important cities

Page 419

CHARLESTON, S. C.

suffered more or less; but the majority were forgotten in the unusual
severity at Charleston. The city appeared as though it had been through a
siege, or as if a gigantic charge of dynamite had been exploded beneath it.
In all directions might be seen heaps of ruins, houses tottering, cracked,
twisted—in all stages of destruction. Ever and anon a fresh shock brought
down some crumbling edifice with a sullen roar, and a cloud of stifling dust
veiled it from view. The night resounded with the screams of terrified
fugitives, the tread of hurrying feet, and the groans and cries of the
wounded. The parks swarmed with those in search of a place of safety.
Hundreds were bruised or maimed by falling stones and timbers; not a few
were killed outright; others, crushed in the wrecks, died a lingering death.
Appeals for aid were promptly responded to by all portions of the
country. Even those localities which had themselves suffered severely, came
to the aid of the city that had been more sorely stricken.
The greatest injury to life was indirect. Only forty-seven people, it is
said, were killed outright. But few houses were left safe; and for a
considerable time young and old, rich and poor, the feeble and the strong,
were out of doors in tents, booths, or such rude shelters as they could
hastily erect. The alarm was perpetuated by occasional recurrence of the

Page 420

shocks during several days. The continued exposure and lack of necessaries
created a vast deal of sickness; and the deaths thus indirectly occasioned far
exceeded those killed outright.
The damage to buildings in Charleston is estimated at $5,000,000. But in
comparison with the whole number injured, comparatively few of the
houses were shaken completely down. Hundreds were shaken and shattered
to the point of falling, and had to be pulled down as unsafe. The shock was
just short of a point where it would have made terrible havoc. If violent
enough to overthrow the many houses it merely shattered, its victims would
have been numbered by thousands, instead of tens. We may be thankful,
with Lord North, that things were no worse.
The nature of the shocks varied. In some parts of South Carolina
chimneys and brick walls remained upright, but crushed to atoms at the
base, as if shattered by a powerful upward concussion; in other locations,
evidences of a twisting motion were present; houses were turned partially
around, and left almost unharmed. Again, as in most cases in Charleston,
the chief movement appeared to be a horizontal one—the upper portions of
walls and buildings being thrown down, while the lower suffered little
harm. More of these singular effects will be noticed in connection with
other shocks. Crevices and fissures were opened; railroad rails bent in a
snake-like form; mud, sand, and small stones were thrown out. There was
no tidal wave, and artesian wells four hundred feet deep were not disturbed.
There was no barometric variation, though the air is said to have suddenly
become oppressively hot at the moment of the shock. Some Pennsylvania
gas wells diminished, and a geyser in the Yellowstone Park, four years
quiet, burst suddenly into action. These we must deem mere coincidences.
As a whole, this has been the most destructive single earthquake in our
history, while far inferior in real violence to the convulsions last noticed.
For frequency of shocks, and total damage in consequence, the Pacific
States far exceed all the rest of the country. Their position with active
volcanic regions in Oregon and Washington and Lower California, renders
them peculiarly liable to such disturbances. Within the years 1872-1885,
inclusive, there were registered seventy-five earthquakes in New England,
sixty-six in the Atlantic States, seventy-five in the Mississippi Valley, and
two hundred and thirty-seven in the Pacific States.

Page 421

These facts ought to be conclusive evidence against the belief that,
because storms and earthquakes are sometimes simultaneous, the one is in
any way responsible for the other. These figures show the fewest shocks in
the region

WRECK OF FACTORY, CHARLESTON.

most frequented by tornadoes; while the section never visited by the latter
shows more shocks than all the rest combined. Add to these the previous
shocks recorded in our history—231—and it is evident that we have our full
share of such convulsions.
In respect to earthquakes, our British cousins have been even more
fortunate than ourselves. A cursory glance at British geology shows that at a
remote age in the past, volcanic action was frequent and violent; but the
whole region has long buried or healed the wounds inflicted upon the face
of nature by the petulant giants of fire. Now and then there is a premonitory
tremor; but the warning seems not to be for the grandchildren of the Druids;
and the latter have been lulled to a sense of almost absolute security.
Yet at some periods of the past they have been seriously disturbed, if we
may credit the old chroniclers; but their records are so brief, and at times so
conflicting, that it is not always easy to determine the extent of the disaster.
And it must be remembered that in the dark and middle ages the mass of the

Page 422

people knew absolutely nothing of affairs not in their own immediate
neighborhood.
Perhaps the most striking feature of British earthquakes is the fact that,
like the shocks in the Vesuvian neighborhood, the area they disturb is very
small; it may be, however, that incompleteness of reports is responsible for
this apparent peculiarity. Up to the last century but one general shock is
recorded; this being the first of which there is definite mention, occurring in
974 A. D. Five others are recorded in the next century, all local.
Perhaps the most violent of the earlier earthquakes was the one which in
1110 shook the region between Shrewsbury and Nottingham, tumbling
down many houses and injuring many people. At Nottingham the bed of the
river Trent was laid dry and remained so some hours. Probably a large
fissure opened temporarily in the channel, allowing the water to escape into
subterranean cavities. Three other earthquakes occurred in the Lincolnshire
fens in the next thirty-two years, doing considerable damage.
In 1158 mention is made of a most extraordinary earthquake which
shook London and vicinity, destroying much property, injuring several
people, and causing the Thames to become so low as to be passed on foot.
Seven years later there was a general tremor observed throughout all
England.
John of Brompton relates a remarkable circumstance in connection with
an earthquake in 1179. The ground belonging to the bishop of Durham, at
Oxenhall near Darlington, was raised suddenly to a level with the adjacent
hills, remaining so from 9 A.M. till sunset, when it fell again, leaving a deep
cavity in place of a hill. Three other earthquakes occurred ere the close of
the century; the last one, in Somersetshire in 1199, being violent enough to
throw men off their feet.
Forty-seven years passed without any further experience of the sort,
when a series of severe shocks, especially violent in Kent, overthrew a
number of churches and other buildings of the more pretentious sort; and
the same thing happened next year, affecting especially London and the
Thames Valley. Again, in the year after, Bath and Wells suffered
considerably; and two years later St. Albans was shaken.
Of other earthquakes in the next century no especial mention need be
made, save of one of unusual violence in 1385. A revolution in Scotland
followed, and the superstitious populace, looking backward, concluded that

Page 423

the earthquake had been meant as a warning which they had not been able
to interpret. A second shock which

RUINED DWELLING, CHARLESTON.

followed the revolution was supposed to express the Divine displeasure at
their short-sightedness.
But one shock, though a very general one, is recorded during the next
one hundred and sixty-six years. Then in 1551 a slight tremor upset the
people’s furniture and dinner pots in a portion of Surrey. Twenty years
afterward a severe shock in Herefordshire was accompanied by a landslide.
A large portion of a hill slowly descended during two days, turning a half
circle as it came, as though on a pivot.
In 1574 a sharp vibration shook northern and western England at the
hour for vespers. Suppliants in Norton Chapel were thrown prostrate and
fled in terror, believing the dead were rising through the floor. Part of
Ruthin Castle was thrown down.
In 1580, April 6, nearly all England was alarmed by a violent shock. The
great bell at Westminster rang the alarm; others joined in. Students of the
Temple rushed into the streets; stones fell from St. Paul’s; showers of
chimneys in the streets maimed several persons; a panic ensued at Christ
Church, where two people were killed by falling stones, and several were

Page 424

maimed in the wild rush to escape from the building. Parts of the
fortifications at Dover were overthrown; also several churches and castles
were damaged. May 1 of the same year the shocks were again felt in Kent,
during the night. This is one of the most notable of British earthquakes; it
passed eastward through Belgium to Cologne.
But it is needless to pursue the record further. Only two unusual features
are presented among the many earthquakes following: one in 1731 was
confined to an area six miles by five; and one in 1734 exhibited a peculiar
rotary motion, shaking persons in bed around at right angles to their former
positions.
Summing up the record, we find that in the 10th century one earthquake
is recorded in England; during the 11th, ten; during the 12th, twelve; during
the 13th, thirteen; during the 14th, four; during the 15th, one; six in the
16th; twenty in the 17th, and eighty-four in the eighteenth. The present has
also had a fair quota. But if we consider the damage to property, or the
fatality, we must conclude that no country in the world is so favored in this
matter of earthquakes as Great Britain, unless it may be Germany.
Finally, all the disasters of this sort, in both England and the United
States, so far as all historic records go, do not equal a single one of the
many terrible convulsions recorded in the history of other nations. From the
earliest times to the present, we find a constant succession of appalling
disasters, many of which are almost beyond the power of comprehension.
The most cursory glance at these horrors of the past should render every
Anglo-Saxon peculiarly grateful that his lot is not cast in a land so cursed
with terrors, and more ready to sympathize with the stranger in his woe.

Page 425

CHAPTER XXVI.

EARTHQUAKES IN TROPICAL AMERICA.

“Hark! louder on the blast come hollow shrieks
Of dissolution; in the fitful scowl
Of night, near and more near, angels of death
Incessant flap their deadly wings, and roar
Through all the fevered air: the mountains rock
And thousand meteors flame about their heads;
The thunder long and loud gives out his voice,
Responsive to the ocean’s troubled growl,
While bellowing chasms rend th’ eternal hills.
Earth trembles at the mighty march of death.”

HE reader will be assured, from the facts given concerning volcanic
eruptions, and the earthquakes of Asia Minor mentioned in the former
chapter, that great earthquakes are as numerous in Asiatic districts as
elsewhere; but beyond the bare fact, little is known of most of these. India
has preserved no written history: and China and Japan have been till
recently almost inaccessible to Europeans. So while the disturbances there
are equal in importance to those of other lands, it is but lately that any
definite information has been accessible; and our chief knowledge has come
from personal narratives of white settlers and visitors to the islands of the
western Pacific. In Japan, there is, to say nothing of numerous volcanoes,
strong circumstantial evidence of the frequency of earthquakes in days past.
Almost all dwellings are constructed of bamboo and lightest woods, one
story high, with screens of paper as partitions: houses of stone are feared,
the people preferring to take their chances on a great fire than on an
earthquake. The same fact is noticeable

Page 426

EARTHQUAKE IN CHINA.

in the Philippines, Moluccas, and adjacent groups. Almost the only stone
buildings are those of Spanish and Dutch settlers. China has apparently
suffered less; but we learn that in 1556 two entire provinces were laid
waste. The extent of the loss of life can not be estimated. The earth vomited
ashes and flames, and ten great sea waves occurred in twenty-four hours.
Since European occupation of the East Indies, the convulsions have been
frequent and alarming. The city of Manila was completely destroyed, with
thousands of people, in 1645. Not one stone remained on another. Severe
shocks occurred there again in 1699, 1796, 1825, 1852, and 1863. The last
named wrecked the cathedral while filled with worshipers. The loss of
property was from $8,000,000 to $10,000,000, or twice that of our
Charleston earthquake. Four hundred people were killed. The shock lasted
about half a minute, but opened many fissures, emitted volumes of gas and
spoilt the river water. Again, in 1880, after some vague or irregular
tremblings, there were several violent shocks. There was first experienced a

Page 427

peculiar sense of nausea and faintness, with a feeling of powerlessness or
inability to flee. Horses stopped trembling in the streets, “standing with ears
erect, with staring eyes, and stiffly extended legs, as though conscious of
extraordinary peril.” The natives, heedless of appeals for help, wildly
sought their own safety, or knelt devoutly invoking the saints. Clouds of
dust filled the air, and heaps of ruin blocked the streets. The terrible hush
that prevailed was broken only by an occasional cry for aid, or the crash of
a ruined home. Portions of ground between great crevices were raised five
or six feet; other parts fell as much. But the confusion rapidly subsided, and
occupations of all sorts were resumed. One newspaper, true to the
traditional enterprise of the fraternity, dragged its paraphernalia from its
ruined building, and went to work in the middle of the street. An American
publisher could hardly beat that.
But a region whose earthquakes have attracted greater attention, and
have been more carefully noticed by scientific men than those of the eastern
archipelago, is to be found along the western slope of the Andes, extending
thence into Central America and Northern Venezuela and the West Indies.
Ever since the Spanish conquest, earthquakes have been numerous and
violent in this whole region; and judging from the character of the native
dwellings, the aborigines were for centuries accustomed to such
movements. But it remained for Humboldt, in the last century, to give us a
more careful description of some of the greater of these disasters.
Of the preceding disturbances, one of the most notable occurred in 1698,
when the crater of the volcano Carguirazo fell in with a great crash during a
shock of earthquake, and an area of twenty square miles was covered with
mud containing numerous dead fish. A few years later, a similar occurrence
north of Quito produced an epidemic of pernicious fevers.
But of the many great convulsions, that of Riobamba, in 1794, must rank
as exceeding all within the range of authentic history, unless we except the
one which destroyed Antioch in the year 526. The area disturbed was the
great volcanic plain on which Quito stands.
No subterranean noise announced or accompanied the shock. Adjacent
volcanoes were quiet; but the volcano of Pasto, sixty miles to the
northward, had for three months been violently smoking; and at the moment
the shock sixty miles away began, it suddenly stopped, nor did it again
begin. The volcano of Cayambe, near Quito, seemed surrounded by

Page 428

meteorites. The pious people, alarmed at this manifestation of the divine
wrath, formed a religious procession which walked through the principal
streets. The result justified their belief in the potency of their prayers; for
Quito remained unharmed. A great roar, since known as el gran ruido, was
heard under the town some twenty minutes after the disaster; but at the
scene of the latter it was not heard at all.
In the immediate vicinity of Riobamba, the destruction was fearful. The
entire plain seemed rent into small independent fragments, which rose or
sank at will. Humboldt tells that an eye-witness might have seen “fissures
which alternately opened and closed, so that persons partially engulfed were
saved by extending their arms, that they might not be swallowed up;
portions of long trains of muleteers and laden mules disappearing in
suddenly opening cross fissures, whilst other portions, by a hasty retreat,
escaped the danger; vertical oscillations, by the non-simultaneous rising and
sinking of adjoining portions of ground, so that persons standing in the
choir of a church, sixteen feet above the pavement of the street, found
themselves lowered to the level of the pavement without being thrown
down; the sinking down of massive houses, with such an absence of
disruption or dislocation that the inhabitants could open the doors of the
interior, pass uninjured from room to room, light candles and debate with
each other their chance of escape, during two days which elapsed before
they were dug out; lastly, the entire disappearance of great masses of stones
and building materials. The old town had possessed churches, convents, and
houses of several stories; but in the places where they stood, we found, on
tracing out among the ruins the former plan of the city, only stone heaps of
from eight to twelve feet in height.”
Of some of the villages in the adjacent plain not a trace was left. They
sunk bodily, and the earth closed over them. Of the others, only heaps of
ruins were left.

Page 429

AFTER THE SHOCK.

Nor was this all. The great volcano of Tunguragua, at the southern
extremity of the plateau, was rent asunder by the shock, or, according to
others, had an eruption from the side. Immense torrents of thick, dark,
sandy mud, mingled with pebbles, poured out and flooded adjacent portions
of the plain, smothered scores still entangled in the ruins of their dwellings,
filling numerous ravines and valleys, one of which was one thousand feet
wide and seven hundred feet deep.
The total loss of life was terrible. One authority places the destruction at
two hundred thousand. Forty thousand Indians were suffocated by the
torrent of mud alone. It is the most destructive earthquake in modern
history.
The town of Cumana has been visited almost as frequently as the far-
famed Antioch. In 1530, we are told, the sea rose four fathoms, the earth
was rent, a fort laid in ruins, the town wrecked, and dark, noisome liquids
ejected from fissures. In 1766, a long drought, fifteen months in duration,
had turned the thoughts of the people once more upon their manifold
transgressions, and they were prepared for further chastisement. This came
upon them. October 21 an earthquake blotted the town out of existence in
less than a minute. The earth vomited sulphurous waters. The shocks were
continued during fourteen months. The good people instituted an annual
fast and procession in commemoration of the event.

Page 430

Again, in 1794, Cumana was nearly prostrated. December 14, 1797,
there was a tremendous, upward shock, with a noise like a mine explosion.
Four-fifths of the town was laid in ruins. The atmosphere seemed converted
to water, so great were the torrents of rain. The Indians held a religious
festival and dance, believing the destruction and regeneration of the world
was at hand.
The first days of November, 1799, were noted for the peculiar redness of
the sky and the oppressiveness of the atmosphere, though the weather was
not especially warm. At nightfall the sea breeze failed to begin, and the
dusty earth began to crack in all directions. The people were sure some evil
boded. November 4, as a heavy storm came up, there was a sharp gust of
wind, which the natives say always precedes an earthquake; and a few
minutes later came the shock; two others followed during the evening; but
though all the tokens of a great shock, according to native ideas, were
present in such force that the people abandoned their homes and slept in the
parks and fields, the great quake never came. The redness of the sky
continued, and a few nights later occurred a brilliant shower of meteors.
Despite these signs and wonders, Mother Earth refused to tremble.
Humboldt concluded native prognostications were unreliable.
During the past eighty years destructive earthquakes have been more
frequent in South America than in any other region of the earth. First on the
list is the great disaster at Caracas.
This town lies six miles from the seaport of La Guayra, in a valley
“where reigns eternal spring.” Shut in by lofty mountains, its aspect is
somewhat gloomy. The cold mountain air keeps the evening veiled with
clouds. But as a whole, the situation is so fine that the people would hardly
exchange it for a site less liable to earthquakes.
In December, 1811, when the disturbances were so great in the valleys of
the Mississippi, Ohio and Arkansas, there was a sharp shock, which did no
especial damage. At this time there was a severe drought, which continued
during the succeeding months; but no word of the disturbances to the North,
or in St. Vincent, reaching the people, they were not especially alarmed. So
the days passed till Holy Week came, and hundreds were in the great
churches.
At a few minutes past four there was a sudden shock which set church-
bells to ringing. Then came a second, which made the ground seem as

Page 431

though it were boiling. This ceased, and the people supposed the danger
was past, when there came the fearful subterranean roar but too well known
in tropical countries, followed by series of alternating shocks at right angles
to each other, and at once the beautiful city, with its palaces and homes and
works of art was a shapeless ruin, with twelve thousand corpses lying amid
the wreck. Four thousand people were slain in the churches alone. The great
church of Alta Gracia, one hundred and fifty feet in height, whose nave was
supported by pillars fifteen feet in diameter, was turned into a heap of
rubbish but five or six feet high. Nearly all had sunk in the earth. Scarce a
vestige of pillar or column could be found. A regiment of infantry, mustered
in San Carlos barracks, was engulfed, but few escaping. Nine-tenths of the
town was annihilated.

SCENE AT CARACAS.

Night came. The cloud of dust, that like a mist had risen from the wreck,
had settled to the ground. The full moon shone as calmly on the scene as in
the past; and by the spectral light were seen strange figures hurrying to and
fro. Here passed a mother with an infant’s corpse; while there a father
groped amid the wreck, and called by turns the names of wife and child. No
tools were left in reach in all the town; bare-handed creatures grappled with
the stony heaps, and groaned in answer to the moans beneath. The

Page 432

aqueducts were shattered and the springs were stopped; the Guayra River
was the sole supply. Scarce vessels could be found to fetch it in. Here
hurrying feet bore wounded creatures to the stream; but lint and bandages
were all beneath the wreck. Two thousand injured people lay upon the turf,
with little of the needed help; but all their friends could do was done. Not
even food enough could be procured at first.
Then anguish-stricken souls repented of their sins, and marched in
procession that the wrath of God might be changed to mercy. Some driven
to the verge of madness loudly confessed their sins in the open streets.
Some promised to restore ill-gotten gains; often the peculation was known
only to themselves. Marriages were solemnized between many who had
hitherto not considered a ceremony necessary. Children were formally
recognized by parents who had before repudiated them; long standing feuds
and enmities were dropped.
Caracas was not the only place injured. La Guayra, Mayquetia,
Antimano, Baruta, La Vega, San Felipe, and Merida were totally destroyed.
Five thousand deaths occurred at San Felipe and La Guayra alone. It was
impossible to give burial. Vast funeral pyres were made and corpse after
corpse consigned to the flames. The total number of deaths from the
earthquake, including those who perished from want and sickness induced
by the exposure, was probably forty thousand; some have estimated fifty
thousand. The shocks were felt as far westward as Bogota.
It does not appear that any especial commotion was felt in Central
America, though shocks in the latter regions are nearly always felt in
Venezuela or Columbia. Every portion of Central America has been
repeatedly shaken. The town of Guatemala has been four times destroyed,
the people each time selecting a new site and adhering to the old name. The
people of San Salvador, on the other hand, have obstinately clung to their
site, though visited by violent earthquakes in 1575, 1593, 1625, 1656, 1798,
and 1839; and minor shocks are of such constant

Page 433

RUINS OF SAN SALVADOR.

recurrence that the locality is nicknamed “the hammock.” But the shock of
1889 was so severe that they seriously meditated leaving; but they finally
settled in the old place, when four-fifths of their town had just been
destroyed.
But in Holy Week, in 1854, as Mr. Squier tells us, unusual rumblings
were heard on the morning of Holy Thursday. The inhabitants, somewhat
alarmed, still went about their customary avocations. The remainder of the
week passed without further cause for fear. At half past nine o’clock on
Sunday night a severe shock so alarmed many people that they prepared to
camp out for the night. At ten minutes to eleven there came without any
warning a fearful quaking, which levelled the city to the earth in ten
seconds; clouds of dust filled the streets; wells and fountains were choked;
not a drop of water could be obtained. Not a house was left inhabitable;
scarce one preserved the semblance of being erect; yet the town was
composed chiefly of low, one-story structures. The air was filled with fumes

Page 434

of sulphur; the neighboring volcano threatened an eruption; and in addition
to the usual horrors of an earthquake, other features were added.
The ex-president of the republic was so badly hurt as to be almost
incapacitated for duty. Indians roamed pillaging the wreck, dropping on
their knees and praying as fresh shocks terrified them; then returning to the
plunder; for they were good Christians. Justice, police, clergy—all were
gone. The venerable bishop, Soldana, when dragged from the ruin, bade the
people flee in all haste, for “God had given the city over to the Evil One as
a punishment for its sins; and in spite of the name it bore ‘(Holy Savior)’ it
would be cast into the bottomless pit.” The good bishop promptly headed
the retreat of the clergy from the forces of Satan, evidently under the
impression that if the people could only leave the accursed locality, the
devil would not be so scrupulously exact in tormenting them before the
time. The people flocked after the clergy in large numbers, believing they
would be safest in the neighborhood of the holy men. It is well known that
even the devil respects the cloth.

Page 435

PEOPLE OF SAN SALVADOR FRIGHTENED.

The republic had been rent by civil war for years; and in this critical
juncture, it seemed that it was about to be renewed. But a man of strong will
and energy and coolness stepped forward—Duenas, ex-monk, lawyer,
deputy, and president—from his farm, like Cincinnatus. Collecting a few
friends and digging some arms from the wreck of the barracks, he inspirited
the new president, and martial law was proclaimed. The shooting of a few
Indian robbers imparted to the remainder a respect for law equalled only by
their practical Christianity, and the work of rescue began. Large numbers of
the populace permanently forsook the site.
Two years later there was a great earthquake in Honduras; but the area of
disturbance was not so densely peopled, and the damage done was
proportionately less. Disasters of this sort cause most Central Americans to
emigrate. “Then women and children form themselves into groups and
travel through the country. They set the drama in which they have taken part
to music, and they go through the country singing the rude verses which
they have run together in the different villages, and then send the hat
around. After they have visited the whole of their own country, they cross
the frontier into the neighboring State, where they are also assured of doing
pretty well.”
During three centuries of Spanish occupation of South America, while
scores of convulsions had visited the Pacific seaboard, none had shaken the
eastern slope of the Cordilleras, or the great plains beyond; and there had
resulted a settled belief that the entire region was, so to speak, earthquake-
proof. But the illusion was rudely dispelled.
In the extreme west of the Argentine Republic, on the high road from
Valparaiso to Buenos Ayres, lies the town of Mendoza, in full view of
Tupungato and the mighty Aconcagua. Never having, in all their history,
experienced any harm from these mountains, the people anticipated none.
“Mendoza had about 20,000 inhabitants and five hundred houses, nearly
all of them very handsome. It also contained two very large hospitals,
several schools, a splendid cathedral, and several churches. Its trade was
prosperous, and more than a hundred large shops testified to the extent of its
commerce. There was no such library in the whole of the Argentine
Republic. Its theatre was most sumptuous, and the Alameda, its public
promenade was regarded as the finest in South America.

Page 436

SHOCK AT LAKE IN HONDURAS.

“One evening, an immense red and blue meteor slowly traversed the sky
from East to West, and the volcano of Aconcagua broke into an eruption
upon the night following—20th March, 1861—without any premonitory
sound or sign: the earth quaked violently, and in less than a minute the town
of Mendoza had disappeared. It was transformed into a vast field of ruins,
the highest of which were not more than three feet from the ground. Never
within the memory of man has a town been so taken by surprise; for in this
case the earthquake was not preceded by the underground mutterings
which, even if only a few seconds in advance of the shock, give some sort
of warning. Upon that night, and in less than four seconds, fifteen thousand
people were buried in the ruins. Horrible noises, cries of terror, the
heartrending howls of men and animals filled the air, and a thick cloud of
dust darkened the sky.”
Mendoza was not the only place injured. At San Juan, one hundred miles
northward, three thousand people were killed. Three hundred and fifty miles
further away, Cordova lost a number of houses, and a slight shock was felt
at Buenos Ayres. The wreck presented the scenes common in such cases;
and, as in several similar disasters, bands of brigands pounced upon the
town to pillage the ruins.

Page 437

Of the many touching incidents, we must give place to two:
That the town was absolutely unwarned is hardly correct. A French
geologist, M. Bravard, sent on a scientific mission by the Russian
government, had found the volcanoes near by violently roaring, yet emitting
no smoke or fire; and, nearing the valley of Mendoza, he found the soil in a
constant tremor. Alarmed at these manifestations, he expressed his belief
that if the pressure were not speedily relieved by eruption, a severe
earthquake might follow. His assertion caused serious apprehension, for his
high attainments gave his opinions great weight with the people. For nearly
a week the possibility of a catastrophe was seriously discussed. One
evening he stood at the door of M. Matussiere, wishing his friends good-
night. Again he alluded to the earthquake—the shock came, and he was
caught by the fall of the house.
Matussiere himself was on his way home from Valparaiso. When fifteen
miles from Mendoza, in the mountains, a tremendous roaring was heard,
but he felt no shock. The moon shone as calmly and clearly as ever, and no
disturbance followed. Oppressed, however, by terrible fear, he hastened to
Mendoza. He could not even guess where was the wreck of his own home.
After a

Page 438

WRECK AT MENDOZA.

long, despairing search, he saw his great house dog come bounding toward
him. The dog led him to the wreck; and, after wearisome toil, the merchant
found his wife and one child alive. The rest of the family, and the French
geologist, were dead.
Another episode is related by M. Charton: There was at Mendoza a rich,
French hotel keeper, M. Tesser. After the shock, “one of his intimate friends
wandered among the ruins. His eyes were dry: he could shed tears no
longer. He stopped on the site of the hotel, trying in vain to recall the old
arrangements. He was retiring—his heart filled with sighs, thinking of the
honest man and the family he had loved so well—when he perceived,
through the shapeless mass of girders and calcined stones, M. Tesser’s dog,
which moaned; he approached it. The poor animal, the two hind legs and
part of the body of which were crushed, forced itself, in spite of his
sufferings and weakness, to scratch with his front paws, and uttered, from
time to time, a plaintive howl. As it saw its master’s friend come near, it

Page 439

exerted itself and howled louder. The friend understood that Tesser must be
beneath this rubbish, and hoped he was not dead. He ran to fetch some
persons, and, with their help, after much labor, he indeed discovered the
body of poor Tesser; his left arm and leg, lying under the beams, were
broken, his mouth and eyes full of earth, but he still breathed. Before trying
to disengage his limbs, they washed his face, which seemed to relieve him;
without saying a word, he instinctively stretched his right arm toward his
dog, who drew himself to him, and died a few moments afterwards.
“Tesser scarcely was in a state to pronounce any words, before he asked
where his family was. All had perished in the great disaster. Hearing this
answer, he closed his eyes with despair; then, making a fresh effort, he
pronounced the name of his little girl, and showed with his finger a separate
place where he had put her to bed. Some of the people, in compassion for
his grief, although without hope, made further search; others occupied
themselves in dressing his broken limbs. A few minutes later, those
rendering him this service saw him suddenly raise himself up—he gave a
cry—they brought him his daughter, still living. A beam had fallen across
the bed of the child and had protected it; but she was seriously wounded in
the head; she had also her mouth and eyes filled with dirt, and was
exhausted with hunger.” For two months the pair lay under a tent against a
tree, more dead than alive. They only remained to each other of the once
rich and happy family. But in this respect, they were no worse off than
hundreds of others.
The people abandoned the site, unable to remain in view of so many
monuments of former happiness. Strangers came in and a new Mendoza
rose, but not so lovely as the former one. This town was also severely
shaken in 1885.
With a notice of one other earthquake, which demands attention because
of unusual results, this chapter must close.
This shock occurred August 13, 1868, in Peru. The center of the
convulsion was at Arequipa, at the foot of the lofty volcanic mountain of
Misti, which has not shown signs of activity since the great outburst of
1542. So far as their volcanic neighbor was concerned, the forty-four
thousand people of Arequipa had apparently no reason for apprehension.
At five minutes past five, there came a light shock like the jar of a
distant explosion. Half a minute later began the subterranean rumbling, with

Page 440

a rapidly increasing vibration, which made the people run for their lives into
the streets. Then “the swaying motion changed into fierce, vertical
upheaval. The subterranean roaring increased in a terrifying manner; then
were heard the heart-piercing shrieks of the wretched people, the bursting
of walls, the crashing fall of houses and churches, while over all rolled thick
clouds of a yellowish-black dust, which, had they been poured forth many
minutes longer, would have suffocated thousands.”
Tacna and Arica suffered little less. But the greatest damage in the coast
region was from the sea wave. A few minutes after the shock, the sea rolled
back, falling twenty-five feet; then a huge, black wall of water leaped up,
fifty feet in height, and rushed for the shore. The American vice-consul at
Arica, well versed in the phenomena of earthquakes, left his house at the
first shock, and ran with his family to the hills to avoid any probable sea
wave. The monster billow struck the mole to pieces, and swept clean the
lower part of the town. Six vessels were lost in the bay, or tossed over rocks
and houses; two, a Peruvian corvette and a United States war-ship, were
carried inland and left high and dry, half a mile north of Arica, without a
broken spar or tarnished flag. Similar feats were recorded at Iquique.
Twelve hundred miles of sea-coast were more or less affected. Sixty million
dollars worth of property were destroyed, and twenty thousand people
killed.
The great sea wave was especially remarkable. Recoiling from the
Peruvian coast, in three hours its southern expansion was observed at
Coquimbo, eight hundred miles south. An hour later it was at Constitucion,
four hundred and fifty miles further. Northward, the wave rushed, sixty feet
high, into the harbor of San Pedro, California, five thousand miles from the
shock.
To the westward, the Sandwich Islands were reached that night, and
irregular waves broke upon the coast for three days. Before midnight it
broke upon the Marquesas and the Paumotu archipelago. At half-past three
in the morning it was at New Zealand. By daylight it was surging along the
coasts of Australia, and by mid-day it was tossing even on the southwest
coast of Australia. The same day, it was heaving on the shores of Japan.

Page 441

THE GREAT SEA WAVE REACHES CHILI.

This wave is doubtless surpassed only by the great wave set in motion by
the convulsion of Krakatoa, mentioned in the chapter on volcanoes. It
travelled to a distance of 10,500 miles from its starting point, at a speed of
from 400 to 500 miles an hour, according to the direction. Yet it has had
several strong rivals. Had the great wave of 1867, at the time of the
earthquake at St. Thomas, been raised in the open sea, instead of in the
comparatively shut in Caribbean, it might have travelled to an equal
distance. The sea wave which followed the earthquake at Simoda, Japan, in
1854, completely wiped out that town, leaving only fragments of a temple-
wall, and some wrecked vessels, two miles inland. Most of the people
perished. Recoiling from the coast, the wave rolled in upon the shores of
California, travelling 5,000 miles in twelve hours.
The terrible earthquake that ravaged Jamaica in 1692, produced a wave
that swept thirty-three feet of water over the highest house in Port Royal,
destroying 3,000 persons. An English frigate, the Swan, was deposited on

Page 442

the top of a large building, breaking in the roof. The waves of the Lisbon
and Calabrian earthquakes have been noticed elsewhere.
This same district in Peru has suffered similarly several times. Callao,
with the ground on which it was built, was swept away in 1746. Only
fifteen of its people ever reached Lima, six miles inland. When the town
was rebuilt, a second disaster of this sort nearly destroyed it. Iquique and
Arequipa, in Peru, were again destroyed May 9, 1877; and a wave seventy
feet high swept the coast, and recoiling reached Japan next day, travelling
two hundred and eighteen yards per second.
The cases given illustrate well the stupendous power and destructiveness
of vibrations in the earth’s surface. But few have been given, nor have all
the greatest been detailed. Mention only must suffice for the one which
shook Naples and vicinity, December 5, 1456, destroying forty thousand
people. Another in Persia, June 7, 1755, destroyed Kaschan, with forty
thousand people; one at Cairo, Egypt, the preceding year, killed twenty
thousand. Another in the Abruzzi, Italy, November 3, 1706, killed fifteen
thousand persons; one at Palermo; Sicily, September 13, 1726, killed six
thousand; one hundred thousand perished in the Pekin earthquake of
November 30, 1731; two thousand were destroyed by an earthquake in the
Kutch district, India, in 1819. Constantinople was overturned in the year
1800; six thousand people perished in an earthquake in Murcia, Spain, in
1829; fifteen hundred were killed by Italian earthquakes in 1835-36;
Southern Syria suffered greatly in 1836; Hayti was shaken, and four
thousand people perished, in 1842; one hundred thousand houses and thirty
thousand people destroyed by an earthquake in Japan, 1854; Montenerro,
Calabria, and ten thousand people in 1857; five thousand people in Ecuador,
1859; Northwestern Khorassan, Persia, with thirty thousand people, in
1871; Antioch again nearly destroyed in 1872; three thousand people killed
in Cashmere, 1885.
Terrible as this list seems, the total but little exceeds the havoc wrought
by the single Bengal famine of 1866. There would be little difficulty in
proving that drought, with the consequent famine, has proved the most
terrible agent of destruction known to man; and yet it is one that facilities
for rapid transit should render least destructive.
Scientific men have within forty years made efforts to keep a sort of
catalogue of shocks; but the frequency of earthquakes has rendered this a

Page 443

profitless task. Great ones are long remembered; but as for numbering the
minor shocks, one might as well count rainfalls; several

Page 444

EARTHQUAKE IN SPAIN.

occur every day; and it is only when unusually destructive, like
extraordinary tempests, that they attract any attention; so that their being
recorded depends even more upon location than upon actual force.
All the phenomena of volcanoes and earthquakes point us to one
conclusion: that the earth may in time become as dead and deserted as the
moon. The telescope shows the latter to be thickly dotted with volcanic
craters, whose immensity, in comparison with those of our own globe, is
astounding; yet all are extinct. It is not probable that the interior of our earth
is molten; and we have seen that fractures and subsidence, caused by
gradual cooling, seem to be the main cause of the local phenomena of
volcanoes and earthquakes. As the ages roll on, these weak places may
become still higher; and the belt of warm climate will grow narrower and

Page 445

narrower. Cooling at the present rate, 2,500,000,000 years will be necessary
to render it as lifeless as the moon.
“As the cooling progresses, a sheet of snow and ice, from north and
south, will descend from the mountains upon the table-lands and valleys,
driving before it life and civilization, and covering forever the cities and
nations that it meets on its passage. All life and human activity will press
insensibly toward the inter-tropical zone. The great cities of the world will
fall asleep in succession under their eternal shroud. During very many ages,
equatorial humanity will undertake arctic expeditions to find again under
the ice the place of Paris, Lyons, Bordeaux, and Marseilles. The sea-coasts
will have changed, and the geographical map of the earth will have been
transformed. No one will live and breathe, except in the equatorial zone, up
to the day when the last family, nearly dead with cold and hunger, will sit
on the shore of the last sea, in the rays of the sun, which will thereafter
shine here on a dead, cold earth, revolving, like a satellite moon, about a
sun unseen by mortal eyes, and distributing to an extinguished planet a
useless heat.” So will end the history of our planet and its great disasters.

Page 446

“All worldly shapes shall melt in gloom,
The sun himself must die,
Before this mortal shall assume
Its immortality!
I saw a vision in my sleep,
That gave my spirit strength to sweep
Adown the gulf of time!
I saw the last of human mold
That shall creation’s death behold,
As Adam saw her prime!

The sun’s eye had a sickly glare,
The earth with age was wan;
The skeletons of nations were
Around that lonely man!
Some had expired in fight—the brands
Still rusted in their bony hands.
In plague and famine some!
Earth’s cities had no sound or tread,
And ships were drifting with the dead,
To shores where all was dumb!

Yet prophet-like that lone one stood
With dauntless words and high,
That shook the sere leaves from the wood
As if a storm passed by!
Saying, We are twins in death, proud Sun,
Thy face is cold, thy race is run,
’Tis Mercy bids thee go:
For thou ten thousand years
Hast seen the tide of human tears
That shall no longer flow.”

Page 447

CHAPTER XXVII.

PREDICTION AND PREVENTION.

“Fain would th’ ephemeral pigmies then aspire
To drive, like Phäethon, the sun’s coach of fire,
To grapple with the lightning in the sky,
Or with the restless winds abroad to fly.
Not all the bolts of Jove, nor Phœbus’ wrath,
May fright them from their wild, self-chosen path.
Though poplars wave above ten thousand graves,
And myriad Icari lie beneath the waves,
The rest, as once the Titans, still press on,
And strive to thrust the great gods from their throne.”

VER since man has dwelt upon the earth, there has been a constant
effort, not merely to foretell the future, but to control it. So strong is
man’s faith in his own capacity, that wizards, jugglers, fakirs and
tricksters, and necromancers have always found their vocation a lucrative
one. It is easy to make one’s living by imposing upon the credulity of the
public. Not merely the American people, but every other people, like to be
humbugged. So strong is the tendency to gullibility, that the most
extraordinary pretensions are the most readily credited. The capability of
the public to judge in such cases is well illustrated by the Grecian story of
the famous mimic, whose imitation of the grunt of a pig was so perfect, that
thousands came to witness his performance. A countryman remarked that he
could do still better, and, concealing a pig under his coat, he stole upon the
stage. Pinching the animal’s ear, the pig squealed violently, but the audience
hissed the squeak as a miserable fiasco. Whereat the countryman produced
the pig, and left the audience pondering the situation.
The same tendency causes men to desire to attribute unusual
appearances to causes beyond the domain of natural law. The savage finds
thunder and lightning in the discharge of a gun; mysterious magic in a
telescope; downright sorcery in quinine; witchcraft and incantation in a
written prescription. If one, a little shrewder than his fellows, after long
study of an ant’s nest, conceive the idea that they have a regularly
constituted community, with a queen at the head, he needs only to suggest

Page 448

such a thing to his neighbors, to be set down as having communications
with the Ant Queen; and he may readily aspire to the chieftainship, thence
to be known as the Ant Chief. Imagination is so much easier than
observation. Doubtless old Numa’s thoughtful air in his daily retreat, gave
rise to the tale that he was in consultation with the nymph of a fountain.
Any one who had devoted an hour each day to gazing pensively into a
stream, might have achieved a like reputation, as the Hindoo fakir is held in
high repute for sanctity, because he preserves strict silence and gazes for
years at the end of his nose.
So when men achieve new results by natural means, it is preferred to
assume otherwise. Good Roger Bacon invented gunpowder by witchcraft.
The early chemists were in league with the Evil One. Faust and Gutenberg
sold their souls to the devil, in order to get Bibles printed. The Magdeburg
physicist, who made a water barometer in which a wooden figure rose or
fell as the atmosphere varied, was the devil’s own child. Cows sickened and
died at the will of shrivelled dames who rode through the air on
broomsticks.
Foreknowledge is always confounded with foreordination. The weather
prophet is transformed into a weathermaker. The myth of Aeolus is thus
explained. Once a king of the Lipari Isles, by careful observation of the
vapor cloud over Stromboli he was enabled to announce changes of weather
a day or two in advance, as every observant man in that region can do to-
day. The simple subjects attributed his knowledge to supernatural powers,
and after his death perpetuated the story of Aeolus, the king of the winds,
who dwelt in a cave in one of the islands.
In the time of Elijah, the prophets of Baal were confident of procuring
rain by howling, cutting and slashing; while Ahab believed Elijah was
responsible for the drought. The negro and the red man to-day show the
same characteristics in this respect. The negro rain-maker makes fetich; the
red chief, “big medicine,” to bring rains. The reputed success of each is
proportioned to his shrewdness in recognizing tokens of change in the
weather.
The great white man is often little better. While no longer trusting in the
power of any one to control the weather, he has set up a god of false
science, whom all must bow down to and worship. True knowledge is often
flouted and scouted; but every one who would attract attention must assume

Page 449

at least the appearance of learning. College degrees are bought and sold at
reasonable prices. No questions asked. The dancing-master is professor. The
pugilist has become professor. The man who fiddles for beer in the corner
saloon is professor. Weep, O Minerva!
So any one who wishes especial importance to be attached to his
utterances, needs but assume a title, or a few mystic letters. Every great
catastrophe produces a plentiful brood of them. As soon as the Charleston
earthquake alarmed the country, it was announced that a grave “Prof.” had
predicted it. He was the hero of the hour. Interviewers flocked from many
quarters. For weeks the words of “Prof.” ——, were as ointment poured
out. The papers gave him great space—published sketches of his career. So
much adulation was too much for human nature; besides, he owed a duty to
the public. A man so gifted should continue to give warning of impending
dangers. He did so. They didn’t materialize. The “Prof.” has had little
attention for three years.
The Louisville tornado afforded other cases. A woman in the west
predicted a combined deluge and earthquake, with other minor horrors on
the side, as prepared for the Pacific coast. Some of the gullible people sold
out at great sacrifice, that they might lose as little as possible by the greatest
cyclone and earthquake of the century. Others drew up a formal petition to
the Governor, calling upon him to proclaim a day of supplication and
fasting for the doomed cities of Oakland, San Francisco and Alameda. The
end of the world drew nigh, and these three cities, as eminently wicked,
would be first punished; after which Chicago and Milwaukee would suffer.
Bands of believers met and wrestled mightily in prayer that the
unparalleled horrors might be averted. They were eminently successful.
Another came forward and announced that the entire Mississippi valley
was to be visited with a cataclysm, such as no man had ever conceived. The
floods were to break all the levees, wash away everything that was within a
hundred miles of the stream, tear up the delta built by the deposits of ages,
and leave the site of New Orleans at the bottom of the sea. At this writing
the Crescent City is in hourly expectation of its doom.
Yet another seer, warned of the Lord in a vision, perhaps, has just
declared the fate of the Atlantic coast. Before the end of the century there
will be an earthquake such as no man ever before has known. The fountains
of the great deep are to be broken up. All the cities of the New England

Page 450

coast will be desolated by immense sea waves. Manhattan Island, with the
city of New York, and Long Island, are to be sunk to the bottom of the sea.
Our hearts fail us for fear for the things that are coming upon the earth. Let
us hope that peradventure there be yet five righteous men in Sodom.
Some years ago great sensation was occasioned by the discovery of
Mother Shipton’s prophecy among some old English manuscripts. It began:
“Carriages shall without horses go,
And accidents fill the world with woe;
Around the world men’s thoughts shall fly,
In the twinkling of an eye.”

After a few statements of this sort, it closed by saying:
“The world to an end shall come
In eighteen hundred and eighty-one.”

Great was the fright of not a few timid believers. Many arranged their
affairs for the end of the world. Some, as the Millerites have several times
done, prepared their ascension robes. Finally, the whole thing proved to be a
hoax. A wag had endeavored to amuse himself at the expense of the public.
Such are fair specimens of predictions that continually appear in the
newspapers. Certain men will always endeavor to astonish the ignorant by
their words and works. Seldom do sober-minded people pay the least
attention to them. As for minor changes in weather, they are so constant,
and so limited in area, that, as stated elsewhere, any one is safe for
announcing the character of the weather for any day in the year. From a
score of places, he could obtain testimonials of the correctness of his
prognostications; while nine score more, if they spoke, might declare him
altogether mistaken.
But many will ask in all seriousness, if there is no means of prediction
upon which all may depend. Is any more reliance to be placed upon the
prognostications of the Signal Service than upon those of the self-
constituted prophets?
A brief statement of the principles relied upon will be satisfactory on this
point.
Our weather bureau was established in 1870. Such organizations are
maintained, at the public expense, in Great Britain, France, Germany, Italy,

Page 451

Australia, Russia, India, Algeria, and Japan. Several smaller countries share
in the expense and benefits. Men long trained in the work grow more
reliable. Each must first master the topography and the prevailing
movements of the atmosphere of any region, ere he can presume to know
anything of the probable changes.
How extremely important a knowledge of the country is, will be
understood when it is remembered that mountain ranges may turn aside
great storms, and hills of any considerable size may modify small ones. And
in general, storm paths are so narrow, in comparison with the whole
country, that the slightest variation at the start may be very important at the
end of six hundred or seven hundred miles—or a day’s travel. So,
announcing twenty-four hours beforehand the exact locality a storm may
reach is really a very delicate piece of work. If a tyro should announce rain
for North Georgia, he might be astonished to find a difference of twenty-
one per cent. between Atlanta and Augusta. He would find in Tennessee
sixteen per cent. difference between Knoxville and Nashville; or twelve and
a half per cent. in Iowa between Dubuque and Davenport.
The Signal Service does not endeavor to forecast entirely new conditions
so much as to give warning of storms already on the way. It can not safely
say where a storm will arise; but it can declare with tolerable certainty the
path a storm will pursue after having once started.
Yet, there are certain signs of rain that can be of use to the public.
Americans, as a rule, pay less attention to the actions of the animal kingdom
at change of weather than other nations; and the lower animals detect
changes of weather more quickly than man. Slugs and snails often leave
their crannies, and endeavor to find some drier retreat at the approach of
rain. Swallows fly lower; chiefly because the insects they pursue abandon
the upper air. Crickets and grasshoppers become less noisy, and seek snug
retreats. Fish leap more frequently from the water. The oft-praised tree-frog
seems not to have deserved the confidence placed in him as a barometer.
Quatremere Disjonval, when made a prisoner of war by the Dutch, made
a careful study of the habits of the house spider, while in confinement. His
observations played an important part in the war. “General Pichegru, being
prevented by the mild weather from carrying out his intention of invading
that country, was about to retire with his army from the Dutch frontier,
when Disjonval found means to inform him that, from the signs he had

Page 452

observed in his spiders, a severe frost was sure to take place in the next ten
days. Pichegru trusted to the prognostic: the frost came in time. Holland
was conquered, and Disjonval released from his prison.”
Voigt asserts that the spider is so reliable a barometer because of its
anatomy: the long, slender, unmailed legs being peculiarly sensitive to
atmospheric changes. That is, when Madam Spider finds herself with a
touch of rheumatism, she wraps herself in a thicker blanket and takes to her
den. In fine weather the garden spiders are much more plentiful; and the
tiny gossamer spiders also are numerous, and fly at greater heights.
These serve to illustrate the class of phenomena most relied upon by
those in every land who must spend much time in the open air. The scientist
may understand the laws of winds and rains: but the farmer, the shepherd,
the fisherman, and sailor, to whom every phase of weather means much,
can, relying upon the actions of the lower animals, detect approaching
changes as readily, in many cases, as the Signal Service; and far more
readily or correctly than the quasi learned theorist whose stock in trade is a
hobby and an unlimited quantity of assumption.
It is one thing to understand law; it is quite another to be able to make
practical application of it. Franklin identified lightning with electricity; a
century passed before practical use of the electric light resulted. We know
now the general laws of air currents, but little application of them has been
made.
As to the possibility of controlling the winds, no one has thus far had the
temerity to propose it. But that rainfall can be partially controlled is well
known. The heaviest rains occur in forest areas; and in turn, the matted
roots of the forest and jungle retard the descent of the rain into the water
courses, and hinder the washing away of the soil. Floods have become more
sudden and destructive in the lumber regions since the timber has been cut
away, while the actual rainfall is not so great. So a number of our Western
States require a “homesteader” to plant a tree claim.
A bold genius has recently asserted that we may produce rain at will, by
sending up balloons loaded with dynamite or other powerful explosives,
and then firing them. It has been observed that almost every great modern
battle has been followed by a heavy rainfall; and the idea is, that the
continued explosions have had much to do with them. Frequenters of
Fourth of July picnics will readily vouch for the correctness of the theory.

Page 453

Doubtless a more effective plan would be simply to apply the well
known first principle of air-currents and storms—heated air; but this would
be immensely expensive. Every year sees exemplifications of it, however,
in the heavy rains that follow the great forest fires or prairie fires of our
own land. Natives of tropical regions frequently burn the jungle at the close
of the dry season; and the unusual heating of large areas in this way
doubtless has much to do with hastening the advent of rain.
The expedient of firing the sawgrass ponds is frequently resorted to in
Florida, and has been brought to the notice of the public in official
meteorological reports. It is directly in accordance with the principle of
restoration of the balance of forces, whereby a long heated term is followed
by unusually heavy rains.
But, in contending with subterranean forces, man is hitherto balked.
Numbers of instruments exist for measuring the force and direction of
earthquake shocks, but these can be made of little practical use; for we have
seen that the vibrations travel from forty to one hundred and fifty miles a
minute, according to the nature of the soil. Hence, could we know a certain
shock would travel around the world, it would not be possible, after it was
first felt, to send warning ahead in time to be of any especial value. But we
have seen that unusual disturbances of this sort are confined to certain
regions, and are of constant recurrence; while in other lands, they are
almost unknown. So any one understands pretty well what risks he runs in
any particular district.
The Chinese were the first to invent a seismometer, or instrument for
ascertaining the force and direction of any shock. Their apparatus consists
of an upright pillar bearing a number of dragons’ heads—each one holding
a ball in its mouth. So any slight tilting or vibration of the pillar would
cause a ball to drop on the side toward which the shock travelled. The
distance to which the ball was thrown served as a rude measure of the force.
Equally simple is Mallet’s contrivance—a number of cylinders of equal
heights and different bases, placed upon a sanded surface. The more violent
the shock, the larger the cylinder thrown down.
But observations of these vibrations, to be of use, must take note of the
myriad tremors that will escape ordinary perceptions, or the powers of such
rude instruments as the above. There are several sorts now used. Prof.
Palmieri, of the Vesuvius Observatory, uses a delicate instrument, which

Page 454

records the slightest tremor on a dial-plate. The Italians have also applied
the microphone to this work. The delicacy of this instrument may be
imagined, when it is known that by its means a fly can be heard walking on
the floor. So the slightest subterranean noise may be heard.
These instruments have taught us that the minor tremors increase in
number and intensity as any unusual disturbance of Vesuvius approaches;
just as the Signal Service can detect the gathering of a storm ere it actually
bursts. Remembering also Bravard’s warning of Mendoza, in the last
chapter, it is clear that in certain regions such observations can be made of
practical value to the people at large.
One of the most ingenious apparatus for observing the vibrations of the
soil is that constructed by M. d’Abbadie, at his observatory near the
Pyrenees. A conical cavity forty-six feet deep is excavated in the solid rock.
At the bottom is a basin of mercury. A long-focus lens over this reflects
upon the surface of the ground the image of the metal below. The slightest
tremor is carefully examined by a microscope. In short, this ingenious
Frenchman has applied the reflecting telescope to the observation of the
interior of the earth.
After all, the chief precautions must be of a different type. As already
noticed, long observation has taught the Japanese and others that their
safety depends mainly upon the construction of houses of the lightest type;
when the sea wave is more to be dreaded than the shock. This is the general
principle of building now adopted in countries where earthquakes are
frequent; and doubtless the earthquake is partially responsible for the fact
that many intelligent savage races have made no progress in architecture.
It should be noted, however, that the ancients believed that deep wells
were a safeguard against earthquakes; such is the expression of several
ancient writers. And in this connection we may mention the remarkable
case of Quito, in Ecuador. Here we have a city of magnificent cathedrals,
public edifices, and other lofty buildings, which have not in three centuries
been overthrown by an earthquake. Yet it lies on the plateau on which stood
Riobamba, where such terrible destruction was wrought in 1794, and at the
base of the great volcano of Pichincha. It has been shaken time and again
more severely than towns in the vicinity that have been totally destroyed.
Yet it remains intact, and the people have an indifference to earthquakes
that is astonishing. They attribute their safety to the fact of having deep

Page 455

cellars under every house. When we remember that tropical races are not, as
a rule, a cellar building people, it may be that the idea is worthy of serious
consideration. But many idle races of the tropics might, in lower grounds,
merely exchange the results of an occasional earthquake for malaria-
breeding pools.

Page 456

CHAPTER XXVIII.

THE REIGN OF LAW.

“Man is born on a battle-field. Round him to rend
Or resist, the dread Powers he displaces, attend
By the cradle which Nature, amid the stern shocks
That have shattered creation, and shapened it, rocks.
He leaps with a wail into being; and lo!
His own mother, fierce Nature herself, is his foe;
Her whirlwinds are roused into wrath o’er his head;
’Neath his feet roll her earthquakes; her solitudes spread
To daunt him; her forces dispute his command;
Her snows fall to freeze him; her suns burn to brand;
Her seas yawn to engulf him; her rocks rise to crush;
And the lion and leopard, allied, lurk to rush
On their startled invader. * * * * * * * *
Not a truth has to art or to science been given,
But brows have ached for it, and souls toiled and striven;
And many have striven, and many have failed,
And many died, slain by the truth they assailed.”

HE original condition of the human race was not one of knowledge.
When the first man and the first monkey were created and finished,
the monkey knew as much as the man. Both found themselves in a
world of forces, of the nature of which, beyond what was revealed to their
native instincts, they knew nothing at all. The man’s superiority lay not in
knowledge, but in capacity to know.
Man learned the forces and facts of Nature by experience. He learned
them at the cost to himself of fear and pain and toil and death. He plucked
one fruit and found it wholesome; another, and found it bitter; another, and
found it deadly. The surviving son learned to avoid the mistakes of his
father.
Man was not long in gaining a knowledge of his environment, enough at
least, if he would not be too venturesome, to conserve in some degree his
happiness and life. He learned that fire will burn, that water will drown, that
storms will blow, that floods will overwhelm, that winter will come, and
that his life is dependent on continual quest and avoidance. But Nature held
innumerable secrets which he did not know; many, which, even to-day, he

Page 457

has not learned. In proportion as he should become acquainted with these,
he would be master of a situation, which, at the first, so nearly mastered
him. He might acquire a magnificent fortune, if he would only work for it;
accordingly, we are told that his Maker admonished him to “subdue and
have dominion.”
Whether man has been six thousand years, or sixty thousand, in learning
the little that he now knows, no one can tell; but during these years of his
primary tuition he could not through knowledge have the mastery of
Nature, for knowledge was too meager. It was well, therefore, that he
should, in the meanwhile, have a partial mastery through faith. Ignorant of
natural forces, or without means of avoidance, is it any wonder that he
should fly for refuge to the Supernatural? Accordingly, God was his “refuge
and strength, a very present help in trouble.” Believing himself watched and
defended by infinite power and love, he could “run through a troop or leap
over a wall;” he could fancy himself “immortal till his work was done,”
safe on the battle-field as in his chamber; he was not afraid of the
“pestilence that walketh in darkness, nor of the destruction that wasteth at
noonday;” of earthquake and storm and fire he was not afraid, for these
were the ministers of Heaven’s will—if not to be avoided, then to be
accepted with submission and trust.
Such faith in the presence and interposition of the Supernatural was
instructive to the young world, and as necessary as its mother’s milk is to a
babe. It gave comfort and repose and strength, for its subject felt that
“underneath and round about him were the everlasting arms.” It made
heroes of cowardly men on battle-fields; heroines of weak women in
humble homes. It produced the sublimest characters of history; it
vanquished death. Sustained by it, it is literally true that men “subdued
kingdoms, wrought righteousness, stopped the mouths of lions, quenched
the violence of fire, escaped the edge of the sword; out of weakness were
made strong, waxed valiant in fight, turned to flight the armies of the
aliens.”
The sudden loss of this faith from earth would be a calamity. It would be
as though the sun and moon had been darkened, and the stars had gone out
in the sky. Till men know more of Nature, they must continue to lean on the
Supernatural. They may never do this less than they do it now; but they will
do it more intelligently.

Page 458

As the child, with growing strength, is weaned from the breast, so
increasing knowledge tends to the destruction of faith. It may be stated as a
law that, other things being equal, faith in the manifestation of the
Supernatural—in the miraculous—is most facile to him who knows the
least. Accordingly, the men of highest attainments have commonly the least
of this kind of faith. They still believe in something back of Nature; some
cause of Nature—in the Supernatural—but they expect nothing from it
outside the lines of natural law. They know nothing of miracle or special
providence. They see everywhere cause and effect; the one not present
without the other; the perpetual grinding of machinery and the wretch
mangled who is caught between the wheels; the wisest and best of men,
pillars of state or prophets of the Lord, crushed as surely as the vilest and
the meanest. All the prayers of God’s people will not make rivers flow back
to their fountains, nor turn the Sahara into a sea; nor thaw the ice at the
poles, nor relieve the famine, nor stop the pestilence, nor level a single
mole-hill, nor make one hair white or black. The whole universe is held in
the chain of cause and effect, with link joined to link forever and ever. The
Supernatural may be the electric energy that thrills along the endless chain,
but it never quits the conductor to find out new paths. What it does to-day, it
did a thousand years ago, and will do a thousand years hence. So speaks
and so believes the student of Nature. We may be extremely reluctant to
admit his teaching, and yet the facts seem to be altogether with him. The
evidence is overwhelming that men everywhere, good and bad alike, are
dealing directly, not with the Supernatural, but, with Nature—with law;
nothing but natural law. If any hesitate to accept this saying, we do not
press them, for the time has not yet come when they could accept it with
safety. The babe will cling to the mother’s breast as long as he needs it, and
sometimes longer; but by and by he will abandon it of himself.
A world of iron law is not our ideal world, though the evidence grows
that it is the real one. We like law well enough when it defends us; we are
not pleased with it when it chastises us. At such a moment we would flee to
some friendlier power. We would go to God and tell Him that Nature is not
treating us well, and that we desire His interposition. It is because we are
afraid of Nature that we take so much interest in the Supernatural. But what
reason have we to think that the Supernatural is better than Nature?
The Supernatural has had more prophets than Nature, and will doubtless
continue to have them. Far be it from us to forbid them. Let them prophecy

Page 459

in the name of the Lord. Let them “strengthen the weak hands and confirm
the feeble knees;” inspire courage in adversity, calmness in the face of
death.
But we should like to remind them that if they have done much good,
they have also done some evil.
They have greatly obstructed a lesson, the most important for men to
know; a lesson which they must learn at last, whether they like to learn it or
not; a lesson which they need to learn as soon as they can, because certain
knowledge is better to shape the life than is uncertain faith; a lesson that
will bring them face to face with the real conditions of their present and
eternal well-being,—we mean this lesson, that the Supernatural, the Primal
Fountain of Force, goes forth only in streams of natural law. So far as can
be shown, it manifests itself in no other way. Contrary to this, the prophets
of the Supernatural have often encouraged man to believe that he shall not
reap as he has sown; that he may sow to the flesh, and yet reap to the spirit;
that outside and alongside the machinery of law is another and more
masterful machinery of Providence and Grace; that the latter is ordained a
sure corrective and deliverer from the evils of the former; that so almighty
is this invisible, ever-active and presiding energy, that it can, by a
momentary display, transform the most inveterate sinner into a saint, and
crown him with everlasting happiness, although, meanwhile, it supinely
leaves the innocent child the victim of Adam’s fall, to sink into the flames
of hell. Our sense of justice is shocked, virtue is dismayed, vice is
emboldened, and the so-called scheme of grace, less pitiful and just than
that of nature, is seen to differ from it chiefly in this, that it offers greater
encouragement to sin.
Nature throughout all her regions proclaims the dominion of law. She
has incessantly denounced woe to its violator. A million times has she
shown us the delinquent writhing under the scourge. Never once has the
transgressor escaped. His transgression,
“Like a staunch murderer steady to his purpose,
Follows him through every lane of life,
Nor misses once the track,”

and soon or late he is overtaken. Privation or pain is the inexorable penalty.
Nature with trumpet voices shouts incessantly, “Whatsoever a man soweth
that shall he also reap.”

Page 460

The dominion of law is shown in the punishment of intentional
disobedience—what men call sin. Its natural consequences are remorse,
degradation, and spiritual death. A being of loftiest make is reduced to the
likeness of a vile and venomous thing, crawling on its belly through the
dust. Higher enjoyments are exchanged for such as are brutish and vile,—so
to speak, the life of a humming-bird, flitting through all sunny climes and
scenes and feeding on nectar, is exchanged for the life of a swine, feeding
on offal, and wallowing in the mire. And never once is a wound made by
the lash of law healed without a scar; in other words, transgression leaves
its permanent impress on the soul, and the transgressor, despite the
incantations of priest or prophet, finds himself poorer forever. He has
forfeited the peace of them that do well. He has peopled the past with bitter
memories; the future with gloomy forebodings. Reason untrammeled, loyal
to the truth and pursuing it with success, has been substituted with reason
fettered with chains of prejudice and vile affection, loving and making a lie.
Habit, with every successive stroke of action, has riveted these chains
more firmly, till the victim is fast bound hand and foot, and delivered over
to despair. The order of downward progress is, transgression, spiritual pain,
stupor, insensibility, permanent degradation, which is spiritual death. In all
this, there is no immediate or special judgment of God; no working of the
Supernatural apart from natural law. If there were no God at all, while the
constitution of man and the universe should remain as they are, the
consequences to the transgressor would, in no wise, be altered. The sinner
has nothing to fear but natural law, and sooner or later he finds this terrible
enough.
But the punishment of sin is not the most impressive proof of the
dominion of law. We feel that the willful transgressor is entitled to the
punishment of his deed; hence, even when his punishment is severest, he
fails to command our fullest sympathy. That the organization of Nature
should be such as systematically to afflict the sinner, is not more than our
sense of justice would prompt us to expect.
But the punishment of ignorance offers a more impressive spectacle—a
more striking exhibition of the dominion of law. It seems that ignorance,
especially when absolutely unavoidable, might be pleaded in bar of
punishment; but nature obviously does not accept the plea. Nor does it avail
us in this emergency to appeal from Nature to the Supernatural. The
Supernatural refuses to entertain the appeal—positively declines to interfere

Page 461

—and natural law is left to take its course. The ignorant must suffer as
surely as the guilty, and often his suffering is not less severe. For the
slightest mistakes men forfeit happiness or life,—mistakes not of
themselves alone, but mistakes of others. The sin or the error belongs to one
man; the weight of the suffering often falls to another. Even our
benevolence seems to be punished; for quite frequently the effort to help
others brings disaster to ourselves—to our fortunes, to our families, our
lives. Seeking to rescue another from fire or water, from the assassin or the
robber; from the domestic tyrant or the foreign invader, we lose life, and,
for lack of our help, our children are uneducated, exposed to moral evil,
neglected, turned out of doors. The very tramp whom, for pity, we took in
from the street, robs us, or murders us. Meanwhile the Supernatural beholds
and makes no sign—gives no indication that it is at all concerned.
The suffering which comes through unavoidable ignorance, or which is
visited upon the innocent through the deeds of the guilty, is, in its sum total,
appalling and unspeakable. It is a dark and fathomless ocean, whose waves
have been incessantly beating on the shores of this dreary world since time
began. Every drop of this mighty ocean has been wrung out through the
operation of natural law. An omniscient eye, every hour of the day and
night, through countless ages, has gazed into these waters of anguish, and
has declined to lessen their quantity by a single atom. No order from the
Supernatural has gone forth to countermand any decree of Nature. Man has
stood alone, grappling with his antagonist; and though he has cried
incessantly, heaven has left him to his fate. Could there be a more awful
demonstration of the supremacy of natural law?
Nature slays in babyhood one-third of all the children that are born into
the world, just because they have not strength to resist her; meanwhile she
carefully preserves such tyrants as Tiberius to finish their three score years
and ten, though every added year means the murder of a thousand of the
best men and women to be found in a wide empire. Why does not the
Supernatural rise up from his place and smite the tyrant to the earth? Is it
not plain that we are dealing with natural forces alone?
For six thousand years—God knows how long—Africa has been a hell,
than which perhaps no man need ever fear a worse. If the pulpit may
convince a sinner that as a result of his ways he shall be turned black, body
and soul, and sent to Africa, there perpetually to renew his life as often as it
is extinguished by the superstition and fiendishness of his fellows, and the

Page 462

said sinner do not then begin to live more wisely, it will be useless to talk to
him of fire and brimstone. Upon this horrible theater of action perhaps
600,000,000 of human beings have been projected in every century, coming
without their will to a heritage of nakedness and superstition and barbarity
absolutely prohibitive of happiness here or hope for the hereafter; and yet
there has been no interposition of the Supernatural in their behalf. The laws
of birth and death preside, just as if there were no power above us that cares
for either.
It is one of the ordinances of nature that life without nourishment shall
not be prolonged. There is reason to believe that God would see the last
man starved from off this planet, and the planet itself plunged onward into
the void, tenantless forever, before he would command that stones should
be made bread. Not twenty years ago, 18,000,000 in the northern provinces
of China starved to death in a single year. What horrible anxiety of hollow-
eyed mothers for gasping babes; what hideous deaths day by day; what
acres of unburied corpses; what throngs about religious altars, wringing
their hands, and screaming to the heavens, till it would seem that the agony
of their prayers would have shaken the very stars from the sky; and yet
there was none that heard, nor any that regarded. Not a single stone was
turned into bread; not a single life was sustained without food; and if any
survived, it was the heartless brother who wrested the last morsel from his
weak and dying sister. A ghastly instance of the dominion of law, attested
by 18,000,000 of dead witnesses. Can we look upon such a scene and ever
again expect a petty interposition in behalf of an individual when it has
been denied to a nation, and when the Continent of Africa has waited for it
through countless ages?
Instances might be multiplied to infinity. Every horror recorded in this
book is a proclamation of the supremacy of law—a warning to men that if
they would shun the effect they must avoid the cause; that they must foresee
the laws and attributes of nature, and provide; or they must perish. Strange
that after ages of such awful teaching man is yet a fool—too lazy, too stupid
to open his eyes; vigorously fighting against knowledge when every interest
of his soul and body are at stake; saying supinely, “it makes no difference
whether you know much or little, or what you believe, provided only you
are sincere;” and in the same breath dishonestly hearkening to his
prejudices or his passions; becoming a compound of ignorance, superstition
and self-will, which first defies and rouses the powers of Nature, and then

Page 463

flies howling to the Supernatural for deliverance. When we think how little
man has learned, notwithstanding the severity of his schooling, we are less
disposed to accuse the harshness of Nature’s administration.
Our reflections on the course of Nature have not proved that there is no
God, but rather that there is. The order, regularity and certainty of natural
forces indicates a changeless, exhaustless fountain from whence those
forces flow. Amid the ceaseless mutations of the universe, this primal
energy seems to be the one thing in which there is “no variableness, neither
shadow of turning.” It flows on resistless along the same channels from age
to age. It overwhelms whatever lies in its path. It would sweep away all the
millions of earth like a grain of sand. It would sweep the very stars from the
sky. Nothing can arrest it; nothing change its course. It accommodates itself
to nobody; all must be accommodated to it, or suffer disaster. It is
inexorable, like “that rock, upon which if a man fall, he shall be broken, but
if it fall upon him, it will grind him to powder.” It is not man who is running
this puny world; it is a changeless, eternal Power. No fear that any human
combinations in capitols or temples will swerve this infinite energy, or
control it in the least. That which is according to its nature it will do, and it
will do nothing else. It is absolute monarch, and woe to him who resists its
sway. We are amazed, awed and subdued in the contemplation. We begin to
feel that there is but one thing for us to do, and that is, to learn its ways and
by increasing knowledge and obedience, as rapidly as possible to put
ourselves in accord with its goings-forth.
Should we enter some vast factory where there are acres of floor-space,
and wheels and cogs and pulleys and hands and machines of patterns
innumerable, all propelled by a giant engine hidden away in the cellar;
should we see all this wilderness of wheels moving in concert, and every
machine turning out the work for which it was intended, we should neither
doubt the existence of the power, nor the benevolence of the whole design:
nor if presently we saw a workman, reaching after some fancied good,
drawn between wheels and mangled, or a hundred ignorant or careless
persons caught up and whirled round and round and dashed to death; would
we find any occasion to reverse our judgment—to doubt either the existence
of a controlling force, or its essential goodness? Rather we should be
impressed with its terrible supremacy, and with the importance of seeking
out the lines of its manifestation and learning to avoid a conflict.

Page 464

Law is not an entity, but only the mode of an entity; not a thing existing,
but the attribute of a thing; not in itself a power, but the manner of the
action of a power. When a power through a given cause produces a given
effect, and the same effect from the same cause, this regularity of
manifestation fulfills our idea of law.
The great original energy must act with this perfect regularity—that is, it
must govern by law, and that equally, whether this original energy be a
thing only, or a person. In either case, we must accept it as uncreated,
necessary, having a definite constitution or nature. In this power or person,
natural laws are rooted, and from it they proceed, as rays of light from the
sun. To arrest the rays, you must quench the luminary; to arrest the current
forces of nature, you must stay their author. The goings-forth of power from
this exhaustless fountain are necessary, ceaseless, changeless, resistless. If
this fountain is an impersonal force, we can no more expect it, on any
account, to relax its energy, than we can expect the engine in the cellar to
stop because some wretch up stairs has been caught between the wheels.
If it is personal, having the attributes of wisdom and goodness—which is
the popular idea of God—still, from the very attributes with which it is
invested, we must expect it to have all the uniformity, precision, and
inexorableness of a machine. Its mode of action must be the same in all
cases that are alike, though the series be infinite, else there will be more or
less than perfect wisdom or perfect goodness in some of the series. More
would be impossible: less would impeach the power; hence, the action must
be uniform and resistless. It must show the characteristics of law—nothing
else but law. God can not consent to do something that is not perfectly wise
and perfectly good because He has been importuned so to do by fools, or
because a creature is going to be crushed. Therefore, neither with Him—an
infinitely wise and good being—nor with Nature’s laws, which are but the
effluence of His nature, can there be any “variableness or shadow of
turning.”
The general acceptance of this truth will mark a step forward in the
progress of humanity. Such knowledge will largely displace the faith of the
past and the present, but there will be a net gain. We have been looking for
God outside of Nature; but while some profess to have seen him, the
majority have been weak in faith, or wholly unbelieving. When we learn to
see God in nature, we shall see him every day. We shall then truly realize
that “in him we live and move and have our being.” We shall have

Page 465

substituted certainty in the governing power for something very like
caprice. We shall not expect the Supernatural to forbid the Natural, any
more than we shall expect the sun to quarrel with his beams. Knowing
definitely what not to expect of God, we shall understand precisely what to
expect from ourselves. We shall comprehend more fully the Maker’s
meaning when He said, “Subdue and have dominion.”
Judaism alone, of all religions, took no cognizance of a future state. If
man thoroughly adjusted himself to this world’s laws, he needed not fear for
the hereafter. Therein is the strongest proof of its divine origin. And along
this line a thousand victories have been won—but much yet remains. The
results of human folly are lessening daily as man progresses. The means of
rational enjoyment have been already vastly increased, and there will be
further enlargement. But men, not angels, must do the work. Moses and his
people stood, the sea before, and Pharaoh and his hosts behind them. In this
extremity, he lifted his hands and cried to heaven. The answer that came
was hardly such as he expected, but it may be very suggestive to us:
“Wherefore criest thou unto me? Speak unto the children of Israel, THAT
THEY GO FORWARD.”

Typographical errors corrected by the etext transcriber:
No so Romantic as it Looks=> Not so Romantic as it Looks {pg xiii}
harvest and and summer=> harvest and summer {pg 25}
which bring a rainy season=> which brings a rainy season {pg 34}
from 10° to to 15°=> from 10° to 15° {pg 38}
electrical discharges takes place=> electrical discharges take place {pg
44}
bricks to to the street=> bricks to the street {pg 81}
their more oppulent neighbors=> their more opulent neighbors {pg 87}
frivolty and idleness=> frivolity and idleness {pg 88}
witnesssd the horrible cremation=> witnesssed the horrible cremation
{pg 92}
up to to the front door=> up to the front door {pg 98}
in some myterious way=> in some mysterious way {pg 109}
feared in this conntry=> feared in this country {pg 130}
population atttacted by=> population attracted by {pg 153}

Page 466

basin of Hong Hong=> basin of Hong Kong {pg 157}
the shoal in in the winter=> the shoal in the winter {pg 168}
from the beyond the ship=> from beyond the ship {pg 189}
A portion of the tempest and of the!=> A portion of the tempest and of
thee! {pg 220}
tremenduous electrical displays=> tremendous electrical displays {pg
223}
straw fused in in the same way=> straw fused in the same way {pg
224}
Quinitus Julius Eburnus became consul=> Quintus Julius Eburnus
became consul {pg 229}
of the Lyse Fjord=> of the Lyse Fiord {pg 234}
observations of late years has shown=> observations of late years have
shown {pg 254}
being the the only one=> being the only one {pg 261}
they liked the the work=> they liked the work {pg 299}
These uprotected tracts=> These unprotected tracts {pg 268}
where help not easily obtained=> where help is not easily obtained {pg
272}
the immediate vicinty of=> the immediate vicinity of {pg 294}
at a large scale-map=> at a large-scale map {pg 310}
the governmental committes=> the governmental committees {pg 315}
had even remotely conconceived=> had even remotely conceived {pg
332}
ten feet behing them=> ten feet behind them {pg 338}
succeeeed in escaping=> succeeded in escaping {pg 341}
magnificiently solid structure=> magnificently solid structure {pg 346}
droping shattered houses=> dropping shattered houses {pg 347}
of overwhelmning sorrow=> of overwhelming sorrow {pg 374}
Monday, the 3d, liberal contritions=> Monday, the 3d, liberal
contributions {pg 382}
vast quanties of gas=> vast quantities of gas {pg 404}
character of the cave=> character of the the cave {pg 408}
twenty-four active volcanes=> twenty-four active volcanoes {pg 416}
The next unusal activity=> The next unusual activity {pg 434}

Page 467

the material threwn out may reach=> the material thrown out may reach
{pg 438}
the Vatna distriet in 1875=> the Vatna district in 1875 {pg 449}
the barometic oscillations=> the barometric oscillations {pg 480}
one hundrd and sixty-five=> one hundred and sixty-five {pg 491}
Portions of the country was upheaved=> Portions of the country were
upheaved {pg 533}
the unitiated foreigner=> the uninitiated foreigner {pg 536}
At was felt at Charleston=> It was felt at Charleston {pg 553}
long standing fueds=> long standing feuds {pg 572}
killed killed fifteen thousand persons=> killed fifteen thousand persons
{pg 585}
the unparalled horrors=> the unparalleled horrors {pg 592}
weaned from the the breast=> weaned from the breast {pg 602}

Page 468

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GREAT
DISASTERS AND HORRORS IN THE WORLD'S HISTORY ***

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.

START: FULL LICENSE

Page 469

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the

Page 470

collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with

Page 471

this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located
in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
country where you are located before using this eBook.

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official

Page 472

version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:

• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”

• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.

• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.

Page 473

• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES

Page 474

EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)

Page 475

distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg

Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.

The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact

Page 476

links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Page 477

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Page 478

Page 479

back

Page 480

back

Page 481

back

Page 482

back

Page 483

Page 484

back

Page 485

Page 486

back

Page 487

back

Page 488

back

Page 489

back

Page 490

back

Page 491

back

Page 492

back

Page 493

back

Page 494

back

Page 495

back

Page 496

back

Page 497

back

Page 498

back

Page 499

back

Page 500

back

Page 501

back

Page 502

back

Page 503

back

Page 504

back

Page 505

back

Page 506

back

Page 507

back

Page 508

back

Page 509

back

Page 510

back

Page 511

back

Page 512

back

Page 513

back

Page 514

back

Page 515

back

Page 516

Page 517

back

Page 518

Page 519

back

Page 520

back

Page 521

Page 522

back

Page 523

back

Page 524

back

Page 525

back

Page 526

back

Page 527

back

Page 528

back

Page 529

back

Page 530

back

Page 531

back

Page 532

back

Page 533

back

Page 534

back

Page 535

back

Page 536

back

Page 537

Page 538

back

Page 539

back

Page 540

back

Page 541

back

Page 542

back

Page 543

Page 544

back

Page 545

Page 546

back

Page 547

back

Page 548

back

Page 549

back

Page 550

back

Page 551

back

Page 552

Page 553

back

Page 554

back

Page 555

back

Page 556

back

Page 557

back

Page 558

back

Page 559

back

Page 560

back

Page 561

back

Page 562

back

Page 563

back

Page 564

back

Page 565

back

Page 566

back

Page 567

back

Page 568

back

Page 569

back

Page 570

back

Page 571

back

Page 572

back

Page 573

Page 574

back

Page 575

back

Page 576

back

Page 577

back

Page 578

back

Page 579

back

Page 580

back

Page 581

back

Page 582

Page 583

back

Page 584

back

Page 585

back

Page 586

back

Page 587

back

Page 588

back

Page 589

back

Page 590

back

Page 591

back

Page 592

back

Page 593

Page 594

back

Page 595

Page 596

back

Page 597

back

Page 598

back

Page 599

back

Page 600

Page 601

back

Page 602

back

Page 603

Page 604

back

Page 605

back

Page 606

back

Page 607

Page 608

back

Page 609

back

Page 610

back

Page 611

back

Page 612

back

Page 613

back

Page 614

back

Page 615

back

Page 616

back

Page 617

back

Page 618

back

Page 619

back

Page 620

back

Page 621

Page 622

back

Page 623

Page 624

back

Page 625

Page 626

back

Page 627

back

Page 628

back

Page 629

back

Page 630

back

Page 631

back

Page 632

back

Page 633

back

Page 634

back

Page 635

Page 636

back

Page 637

back

Page 638

back

Page 639

Page 640

back

Page 641

back

Page 642

back

Page 643

Page 644

back

Page 645

back

Page 646

Page 647

back

Page 648

PDF language

简体中文 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f6501127443498a3d177d1d79704ddd0&bl=zh Translating…
Español https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f6501127443498a3d177d1d79704ddd0&bl=es Translating…
Français https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f6501127443498a3d177d1d79704ddd0&bl=fr Translating…
Deutsch https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f6501127443498a3d177d1d79704ddd0&bl=de Translating…
日本語 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f6501127443498a3d177d1d79704ddd0&bl=ja Translating…
한국어 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f6501127443498a3d177d1d79704ddd0&bl=ko Translating…
Português https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f6501127443498a3d177d1d79704ddd0&bl=pt Translating…
Русский https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f6501127443498a3d177d1d79704ddd0&bl=ru Translating…
العربية https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f6501127443498a3d177d1d79704ddd0&bl=ar Translating…